UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☐ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report                                  

For the transition period from                           to

Commission file number: 001-41129

Nu Holdings Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Nu Holdings Ltd.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Cayman Islands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Campbells Corporate Services Limited, Floor 4,

Willow House, Cricket Square, KY1-9010

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

+1 345 949 2648

(Address of principal executive offices)

Guilherme Marques do Lago, Chief Financial Officer
Tel: +55 (11) 4020-0185
investors@nubank.com.br
Rua Capote Valente, 39
Pinheiros – São Paulo
Brazil 05409-000

 (Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Copies to:

Manuel Garciadiaz | Byron B. Rooney
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
Phone: (212) 450-4000 Fax: (212) 701-5800
450 Lexington Avenue | New York, NY
USA 10017

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.000006666666667 per share	NU	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

The number of outstanding shares as of December 31, 2023 was 3,682,625,012 Class A ordinary shares, and 1,083,312,142 Class B ordinary shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒ No ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes ☐ No ☒

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes ☒ No ☐ (not required)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer ☒ Accelerated Filer ☐ Non-accelerated Filer ☐ Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements: ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b): ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this annual report:

U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 ☐ Item 18 ☐ 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ☐ No ☒ 

Table of contents

		Page
Presentation of Financial and Other Information		1
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		6
PART I
ITEM 1.  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS		213
A.	Directors and Senior Management	213
B.	Advisers	213
C.	Auditors	213
ITEM 2.  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE		213
A.	Offer Statistics	213
B.	Method and Expected Timetable	213
ITEM 3.  KEY INFORMATION		137
A.	[Reserved.]	137
B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness	137
C.	Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds	137
D.	Risk Factors	137
ITEM 4.  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY		17
A.	History and Development of the Company	17
B.	Business Overview	20
C.	Organizational Structure	133
D.	Property, Plants and Equipment	135
ITEM 4A.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS		136
ITEM 5.  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS		213
A.	Operating Results	214
B.	Liquidity and Capital Resources	265

C.	Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.	270
D.	Trend Information	270
E.	Critical Accounting Estimates	270
ITEM 6.  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES		270
A.	Directors and Senior Management	270
B.	Compensation	279
C.	Board Practices	285
D.	Employees	288
E.	Share Ownership	289
F.	Disclosure of a Registrant's Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation	289
ITEM 7.  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS		289
A.	Major Shareholders	289
B.	Related Party Transactions	292
C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel	295
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION		295
A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information	295
B.	Significant Changes	298
ITEM 9.  THE OFFER AND LISTING		298
A.	Offer and Listing Details	298
B.	Plan of Distribution	298
C.	Markets	298
D.	Selling Shareholders	298
E.	Dilution	298
F.	Expenses of the Issue	298
ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION		298
A.	Share Capital	298

B.	Memorandum and Articles of Association	298
C.	Material Contracts	314
D.	Exchange Controls	315
E.	Taxation	315
F.	Dividends and Paying Agents	324
G.	Statement by Experts	324
H.	Documents on Display	324
I.	Subsidiary Information	324
J.	Annual Report to Security Holders	324
ITEM 11.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		325
ITEM 12.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES		335
A.	Debt Securities	335
B.	Warrants and Rights	335
C.	Other Securities	335
D.	American Depositary Shares	335
PART II
ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES		335
A.	Defaults	335
B.	Arrears and Delinquencies	335
ITEM 14.  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS		335
A.	Material Modifications to Instruments	335
B.	Material Modifications to Rights	335
C.	Withdrawal or Substitution of Assets	336
D.	Change in Trustees or Paying Agents	336
E.	Use of Proceeds	336
ITEM 15.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		337
A.	Disclosure Controls and Procedures	337

B.	Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	337
C.	Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm	337
D.	Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	338
ITEM 16.  [RESERVED]		338
ITEM 16A.  Audit Committee Financial Expert		338
ITEM 16B.  Code of Ethics		338
ITEM 16C.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services		339
ITEM 16D.  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees		340
ITEM 16E.  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers		340
ITEM 16F.  Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant		340
ITEM 16G.  Corporate Governance		341
ITEM 16H.  Mine Safety Disclosure		355
ITEM 16I.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections		355
ITEM 16J.  Insider Trading Policies		355
ITEM 16K. Cybersecurity		356
PART III
ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		357
ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS		357
ITEM 19.  EXHIBITS		357

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

All references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” or “US$” are to the U.S. dollar. All references to “IFRS” are to International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or “IASB”.

Financial Statements

Nu Holdings Ltd. (“Nu”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on February 26, 2016, as an exempted company incorporated with limited liability.

We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars, which is the presentation currency for our financial statements and also our functional currency. The functional currency of our Brazilian, Mexican and Colombian operating entities, respectively, is the Brazilian real, the Mexican peso and the Colombian peso. The financial statements of each of our subsidiaries are maintained using the relevant functional currency for such subsidiary, which we determine is the currency that best reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances relevant to that entity. See note 2.a to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this annual report, for more information about our and our subsidiaries’ functional currencies.

Our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS. Unless otherwise noted, our consolidated statement of financial position data presented herein as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the consolidated statements of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 is stated in U.S. dollars, our reporting currency. Our consolidated financial information contained in this annual report is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, together with the notes thereto.

This financial information should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report.

Our fiscal year ends on December 31. References in this annual report to a fiscal year, such as “fiscal year 2023,” relate to our fiscal year ended on December 31 of that calendar year.

Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures

This annual report presents our Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and certain FX Neutral measures and their respective reconciliations for the convenience of investors, which are non-IFRS financial measures. A non-IFRS financial measure is generally defined as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flow that purports to measure financial performance but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable IFRS measure. Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and the FX Neutral measures, however, should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, profit (loss), or other measures of the financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Form 20-F | 2023 1

 

Adjusted Net Income (Loss)

Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is prepared and presented to eliminate the effect of items from profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance within the period presented. We define Adjusted Net Income (Loss) as profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company, adjusted for expenses related to share-based compensation, allocated tax effects on share-based compensation, the expenses (revenue deduction) and allocated tax effects related to the IPO-related customer program (NuSócios), program terminated in 2023, hedge of the tax effects on share-based compensation, and the expense related to the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) in 2022.

Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is presented because our management believes that this non-IFRS financial measure can provide useful information to investors, securities analysts and the public in their review of our operating and financial performance, although it is not calculated in accordance with IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a measure of performance in isolation. We also use Adjusted Net Income (Loss) as a key profitability measure to assess the performance of our business. We believe that Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is useful to evaluate our operating and financial performance for the following reasons:

● Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items that can vary substantially from company to company and from period to period, depending on their accounting and tax methods;

● Non-cash equity grants made to executives, employees or consultants at a certain price and point in time, the income tax effects and the gains and losses of related hedges, do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time and the related expenses are not considered to reflect our core operating performance;

● The expense related to the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) is considered unusual and not expected to recur in the foreseeable future and does not necessarily reflect how our business is performing or how it is expected to perform in the future and is not considered to reflect our core operating performance; and

● Expenses related to the customer program (NuSócios), program terminated in 2023, and their income tax effects, do not necessarily reflect how our business is performing at any particular time as they were related to a specific marketing effort we carried out in connection with our initial public offering (IPO) and are not considered to reflect our core operating performance.

Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is not a substitute for profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company, which is the IFRS measure of earnings. Additionally, our calculation of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the technology and financial services industries, because other companies may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do, and therefore, our measure may not be comparable to those of other companies. A reconciliation of our Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to its most directly comparable measure of income (loss) can be found in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

Form 20-F | 2023 2

 

FX Neutral Measures

FX Neutral measures are prepared and presented to eliminate the effect of foreign exchange, or “FX,” volatility between the comparison periods, allowing management and investors to evaluate our financial performance despite variations in foreign currency exchange rates, which may not be indicative of our core operating results and business outlook.

FX Neutral measures are presented because our management believes that these non-IFRS financial measures can provide useful information to investors, securities analysts and the public in their review of our operating and financial performance, although they are not calculated in accordance with IFRS or any other generally accepted accounting principles and should not be considered as a measure of performance in isolation.

The FX Neutral measures included in this annual report were calculated to present what such measures in preceding years would have been had exchange rates remained stable from these preceding years until the date of our most recent financial information, as detailed below.

The FX Neutral measures for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were calculated by multiplying the as reported amounts of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and the key business metrics for such years by the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (R$5.133 and R$5.415 to US$1.00, respectively), and using such results to re-translate the corresponding amounts back to U.S. dollars by dividing them by the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 (R$4.978 to US$1.00), so as to present what certain of our statement of profit and loss amounts and key business metrics would have been had exchange rates remained stable from these past periods/years until the year ended December 31, 2023. The average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 (R$5.240 to 1.00) was used to calculate, using the same methodology described above, the FX Neutral Revenue for 2020 which is an input to the FX Neutral Revenue growth (%) presented for the year 2021.

The average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates were calculated as the average of the month-end rates for each month in the years 2023, 2022, 2021 and 2020, as reported by Bloomberg.

FX Neutral measures for deposits and interest-earning portfolio presented in this annual report were calculated by multiplying the as reported amounts as of December 31, 2022 and 2021 by the spot Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates as of these dates (R$5.280 and R$5.576 to US$1.00, respectively), and using such results to re-translate the corresponding amounts back to U.S. dollars by dividing them by using the spot rate as of December 31, 2023 (R$4.857 to US$1.00) so as to present what these amounts would have been had exchange rates been the same as those on December 31, 2023. The Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates were calculated using rates as of such dates as reported by Bloomberg. The spot Brazilian reais/U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2020 (R$5.199 to 1.00) was used to calculate, using the same methodology described above, the FX Neutral Deposit and FX Neutral Interest-earning portfolio as of December 31, 2020 which are inputs to the FX Neutral Deposit growth (%) and FX Neutral Interest-earning portfolio growth (%), respectively, presented for the year 2021.

Form 20-F | 2023 3

 

FX Neutral measures do not include adjustments for any other macroeconomic effect, such as local currency inflation effects, or any price adjustment to compensate for local currency inflation or devaluation. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral measures to the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with IFRS can be found in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

Special Note Regarding Certain Operational Metrics

Customers and Active Customers

This annual report presents information regarding our number of customers and our number of monthly active customers.

Number of customers and monthly active customers information is prepared and presented as an important indicator of the size and momentum of our business, particularly as we continue to operate at a high growth pace. We define customers for a given measurement period as the individuals or Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) that have previously or within such measurement period opened an account with us and we exclude any such individuals or SMEs that have been charged-off or blocked or have voluntarily closed their account. Number of customers is presented because it allows us to track our capacity to attract and retain customers and can provide useful information to investors, securities analysts and the public in their review of our operating performance.

Monthly active customer information is prepared and presented as an important indicator of the size and momentum of our business based on the number of customers we consider to be active. We define monthly active customers as all customers that have generated revenue in the last 30 calendar days, for a given measurement period. Monthly active customers information is presented because it allows us to track our capacity to attract and retain active customers and can provide useful information to investors, securities analysts and the public in their review of our operating performance.

Moreover, we differentiate between total number of customers (which includes customers we consider to be non-active) and active customers, to enable our management to evaluate performance metrics exclusively on the customers that we define as active. Doing so allows us to track performance based on revenue (defined as Monthly ARPAC) and cost (defined as Monthly Average Cost to Serve per Active Customer). For an explanation of how we calculate Monthly ARPAC and Monthly Average Cost to Serve per Active Customer please see the “Glossary of Terms” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results.”

Information regarding both total number of customers and monthly active customers should be analyzed in conjunction with other operating and financial metrics, and should not be considered as a measure of performance in isolation. Additionally, our calculation of these measures may be different from the calculation used by other companies, including our competitors in the technology and financial services industries, because other companies may not calculate these measures in the same manner as we do, and therefore, our measures may not be comparable to those of other companies.

Form 20-F | 2023 4

 

Market Share and Other Information

This annual report contains data related to economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. The information contained in this annual report concerning economic conditions is based on publicly available information from third- party sources that we believe to be reasonable. Market data and certain industry forecast data used in this annual report were obtained from internal reports and studies, where appropriate, as well as estimates, market research, publicly available information (including information available from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission website) and industry publications. We obtained the information included in this annual report relating to the industry in which we operate, as well as the estimates concerning market shares, through internal research; public information; publications on the industry prepared by official public sources, such as the Brazilian Association of Financial and Capital Markets Entities (Associação Brasileira das Entidades dos Mercados Financeiro e de Capitais, or “ANBIMA”); the World Bank; the International Monetary Fund, or “IMF;” the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, or “OECD;” the Central Bank of Brazil (Banco Central do Brasil, or “BCB”); the Colombian Central Bank; the Central Bank of Mexico (Banco de Mexico, or “BANXICO”); the Colombian Financial Superintendency (Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia, or “SFC”); the Brazilian Social and Economic Development Bank (Banco Nacional de Desenvolvimento Econômico e Social, or “BNDES”); the Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics (Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística, or “IBGE”); the Brazilian Institute of Applied Economic Research (Instituto de Pesquisa Econômica Aplicada, or “IPEA”); the Brazilian Superintendence of Private Insurance (Superintendência de Seguros Privados, or “SUSEP”); the Brazilian National Confederation of Insurers (Confederação Nacional das Seguradoras, or “CNSEG”); the Colombian National Administrative Department of Statistics (Departamento Administrativo Nacional de Estadística, or “DANE”); the Mexican National Institute of Statistics and Geography (Instituto Nacional de Estadística, Geografía e Informática, or “INEGI”); the Mexican National Survey of Financial Inclusion, (Encuesta Nacional de Inclusión Financiera, or "ENIF"); the Inter American Development Bank or "IDB"; the International Monetary Fund, or "IMF", the European Central Bank, or "ECB", the Brazilian Micro and Small Business Support Service (Serviço Brasileiro de Apoio às Micro e Pequenas Empresas or “SEBRAE”); the Brazilian Association of E-Commerce (Associação Brasileira de E-Commerce, or “ABCOMM”); the Brazilian Association of Credit Card and Services Companies (Associação Brasileira de Empresas de Cartões de Crédito e Serviços, or “ABECS”); the Mexican National Banking and Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria y de Valores, or the “CNBV”); the Mexican National Insurance and Finance Commission (Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Finanzas, or the “CNFS”); the Colombian Insurance Federation (Federación de Aseguradores Colombianos, or “Fasecolda”); the Colombian Trusts Association (Asociación de Fiduciarias, or “Asofiduciarias”); the GSM Association (Global System for Mobile Communications, or “GSMA”); and other private sources, such as the Brazilian stock exchange (B3 S.A. – Brasil, Bolsa, Balcão, or the “B3”), Bloomberg and Forbes, consulting and research companies in the Brazilian financial services industry, and Fundação Getulio Vargas, or “FGV”, among others. We estimate that we are one of the largest digital banking platforms in the world by comparing what we believe to be the largest (by number of customers) digital banking platforms around the world (according to public statements made by these platforms and data from an independent research firm) to the number of customers on our platform.

Industry publications generally state that the information they include has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Although we have no reason to believe any of this information or these reports are inaccurate in any material respect and believe and act as if they are reliable, we have not independently verified it. Governmental publications and other market sources, including those referred to above, generally state that their information was obtained from recognized and reliable sources, but the accuracy and completeness of that information is not guaranteed. In addition, the data that we compile internally and our estimates have not been verified by an independent source. Except as disclosed in this annual report, none of the publications, reports or other published industry sources referred to in this annual report were commissioned by us or prepared at our request. Except as disclosed in this annual report, we have not sought or obtained the consent of any of these sources to include such market data in this annual report.

Form 20-F | 2023 5

 

Calculation of Net Promoter Score

Net promoter score, or “NPS,” is a widely known survey methodology that measures the willingness of customers to recommend a company’s products and services. It is used to gauge customers’ overall satisfaction with a company’s products and services and their loyalty to the brand, and it is typically based on customer surveys. NPS measures satisfaction using a scale of zero to 10 based on a customer’s response to the following question: “How likely is it that you would recommend Nu to a friend or colleague?” Responses of nine or 10 are considered “promoters.” Responses of seven or eight are considered neutral. Responses of six or less are considered “detractors.” The NPS, a percentage expressed as a numerical value, is calculated by subtracting the percentage of respondents who are detractors from the percentage who are promoters.

Rounding

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this annual report. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this annual report include statements about:

● general economic, financial, political, demographic and business conditions in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, as well as any other countries we may serve in the future and their impact on our business;

● fluctuations in interest, inflation and exchange rates in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia and any other countries we may serve in the future;

● our ability to timely and efficiently implement any measures that are necessary to combat or reduce the impacts of the ongoing war between Russia and the Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East on our business, results of operations, cash flow, prospects, liquidity and financial condition;

● competition in the consumer technology and financial services industry;

● our ability to implement our business strategy;

Form 20-F | 2023 6

 

● our ability to adapt to the rapid pace of technological changes in the sectors in which we operate;

● the reliability, performance, functionality and quality of our products and services, reliability and performance of our suitability, risk management and business continuity policies and processes;

● the availability of government authorizations on terms and conditions and within periods acceptable to us;

● our ability to continue attracting and retaining new appropriately-skilled employees;

● our capitalization and level of indebtedness;

● the interests of our founding shareholder;

● our ability to manage our growth effectively;

● our ability to successfully expand in Latin America and other new markets;

● changes in government regulations applicable to the financial services industry in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia and elsewhere;

● our ability to compete and conduct our business in the future;

● our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

● the success of operating initiatives, including advertising and promotional efforts and new product, service and concept development by us and our competitors;

● changes in consumer demands regarding the products and services we offer, and our ability to innovate to respond to such changes;

● changes in labor, distribution and other operating costs;

● our compliance with, and changes to, government laws, regulations and tax matters that currently apply to us;

● the size of our addressable markets, market share and market trends;

● The outbreak of any communicable diseases or any other public health crisis;

● other factors that may affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations; and

Form 20-F | 2023 7

 

● other risk factors discussed under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this annual report. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, including those described in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report. We cannot guarantee that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

Neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of any of these forward- looking statements. Moreover, the forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this annual report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward- looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this annual report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

Form 20-F | 2023 8

 

Form 20-F | 2023 9

 

Form 20-F | 2023 10

 

Form 20-F | 2023 11

 

Form 20-F | 2023 12

 

Form 20-F | 2023 13

 

Form 20-F | 2023 14

 

Form 20-F | 2023 15

 

Form 20-F | 2023 16

 

PART I

Item 4. Information on the company

A. History and Development of the Company

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability on February 26, 2016. Our principal executive offices are located at Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-9010, Cayman Islands, and our telephone number at this address is +1 345 949 2648. Our website address is www.nubank.com.br. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this annual report, and inclusions of our website address in this annual report are inactive textual references provided only for your informational reference.

Our Nu Journey

We launched Nu to revolutionize financial services for Latin American consumers and small businesses, challenging the status quo of incumbent banks. These banks historically applied homogeneous underwriting methodologies and lacked customer obsession, often resulting in high fees and interest costs for consumers. This approach not only ignored their needs but also excluded a significant portion of the population from the banking system. Brazil, a country with some of the highest banking fees in the world, presented an ideal backdrop to introduce new, customer-centric financial solutions. We saw an opportunity to create a set of fully digital, tailored financial services, focusing initially on credit cards. Through our obsession with customer experience, we sought to help our customers make payments more conveniently, organize their finances better, and improve their use and control of credit.

Form 20-F | 2023 17

 

A Nu Journey Begins

2013 to 2017: The Launch of a Nu Approach to the Market – Reaching over 3 million customers

In 2013, we began with a small team and in 2014 we introduced our first product in Brazil, the Nu Credit Card, a purple Mastercard-branded credit card. Our new credit card marked Brazil’s first foray into annual fee-free credit cards, and was coupled with a digital, mobile-first customer experience. This innovative approach not only broadened our customer reach but also provided critical insights for refining our data models. Our initial focus on credit cards paved the way for building customer trust, developing proprietary data and securing a formidable market presence.

Our strategy was to start with a single product to ensure we delivered a great user experience, delighted our customers, and gained enough insights about the market and our customers to refine and improve our data models. By starting with credit cards, we believe we tackled one of the most challenging (and larger potential) areas of financial services early in our evolution. We believe this helped us: (i) earn the trust of a large pool of customers by empowering them with differentiated credit solutions that they may have otherwise found to be low-quality, expensive, or inaccessible from other providers; (ii) build large and expanding sets of proprietary data on customers’ financial and transactional behavior; and (iii) create a favorable and highly defensible business position in the market from which we could seek to expand.

Scaling the Business

2017 to 2018: Growing Beyond Credit Cards—Reaching over 6 million customers

In 2017 we introduced NuAccount. This fully digital banking solution revolutionized the market with free deposits, transfers, and payments, alongside nominal-fee cash withdrawals at partner ATMs. Additionally, we incorporated a competitive-yield savings feature.

In 2018, we enriched NuAccount with a complimentary prepaid card. This card was made available free of charge to any customer with a NuAccount, and easy to order through our Nu mobile app. This expansion enabled us to become the primary banking choice for many customers, thereby capturing a larger share of customer wallets with offerings in spending, saving, insurance, and investment solutions. Our data-driven approach to NuAccount customers helped further refine our credit and other product offerings, enhancing their lifetime value and solidifying our cost-efficient service model. We received an overwhelming response of over 100 million applications, by continually broadening our product range to meet diverse customer needs. As we have expanded our product offering, we have stayed connected to our potential clients by launching targeted products, and many of these have subsequently been an important source of our customer base growth. We also monitor their profiles to see if they fit our underwriting criteria for products they have applied for. Accordingly, our large applicant pool further improves our ability to continue scaling our customer base.

Form 20-F | 2023 18

 

Expanding Our Breadth & Depth to Nu 3.0

2019 to 2022: Expanding to New Products and New Countries—Reaching 74.6 million customers.

In 2019, we launched a personal loan feature within our mobile app, allowing customers to apply, run repayment simulations, and manage balances easily. We also introduced a business checking account for micro businesses in Brazil, to help meet the similar needs of the nearly 22 million single entrepreneur-led micro businesses that were estimated to be operational in Brazil as of December 31, 2023, according to “SEBRAE.” Our customer base grew significantly, with 3.6 million SME customers as of December 31, 2023, representing an increase of approximately 44% from approximately 2.5 million customers as of December 31, 2022.

Between 2019 and 2020, our international expansion took us to Mexico and Colombia, following a strategy similar to the one that we had applied in Brazil. Our operations in both countries were launched with our flagship credit card product, and we believe we became the top credit card issuer in Mexico within two years.

In 2020, diversifying further, we ventured into insurance and investments, by launching NuLife, a life insurance product seamlessly integrated and distributed through our mobile app in partnership with Chubb Limited, or “Chubb”, a leading global policy underwriter, and by acquiring Easynvest, a leading retail investments platform in Brazil, later rebranded as NuInvest, which we believe to be the largest direct-to-consumer retail investments platform in Brazil with 15 million active customers as of December 31, 2023.

In 2021, we completed the acquisition of Easynvest and relaunched it under the NuInvest brand with curated features to help our customers invest more easily in the financial markets through our mobile app. We also expanded our product set further with the launch of (i) Ultraviolet, our premium metal credit card for more affluent customers, (ii) a new online remittance service in collaboration with Remessa Online Bee Tech Serviços de Tecnologia Ltda., or “Remessa Online”, which joined our marketplace as a strategic partner, (iii) “Buy Now Pay Later” solutions that allow customers to (a) pay their prepaid purchases over time in up to twelve installments, making use of their personal loan credit limits, and (b) pay their boletos (banking payment slips) over time in up to twelve installments, making use of their credit card limits, and in both cases with the flexibility to expect future installments at a discount, increasing the purchasing power and financial autonomy of our customers through the Nu app.

In 2022, we launched NuPay, a new and disruptive way to pay for online purchases with just a few clicks within the Nubank app, offering a more practical and secure experience that enables customers to pay with their account balances or interest-free installments offered by retailers. We also completed the acquisition of Olivia, a US-based data company with subsidiaries in Brazil that specializes in applying machine learning and artificial intelligence solutions to retail banking, which we believe will further strengthen our open finance initiatives. We also launched the Money Boxes platform in 2022, enabling customers to access more attractive investment alternatives than traditional and popular low-yield products, such as savings accounts (poupança). Among these alternatives, Money Boxes can offer clients RDBs (Recibo de Depósito Bancário) and funds. We have seen an evolution of our credit card interest-earning assets in Brazil as a result of launching new features that allow our customers to use their credit cards as a means of financing. These features include the ability to finance: 1) bank payment slips (boletos); 2) individual purchases in installments; and 3) Pix transfers, in all these cases by using credit card limits. The expansion of our product portfolio enabled us to achieve 74.6 million customers at the end of 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 19

 

Nu’s on a path of building the Money Platform

2023: Expanding our portfolio even further with the introduction of secured lending—Reaching almost 94 million customers.

In 2023, we announced the expansion of our lending products in Brazil into secured lines, such as public payroll loans for federal public servants; backed loans for retired persons and pensioners who are beneficiaries of the INSS, the Brazilian National Institute of Social Security; and FGTS-backed loans, the Brazilian Severance Pay Fund for Length of Service. The expansion of our portfolio enabled us to reach approximately 94 million customers at year-end 2023. The number of customers at this time was 87.8 million in Brazil and 5.2 million in Mexico, while Colombia had surpassed 800,000 customers.

In addition, in 2023, Nubank ranked fourth in Brazil among financial institutions, based on the number of customers, according to the Central Bank of Brazil. We launched more than 61 new products and features during the year, aiming to help Brazilians improve financial control and organization, to invest, to use our credit cards effectively, to achieve financial goals, and to better manage their businesses.

We launched checking accounts in Mexico, reaching one million accounts in only one month, which we believe will help us deepen our customer relationships while strengthening our deposit franchise and lending product in the country. We have also expanded our menu of insurance products, offering home, auto and other related products underwritten by unrelated insurers.

For information regarding our capital expenditures and divestitures, if any, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.”

B. Business Overview

Overview

Our Mission and Vision

Our mission is to fight complexity to empower people in their daily lives by providing accessible, affordable, and easy-to-use financial products. In 2013, we chose to begin our journey by disrupting the financial services market in Latin America, starting in Brazil, followed by Mexico and Colombia. This market opportunity encompasses approximately 650 million people in Latin America according to the World Bank, many of whom we believe are underbanked and deeply unsatisfied with their legacy bank relationships, or are completely unbanked.

We are in the early stages of technology companies revolutionizing a broad range of services by putting the customer at the center of their strategies and designing experiences based on mobile-first and cloud-based models. We believe that new technology-driven companies can capture market share from legacy providers across all industries, expand the size of addressable opportunities, and operate with superior economics. We also believe there is a significant opportunity to use the latest technologies and business practices to create for individual consumers and SMEs new and more user-friendly experiences that are simple, intuitive, convenient, low-cost, empowering and human.

To date, we have made substantial strides with our Money Platform, which comprehensively supports users through what we call the 'Five Financial Seasons': spending, saving, investing, protecting, and borrowing. The platform is designed to seamlessly integrate each of these aspects into and enhance our customers' financial wellbeing.

Form 20-F | 2023 20

 

Welcome to Nu

We believe Nu is one of the world’s largest digital banking platforms, and one of the leading technology companies in the world, with 93.9 million customers across Brazil, Mexico and Colombia as of December 31, 2023, a potential unlocked by our member-get-member referral program.

Our business is based on four core principles: (1) having a customer-centric culture; (2) prioritizing human-centric design, products, services and interactions to create extraordinary customer experiences; (3) developing advanced proprietary technologies built from the ground up by some of the best talent from around the world; and (4) leveraging data science and powerful proprietary models that support every aspect of our business. We combine these principles to create a self-reinforcing business model that enables us to serve our ecosystem of customers and partners more effectively as we grow to create significant impact for our stakeholders and sustainable competitive advantages in the marketplace. Together, these have compounded since our foundation to produce:

Form 20-F | 2023 21

 

● A Digital Banking Leader – As of December 31, 2023, we had 93.9 million customers. In Brazil we had 87.8 million customers, which represented approximately 53% of the population of the country aged 18 and above. Over the past 12 months, we believe the growth of our customers in Brazil has outpaced that of the five largest incumbent banks combined.

● One of the Most Loved Companies and Trusted Brands – By delighting our customers, we have created a powerful reputation and a valuable brand that is highly regarded in our markets and around the world. Nu was recognized as the Strongest Brand in Brazil for the second consecutive year in 2023, according to the award that we received from Design Bridge & Partners, IstoÉ Dinheiro magazine, and consultancy TM20 Branding consultancy, and was recognized among the 10 Brands Loved by Brazilians, according to the annual survey LoveBrands Ranking, published by Ecglobal, that measures the emotional connection between consumers and brands in Latin America. In addition, Nu was ranked by Kantar BrandZ as the 5th most valuable brand in Brazil in 2023. Nu ended that year with over 60 similar recognitions, reflecting what we believe to be our solid operational performance. In addition, the company continued to deliver significant growth during 2023, supported by what we believe is the highest NPS of any company in the region.

● A Powerful and Expanding Ecosystem of Solutions and Services across the Five Financial Seasons – We have developed a suite of proprietary financial solutions designed to create superior experiences across the Five Financial Seasons of our customers:

○ Spending with our credit and prepaid cards, QR code-based and Pix instant payment arrangements, WhatsApp Pay, traditional wire transfers, and an array of different solutions through our marketplace;

○ Saving with our Nu personal and business accounts;

○ Investing through our direct-to-consumer digital investment platform;

○ Borrowing with our transparent, easy-to-manage credit cards, as well as secured and unsecured loans, all with limits that grow over time as users build their credit histories with us; and

○ Protecting with insurance solutions.

● A Highly Engaged and Loyal Customer Base – We believe we have built a solid reputation with our customers for being trustworthy and reliable. We (1) acquired a significant part of our customers organically since our inception, either through word-of-mouth or direct unpaid referrals from an existing customer without incurring direct marketing expenses; (2) scored an NPS that we believe far exceeds incumbent banks and all other major local financial technology companies; and (3) became the primary banking relationship, as defined in the “Glossary of Terms”, for over 61% of our active customers as of December 31, 2023. We consider ourselves the primary banking relationship for active customers who had at least 50% of their post-tax monthly income leave their NuAccount in any given month. For more information on how we calculate organic customer growth and primary banking relationships, see “Glossary of Terms.”

Form 20-F | 2023 22

 

● Advantaged Unit Economics – We operate with favorable unit economics, as demonstrated by our ability to recover our Customer Acquisition Cost, or “CAC”, with cumulative contribution margins in less than 12 months on average, while continuing to expand revenue and contribution margins significantly thereafter. We measure our customer acquisition efficiency by comparing the LTV of acquired customers to the CAC of these customers to calculate an “LTV/CAC ratio”, which we estimate to be greater than 30x. We believe these strong economics are supported by our ability to:

○ Acquire customers organically at a low CAC: Our CAC is US$7 per customer,^[1] of which paid marketing accounts for approximately 29%. Based on our internal research and publicly available information, we believe our CAC is one of the lowest across consumer FinTech companies and incumbent banks, supported by our referral network. In addition, we believe our organic customer acquisition model is among the best-in-class models, as evidenced by the fact that we have acquired approximately 80% of our customers organically on average per year since our inception.

○ Increase Monthly ARPAC: For the three months ended December 31, 2023, our consolidated Monthly ARPAC was approximately US$10.6 and US$10.5 in Brazil. For customers who were active across our core products, which include our credit card, NuAccount and personal loans, our Monthly ARPACs averaged US$45 for the year ended December 2023. We estimate that ARPAC for incumbent banks in Brazil was approximately 4.5x higher than ours in 2023. This calculation is based on product mix and prices, and assumes an estimated average active customer base for certain incumbent financial institutions that do not report this metric. We estimated the number of active customers at each incumbent financial institution using publicly available information and internal analysis.

We believe we can increase our Monthly ARPAC meaningfully over time by (1) capturing greater share-of-wallet across our customers using existing products and (2) cross-selling additional products to existing customers.

● Our World-Class Talent – Our employees represent over 50 different nationalities and bring experience in scaling some of the largest technology and financial services companies in the world. We believe our culture, mission and commitment to innovation has helped us become a hub of the best engineering talent, not only in the region, but also internationally.

● Compounding Growth at Scale – In 2023, we demonstrated the benefits derived from the scalability of our products, delivering top-line growth with profitability by understanding that maintaining low costs is crucial to have a competitive edge. From January 2018 to December 2023, we expanded our customer base by more than 90 million customers, achieving this growth with minimal CAC. Additionally, we consistently managed to keep our cost-to-serve below the dollar level between 2018 and 2023, have progressively reduced our funding costs, and have outperformed broader market underwriting standards in most of the customer groups classified by salary range (that is, segregating our customers into bands according to their income), based on our internal analysis.

^[1] Customer Acquisition Cost, or CAC, consists of the following expenses: printing and shipping of a card, credit data costs (primarily consisting of credit bureau costs) and paid marketing. CAC is calculated as the sum of those costs from January 2019 until December 2023 on an FX neutral basis, divided by the total number of card issuances that same period (that is, number of unique customers acquired during that period).

Form 20-F | 2023 23

 

● Full Regulatory Compliance and Cooperation – We are committed to open, collaborative and transparent relationships with public officials, as we work to improve how people are served by the financial sector. Over the past several years, Nu has been active in some of the latest landmark regulations for the financial system in Latin America. For example: Brazil’s real time payment system Pix, open finance, salary portability, cybersecurity, fraud prevention, revolving cap, and other aspects of the country’s financial system. By applying our values to regulatory proposals, we believe we can help shape a more competitive landscape in Latin America’s financial sector. Through this process, we believe we have established a positive reputation and an open and collaborative relationship with regulators in the countries in which we operate.

● Financial Inclusion – Our business reaches people in 100% of Brazil’s municipalities, in line with our mission to provide financial access and literacy, which we view as crucial to inclusive economic growth and sustainable development. We estimate that in the last five years (until December 31, 2023), Nubank has made it possible for around 34 million Brazilians to have access to their first credit card.

Mexico has traditionally been a country with a very low level of financial inclusion. As of December 31, 2023, we estimate that less than 49.1% of the adult population in the country has a bank account, approximately 32.7% has access to formal credit, and only approximately 10.5% have a credit card in the banking system. Since entering the country, we have understood that the main reason for the low levels of financial inclusion, especially in credit products, was not a lack of demand but lack of appropriate supply. We believe that around 46% of our customers in the country are new to credit cards.

We also believe Nu is at the vanguard of financial inclusion in Colombia, where approximately 30% of our customers are first-time credit card holders (as of December 31, 2023), more than half of which are women.

Our Attractive Opportunity

Within Latin America and the Caribbean, we currently serve Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, countries that collectively accounted for over 60% of the population and 66% of the GDP in the region in 2023, according to IMF forecasts, and that provide a fertile opportunity for our services due to several attractive attributes and market characteristics, including:

● Meaningful Pain Points in the Market – Financial services consumers in our markets suffer from real pain points, which gives us a significant opportunity to provide them with solutions to these pain points. Incumbent banks in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, which on average hold between 70% and 87% of all loans and deposits, charge high fees and generate outsized profits, based on data from these countries’ respective Central Banks, as of December 31, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 24

 

● Powerful Secular Trends – The Latin American region is benefiting from several positive secular trends that align well with our business, including a strong technology adoption rate and high mobile app usage. This trend is driven by a young population, a growing middle class, and high smartphone adoption rates, especially in Brazil, Mexico, and Colombia. Additionally, regulators in the region are promoting innovation and competition in the financial services sector, creating an opportunity for us to disrupt traditional providers with innovative business models and mobile app solutions.

● Significant Penetration Opportunities – Financial services in Latin America still offer a significant penetration opportunity ahead, as the electronic payments and consumer credit segments continue to deepen across the region while still being materially below current levels in the United States and the United Kingdom, based on available data gathered from the World Bank and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS). For example, in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia there is: (1) a large unbanked population consisting of 77.1 million adults in aggregate; (2) low credit card adoption rates of 52% in Brazil as of 2022, according to the country’s Central Bank, 11% in Mexico, considering credit cards issued by banks only (and 25% when including those issued by retailers), and 22.5% in Colombia, according to the SFC, as compared to 66% in the United States and 62% in the United Kingdom; (3) limited household debt as a percentage of GDP, at 34%, 16% and 28% in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, respectively, compared to between 55% and 85% in developed markets (consisting of the United Kingdom, the United States, Spain, Japan and France), according to June 2023 data from the BIS.

Our Go-to-Market Approach

We have a large customer base of 90.3 million individual consumers and 3.6 million small businesses, as of December 31, 2023.

Our customers come from different backgrounds in terms of income, age and geographic location, similar to the overall population of the markets we serve. We believe we serve more younger customers than traditional banks, giving us the opportunity to grow with them as their financial needs change over time.

We go to market, serve and support our customers through an all-digital, cloud-based model that is low-cost and highly efficient without the need for expensive real estate and physical bank branches. We market and sell our solutions and services online by (1) prioritizing high-quality customer experiences to drive organic word-of-mouth advertising and customer referrals, (2) fostering our social media presence and developing digital content to drive awareness, education and engagement, and (3) making selected investments in marketing and promotional campaigns when returns are attractive to further accelerate customer adoption.

We operate with significant competitive advantages that we believe have helped us grow rapidly. For example, we have increased our Monthly ARPAC by growing our portfolio and driving the adoption of multiple products, increased our customer retention through our focus on strong customer engagement and satisfaction, and increased our position as the primary banking relationship for our customers. As a result, we have increased the lifetime value of our customer relationships. Our approach has also enabled us to generate operating efficiencies, including a low cost to acquire new customers, a low cost to serve our customers, a low cost of risk, and a low cost of funding.

Form 20-F | 2023 25

 

We earn revenue from two main sources: fees and interest income. Fees include fees and commissions applied to credit and prepaid card transactions, payments, loyalty programs, prepaid mobile phone top-ups, as well as the marketplace for and distribution of certain financial products and services, such as investments, insurance, and remittance products. Interest income is related to interest charged on revolving and refinanced credit card balances, purchases of credit card receivables and loans to customers, as well as interest earned on deposits, government bonds and other interest-earning instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2023, 20% of our revenue was earned through fee and commission income, which comes mostly from interchange fees and is not directly charged to the customer. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we reported US$8.0 billion in revenue, and US$3.5 billion in gross profit, representing year-over-year increases of 67.5% and 110.0%, respectively, versus the year ended December 31, 2022, or year-over-year increases of 62.5% and 103.6%, respectively, when computed on an FX Neutral basis. In the year ended December 31, 2022, we reported US$4.8 billion in revenue and US$1.7 billion in gross profit, representing year-over-year increases of 182.2% and 126.9%, respectively, versus the year ended December 31, 2021, or a year-over-year increases of 167.5% and 115.1%, respectively, when computed on an FX Neutral basis. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral revenue and gross profit to the IFRS measures of these metrics can be found under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations."

Our Unique Approach

We are building our business using a unique approach that combines our four core principles to create a self-reinforcing business model that helps us nurture and grow our expanding ecosystem of individual consumers, SMEs and marketplace partners. These core principles are:

Customer-Centric Culture

We are obsessed with serving our customers

Since our company was founded, we intentionally and consistently cultivated an obsession with delighting our customers. This culture is central to achieving our mission, as we remain vigilant in preserving and nurturing it. The core values of our culture are:

● We create a deep emotional connection with our customers by providing delightful experiences and empowering them to take control of their financial lives.

● We cultivate a culture of ownership among our employees, with many of them having a financial stake in the company.

● We constantly challenge the status quo and strive for innovation and growth.

● We prioritize efficiency to minimize waste and provide services at lower costs for our customers.

Form 20-F | 2023 26

 

● Lastly, we believe in the power of diverse teams, as they foster creativity and innovation in serving our local markets.

Extraordinary Customer Experiences

We Focus on Creating Superior Customer Engagement and Experiences

We aim to deliver simple, easy-to-use products, seamlessly integrated through our Nu mobile application and backed up by our team of Xpeer customer support specialists. This is driven by:

● Prioritizing mobile and digital-first products, focusing on creating cloud-based mobile apps that provide a modern digital experience across all devices.

● Products that are designed to be simple, transparent, accessible, and easy to use for our customers.

● Using a human-centered design approach to provide a high-quality and intuitive experience in everything we offer.

● Our Nu mobile app seeks to seamlessly integrate all our products and services, providing customers with easy access.

● A dedicated team of customer service agents called "Xpeers", who continuously enhance the customer experience and contribute to product development using proprietary software and AI algorithms.

Advanced Technology

We Lead Everything with Technology

We use advanced technologies and modern tools to deliver a superior experience for our customers in a hyper-scalable and secure environment. We prioritize building our own architecture and investing in engineering talent. The key components of our technology include:

● Our proprietary cloud-based core banking platform called NuCore, which allows us to efficiently manage various functions crucial to our operations, including transaction processing, regulatory reporting, customer services, and fraud prevention.

● This platform gives us the agility and control to optimize our products and meet the unique needs of our markets.

● A microservices approach that we employ, utilizing around 500 modular microservices to scale, the introduction of new products, and expansion into new markets.

● Our advanced technology strategies, including an immutable ledger and the use of the Clojure programming language, have attracted top software engineers from around the world, enabling us to develop innovative solutions and maintain a strong development team.

Form 20-F | 2023 27

 

Proprietary Data Science

Everything We Do is Driven by Data Science

We acquire, store and analyze an enormous amount of data that we use to inform our decision-making, reduce risks and improve the customer experience. This provides us with significant advantages and ways to add differentiated value to our customers, such as our proprietary NuX credit engine. Our data science strategy consists of:

● Access to a proprietary data set consisting of over 30,000 data points on each monthly active customer, which helps us understand their behavior, risks, and financial needs.

● This data strengthens our NuX credit engine and machine learning models, enabling us to offer personalized credit strategies tailored to each customer's unique situation.

● Artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithms that continually enhance our underwriting, risk management, and customer experience.

● Integrating all data within our Nu Ecosystem, enabling us to algorithmically recommend products in real-time that align with specific customer needs throughout their financial journey.

Our Self-Reinforcing Model

Our self-reinforcing business model, illustrated below, includes seven key elements that we combine to serve our customers more effectively, generate competitive advantages, nurture and grow our ecosystem, and create shareholder value.

 

Form 20-F | 2023 28

 

The seven elements of our model include:

A. More Customers – Our most significant source of marketing is word-of-mouth recommendations from existing customers, which has resulted in viral organic customer acquisition and high retention. This leads to:

B. More Engagement and Scale – Our customers increase their engagement with and use of our high frequency and essential solutions or adopt any of our new solutions. This leads to:

C. More Data – We gather data from each customer and each transaction. The data compound in value as we grow and drive our artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithms to improve everything we do. This leads to:

D. Lower Costs – We use our growing data sets to make smarter underwriting decisions, continuously improve customer segmentation and optimize business operations, which can improve efficiencies. This leads to:

E. Attractive Fees and Rates – We use our greater insights, efficiencies and cost savings to offer customers products with attractive fees and rates as we better understand their total risk profile and optimize our own operations. This leads to:

F. Better Products and Experiences – We can also use our greater insights and efficiencies to improve our product design, optimize the customer experience and develop new features. This leads to:

G. A Growing Nu Ecosystem – Our ecosystem includes our 93.9 million customers, composed of individual consumers and SMEs, and a growing number of marketplace partners who we partner with to offer attractive solutions beyond our core capabilities.

Our self-reinforcing model and execution have resulted in a large and vibrant community of customers, consisting of (1) individual consumers across all social classes and ages, and (2) SMEs, including small businesses and entrepreneurs that help fuel the economy. These customers, combined with a growing set of products that they love, a network of third-party vendors and service providers, and a substantial media following, form our large and expanding Nu ecosystem:

Form 20-F | 2023 29

 

Our Market

Our Market Opportunity

Latin America is a large and dynamic region, with a total population of 645 million people and a GDP of US$6.5 trillion in 2023, projected to have grown by 2.3% in real terms in 2023, according to the IMF. We currently operate in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, which collectively represented 60% of the population and 66% of the region’s GDP in 2023, according to IMF data.

Our primary goal is to increase our presence in these markets by growing our customer base, launching new products and continuing gaining relevance in our customers’ financial lives.

Over time we aim to expand our presence to additional markets in Latin America, as consumers and SMEs have for too long faced a banking system with substantial challenges that create market inefficiencies and opportunities for disruption. We believe penetration in these markets remains low in terms of financial services relative to developed countries, as demonstrated by the large number of adults that are still unbanked, the relatively low level of indebtedness of households, and low adoption of credit cards in comparison to other payment methods.

Our Serviceable Addressable Market, or “SAM”, includes the retail financial services and marketplace we currently operate in Brazil, including revenue from:

● Retail credit (including secured and unsecured personal loans, auto loans, credit card financing and revolving), defined as interest income net of funding costs and credit charges;

● SME credit, defined as interest income net of funding costs and credit charges;

● Payments, defined as prepaid, prepaid and credit interchange fees;

● Customer assets, including brokerage fees on securities, private pensions, savings accounts and investment funds and interest revenue net of yields on customer deposits;

Form 20-F | 2023 30

 

● Insurance brokerage, defined as fees from distribution of Life and Property & Casualty, or “P&C”, insurance products;

● E-commerce marketplace, defined as fees from gross merchandise volume; and

● Acquiring and services fees, defined as discount rates on merchant transactions and account-related transaction fees.

The revenue potential of retail financial services in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, measured as revenues from interest income and service fees minus funding costs, totaled US$200.0 billion in 2023, growing 4.3% (9.9% FX-neutral) relative to 2022, according to our internal analysis based on publicly available information. Our market share for the year ended December 2023 reached approximately 3.0% of SAM, demonstrating the massive opportunity ahead.

Brazil, Mexico and Colombia Estimated Financial Retail Industry Revenue 2023

Interest and Fee Income Breakdown by Country and Nu's Market Share (US$ billion)

Sources: internal estimates based on public sources (BCB, Anbima, Abecs, Susep, Abcomm, Banxico, CNBV, CNFS, SFC, Asofiduciarias, Fasecolda, others).

Form 20-F | 2023 31

 

Interest and Fee Income Breakdown by Product Category and Nu's Market Share (US$ billion)

Sources: internal estimates based on public sources (BCB, Anbima, Abecs, Susep, Abcomm, Banxico, CNBV, CNFS, SFC, Asofiduciarias, Fasecolda, others).

For more information regarding our market opportunity, please refer to “—Deep Dive on Our Industry Background and Market Opportunity”.

Industry Background – the Latin American Financial Services Industry is ready to be reinvented

Consumers and SMEs in Latin America have long faced a banking system with substantial challenges that create attractive opportunities for disruptors, including:

● Concentrated Banking Sector with a Lack of Competition – The banking sector in Latin America and the three markets where we operate is more concentrated in comparison to several advanced markets. According to the Herfindahl–Hirschman Index, measuring the concentration on a scale from 0 to 10,000, where the lower the index the less concentrated the market, Brazil, Mexico and Colombia posted indexes of 888, 1,089 and 1,253, respectively - significantly higher than the indexes of the United States (350), Germany (277) and France (606), as of 2022 and 2023, according to data from the BCB, CNBV, SFC and the European Central Bank references of 2022 and 2023. Consequently, Latin America has long suffered from a lack of competition: less innovation, limited selection of products and services, and higher fees. While this concentration has enabled large incumbent banks to maintain their status quo, it has also created a fertile environment for disruption from entrants who can use advanced technology, data and customer service.

● High Cost to Serve – Incumbent banks in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia have vast and expensive branch distribution networks supported by large workforces and legacy systems. As of December 2023, the main incumbents in Brazil are reported to have 2,695 to 3,992 branches, 2,677 to 6,786 service points, and 55,611 to 86,220 employees each. We believe that the aforementioned structure results in higher cost to serve, and induces traditional players to sell high-margin products, excluding a large segment of the population from the financial system. We estimate that in Brazil, our cost to serve and general and administrative expense per active customer are approximately 85% lower than those of incumbents, based on their publicly available financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 32

 

● Poor Customer Service and Lack of Trust – We believe incumbent banks in Latin America, due to the lack of competition, provide poor customer service, resulting in dissatisfied consumers. Our obsession with customer-centricity enabled us to scale with NPS levels which we believe to be 2x to almost 3x better than competitors in the countries in which we operate, according to internal analyses, which we believe exceed not only those of incumbents, but also other major local financial technology companies. We are consistently recognized for our customer service, and—based on the latest publicly available information—we compared favorably to our competitors, achieving the fewest customer complaints as of December 31, 2023.

● Significantly Underpenetrated Market – The Latin American banking sector remains significantly underpenetrated due to the prohibitively high costs for financial services. According to a study from the Inter American Development Bank (IDB) , one of the most cited reasons for not having a bank account is that opening and maintaining accounts is too expensive. According to the latest available World Bank data, 16.0% of the 169.3 million people aged 15 and above in Brazil did not have a bank account as of 2021; this compares to 44.0% of the 39.2 million people aged 15 and above for Colombia, according to the same source; and in Mexico 50.9% of the 101.8 million people aged between 18 and 70 years old did not have a bank account as of 2021, according to INEGI’s ENIF (National Survey of Financial Inclusion). Thus, we estimate that the three countries collectively accounted for 77.1 million unbanked adults as of 2021. Additionally, aggregate household debt in Latin American economies averaged between 16% and 34% of GDP as of June 30, 2023, according to the Bank of International Settlements, or “BIS”, data, compared to an average of 73% of GDP in advanced economies and 47% of GDP in emerging economies as of 2023. Lastly, credit card penetration in Brazil and Colombia stood at 40% and 13% of the population aged 15 and above, respectively, compared to 67% in the United States and 62% in the United Kingdom, according to World Bank’s most recent data from 2021. In Mexico, credit card penetration stood at 11%, considering those issued by banks, and 20% considering retailers, of the population aged between 18 and 70 years old, according to the INEGI’s ENIF 2021 report.

Trends Accelerating Industry Disruption

We believe the region is ready for disruption from entrants who can use advanced technology, data and superior customer service. We believe we have the potential to change the landscape in Latin America by offering both low-cost and high-quality financial services, materially increasing socioeconomic development and the addressable market of financial services.

We believe significant challenges and trends have already begun to encourage consumers to increasingly look to digital banking platforms to fulfill their day-to-day banking needs. According to our own internal analysis based on BCB data, the share of total outstanding loans to individuals held by digital banks has increased from below 1% in 2018 to above 5% as of September, 2023. When excluding certain earmarked loans, such as mortgages and rural activity financing, the share of digital banks reached 9.4% as of September, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 33

 

Breakdown of Loans to Individuals in Brazil by the Type of Financial Institutions (%)

Several factors are driving this shift away from incumbents:

● Technological Innovation and Growing Payment Volumes – We believe technological innovation, such as Pix in Brazil and CoDi in Mexico, will translate into sustained growth in electronic payments volumes. The GSMA’s “The Mobile Economy 2023” report forecasts that Latin America can reach 93% smartphone penetration by 2030, which should foster technology inclusion. Purchase Volume in credit and prepaid cards in 2023 totaled US$751 billion in Brazil, growth of 140% growth relative to 2018 levels, according to ABECS in local currency; US$277 billion in Mexico, or121% growth relative to 2018 according to Banxico in local currency; and US$25 billion in Colombia, an increase of 61% compared to 2018, according to the SFC in local currency.

● Shift from Savings to Higher-Yield Investments – In our view, the superior customer experiences and low-cost, open platform distribution models employed by direct-to-consumer independent brokers will continue to gain market share. We also believe that improving levels of financial education combined with middle-class expansion and lower interest rates in the long term can contribute to the shift of Brazilian retail investors away from savings products towards higher-yield investments such as equities.

● Favorable Regulatory Environment – Regulators in Latin America are promoting several initiatives to foster financial technology disruption to increase competition and financial inclusion. For example, in 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil rolled out its plan to enable Open Finance while launching Pix, an instant payment tool. In Mexico, the 2018 Financial Technology Law established the basis for the development of FinTech companies, and in 2019 and 2023, CoDi and DiMo, respectively, which are both commission free digital payments methods. We believe that these regulatory changes will, together, increase efficiency, competition and innovation in the Latin American financial services market while increasing access to financial services. In Brazil, these initiatives are spearheaded by ‘Agenda BC#’, the BCB public policy agenda focused on innovation and competition. These measures have been highlighted in the BCB Regulation Area’s Priorities list for 2024, such as the ones related to the development of Open Finance and Pix, as well as those related to AI, Crypto assets and Drex/Tokenization, demonstrating an ongoing commitment to fostering a more efficient and innovative financial environment through proactive and targeted regulations tailored to this purpose.

Form 20-F | 2023 34

 

Our Competitive Strengths and Advantages

The strengths generated by our core principles and our self-reinforcing model provide us with powerful competitive advantages that have enabled us to disrupt the legacy models of incumbent providers to become what we believe is one of the largest digital banking platforms in the world. We believe we are positioned favorably to continue growing our business with attractive economics and expanding our addressable market. We believe our advantages are difficult to replicate and will continue to strengthen as we scale, and will compound over time.

We Have Significant Market and Leadership Advantages

Over the past years, we believe we built one of the largest, most influential, and trusted technology companies in the world. This privileged leadership position provides us with several key advantages, including:

● One of the Largest Digital Banking Platforms – We believe we have built one of the world’s largest digital banking platforms, based on number of customers, with 93.9 million customers (including both individual consumers and SMEs) across Brazil, Mexico and Colombia as of December 31, 2023.

● First-Mover Advantage – Nu is the first digital-native banking platform in Latin America and a pioneer in digital financial services globally. We have reached undisputed leadership in digital banking in Brazil in terms of number of customers and we are progressively claiming leadership in other countries in Latin America. In almost four years since the launch of our operations in Mexico in early 2020, we are now one of the top 3 credit card issuers in the country in terms of net number of cards issued in 2023, which surpasses numbers from several traditional institutions in the Mexican market, according to CNBV data as of October 2023.

● Trusted and Recognized Global Brand – We have created a trusted brand across the digital services and technology landscape, rapidly growing our customer base, retaining our customers and driving greater product adoption. In 2022, for the second consecutive year, we were named as one of the TIME 100 Most Influential Companies. In 2023, Nu was considered the 5^th most innovative company in the world, according to Fast Company. In addition, Mr. David Vélez was among The Economist’s 5 Best CEOs 2023, which takes into consideration shareholders' returns.

● World-Class Talent – We attract highly talented employees from leading technology and financial services companies around the world who bring deep expertise and new ideas. Our employees are aligned with our mission and have an ownership mentality—approximately 94.6% of our employees owned Nu shares or held share-based incentive awards as of December 31, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 35

 

We Have Significant Operating and Financial Advantages

Our all-digital and data-driven business model provides us with significant advantages, enabling us to scale and operate efficiently. These operating advantages include:

● Extraordinary Customer Experiences – Our modern and intuitive products provide customers with extraordinary experiences which we believe are superior to both incumbent banks and other digital disruptors. We believe our NPS far exceeds incumbent banks and all other financial technology companies, supported by simple, transparent, intuitive products. Our reputation for providing excellent experience contributes to our brand recognition, organic growth through word-of-mouth referrals, and customer loyalty.

● Caring and Effective Customer Support – Our self-service support tools and highly trained team of Xpeers provide a superior level of service compared to many competitors. We believe we delight and educate our customers by improving their financial literacy and increasing their engagement with our platform.

● Proprietary Control and Capabilities from Our Technology Platform – Through our NuCore platform, we centrally manage credit card transaction authorization and core bank account processing, enabling us to operate efficiently, nimbly roll out new products or features, and scale in new markets effectively. We designed and invested in our own cloud-based core banking platform, unlike competitors that usually depend on third-party providers and credit card processors.

● Low Operating Costs – We operate with a low-cost model across four key areas of our business:

○ Low Cost to Acquire – Given our focus on creating strong customer experiences, we have been able to acquire customers primarily through viral word-of-mouth and direct customer referrals, which has enabled us to acquire customers efficiently without expensive marketing campaigns or incentives.

○ Low Cost to Serve – By operating in a fully digital environment without the need for branches, and by consistently eliminating and simplifying processes, we have been able to serve our customers quickly and efficiently and achieve scale efficiencies that we can pass along to customers and investors.

Form 20-F | 2023 36

 

○ Low Cost of Risk – By leveraging our advanced technology and proprietary data science to better assess and reduce credit risk, we have been able to operate and scale efficiently and offer more competitive pricing to our customers.

○ Low Cost of Funding – Our large and growing base of local currency deposits, originated 100% organically, has enabled us to cover more than our funding needs and extend in increasing amounts of credit to our customers, creating a highly resilient, diversified and low-cost funding model that we can scale efficiently.

● Advantaged Unit Economics – We estimate our LTV/CAC ratio to be greater than 30x as of December 31, 2023, supported by the self-reinforcing nature of our business model and our low operating costs. We believe we have several competitive advantages that include:

○ Increasing Revenue per Customer – We seek to increase our revenue per customer over time: we combine customer experiences and a low-and-grow approach to increase transaction volumes and share-of-wallet, while cross-selling additional products to our customers. For our monthly cohorts from the first quarter of 2017, our Monthly ARPAC had increased on average by more than 20x by December 31, 2023 versus their initial month.

○ High Customer Engagement – We believe our continuous investments in technology and customer service combined with the compounding effects of our business model have resulted in engagement rates closer to those of social networks than digital banking platforms and have helped us increase customer engagement over time. This resulted in an activity rate of approximately 83% for the three-month period ended December 31, 2023, which demonstrates the high frequency engagement and utility-like capabilities of our solutions.

○ Low Customer Churn – We believe our high level of customer engagement contributes to our low customer churn. Our net churn is relatively low, averaging 0.2% per month in 2023, stable when compared to 0.2% in 2022. We expect voluntary churn will remain low as we continue to deliver an extraordinary customer experience, and become the primary banking account for our customers, and cross-sell to our existing customers to embed ourselves more deeply in their financial lives. Churn or customer churn refers to the loss of customers for any reason at all. We measure and track churn as a percentage of lost customers compared to the total number of customers over a given time period.

● Effective Underwriting and Pricing – We underwrite customers and manage credit risk more effectively, providing portfolio resilience over time by using our unique data and advanced NuX credit engine. Our goal is not to minimize risk but to maximize value, enabling us to price our products more competitively while still generating advantaged unit economics. We had a 90-day consumer finance delinquency rate, or "non-performing loan 90+" or "NPL 90+", of 6.1% as of December 31, 2023 in Brazil, which we believe is lower than the delinquency rates of our competitors on a like-for-like basis (i.e. similar products and income bands), based on an internal analysis performed using competitors’ reports and public data from BCB.

Form 20-F | 2023 37

 

We Have Significant Strategic Advantages

Our self-reinforcing model also provides us with key strategic advantages that help us differentiate, grow and compete more effectively. These strategic advantages include:

● Unique Data – Our model generates proprietary data on millions of individual consumers and SMEs, providing us with unique insights into customer behavior. We feed this data into our artificial intelligence and 60+ machine learning algorithms to improve our underwriting, differentiate our products and services, enhance our customer support, tailor customer experiences and lower our risks.

● Powerful Self-Reinforcing Network Effects – We believe our model demonstrates distinct self-reinforcing network effects that help compound our growth. As we expand our ecosystem of customers and partners, we generate more data, which enables us to improve our products and services and customer experience. As more existing customers are delighted with their experience, they refer new customers which, in turn, increases the size of our ecosystem.

● Highly Defensible Business Model – We built a disruptive business model supporting our strong competitive position in the market. We believe it is highly defensible and difficult to replicate given the significant time, expertise and investments required to build our capabilities across multiple countries.

Our Growth Strategies

We believe we are in the early stages of capturing a large market opportunity to simplify the lives of hundreds of millions of consumers and SMEs. We continue to leverage the competitive strengths of our self-reinforcing model to grow and expand our business, creating value for all stakeholders. Our primary growth vectors are:

A. Grow Our Nu Ecosystem

We believe our self-reinforcing model will continue driving the expansion of our ecosystem, reaching, engaging and growing our base of customers and partners. We intend to grow our Nu Ecosystem by:

● Nurturing Our Customer Acquisition Engine – We continue to build our customer acquisition engine by:

○ Growing Our Base of Highly Loyal Customers – Who we believe will continue to refer customers to us. Our commitment is to persistently develop innovative, superior products that tap into latent demand, to offer extraordinary financial solutions to consumers and SMEs who we believe are unserved or underserved by incumbent banks and to foster green-field markets to accelerate customer acquisition.

○ Developing Our Digital Content and Social Media Presence – Creating new digital content for our NuCommunity portal and our millions of mobile app users, and building our social media platforms to foster customer engagement, advocacy and financial education.

Form 20-F | 2023 38

 

○ Tactically Leveraging Marketing Spend – To build a leading consumer brand that is loved and trusted by customers in all markets in which we operate, helping us to expand our ecosystem, attract higher-value customers and raise awareness of our new products and services.

● Increasing Our Share of Customers’ Financial Lives – We believe we will continue to increase our share of customers’ financial lives by:

○ Growing With Our Customers – As our customers accumulate more wealth and reach new life milestones, their need for diversified financial services is expected to increase. We currently serve customers across a wide range of ages, and have a particularly young customer base, with almost 64% of our customers under 40 years old and an average age of 37 as of December 31, 2023, providing us with the opportunity to grow with customers who are in the early stages of their financial journeys.

○ Cross-Selling New Products and Upselling to Higher-Value Products – As we accumulate more data and learn more about our customers, we can suggest new products to fit their needs and optimize their credit limits, increasing our wallet share across customers’ Five Financial Seasons and growing the revenue along with profits we generate from each customer. We have also sold customers multiple products at progressively faster rates. For example, as of December 31, 2023, we reached an average of 4 products per active customer. Additionally, millions of customers have a NuAccount but have not yet been approved to receive our credit products. As we continue to collect information on these customers and enhance our customer segmentation and credit models, we believe we will increase our approval rates and extend our full product suite to a significant share of these customers, at no marginal customer acquisition cost.

● Utilizing Partners to Grow Our Marketplace of Offerings – We partner with top providers to offer services to customers in new areas where we currently do not have a main product or service. This helps us grow and be a bigger part of our customers' lives, strengthening our primary financial relationship. We believe this represents an important growth channel and will enable us to participate in more areas of our customers’ daily lives quickly and efficiently. For example, we have partnered with big retailers in Brazil, like Amazon, Casas Bahia and Magalu, to offer non-financial services through our marketplace. We have also partnered with Chubb to provide a life insurance product, with Remessa Online to provide international remittance solutions, and with Hopper to provide travel experiences, each of which can be originated and managed seamlessly through our Nu mobile app.

B.                      Enhance Our Nu Platform

We believe there is a significant opportunity to leverage our advanced technology and proprietary data science to offer additional functionality, solutions and experiences to our customers as we learn more about their behaviors and needs. We intend to improve our Nu Platform by:

● Innovating and Developing New Solutions – We are focused on developing and launching new products and features, challenging ourselves to enhance our customers’ lives and better fulfill their diverse financial service needs. We launched several products since we started our operations in 2013, including credit and prepaid cards, loyalty programs, payment accounts for individuals and SMEs, unsecured and secured personal loans, and investment solutions, Pix and payment slips (boleto) financing, insurance products, and crypto solutions, among others.

Form 20-F | 2023 39

 

● Executing Strategic Acquisitions – Although we are primarily focused on growing our business organically, we may selectively pursue strategic acquisitions that we believe are attractive business opportunities and are aligned with our mission to consolidate or expand into new areas and gain new capabilities quickly and efficiently. For example:

○ Our Acquisition of Olivia (U.S. and Brazil), currently NuSignals – In January 2022, we acquired Olivia, a U.S.-based data company with subsidiaries in Brazil and specializing in applying machine learning and artificial intelligence solutions to retail banking, which we believe is further strengthening our open banking initiatives.

○ Our Acquisition of Spin Pay (Brazil), currently NuPay – In October 2021, we acquired Spin Pay, a Brazilian payments platform that has pioneered the development of instant payment solutions for online and offline merchants via PIX. We believe the expertise and technology of Spin Pay has been instrumental in the development of our broader payments platform in Brazil.

○ Our Acquisition of Juntos (U.S.) – In July 2021, we acquired certain assets of and hired a group of employees from Juntos, a conversational account management platform for two-way messaging customer interaction through mobile interfaces (WhatsApp, SMS and in-app chat), further strengthening our capabilities to foster strong customer engagement and product cross-selling in a hyper-scalable manner.

○ Our Acquisition of Akala (Mexico), currently Nu México Financiera – In September 2021, we purchased 100% of Akala, a financial cooperative association based in Mexico and involved in fundraising and providing financial services. Although Akala had been inoperative since 2018, it had a valid Sociedade Financiera Popular, or “SOFIPO”, license, which has enabled Nu to grow its operations further in the country.

○ Our Acquisition of Easynvest (Brazil), currently NuInvest – In June 2021, we acquired the online broker Easynvest. This acquisition enabled us to enter the online investing sector quickly and at scale. Since then, we rebranded the business as NuInvest and have integrated it into our business.

○ Our Acquisition of Cognitect (U.S.), currently Nu North America – In August 2020, we acquired Nu North America Inc. (formerly Cognitect), a U.S.-based consultancy that developed the Clojure programming language and Datomic database, which we leverage for our efficient codebase and immutable database.

● Making Strategic Minority Investments and Corporate Venture Investments – We will selectively make strategic minority investments in companies with which we have negotiated commercial agreements or partnerships where we believe we would benefit from stronger alignment. We believe these investments can provide us with access to third-party products and capabilities at a faster pace and in a highly capital efficient manner, particularly as we build our marketplace of offerings. We evaluate and make minority investments in earlier stage companies where we see long-term strategic value in establishing relationships and receiving first-hand insights on new potential geographies, products, technologies and strategies that we might consider entering or using in the future.

Form 20-F | 2023 40

 

○ Our Investment in Jupiter (India) – In August 2021, we announced an equity investment in Jupiter, an emerging digital banking platform in India with several innovative solutions in development. India is one of the largest emerging markets in the world, and, together with Brazil, has pioneered the broad adoption of a central-bank led QR code-based real-time payments system expected to promote profound changes to how financial services are consumed and distributed.

○ Our investment in Dbank (Pakistan) – In March 2022, we concluded an equity investment in Dbank, a Pakistani-based seed-stage fintech which seeks to build a credit-first, Sharia-law compliant digital bank focused on the young and growing tech-savvy middle class. Pakistan is the fifth most populous country in the world with a young demographic but still overlooked by financial institutions, presenting opportunities similar to those in Brazil in 2010.

C. Expand into New Markets

We believe our Nu Model also provides us with the capability to expand into new markets and scale quickly and efficiently. For example, we may consider expanding into:

● New Geographies – We believe we are in the early stages of our international expansion. We leverage our technology, data science, credit and customer experience approach to continue expanding into new markets, and invest heavily in the global products concept, where products not only have to be scalable, but portable. We believe the early results of our international expansion are a testament to the geographical portability of our unique approach. In the future, we may also seek to grow our business by selectively expanding into new international markets where we can provide services to millions of consumers while disrupting the legacy models of traditional financial institutions.

● Case Study – Expansion to Mexico – In almost four years from the launch of our operations in Mexico in early 2020, we believe we have witnessed the ability of our Nu Model to successfully transcend borders:

○ Opportunity in Mexico – We believe we have identified a significant growth opportunity in Mexico and chose it as the first step in our expansion outside of Brazil. As of December 31, 2021 50.1% of the country’s adult population is unbanked and 67.3% never had formal credit, according to Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (INEGI). One of the main reasons lies in not meeting the requirements to obtain formal financing. Furthermore, 89% of the population does not have a credit card issued by a financial institution. On the other hand, Mexico is the second-largest country in Latin America for internet users, with 80% of Mexicans online (Sources: CNBV, Banxico (SIE), INEGI, Euromonitor, Oliver Wyman Analysis). Mobile banking has shown impressive growth, expanding 6x in the last 6 years, according to a study performed by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria (BBVA). All of the above factors combined made Mexico a perfect market to disrupt the digital financial landscape.

Form 20-F | 2023 41

 

○ Customer Acquisition and Experience – Our customer base in Mexico is growing at a rapid rate and, as of December 31, 2023, we had a total of 5.2 million customers in the country, more than 60% of whom we acquired through unpaid word-of-mouth referrals, and an NPS which we believe is 1.6x above the average NPS for incumbent banks. Both the ramp up of our customer base and our NPS in Mexico are further ahead than where we were in Brazil three years into our journey there.

○ Consumer Credit Underwriting – We are already operating the sixth generation of our proprietary machine-learning underwriting models, which meaningfully increase our ability to accept new customers in a country with one of the lowest levels of financial inclusion in the world. Compared to making decisions with generic credit bureau scores, the latest version of our credit engine allows us to lower risk by 70% for a comparable approval rate. On a year-over-year basis, our first payment default rate has dropped to 3.1% in the year ended December 31, 2023, from 5.7% in the year ended December 31, 2022, and from 7.4% in the year ended December 31, 2020. The velocity with which we implemented our proprietary underwriting models in Mexico is also ahead of our experience in Brazil at the same point in the journey.

○ Leadership Position – We believe we are one of the top new credit card issuers in the country, surpassing long-established players such as Banco Azteca, Banorte, Santander Mexico, HSBC and BanCoppel and becoming the fifth-largest issuer in terms of accumulated issuances, according to CNBV data.

○ Adjacent Sectors – We believe there is a significant opportunity to bring the self-reinforcing effects of our business to adjacent sectors where we can disrupt legacy models and provide additional value to our customers. For example, we believe there are similar opportunities to simplify our customers' lives by disrupting existing models in industries such as e-commerce, healthcare and telecommunications.

● Case Study – Expansion to Colombia – We announced our launch in Colombia in September 2020 with ambitious goals for the future: win the fanatical love of people in Colombia, reinvent the future of financial services, and become one of the leading digital financial services companies in the country.

○ Opportunity In Colombia – the endemic lack of competition has contributed to the subpar experience for consumers, and we see ample room to offer simple, digital, and low-cost financial services. The evidence of this is widespread, as shown in the data below from 2020:

ˣ 5 banks hold 84% of the market, according to Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia (SFC);

Form 20-F | 2023 42

 

ˣ Incumbents scored a low average of 34 in NPS in 2020, according to a Deloitte Survey, when we entered the market;

ˣ Customers pay monthly fees between COP 14,900 (equivalent to US$3.75) and COP 40.890 (equivalent to US$10.00) in credit card fees according to SFC. In terms of purchasing power, this would be the equivalent of a minimum-wage worker paying up to US$70 in monthly credit card fees;

ˣ Only 22.5% of adults have a credit card, per SFC data; and

ˣ Deposit accounts have low activity rates of approximately 50% according to SFC data.

In addition to this, we have a few exploitable tailwinds:

ˣ More than 60 million connected mobile devices, per Colombia’s Ministry of Technology, Information and Communication data; and

ˣ Cash payments consistently lost share of private consumption to a historic low of approximately 20%, according to SFC.

൦ Customer Acquisition and Experience – Since launching credit cards in 2021 in Colombia, our experience shows we are inching closer to fulfilling our ambitious goal of winning the fanatical love of our customers. We believe we are not only the net fastest-growing credit card issuer (both in the number of cards and growth rate), reaching 100% of local regions and achieving an NPS 2x higher than the average of incumbent banks (according to a Deloitte Survey), but we were also granted a license for a regulated entity for Nu Colombia. We believe this acknowledges the solidity of our model and the urgency with which it is needed in the market.

൦ Credit Underwriting – Following four iterations, we devised models receiving hourly inputs, daily updates for segment analysis, and monitoring the effect of each feature in model behavior using mathematical methods (e.g. Weight of Evidence and Information Value) as well as dimensions of credit decisions, such as approval rate, average initial lines, credit risk and the NPV input metrics. Our risk performance is consistent with the market, despite our high growth rate, and Nu is at the vanguard of financial inclusion in Colombia, where approximately 30% of our customers are first-time credit card holders (as of December 31, 2023), according to our internal data.

൦ Industry leadership: Since its launch, Nu Colombia has reached more than 800,000 customers and grew approximately 50% in number of customers during 2023, securing its position as the fastest growing net credit card issuer in the country, both in number of cards and growth rate, according to information from the Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia and Nu’s internal data, and considering only regulated credit card issuers.

Form 20-F | 2023 43

 

Our Products and Services

We offer a wide range of products and services for our customers. In Brazil, we offer customers products across the Five Financial Seasons: (1) spending, (2) saving, (3) investing, (4) borrowing, and (5) protecting. All our products are fully digital solutions to help us provide simple, convenient and low-cost services with a great user experience for our customers.

Spending Solutions

Our spending solutions are designed to help customers pay for goods and services in their daily lives with a customized credit line or instantly through a mobile phone, while collecting loyalty points, rewards, discounts and benefits on applicable transactions. These solutions include:

Nu Credit and Prepaid Card

Our core Nu Credit and Prepaid Card was our first product, launched in 2014. It is a Mastercard-branded international card that is 100% digitally-enabled and acts as both a credit and a prepaid card. Features and benefits include:

● No fees or annual charges

● WhatsApp Pay (prepaid card only), Android Pay and Apple Pay enabled

● Accepted by more than 30 million merchants across the world

● Complete digital experience with broad control over mobile apps such as blocking and unblocking cards, managing credit limits and due dates for bill payments

● Discounts for early installment payments

● Disposable virtual cards expiring in 24 hours

● Investment-backed credit card limits

Ultraviolet Bundle

In 2021, we launched Ultraviolet, our premium metal credit card for affluent customers. In 2023, we launched our premium Ultraviolet Bundle, targeting higher income users and providing several benefits for the user, including exclusive access to the Ultraviolet Credit and Prepaid Card for a fee of R$49 per month (approximately US$9.30, based on the Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rate on December 31, 2023). Highly engaged users (those who spend more than R$5,000 or have more than R$50,000 invested in assets) are exempt from the Bundle fee.

 

Form 20-F | 2023 44

 

Features and benefits included in the bundle are:

● Ultraviolet Credit & Prepaid Card, with metal design, 1% cashback on credit transactions that yields 200% of the Brazilian interbank deposit rate, which can be exchanged for miles, invested or transferred to our NuAccounts

● Full benefits of Mastercard Black, including insurance on select purchases and VIP airport lounge access

● Exclusive app theme and premium Customer Support, available 24/7 with our highest rated trained Nubank agents

● Free insurance against digital transaction fraud

● Free withdrawals

● Free Rappi prime signature (one of Latin America’s widely used food and delivery apps)

● Exclusive benefits for managing one's family finances

● Access to exclusive products within NuInvest

 

Mobile Payments

Instant payments for NuAccount customers to make and receive transfers, pay bills and make everyday purchases at any time through their mobile phone. Features and benefits include:

● Real-time transfers through Pix, WhatsApp Pay or NuAccounts

● Easy and secure payments using Pix keys or QR codes, instead of lengthy bank information

● Easy management of Pix transfer limits

● Scheduled and recurring payments available to facilitate financial planning and organization

● No fees

● Instant settlement

● Available 24/7

Form 20-F | 2023 45

 

Nu Shopping

Our integrated mall enables customers to purchase goods and services from several of the most well-known e-commerce retailers in Brazil via the Nu mobile app. Features and benefits include:

● Exclusive benefits, product offers, and special pricing

● Cashback deals for more than 200 sellers that represent +70% of Brazil's ecommerce market

● End-to-end shopping experience with key partners like Casas Bahia (electronics) and Hopper (travel) within Nu Shopping: no need to leave the app, create an account on the partner website, or enter payment information

● Seamless and secure payment experience with NuPay, with extended credit limits for those purchases

Saving Solutions

Our savings solutions are designed to help our customers deposit, manage and save their money in interest-earning accounts with complementary prepaid cards. These include:

Nu Personal Accounts

NuAccount is our fully digital account solution that supports all personal financial activities, from daily purchases and money transfers to savings.

Features and benefits include:

● No annual or maintenance fees

● Access to all account details anytime through the app

● Auto-invest feature that automatically invests any existing balances in time deposits or government bonds, providing a yield equal to the Brazilian interbank deposit rate and instant liquidity

Form 20-F | 2023 46

 

● Complementary contactless prepaid card

● Unlimited free transfers and payments

● Pay credit card with account balance for instant limit availability

● Real-time digital notifications for all transaction activities

● Reserve account to store funds or lock them as time deposits for enhanced yields

● Ability to save set amounts on monthly basis for better spending control

● Access to cash withdrawals in at least 38,000 locations

● A Payments Assistant that organizes and manages the payment of all recurring bills

Nu Business Accounts

Our Nu Business accounts are similar to our Nu personal accounts, but designed specifically for customers who are entrepreneurs and for their businesses. This allows them to separate their business from personal transactions. Features and benefits include:

● No annual or maintenance fees

● Business prepaid card for easy purchases and withdrawals

● Real-time access to account details

● Unlimited transfers to and from the account

● Set up of regular expense payments

● Receive payments from customers (receiving them from Pix is free)

 

Form 20-F | 2023 47

 

Nu Business Prepaid and Credit Card

Our Nu Business prepaid and credit cards are also similar to the personal cards. We began testing the credit function with customers in 2021 and it was received by entrepreneurs with the same enthusiasm as the personal cards. Features and benefits include:

● No fees or annual charges

● Android Pay and Apple Pay enabled

● Accepted by more than 30 million merchants across the world

● Complete digital experience with broad control over mobile apps such as blocking and unblocking cards, managing credit limits and due dates for bill payments

● Discounts for early installment payments

Investing Solutions

Our investing solutions are designed to help our customers invest their money easily and conveniently with access to a growing number of investment products and services. These include:

Money Boxes (Caixinhas)

Our segregated investment portfolios (caixinhas) are our solution for goal-based investing, allowing users to plan and optimize investment decisions in a personalized and simplified manner. Main features include:

● Creation of multiple Caixinhas with name/picture customization and goal setting

● Recommendation of best investment options among fixed-income deposits and fixed-income funds

● Segregation of investing operations like yield monitoring and historical contributions for each Caixinha

● Simulation and scheduling of automatic recurring deposits

● Option to increase credit card limit through money invested in a Caixinha

 

Form 20-F | 2023 48

 

Nucoin

Nucoin is our proprietary utility token that serves as the base for our loyalty program focused on mass market customers. We currently offer Nucoins as benefits within the program and, as part of the program's future expansion, we plan to integrate external companies to enrich our ecosystem. Main features include:

● Nucoin Airdrop: customers earn Nucoins when they complete the onboarding, getting them started within the program

● Nucoins with every purchase: customers get Nucoins for every R$ spent, whether using their credit or prepaid card

● 7 Nucoin Levels: customers may progress through 7 levels by accumulating and freezing Nucoins. As they ascend, they unlock better benefits (which are constantly evolving)

● Buy and sell Nucoins: customers may seamlessly trade Nucoins within our app, which allows customers to either accelerate their advancement within the loyalty program or monetize part of the Nucoin by selling to the liquidity pool

● Financial benefits in the future: Lottery program and other financial benefits may be offered to Nucoin holders according to their Nucoin levels, such as participation in lottery or discounts in transaction fees

Investment Accounts

NuInvest is our investment product offered directly to customers without the need for third-party brokers. We provide equity, fixed-income, stock options and ETF products as well as multimarket funds along with curated asset allocations based on the customer’s risk profile and a trustworthy account. Features and benefits include:

● Ability to invest as little as R$1 (equivalent to US$0.2)

● Clear information in easy-to-understand language

● Transparent fee pricing

● Wide portfolio of investment choices

● No-fee stock trading

● Personalized recommendations

● Portfolio and investment monitoring

 

Form 20-F | 2023 49

 

NuCrypto

NuCrypto is a solution for buying and selling cryptocurrencies through the Nu app. It was created to simplify and increase access to the crypto market safely through the app. Features and benefits include:

Ability to invest as little as R$1

● Customers can buy and sell cryptocurrencies any day and time – including weekends – using the account balance without leaving the Nu app environment

● Current Cryptocurrencies that can be traded: Bitcoin (BTC), Ethereum (ETH), Uniswap (UNI), Polygon (MATIC)

● Nubank's Know your Client, or "KYC", Anti Money Laundering, or "AML", practices and controls

● New York State Department of Financial Services, or "NYDFS", regulated custodian, private keys management, and brokerage solutions

● We provide access to crypto U.S. dollar pairs (USD<>BTC) as a means to offer the best execution possible to our customers when they are buying or selling BTC through our NuCrypto platform. To access such pairs, we execute foreign exchange transactions with a licensed partner that records the required foreign transactions with the Central Bank of Brazil

 

Form 20-F | 2023 50

 

Borrowing Solutions

Our borrowing solutions are designed to provide our customers with unsecured and secured loans that are easy to access, receive, manage and pay back. Nubank has evolved from its initial personal unsecured loan product to a broader portfolio of credit solutions, aiming to offer the best match for each customer's needs. Over time, we expect our portfolio to include a mix of proprietary products as well as those offered by or in partnership with third parties. Nubank’s borrowing solutions products currently include:

Personal unsecured loans

Launched in Brazil in 2019 and in Mexico in 2013, our personal unsecured loans are easy-to-manage and 100% digital for our credit card and digital account customers. Our customers are in control from the pre-loan simulation through loan management. Features and benefits include:

● 100% digital, real-time underwriting

● Money instantly deposited to customer’s NuAccount

● Rates in Brazil are lower than the market average

● Transparent loan terms, supported by easy in-app simulation of different loan conditions

● Simple loan management in the mobile app puts customers in control over installments and principal payments; and

● Self-service installment anticipation, with discounts, and renegotiation in the mobile app

Personal secured loans: Investment backed loans

Launched in 2022, investment backed loans help customers solve the present without compromising their future. This product gives customers access to a larger line of credit at a lower interest rate by using their Nubank investments as a guarantee. Customers can keep their money invested, while getting access to liquidity to cover an emergency or cash flow shortfall. Currently, Nubank offers this product to customers who invest in Locked Deposits or Tesouro Direto, the Brazilian government bonds. Features and benefits include:

Form 20-F | 2023 51

 

● Lower interest rate than unsecured personal loans

● Leverage assets to get a line of credit larger than the value of the guarantee

● Money instantly deposited to customer’s NuAccount

● Flexibility to use different types of investment assets

● Easy to contract, repay and anticipate installments (with discount) in the mobile app

Personal secured loans: Payroll deductible loans

Launched in 2023, payroll deductible loans let customers use their future income as a guarantee to get a loan with a very low interest rate. Monthly loan installments are deducted directly from the customer’s payroll. Currently, Nubank operates with Brazil’s largest public payroll partners, which distribute payroll to federal civil public servants (Sistema Integrado de Administração de Pessoal, or “SIAPE”) and pay benefits to retirees and pensioners (Instituto Nacional do Seguro Social, or “INSS”) that account for about 50% of the total addressable market of payroll linked loans. Features and benefits include:

● Lowest price in the market based on interest rates charged

● 100% digital loan application and management

● Full autonomy for customers, eliminating reliance on an intermediary such as a bank branch manager or broker

● Money instantly deposited to customer’s NuAccount

● Anticipate installments (with discount) in the mobile app

Personal secured loans: FGTS backed loan – anticipation of unemployment benefit withdrawal

Launched in 2023, FGTS backed loans give customers early access to money that is rightfully theirs – a Brazilian severance unemployment benefit called FGTS. In 2020, Brazil’s government created the Saque Aniversário FGTS, allowing people to withdraw a portion of their funds in their birthday month, as well as the ability to anticipate Saque Aniversário installments as a loan – the FGTS backed loan. Annual loan installments are repaid by FGTS directly to Nubank.

Form 20-F | 2023 52

 

Features and benefits include:

● Low interest rate

● 100% digital loan application flow that is simple and transparent

● Money instantly deposited to customer’s NuAccount

● Flexibility to simulate a loan without any commitment

● Easy to anticipate loan installments in the mobile app

Pix financing

Enables credit card and digital account customers to make Pix transactions, free and instant peer-to-peer transfers in Brazil, using their credit line. Features and benefits include:

● Transparent, instantaneous and seamless experience, leveraging Pix infrastructure

● When funds are insufficient, customers have an easy alternative to make those small day-to-day transactions

● Enable customers to take advantage of Pix promotions with retailers while also keeping their spend concentrated in one place - their credit card bill

● Up to 12 installments, with the ability to anticipate installments and up to a 90-day grace period

● Specific credit lines for product usage, expanding access to credit

Boleto financing (financing of bank slip payment)

Enables credit card and digital account customers to make Boleto payments using their credit line. Features and benefits include:

● Transparent simulation process

● Customers can consolidate with their credit card utility expenses and rent while also taking advantage of retailer promotions offered with Boletos

● Up to 12 installments, with the ability to anticipate installments and up to a 90-day grace period; and

● Specific credit lines for product usage, expanding access to credit

 

 

Form 20-F | 2023 53

 

Purchase financing

Enables credit card customers to split their purchases into installments after a purchase. Features and benefits include:

● Transparent simulation process, allowing customers to compare the financing option with PSJ (interest- free installment purchases in Brazil)

● Customers can take advantage of retailer promotions offered with upfront purchases instead of PSJ

● Customers can split payments into installments for international purchases made via e-commerce and while traveling

● Gives flexibility to customers, granting relief with their bills when a large purchase is made; and

● Up to 12 installments, with the ability to anticipate installments

NuPay

A new and disruptive way to make online purchases and pay for services with just a few clicks with partner merchants and within the Nubank app, offering extra purchasing power as well as a more practical and secure experience. Features and benefits include:

● Increases customers purchasing power and merchant sales through higher limits compared to what is already available through a credit card

● Improves checkout conversion by simplifying the purchase experience

● Eliminates the risk of fraud and theft of credit card information since there is no need to type credit card information: customer authentication is done via an authorized/certified device with personal PIN confirmation

● Supports both single and recurring payments for high-frequency transactions

● Enables customers to pay via debit, with their account balances, or via credit, upfront or in installments, with and/or without interest

 

 

Form 20-F | 2023 54

 

Protection Solutions

Our NuInsurance protection solutions are designed to help our customers secure insurance products easily and at a low cost.

Having started with life and then mobile insurance, we are now expanding our offering to 5 different insurance products. These are:

Brokerage of Life, Mobile, Auto, Home and Financial Protection Insurance Policies

All products are quoted, customized and contracted exclusively through the app. The underwriting is done by our partners, Chubb (for all products except Auto insurance) and Usebens (for Auto insurance products). The products can be customized by our customers based on their needs and budgets. Features and benefits include:

● Premiums as low as US$2 for NuLife

● Fast, simple, and clear application process

● Transparent and disruptive fee structure

● Packages fully customized to customers’ circumstances

● Easy claims process

● 24/7 customer service

Form 20-F | 2023 55

 

Our Approach to Risk Management

Our approach to risk management is core to our business model and has been designed to reduce friction, onboard a wide range of customers from unbanked to high income, while maximizing long-term value. We continuously improve our risk management functions by using data and technology to reduce the risk in our business and improve our credit underwriting engine. There are four components to our risk management approach:

● Enterprise Risk Management – We developed an enterprise risk management and governance program that allows us to minimize risks while also delivering customers a frictionless experience. We do this by combining modern risk management systems employed by some of the most sophisticated financial services companies in the world with the latest in data science and machine learning models.

● Low-and-Grow Approach – When a customer has little or no available credit history, we deploy our low-and-grow methodology by underwriting a low-limit credit line and conditioning its growth over time as we can increasingly ascertain their behavior and potential credit risks. This iterative approach has enabled us to effectively underwrite and onboard customers with little to no credit history, especially for lower income cohorts, and quickly separate the good borrowers from the bad ones.

● NuX Credit Engine – Our internally developed and supported credit engine, NuX, enables us to underwrite effectively, lowering fraud rates. Furthermore, its ability to compound with scale enables us to process, test, monitor and enhance our credit algorithms over time to effectively manage the risks of our credit portfolio. We believe NuX is able to optimize multiple targets simultaneously, underwriting to a large set of customers while maintaining sustainable levels of delinquency. Our models allow us to maximize longer-term value by offering the best prices for our customers. We believe NuX is scalable to new markets: in Mexico, we quickly iterated and launched new versions of our underwriting engine by collecting more data and incorporating third-party data sources.

● Liquidity Risk Management – Our liquidity risk framework leverages data to capture all contractual cash flows, and above those we apply a stress scenario coherent with the credit models we use in our business, but more severely. In addition, we apply a shock designed to cover operational risk events that may impact our liquidity. The combination of both shocks produces a severe yet plausible scenario that we believe helps ensure resilience from a liquidity management perspective.

Our Proprietary Technology and Data Platform

We use advanced cloud-based technologies and data science tools to deliver a superior experience for our customers in a hyper-scalable and secure environment. We prioritize building our own technology and investing in extraordinary engineering talent to operate and enhance a proprietary technology platform that was purpose-built for our mission. The key components of our technology include:

● NuCore Technology Platform – All of our products, services and operations are powered by NuCore, our proprietary, cloud-based core banking platform that we designed and built from the ground up. NuCore enables us to centrally manage several key functions of the business, which provides us with greater speed and control to optimize our products and address the needs of the markets in which we operate. The key functions of NuCore include:

Form 20-F | 2023 56

 

○ Transaction Authorization and Processing – which enables us to efficiently monitor transactions across our ecosystem.

○ Core Banking – which enables us to manage all banking applications and data across our ecosystem.

○ Regulatory Reporting – which enables us to manage regulatory requirements and generate reports for regulators in an automated environment.

○ Business Operations – which automates significant parts of the operations across our business.

○ Credit Underwriting – which supports our proprietary data analytics and credit scoring algorithms necessary to differentiate our credit services from those of incumbents in the industry; and

○ Fraud Prevention – which enhances fraud prevention proactively and automatically, powered by our data analytics, artificial intelligence and proprietary algorithms.

● Experimentation Platform – We leverage an experimentation platform that enables us to quickly test, measure and validate all applications and data models before we deploy in a live environment, which helps us improve decision-making and agility when launching new technology.

● Microservices Approach – We use a versatile, decentralized technology architecture to manage and deploy over 500 modular microservices that we developed. This advanced technology strategy enables us to scale, launch new products, enter new markets and update our codebase in a fast and highly efficient manner.

● Product Platformization – We designed our technology platform to enable product development and new capability deployment to occur seamlessly across our applications. Our platformization approach enables faster product and market launches.

● Immutable Database – We created an advanced, immutable ledger, utilizing the Datomic database technology we own, which provides us with a highly reliable audit trail and transaction history that we believe provides better accuracy, control, reliability and transparency when compared to traditional database architectures.

● Cloud-Based Architecture – We employ an architecture and infrastructure that is designed for scalability, efficiency and security. We operate in a fully cloud-based environment, leveraging the latest technologies to optimize our performance and increase capacity as needed, which enables us to manage our growth efficiently and cost-effectively. We partnered with Amazon Web Services to be our primary third-party cloud infrastructure provider.

Form 20-F | 2023 57

 

● Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence – Through the utilization of our data analytics and customer insight, we are able to employ artificial intelligence and machine learning algorithms to enhance our customer experience and product offerings. As a result of our available customer data, our systems power a self-driving experience where we provide customers with real-time recommendations on products that meet their specific needs throughout their financial journey.

● Operate at Low Marginal Costs – The architecture and various operating advantages of the NuCore Technology Platform enable us to run our business efficiently and with low incremental costs as we scale our business.

Our Customer Service and Support

We service and support our customers with convenient, caring and high-quality customer service and support teams. We also leverage technology tools to streamline the customer support experience, empowering our customer service agents. Together this combination of human-centric and technologically advanced support has enabled us to achieve an industry-leading NPS. Our customer service and support functions, processes and tools were designed from the bottom-up to embody our strong customer-centric culture, strengthen our relationship with customers and create fanatical customers who will refer Nu to their peers. These teams, technologies and programs include:

● Xpeers – We have assembled a team of highly trained and passionate customer service agents with a human-focused mentality who we call our Xpeers. Our Xpeers are trained to be subject-matter experts empowered to solve customer issues at first contact, which can be made by chat, email or phone. We utilize our data analytics and artificial intelligence insights to direct customers to the best-suited Xpeer team member, improving resolution times and, we believe, customer satisfaction. We employ a strategy of using internal and external resources for customer support that provides us with the ability to maintain the highest customer service quality alongside our hyper-growth. In the three months ended December 31, 2023, more than 80% of the calls received were answered in less than 45 seconds and the customer dissatisfaction rate for the calls was below 8%. We measure the customer satisfaction rate as the percentage of customers who rate our customer service as a 1 or a 2 on a scale of 1 to 5.

Form 20-F | 2023 58

 

 

● WoW Approach – We have developed an approach for our Xpeers that builds stronger human connections and delights our customers with excellent customer service. We call this our WoW Approach. We have a team of over 30 customer excellence professionals to train and manage the WoW Approach across our customer service team. Additionally, we encourage Xpeers to send a gift of their choice to customers when they build a real human connection during a positive customer experience. Many customers have posted their positive experiences on social media, which continues to fuel our referral and word-of-mouth customer acquisition strategy.

Form 20-F | 2023 59

 

● Shuffle – We have developed a technology platform to support our Xpeers and simplify customer service that we call Shuffle. This platform provides our Xpeers with a robust interface that features a single go-to application for up-to-date information on the customer, interaction history and insights into the likely problem the customer is facing, which enables our Xpeers to address the issue quickly and efficiently. On the backend, Shuffle connects to another proprietary platform called Proximo!, which intelligently tags each customer inquiry with a “reason” and routes these inquiries to the agent with the greatest level of expertise in this area, allowing them to tackle the next most important task in line. This ecosystem helps to maximize first contact resolution and minimize transfers and friction for the customer. As of December 31, 2023, we employed a dedicated team of about 20 engineers to build and maintain technology tools for our Xpeers.

Our Information Security Initiatives

Our dedicated team of cybersecurity professionals have various global industry certifications, including SysAdmin, Audit, Network, and Security, or “SANS,” National Institute of Standards and Technology, or “NIST,” International Council of E-Commerce Consultants, or “EC-Council,” The International Information System Security Certification Consortium, or "ISC2," and Information Systems Audit and Control Association, or “ISACA.” This team monitors our systems and transactions around the clock and works to keep our data and environment secure, while upholding stringent security and compliance policies in line with global best practices, including ISO27000 standards, NIST standards, MITRE ATT&CK framework, payment card industry, or “PCI,” standards and Open Web Application Security Project, or “OWASP,” best practices. Our security team monitors all employees and third parties who access our platforms and manages tight authentication controls and physical authorization technologies in all our operating environments. We also adopted safe coding and development best practices.

At the heart of this strategic imperative is our commitment to providing secure and protected products and services to our customers. We invested heavily in building internal capabilities to help ensure that our control systems meet the demands of our hyper-growth plan. We leverage our unique technology stack and engineering capabilities to continuously enhance our security layers. For instance:

● Code to Minimize Vulnerabilities – We utilize a less common code language, Clojure, which allows us to operate efficiently while minimizing our exposure to common security vulnerabilities, and developed in-house Clojure secure code analysis tools. We have an internal program for updating outdated libraries and dependencies used in our environment. We also update our code frequently, resulting in a constantly evolving environment, which we believe makes our code less vulnerable to being exploited. In the year ended December 31, 2023, we pushed 275 code deployments per day, on average.

Form 20-F | 2023 60

 

● Continuous Security Testing – We believe in building confidence in our security through practical, continuous and independent testing. We have a public responsible disclosure program and private bug bounty program with Bugcrowd, an industry-leading external partner in crowdsourced security testing. We conduct frequent penetration tests with a variety of external security partners, as well as an internal highly-skilled offensive security team to further secure our critical internet-facing infrastructure and mobile applications. We also perform other types of security assessments such as adversarial simulation, red team missions and purple team exercises in conjunction with our defense teams. We analyze our source codes to identify and fix security issues and develop secure training and guides for our engineers.

● In-Depth Vendor Security and Onboarding – We run in-depth security due diligence and continuously assess vendors and suppliers we bring onboard to help ensure that our security standards are being met. We continuously real-time scan our suppliers to identify vulnerabilities in their public-facing infrastructure that may put us at risk, and we work with them to fix gaps.

● Specialized security teams – We understand the need for experts that have a deep understanding of a specific scope. That’s why we have different teams focused on specific security areas: cloud security, blockchain security, application security, mobile security, incident response, among other areas. This allows us to keep track of the latest attacks and zero-days on the market, and to help us react to new developments before attackers can. We have an internal incident monitoring and response team focused on identifying anomalous behavior and reacting immediately against security threats.

● Cybersecurity Intelligence – We have an in-house threat intelligence team working to track and disrupt cyber criminals before they can launch attacks on us and our customers. We complement this capability with threat intelligence partners who are embedded in the hacker community to identify indicators of risk.

Our Marketing and Distribution

We created a member-get-member marketing strategy that leverages our high-quality products and services to delight customers, who may then refer us to their family, friends and peers. Over time, this strategy has enabled us to grow virally and acquire approximately 80%-90% of our customers organically on average per year since our inception, either through word-of-mouth or direct unpaid referrals, without the need for significant marketing expenses. We believe this low-cost approach allows us to focus resources on improving the customer experience, which further enhances the virtuous cycle of our member-get-member strategy.

We also employ various social and digital media initiatives to drive greater awareness and support across our ecosystem, foster the development of our online NuCommunity portal, and promote our member-get-member strategy. These include:

● Proprietary Financial Education Content: We have a proprietary educational content platform that we believe is a differentiated and powerful tool to strengthen our brand and awareness of it, attract new customers, and improve engagement with existing customers. Our diverse content is distributed through multiple digital and social channels, including our blog, which has become a powerful search engine optimization benchmark in Brazil, covering more than 330,000 keywords, from smart use of our products to improving our customers' financial lives, to overall financial education. From January to December 2023, the blog amassed nearly 57 million unique visitors. Additionally, we distribute content through InvestNews, our proprietary content channel that offers daily coverage of news and educational content on economics, investments, finance and politics.

Form 20-F | 2023 61

 

Social Media

Nu Brazil Marketing

For NuBra, 2023 was an inflection year. As a 10-year old company, this year we focused on a massive marketing effort to review Nubank's brand positioning, attributes, and creative assets, synchronize the brand and business maturity through an ever expanding product portfolio, and reach out to a high-income audience as a way to consolidate Nu as a category leader.

For NuBra's Core segment, the Marketing Strategy focused on two key objectives: reinforcing our brand's Trust and Reliability, a key element in a customer's decision to choose Nubank as their primary banking relationship, and driving customer perception of Portfolio Completeness, supporting our cross-sell agenda, an important lever to drive profitability for our expanding product shelf and customer base.

As part of the Trust and Reliability narrative, we implemented a three-pronged approach throughout the year, based on the following pillars:

1. Leverage Nubank's outstanding business performance and the momentum of our 10-year anniversary to reinforce our business reliability, further differentiating our brand from incumbent banks. Various initiatives were kicked-off in May 2023 with a 10-year anniversary celebration that continued throughout the year, including media campaigns to amplify Nubank's quarterly results, translating complex concepts into easily digestible messages, and a full, high-visibility funnel campaign in Q4'23, anchored on robustness and customer centricity narratives, such as " Brazil’s 4th largest financial institution in number of customers" and "The most recommended bank in Brazil". This strategy was also supported by an evergreen press and content agenda, ensuring a continuous flow of positive news about Nu related to trust.

Form 20-F | 2023 62

 

2. Reinforce customers’ security perception, positioning Nubank as a partner focused on protecting them inside and outside the app. We had three media campaigns running during the year showcasing our unique Security Features (such as Modo Rua, during Carnival), as well as a big Fraud Prevention campaign to educate customers on the most common Fraud cases, especially those involving social engineering, which have become very common in Brazil in the past year.

3. Showcase brand stature through visibility and word of mouth - Brazilians associate the “health” of financial institutions with high visibility advertising and sponsorships, as well as a constant presence in the press. Based on this insight, we implemented a high, year-wide media coverage plan (365 days on air), with hero sponsorships such as an innovative format for Jornal Nacional (Brazil's top news show, with high credibility perception), as well as out-of-home advertising, or "OOH", and high-visibility digital formats, delivering a robust brand presence throughout the year.

When it came to cross selling, our agenda focused on two elements:

1. Strengthening customers’ perception about the breadth of our product portfolio, reinforcing that we have the solutions they need to take care of their financial lives. Through a combination of a high-impact flagship campaign under the tagline "N Possibilidades" (limitless possibilities) and cross-selling focused campaigns for priority products, such as Personal Loans and Caixinhas, throughout the year we were able to raise awareness and consideration of our hero products, as well as raise our North Star attribute, "Offers All I need in a bank". This is one of the dimensions by which Nu measures its brand attributes, directly correlating the preference of our customer and helping the brand to strengthen its position among a customer's alternative service providers .

2. Laying the ground to make personalized cross-selling offers at scale, through a proprietary infrastructure powered by AI models that are able to identify the next best offer for a given customer at any point in time. The platform, which is currently in a beta stage, had the first batch of products and offers launched in the second half of 2023 with encouraging results (positive lifts vs. control) and is one of our key bets for the coming years. It is also worth mentioning work to improve the Ultraviolet targets and effectiveness of our in-app cross-selling spaces, which resulted in a noticeable lift in CTR (click through rate) (+4.7p.p. YoY, reaching 19.2%) - we are treating the app as a prime marketing touchpoint, one of the few where we can capture our customers' undivided attention.

Form 20-F | 2023 63

 

All campaigns combined delivered 26 billion impacts (measured as media impressions), reaching 92% of the Brazilian population over 18-years old throughout the year, with +5p.p. lift in Solidity attribute, +8p.p. in Portfolio Completeness Perception vs pre-campaigns, +2p.p. in Consideration (#1 in the category), and the lowest levels of rejection ever among non-customers (9%, -4pp). For the metrics related to Solidity attribute and Consideration, baselines are determined by historical data from each of the attributes, and brand funnel metrics and goals are set in tandem with Brazil business priorities. Once again, Nubank closed the year as Brand Power leader among financial institutions (12.3, 2.4 points ahead of #2), based on data from the Brand Health Tracker study.

 

Form 20-F | 2023 64

 

For the NuBra High Income operations, our focus was on doubling down our brand affinity with the target audience, with a full brand revamp to better align it with a more premium and aspirational image. Another lever for improving affinity was through partnerships that would better connect our brand with High Income families, such as collaborations with Disney and summer activities in a well-known go-to leisure city in the state of São Paulo.

Form 20-F | 2023 65

 

Disney Magic Run

 

Summer as it should be campaign

With a strong content strategy across major social media platforms, Nubank attracts more than 13 million followers (12 million in 2022). By December 31, 2023, we had 530 million impressions (413 million in 2022) and 1.3 million interactions (likes, shares, comments and other interactions with our posts) across all our social media profiles. In July 2023, we started working with media boosts for our proprietary content, aiming for greater awareness and engagement. Over 440 million impressions 83% of total impressions and 413,000 total engagements) or 31% of total interactions, were a result of these efforts.

Form 20-F | 2023 66

 

Nu Mexico Marketing

We believe NuMex has freed, in the last four years, over 5.5 million people from financial complexity and become the largest SOFIPO in the country. We successfully launched Cuenta, which led Nu Mexico to grow 4X faster than before. From a marketing perspective, our primary focus was to continue establishing ourselves as a solid competitor, not only against fintechs but traditional banks as well, through Brand Awareness (reached 76% +12p.p. year over year, or "YoY"), Brand Consideration (49%; +12pp YoY growth), and Trust attributes which, despite our growth, have not shown any statistically significant change, leaving room to further strengthen our perception and close the gap versus traditional banks.

To achieve these goals, we invested in two main high-reach campaigns: the Cuenta Campaign during the second quarter of 2023 to support the product’s launch, and our Masterbrand Campaign in the third quarter. Our Masterbrand campaign became the first full-funnel, multi-product campaign focused on financial “Control” and “Empowerment”. Additionally, we are expanding our multi-product business through cohesive cross-product communications journeys that support the rollout and launch of new products and features to keep improving our product portfolio.

To strengthen our “trust” positioning and close the gap versus traditional banks, we have centered our efforts on igniting better financial lifestyles through a cohesive content strategy, which has been essential for enhancing our relevance with our target audience. Our marketing campaigns have allowed us to communicate key messages about NuMex to our audience, reinforcing our positioning. Our relationship with the Mexican regulator (Comisión Nacional para la Protección y Defensa de los Usuarios de Servicios Financieros, or “Condusef”) was supported by Academia Nu and online/offline actions, which enabled us to maintain a long-term, solid relationship with this important stakeholder.

Form 20-F | 2023 67

 

In addition to these two key bets and to support achieving our full-year objectives, we implemented other marketing efforts initiatives in Mexico:

1) Product launches

In 2023, we rolled out two new products to strengthen our portfolio and keep providing products that customers need to empower themselves financially. Personal Loans came after Cuenta and were offered to current Nu customers only, those who met certain criteria in terms of credit risk.

2) Enamorados Campaign:

For the third year and to keep building brand awareness and consideration through our ‘EnaMorados’ campaign, we capitalized on Valentine Day’s to communicate that we love our customers and they love us back. The campaign showcases the power of our core value - ‘people first’ - by communicating our customer focus and use of AI as a service enhancer.

3) Ayuda Nu:

We launched Ayuda Nu in July 2023 with the goal of supporting our customers on their trust journey with Nu as it relates to times when there are emergencies and stress and to educate and inform them about all the financial tools at their disposal. Since its launch, Ayuda Nu has helped more than 44,000 customers while helping us build perceptions of trust and be the industry reference in terms of security and customer support.

Form 20-F | 2023 68

 

 

4) Nuviembre:

Our annual Black Friday customer promotion is now well known among our customers and is anticipated during the year. In 2023 there was the additional challenge of including our full product portfolio, since we had recently launched Cuenta Nu. The Black Friday promotion was focused on increasing our deposits and we rewarded customers for trusting us with their money with prizes aligned with their relationships with our products. The promotion increased purchase volume in credit cards by 3.7% in November 2023 when compared to October 2023.

 

5) 15% Yield

In November 2023, we increased our Cuenta Nu remuneration yield from an annual 9% to 15%. We took advantage of the recently launched “Bienvenido a la era Nu” campaign to develop new assets to announce the new yield while maintaining consistency with the rest of the campaign. In just one week we doubled the number of new customers who opened a Cuenta NU account compared to similar periods in the past. We also received 27x more deposits than an average week in prior months, that in the aggregate represented 6x larger deposits than previous months. While increasing the annual Cuenta yield from 9% to 15%, we also had a relevant increase of approximately 50% in credit card issuances in subsequent weeks.

Form 20-F | 2023 69

 

6) Content

We solidified our connections with fanatical customers on digital channels, exceeding previous metrics with a +0.8 p.p. increase in sharing points and a +1 p.p. increase in Engagement Rate. Diverse content formats, including launches such as Mercado Libre and Cuenta, maintained consistent customer interactions. Creative storytelling, seemingly unrelated to the category, received praise and differentiated us from the competition. The Academia Nu launch strengthened our brand while improving our relationship with Regulators.

Form 20-F | 2023 70

 

Nu Colombia Marketing

General Overview

For Nu Colombia, 2023 was a year of brand consolidation in Colombia with regard to the marketing strategy. The strategy in 2023 transitioned from engaging with the general population to focusing our efforts on Super Core and High Income customers. This was in response to the lessons we had learned in Brazil and was consistent with our overall segment strategy in the country.

The biggest challenge in the last two years was closing the gap between Brand awareness and consideration. We closed 2022 with Brand awareness of 56% and consideration of 35% for the country’s total population. Awareness and consideration data are calculated based on the Brand Health Tracker Quarterly Study. This is quantitative research aimed at banked and connected Colombians, with a sample of 1,000 respondents. Furthermore, in 2023 we executed the first year of our three-year strategic partnership with media conglomerate Caracol Medios, whereby we obtained competitive discounts for our Media investments (i.e. Caracol TV, El Espectador, Blu radio). We also announced our first sports sponsorship deal with Pro Cycling Team Nu Colombia, which represents a major step up in our efforts to increase Brand Awareness significantly.

2023 was a year of brand consolidation in Colombia, where we positioned our brand as the #1 net credit card issuer (according to our Internal analysis using public data from Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia, or "SFC", that compared all regulated credit card issuers in the market with our internal data), albeit without fully executing our Performance Marketing investments.

Form 20-F | 2023 71

 

Results of Key Initiatives in 2023: To continue effectively positioning our brand in Colombia and deliver improvements in brand metrics, we focused on the following:

1) Vive Mas con Nu 3.0, an ongoing 360 Flagship Campaign

We are inviting Colombians to live aware of the concept 'Vive más con Nu'. We asked our customers to share how they use their spare time now that the experience with Nu has given them back a lot of the time they had previously spent with financial transactions. We received more than 4,000 responses that were used to build our marketing campaign. We achieved 56% overall Brand Awareness in the first quarter of 2023 (+3 p.p.) and 69% and 61% among the Super Core and High Income segments, respectively. Conversion rate refers to the percentage of people that are aware of the brand and that consider the brand as well. Both indicators are calculated based on the Brand Health Tracker Quarterly Study. For Brand Consideration, we achieved 49% in Super Core (+11p.p.vs Q1'23) and 35% in High Income customers (+3p.p. vs. Q1'23). In addition, the campaign’s impact was 24,000 to 35,000 incremental FTAs (First Time application). We also reached 99% of our target audience (38 million) across digital, OOH (out of home advertising) and television with regard to the Super Core and High Income targets. And we delivered more than 2.5 billion impressions via digital channels, 939 items in OOH, and 1,131 television slots.

2) Trust Content Plan

Aiming to pave the way toward a Nu Cuenta launch in 2024, as well as reduce current consideration barriers toward our brand, we focused our communication efforts in the second half of 2023 on a functional campaign that would help position our brand as a trustworthy and reliable financial institution. Launched in August 2023, and focused on the third quarter, the campaign helped increase trust related brand associations. Super Core customers were the targets with the most important uplift.

The Trust Content campaign was live until December 2023, reaching 100% of our target audience across digital, OOH, radio and television and focused on Super Core and High Income customers. We delivered more than 1.5 billion impressions in digital channels using video as the main format and using OOH focused in the major cities Bogotá, Medellin and Cali where Supercore and High income customers are primarily located, aiming to take advantage of seasonal events like Halloween and of prior shopping in locations with heavy traffic. Additionally we appeared in197 TV spots across national and international channels with a total reach of 10 million Colombians. Finally, our first radio campaign was on one of Colombia’s biggest stations, Blu Radio, delivered through 361 slots and reaching more than 1 million listeners.

Form 20-F | 2023 72

 

3) Ongoing content franchises to maintain an evergreen dialog with consumers

SOS Nu: We launched our SOS Nu initiative based on a multichannel security guide for Nu Colombia's customers. It aims to have a positive impact on their understanding of how to keep their money safe (how to protect it and themselves), through an educational narrative. We want to become a reference in the country in terms of customer safety and be perceived as a safe product by reinforcing narratives of safety and security that highlight Nu's commitment to customer safety and high cybersecurity standards.

Xpeers Online: We developed a second edition of this content campaign aimed at eliminating doubts related to credit card and app usage and delivering financial education for our clients through short videos and graphics. The campaign achieved an engagement rate of 5.2%, a net sentiment of 55%, and a reach of 327,000. In paid media we had 371,000 complete video views, reaching 369,000 customers.

Dueñas del futuro: Our first women-focused campaign that seeks to empower women through financial education, with 71% net sentiment on Social Media, the second-highest level of all time (across all Nu Colombia campaigns) and achieving best-in-class VTR on paid media with an average of 20.16%, as compared to other content video campaigns, such as Efecto Morado in 2022 at 15.28%, according to Google’s financial services benchmark.

Blog: Our blog is dedicated to empowering individuals with financial knowledge and skills through its informative and insightful articles covering various aspects of personal finance, budgeting, investing, product usage and more. These articles not only offer practical tips but also demystify complex financial concepts, making them accessible to a broader audience. Nu's blog served as a valuable resource throughout 2023 to nearly 2 million unique visitors and has become a growth channel, resulting in more than 140,000 applications for the credit card.

Podcast: We want to become a brand of cultural impact by building stronger connections with our audience, different and more impactful bonds than those we can establish through social media only. We have identified an opportunity to touch on relevant topics for our customers and non-customers related to day-to-day activities and the ways we spend our money. Within eight days of its launch, our podcast ranked first in the documentary category of Apple Podcasts and climbed to the 26th position of "Top podcast" on Spotify Colombia, where it remained for one month. On Spotify our podcast was in the Top Shows ranking for 24 consecutive days, from November 10 to December 3 of 2023. We were also selected by the same platform as one of the popular podcasts of 2023. Our show was nominated for best Brand Content in the Top 10 P&M (Publicity and Marketing is a reference for the Marketing industry in Colombia) awards.

Form 20-F | 2023 73

 

4) Brand Events

In 2023 we hosted - for the first time in our operating history - brand events that helped boost our awareness among and connection to both consumers and Media Outlets:

Nuversary: We celebrated our second anniversary in Colombia with an event that generated more than 45 press articles, 100% favorability ratings according to external news monitoring (IP Noticias) that classifies whether articles are positive toward an event and brand, and more than 8 million impressions. On Social Media, we had 52% positive sentiment in 2023, as measured by our listing tool, and reached an audience of 529,000 followers on our channels (Facebook, Instagram, among others) and through third-party channels like influencers.

Media Day: During our Media Day, our executive officers shared Nu´s perspectives, vision and key figures in Colombia. This event was attended by more than 62 journalists and 8 content creators, generating more than 100,000 press articles and social media mentions. This continues to position Public Relations as an organic means to virally boost key brand indicators. We continue to be a relevant topic for local media in Colombia.

Form 20-F | 2023 74

 

Social Media Results for Nu Colombia in 2023

Although we have only been in the Colombian market for two years, we already have a loyal audience, thanks to our content strategy, which is focused on generating trust in the company, sharing information on security and finances, and educating customers about using our products. This has allowed us to be among the top three brands with the best engagement rate in Colombia’s financial sector, according to BUHO Media, a consulting firm that measures brand reputation in the country. The ranking is based on a media and social pulse conducted from January 2023 to December 2023.

Our content activities in Colombia helped us achieve more than 274,000 followers on our social media channels (211,000 in 2022) in 2023. By year-end, we had reached 3.6 million people in Colombia organically (2.9 million in 2022) and had 126,000 interactions (141,000 in 2022) - likes, shares, comments and other interactions with our posts - across our social media profiles.

ComunidadNu results: We launched our ComunidadNu (Nu Community) in January 2023 for Nu Colombia customers and non-customers alike. ComunidadNu is a digital space created to strengthen our customers' love for the brand, whereby we seek to enrich their lives with valuable information that helps improve their financial habits and, just as its name says, create a community. By the end of 2023 we had more than 22,700 people registered, with more than 17,000 positive comments created by our Nulovers and more than 34,000 reactions that generated an Engagement rate of 17.45%.

Our objective with ComunidadNu is to be in constant communication with our followers, so we created more than ten different activities (i.e., book clubs, a movie club, open forums and a financial yoga master class) throughout the year with a reach of 8,500 thousand Nulovers.

Form 20-F | 2023 75

 

Our ESG and Social Impact Approach

Nu is one of the largest digital banking platforms in the world, based on the mission to fight complexity and empower people in their daily lives. Over the past ten years, we have reinvented financial services in Latin America by reducing barriers to access in the countries where we operate. Our credit card and digital bank account with no fees were the first barriers broken by our business model, as they offer people affordable access to digital transactions.

Our mission is intrinsically related to financial inclusion and education, and we have made great strides by designing products and services that help advance these issues. Also, we work closely with stakeholders with various perspectives to develop initiatives and methodologies that will grant and facilitate the advancement of people’s financial health, as Nubank continues to have an important role in that journey. With this goal, we are oriented by studies and standards, focusing on three major pillars: (i) Governance, (ii) Guidelines, and (iii) Monitoring that contribute to access, inclusion, and education outcomes.

 

Democratizing access to financial education through our efforts, we saw over 112,600 education sessions across all content, 83 million visits to our blog, and reached 13.7 million social media followers in 2023 across Brazil, Mexico and Colombia. In Brazil, our educational content has been seen and used with a considerable level of engagement, reaching 10.5 average minutes on our blog and indicating a good rate of interaction.

Form 20-F | 2023 76

 

Financial inclusion and education was a core subject in our 2022 materiality study, which assessed the most important ESG factors for our business in order to establish an integrated ESG strategy, effectively allocate resources, and report the most relevant information to our stakeholders. The guidelines for addressing these factors across our operations are set forth in our ESG Global Policy.

Our Materiality Study

*In bold, the priority items of our materiality

Security, Privacy, and Data Protection

Security, Privacy, and Data Protection are non-negotiable for us. We work to safeguard our customers' information and assets. This effort is evident through our multifaceted approach to identifying and addressing vulnerabilities, including security testing by both our in-house team and a dedicated community of security researchers. In 2022, under the leadership of our Data Protection Officer (DPO), we upgraded our entire Privacy Governance Program, including the enhancement of privacy risk assessments, supplier due diligence, and a company-wide privacy campaign, while also making sure that compliance with data protection laws in the countries where we operate is integrated into the program.

Governance & Diversity

In our corporate governance, we adhere to the core principles of transparency, equity, accountability, and corporate responsibility. These principles are integral to our management practices, ensuring a harmonious balance of interests and sustainable business growth (see Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees for further information on our Corporate Governance practices and Board Composition).

Form 20-F | 2023 77

 

We place a strong emphasis on compliance with regulations and ethical conduct across all facets of our operations, instilling a culture of compliance and respect among our employees. We have a comprehensive Integrity Program that sets stringent standards for the company's conduct. Our program encompasses a Code of Conduct, a Global Whistleblower Policy, an Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Policy, and a Conflict of Interest Policy, all of which apply to our employees. We invest in awareness-raising training and campaigns. We also operate an anonymous reporting channel, Parker, which is available 24/7 in multiple languages and rigorously monitored. Nubank reported no cases of corruption or human rights violations over the past three years and actively supports the UN Global Compact's principles in its business practices (see Item 16B. Code of Ethics).

Diversity is an asset for us, which helps build strong and diverse teams. With 7,700 employees as of December 31, 2023, from 50 different nationalities, we believe this value enhances problem-solving, customer understanding, and innovation. Our Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) team, established in 2020, works across all aspects of the business, including attracting talent , customer initiatives like Brazilian sign language services, and braille cards.

Nu Diversity Data in 2023
Gender identity	45.0% Women	52.2% Non-women	2.8 % Not disclosed
Racial	32.3% B&B¹	65.0% Non B&B¹	2.6% Not disclosed
LGBTQIA+¹	23.7% LGBTQIA+	69.4% non-LGBTQIA+	6.9 % Not disclosed
PwD¹	4.8% PwD	93.1% Other	2.0% Not disclosed

Note 1: Diversity data considers self-declaration data from employees. B&B = black and brown; LGBTQIA+ = Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, intersex, asexual, and more. PwD = People with disability (ies).

We believe our strong focus on business and social impact enables us to recruit and retain top talent, helping ensure that we bring the required diversity of experiences and points of view that enable the best ideas to win and that help us to truly understand a large and diverse customer base. As of December 31, 2023, among our employees in Brazil, 32.3% self-identified as black or brown, 45.0% as women, 23.7% as LGBTQIA+, and 61.7% of our employees in leadership positions self-identified as members of underrepresented groups. At Nubank, we want to be known not only for the revolution we started, but also for the way we started it.

Nubank has institutionalized five affinity groups. In 2023, over 58% of Nu's employees were actively engaged in these groups, (fostering belonging and addressing areas for improvement ):

● NuWomen (for those who identify as a woman, cisgender and transgender, and transfeminine or non-binary gender identities);

Form 20-F | 2023 78

 

● NuPride (self-declared LGBTQIA+);

● NuPlural (self-declared, or in diagnostic process, people with disabilities, of any nature);

● NuBlacks (self-declared Black people, using the Brazilian context as a reference);

● PurpleParents (for parental figures, caregivers, people trying to conceive, pregnant people, or any other family context that involves the upbringing/care of mainly children and adolescents).

Social Impact Programs

In order to optimize our social impact in line with our business priorities, Nubank's commitment to private social investment manifests itself through a series of financing activities and comprehensive partnerships aimed at achieving our goals. Our approach involves managing a diverse portfolio of social initiatives, ranging from tax incentives to direct funding, through our Instituto Nu and Nu Futuro programs. These initiatives are mostly dedicated to strengthening technology and innovation ecosystems, promoting financial education, stimulating entrepreneurship, and fostering diversity and inclusion.

Our various approaches are complementary and each requires different mechanisms for governance, monitoring and achieving specific results for Nubank. These projects have a single goal, to make decentralized and non-bureaucratic investments aimed at low income individuals and communities. In 2023, we contributed R$158 million (equivalent to US$32.6 million) to various social projects in Brazil.

Total Social Investments / Social Projects (US$ thousand)	2023
Instituto NU	516.5
Tax Incentives	31,636.1
NuFuturo	466.9
Total	32,619.5

Form 20-F | 2023 79

 

NuFuturo

NuFuturo is a proprietary program developed in partnership with three public universities in the Northeast of Brazil. Over the course of 18 months, undergraduate and graduate students participate in an intensive program to develop tech skills while also participating in real problem-solving projects that can positively impact our business in the tech space. In 2023, we received more than 288 applications and selected 41 students, with five research projects under development. The students also experiment with Nubank's working environment through dedicated rooms created within the universities.

Philanthropic fund (Give Back)

As part of Nu's IPO, we created, along with the banks that led the transaction, a fund totaling R$18.4 million (equivalent to US$3.9 million) to invest in social impact initiatives in Latin America, focusing on three key strategic areas for society and our business: financial inclusion and education, technology and innovation, and the development of future tech leaders. The fund is sponsored by Nubank and managed by Sitawi and Instituto Phi, organizations that mobilize and manage resources for such projects. In December 2023, we announced a US$1.6 million investment to sponsor 36 undergraduate and master's scholarships in Brazil and Colombia through partnerships with the Estudar, Lemann, and VeR+ foundations. The scholarships will be distributed over the next two years, and the chosen students will receive full financial support for tuition, housing, visas, and travel expenses to attend top tech universities globally.

Planet

Climate change is a growing issue, and we are concerned about managing our impact in a comprehensive and reliable way, integrating it into our risk assessment and management processes. Following the Brazilian GHG Protocol, we measure and audit externally our annual greenhouse gas emissions.

In addition to measuring our impact, we are committed to being permanently carbon neutral and offset all our historical emissions. In 2020, we were the first financial institution in Brazil and Mexico to achieve a carbon neutral footprint since being founded.

More information about our ESG and social impact strategy and projects is available in our ESG Reports, which can be accessed on Nubank’s Investor Relations website: www.investidores.nu. Such reports are expressly not incorporated by reference herein.

Form 20-F | 2023 80

 

Deep Dive on Our Industry Background and Market Opportunity

We estimate our total revenue potential opportunity in Latin America based on six key market components.

A.       Payments

Pix

Pix was officially launched by the Central Bank of Brazil in October 2020 to increase competition and market efficiency, lower transaction costs, and democratize payments in Brazil by promoting financial inclusion. According to the Central Bank’s data, 149 million Brazilian users, or 74% of the population, have already made a Pix transaction and 145 million own an active Pix key as of December 2023. Nubank uses Pix as the default transfer method and maintains alternative existing methods only for exceptional cases. Up until September 2023, person-to-person Pix already accounted for 23% of the country's household spending (+10 pp versus 2022), negatively affecting cash, boleto, and Doc/TED transactions mainly.

Total Pix volumes reached US$2.9 trillion by December 2023, a 51% increase versus 2022. During this time, our market share reached 10% in originations of transfers and we believe we are the market leader in terms of the number of registered and active Pix keys in Brazil. To enable alternative forms of transfers, Nubank implemented Pix Financing, allowing users to make transfers backed by the customer's credit card limit.

Cards

In Brazil, credit cards are a widely used payment method that represent about 40% of household consumption according to ABECS, partly due to a distinct market characteristic that allows individuals to make purchases and pay them off in multiple installments free of interest charges (Parcelado Sem Juros). The product leveraged financial inclusion and was the major reason for Brazil's impressive surge of its banked population in the last years; the number of active card holders reached 95 million as of year-end 2022, according to BCB’s most recent data. Nubank has played a key role in this disruptive evolution of payments in Brazil by giving first-time access to millions of individuals, who totaled almost 50 million credit card customers at year-end December 2023, according to latest available data. Credit card financing is used significantly less in the country than in most markets worldwide, but market innovations by Nubank and peers - such as the ability to select previous purchases and divide them into installments, Pix financing, and other innovations - led to an expansion of this mode of financing in 2023. The market's total purchase volume reached US$3.7 trillion according to ABECS, growing 12% in the year - a deceleration compared to 2020, partly impacted by the current credit cycle, and a slower pace of card issuance and a lower inflation rate that affected certain card-heavy spending categories. Prepaid and prepaid cards purchase volumes reached US$1.4 trillion in 2023, expanding 9% over 2022. In 2023, Nubank reached a market share of 14% in total card transaction volumes, according to ABECS.

We see Mexico as a market with a large opportunity to democratize access to this product, primarily through gains over cash transactions and other means. Only 11% of the adult Mexican population owns a credit card at a bank, according to INEGI, as of December 2021, the last available data. The market is currently dominated by incumbent banks, which held 70% of card receivables as of November, 2023. Nubank dedicated 2023 to maturing its credit underwriting models and has been generating synergies between card and account products to meet funding needs. In parallel, Nubank already reached 5% market share in credit card spend, according to Banco de Mexico.

Form 20-F | 2023 81

 

In Colombia, credit cards are similarly less represented among consumers, with ​​22.5% penetration in 2022, according to Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia. Also, this industry is highly concentrated among several traditional financial institutions: more than 70% of the product's outstanding balance and 75% of card purchase volume was held by the five largest institutions, according to Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia. In this context, Nubank expanded its customer base from close to 550,000 customers as of December, 2022 to more than 800,000 customers as of December, 2023. Also, with a license to operate as a financial institution in Colombia, granted by the financial system’s regulator, NuColombia intends to grow its share of customer deposits in 2024, seeking a local and therefore more sustainable funding source for its credit operation. Our main differentiators in the Colombian market include fee exemptions with a complete in-app digital experience, thus avoiding paperwork and related bureaucracy, and high quality 24/7 customer service.

B.                      Retail Credit for Individuals

Retail credit in Latin America is highly underpenetrated relative to developed economies, presenting a strong growth opportunity. According to the latest BIS Total Credit to Households database and September 2023 data, the average household debt-to-GDP ratio in the top Latin America economies stood at 26%, as compared to 71% of developed economies, 55% of the Euro Area, and 47% of emerging economies.

Household Credit (% of GDP)

Form 20-F | 2023 82

 

Retail Credit Portfolio by Product (US$ billion)¹
Credit Product	2022			2023			YoY Growth (% FX Neutral)
	Brazil	Mexico	Colombia	Brazil	Mexico	Colombia	Brazil	Mexico	Colombia
Mortgage	169	60	19	192	74	21	10.3%	8.4%	10.2%
Payroll	107	16	17	122	21	17	10.8%	14.1%	(0.1)%
Auto	48	8	5	54	11	5	7.8%	20.5%	(8.8)%
Personal Loan	46	10	18	52	13	16	9.0%	14.3%	2.9%
Credit Card	86	23	9	101	32	9	13.9%	23.4%	5.7%
Other	34	3	2	39	4	2	12.0%	12.4%	9.4%
Total	491	121	70	560	155	70	10.8%	13.4%	1.7%

Note 1: Exchange rates: BRL 5.16, MXN 20.18, and COP 4,256.19 are equivalent to USD 1.00 for 2022 data and ​BRL 4.99, MXN 17.79, and COP 4,325.96 to USD 1.00 for 2023​ data, respectively for BCB, Banxico (November 2023 data, the latest available) and Banrep data. FX Neutral refers to the year-on-year variation in local currency as described in Presentation of Financial and Other Information.

Note 2: Includes installment financing and revolving balances.

According to Brazil’s Central Bank, the country’s retail credit book was US$560 billion as of December 31, 2023, excluding select earmarked lines (BNDES, microcredit, rural). This credit book’s composition is 34% mortgage loans, 22% payroll loans, 10% auto financing, 9% personal loans (including unsecured and secured lines, such as home equity, investment-backed loans, FGTS anniversary withdrawal loans) and 18% credit card receivables – only 25% of which was an interest earning portfolio, while the remainder was transaction balance. Compared to 2022, consumer credit decelerated in Brazil, following increases in the country’s policy rate (SELIC), which reached a peak of 13.75% in August, 2022, and more restrictive policies implemented by financial institutions due to increases in delinquencies among main consumer credit products, although recent industry data suggest these delinquencies may have peaked in the second quarter of 2023. The Central Bank of Brazil started to ease interest rates in August 2023, which is expected to support growth in credit activity throughout 2024.

Payroll Loans

Payroll loans are Brazil's second largest loan product in terms of credit portfolio (US$ 122 billion), and these target a wide range of customers, such as public and private company workers, retirees and pensioners. Payroll loans are usually lower risk credit lines with attractive prices and relatively long tenures, partly distributed by third-party intermediaries in exchange for commissions. In 2023 there was a greater emphasis on the regulatory agenda, under which the National Social Security Council (CNPS) established an interest rate cap on payroll loans distributed to retirees and pensioners (INSS payroll loans), defining the SELIC rate as its benchmark index. We launched payroll loans in April 2023 and believe our business model for payroll loans positions Nubank with competitive advantages that will enable us to keep scaling in this market: (i) lower interest rates compared to the market, due to cost efficiency, as we do not use intermediaries to distribute our product. According to the Central Bank of Brazil's interest rates statistics report released in December 2023, Nubank already had one of the lowest interest rates for payroll loans. Additionally, we believe Nubank offers a (ii) better customer experience: the journey to acquire the product is completely digital, enabling customers to complete the transaction without exposing their financial situation, and the considerably faster cash disbursement occurs in a matter of minutes, compared to days for most peers.

Form 20-F | 2023 83

 

Personal Loans

In Brazil, personal non-payroll loans include unsecured and secured lines of credit, including the products offered by Nubank described below:

Unsecured Personal Loans

Unsecured personal loans constitute the largest revenue pool of loans to individuals in Brazil, according to our estimates (US$31 billion, or 35% of total credit revenue). Originations accelerated after 2020, following sharp reductions in SELIC, and then decelerated as interest rates rose in 2022 and 2023 and as a result of the credit cycle. Nubank launched the product in February 2019 and reached a portfolio market share of close to 7% in December 2023, according to BCB data.

Our personal unsecured loans are easy to manage and are 100% digital for our credit card and digital account customers. Our customers are in control from the pre-loan simulation through loan management. Features and benefits include: 100% digital, real-time underwriting, money instantly deposited to the customer’s NuAccount; Transparent loan terms, supported by easy in-app simulation of different loan conditions; Simple loan management in the mobile app puts the customer in control of installments and principal payments; Self-service installment anticipation, with discounts, and renegotiation in the mobile app.

FGTS Anniversary Withdrawal Personal Loans

The Brazilian FGTS (Fundo de Garantia do Tempo de Serviço) is a mandatory savings fund in which employees and employers contribute a percentage of the employee's salary each month. Its main purpose is to provide financial security to workers, and the funds deposited into the FGTS are not directly accessible by the employee during their employment but can be withdrawn under specific circumstances, such as: purchasing a home; retirement; and difficult situations, which may occur with dismissal without just cause or in the event of a serious illnesses. The FGTS “anniversary withdrawal” was created in 2019 and provides the option of accessing a fraction of these resources every year. With that, a new secured personal loan product was launched using the FGTS anniversary withdrawal as collateral and enabling an attractive product in terms of price. Since the beginning in April 2020, this collateralized personal loan product was widely adopted, with more than 75 million operations being registered and more than US$8 billion in withdrawals by December 31, 2023, according to publicly available data published by FGTS. Nubank launched FGTS-backed loans in September 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 84

 

Investment-backed Personal Loans

Investment-backed loans gained popularity as digital and incumbent institutions introduced it as a new personal loan product in the context of a low SELIC rate environment in the last years. Although there are no precise industry figures available on the product, we estimate that it expanded sharply from 2020 on and may have reached up to 10% of total personal non-payroll loans in Brazil. Nubank launched this product in June 2023.

Credit Card Financing and Revolving

Brazil's credit card interest earning portfolio totaled US$ 26 billion in December 2023, or 25.7% of outstanding credit card receivables, while the remaining 74.3% are defined as transaction balances, referring to upfront credit card purchases and Parcelado sem Juros, or “PSJ”, transactions, i.e. installment purchases that do not bear interest charges and that amount to almost half of purchase volumes, usually in up to 12 installments.

During 2023, discussions among credit card industry stakeholders were held regarding a cap on revolving interest rates required by the government due to the relatively high level of interest rates on the product, caused primarily by the large number of PSJs in the industry and the related effects on household debt levels and default rates. In December 2023, the CMN (Conselho Monetário Nacional) made the decision to limit revolving interest balances equivalent to a maximum of 100% of the customer's principal outstanding revolving loan from January 2024. Additionally, discussions regarding limits on the number of installments under PSJ purchases are ongoing and may result in further adjustments in 2024.

Credit underwriting

Incumbent banks in Latin America have traditionally focused on the most affluent segments of the population. Operating under a cost-to-serve higher than digital banks and relying on legacy underwriting models, incumbents have struggled to serve customers from the less affluent segments. We believe this represents a massive opportunity for us to continue driving significant financial inclusion in the region.

Additionally, we have made considerable progress in terms of products and features launched on our app to expand offerings to higher income segments as well, and we have a clear and well defined development pipeline for the years to come, seeking to address the needs of all customer segments in Latin America.

When observing the distribution of retail loan balances by income brackets relative to the number of households in each bracket in Brazil, we see that retail credit remains concentrated among high-income individuals which, per our internal estimates, concentrate close to 30% of the industry's revenue and represent less than 3% of the adult population.

Form 20-F | 2023 85

 

Brazil Retail Credit Portfolio by Income Segment
	<1x Minimum Wage	1–2x Minimum Wage	2–3x Minimum Wage	3–5x Minimum Wage	5–10x Minimum Wage	10–20x Minimum Wage	>20x Minimum Wage
Monthly Income (US$)	<264.5	264.5 – 529.1	529.1 – 793.6	793.6 – 1,322.7	1,322.7 – 2,645.3	2,645.3 – 5,290.6	>5,290.6
2023 Credit Balance (US$ billion)¹	44.7	93.9	62.2	93.7	111.8	81.7	157.9
Number of Households (millions)	21.7	29	7.2	7.2	3.6	2.9	0.7
Credit Balance per Household (US$ thousands)	2.1	3.2	8.6	13	31	28.2	225.6

Sources: BCB as of December 2023, and IBGE; Brazilian reais amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the average selling rate of R$4.99 to US$1.00; analysis considers the period’s average references.

¹ Credit Balance includes Credit Card, Personal Loans, Payroll Loans, Vehicle Financing and Home Mortgage

We use an internally developed credit engine, called NuX, leveraging proprietary and alternative data sources to effectively underwrite and monitor our credit products. Our NuX Credit Engine, supported by a dedicated team, is self-learning and benefits from increasing scale as we test, monitor and enhance our credit algorithms. We acquire, store and analyze an enormous amount of data that we use for our decision-making processes, to reduce risk and to improve customer experience.

We typically collect more than 30,000 data points per monthly active customer, which we use to better understand their behavior, risks and financial needs, enabling us to develop curated credit strategies to offer customers the best product for their specific financial situation.

By using our unique data and advanced NuXCredit Engine, we believe we underwrite customers and manage credit risk more effectively than incumbent banks. Our 90-day consumer finance delinquency rate, or NPL ratio, as of December 2023, was 6.1%, approximately 15% lower than the Brazilian industry average when adjusted by product and income distribution, according to the Central Bank of Brazil and our own estimates. We believe our NPL ratios have been consistently lower than the industry across almost all income segments, and this out performance increases as we move to lower income brackets.

In our businesses in Mexico and in Colombia, we expect, based on internal estimates, that delinquency levels could be higher than in Brazil due to a higher share of the interest earning portfolio relative to the total outstanding credit card portfolio, along with each market’s particularities, and may be influenced by overall credit penetration.

Form 20-F | 2023 86

 

In Mexico, our non-performing loans share of our loan book are similar to the levels seen in Sociedades Financieras Populares (SOFIPOs), including Fintech players whose levels are structurally higher than reported by incumbents, according to CNBV data and our internal analysis. We believe that very low credit card adoption levels and an elevated unbanked population in the country are partly responsible for this relevant difference, and we expect the gap to decrease as financial inclusion rises.

In Colombia, a country in which financial inclusion is comparatively higher than Mexico’s and based on information related to a limited number of digital subsidiaries of incumbent players that were established to mainly serve less affluent segments, our overall credit risk levels are close to the market’s average for such comparable players.

C.                       Credit to SMEs

According to the Central Bank of Brazil, the country’s credit portfolios related to SME’s and MEI’s (individual microentrepreneur) were US$ 205.1 billion as of December 31, 2023, growing 11% on a year-on-year FX-neutral basis. It is a market that has been gaining attention in recent years, given that it does not receive the same attention as the Corporate sector and historically does not have the same level of service customization as the retail sector. Nubank has been carefully developing solutions especially for MEIs, Micro and Small companies as this market evolves.

MSME Credit Portfolio by Product (US$ billion)
Company Size	2022	2023	YoY Growth (% FXN)
MEI	7.5	9.7	25.1%
Micro or "Microempresa (ME)"	25.4	16.7	(36.4)%
Small or “Empresa de Pequeno Porte (EPP)”	62.7	69.9	7.8%
Medium or “Empresa de Médio Porte”	105.5	114.8	5.2%
Total MSME and MEI	201.0	211.1	1.6%

Source: BCB as of December 2023. Brazilian reais amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the average selling rate of R$5.16 to US$1.00 for 2022 and R$4.99 to US$1.00 in 2023.

According to SEBRAE, there were 17.6 million SMEs in Brazil, defined as companies with less than US$60,120 in annual revenue, as of 2023. Within this total, micro enterprises accounted for 11.6 million businesses, in which the single entrepreneur does not have more than one employee and annual revenue does not exceed US$16,230.

The activities of MEIs are broadly diversified, but for the most part these micro entrepreneurs are active in retail commerce (i.e., apparel, food and other products) and retail services (i.e., repair services and others) and therefore look for banking services that are simple, transparent and fairly priced for the day-to-day needs of their businesses.

Form 20-F | 2023 87

 

Our business account is designed specifically for customers who run businesses. We provide a business checking account and business prepaid card, offer unlimited wire transfers and allow customers to issue boletos to receive payments from customers, all free of charge. As of December 2023, our PJ account in Brazil had 3.6 million SME customers, an increase of 47% compared to December 2022. As per our internal analysis, we are one of the five largest MSE (Micro and Small Enterprises) players in Brazil in terms of number of clients, reaching about 18% of all CNPJs registered in Brazil, according to BCB.

D.                      Customer Assets

Account

As of December 2023, the number of individuals with accounts in Brazil reached 194 million, an increase of 3.1% compared to 188 million as of December 2022. More than 36.3% of those individuals had an active account with us as of December 2023, compared to 30.1% as of December 2022. This increase shows the strong presence of the NuAccount (and also our brand) in Brazil.

We estimate that, as of December 2023, Brazil had US$367 billion of deposits from individuals, considering demand, time and savings deposits, a 7.8% FX-neutral increase compared to US$339 billion as of December 2022. Due to the high SELIC rate level, time deposits recorded 22.7% growth, while demand deposits grew 6.6% and savings shrunk 2.1%, compared to December 2022, according to the Brazilian Association of Financial and Capital Markets Entities, or “ANBIMA,” and the Central Bank of Brazil.

With Cuenta Nu in Mexico, which achieved 1 million customers in one month since officially launching the product in May 2023. Nubank seeks to be part of the process of facilitating the population's access to the financial system in order to increase formal savings levels in Mexico, which, based on ENIF data from 2021, was available to only 49% of the adult population in a country, the second largest market in Latin America. Likewise, in 2023 the Mexican accounts market saw fintech players introducing new transactions and savings products in terms of no-fee services, yields and other features, something not previously seen in the traditional accounts offering.

In Colombia, the savings account is most penetrated within deposit products, with almost 80% of the adult population having access to one, according to the SFC's Financial Inclusion Report as of 2022. In 2023, new players disrupted the market with higher yields for savings account deposits, whereas traditional banks' yields remained relatively unchanged. In this context, NuColombia's objective is to gain share in savings account deposits with a value proposition consisting of higher yields and lower fees, as means to both expand NuColombia's customer base and also fund its credit operation with local sources of funding.

Investments

Brazil had more than 65.3 million active securities accounts in December 2023, up 22.9% from 53.1 million in December 2022, and 78.7 million savings accounts in the same period, down 0.7% year-on-year, both account totals according to ANBIMA. Brazilian retail investor assets, which include customer deposits, funds, equities, fixed income and pension funds, reached US$976.4 billion as of December 2023 (does not consider private investors), an 11.3% FX neutral increase compared to the US$852.9 billion as of December 2022, according to the BCB, ANBIMA and Previc (National Superintendence of Complementary Pensions). Of this total, 21.4% was pension funds, 18.9% savings accounts, 32.0% fixed income, 16.9% investment funds and 4.8% equities. Considering data from the sources previously mentioned, the 11.3% FX-neutral growth in total assets was mostly due to fixed income assets, which attracted investment because of still elevated SELIC interest rate levels. Despite restrictive monetary policy, retail investments in non-fixed income investments also posted nominal FX-neutral 11.5% growth over 2022 (equities grew 21.7% and funds grew 7.4%, both FX neutral). We expect a shift in investment allocation toward riskier asset classes in the coming quarters to materialize, assuming the SELIC rate will continue its downward trajectory that began in August 2023 when the Central Bank of Brazil began easing its interest rate policy.

Form 20-F | 2023 88

 

With regard to individual deposits and retail investor assets in Brazil, our estimated market share was 3.0% in December 2023, compared to 2.6% market share in December 2022.

E.                       Insurance Brokerage

In our view, the retail insurance brokerage segment in Latin America has also been largely dominated by incumbent banks, who in many cases also own the underwriting business and consequently favor their own products. We believe this segment is also prone for disruption and is likely to experience strong growth.

The Brazilian insurance industry had gross written premiums, or “GWP”, of US$60 billion in 2023, according to CNSEG data, and US$22 billion with regard to our initial core target products of life insurance, auto and other property & casualty products. Despite its size, Brazil remains fairly underpenetrated when compared to other developing and developed economies, both in the life and property & casualty segments. Nu is initially focused on areas of the market characterized by policies sold directly to individuals, segments that represent from 60% to 70% of the GWP of its total potential, based on CNSEG data as of December 31, 2023.

In our opinion, distribution of life insurance products to individuals in Brazil remains concentrated on the bancassurance channel, while distribution of P&C insurance products to individuals in Brazil remains concentrated on the broker channel.

We believe complexity, lack of transparency and expensive premiums that result from poor underwriting still prevent Latin Americans from purchasing more insurance products. Our first insurance product, NuLife, launched in August 2020 (in partnership with Chubb as underwriter), showcases the untapped demand for insurance products. NuLife offers flexible, fully customizable life insurance policies that can be contracted in five simple steps through our app. We launched mobile insurance in 2022, and auto and "Vidas Juntas" insurance – life insurance for non-consanguineum and non-marital relationships – products in 2023. Our most recent products also are characterized by fully customizable quotes and easy processes via Nu’s app. There were more than one million active policies, including all modalities, as of December 31, 2023, an annual growth rate of 40%. Over time we plan to broaden our insurance offering to include other life and property & casualty products.

Form 20-F | 2023 89

 

F.                       E-Commerce Marketplaces

Brazilian e-commerce had a gross merchandise volume, or "GMV", of US$37 billion in 2023, according to the Brazilian Association of E-Commerce (ABCOMM).

In 2023, we continued to grow our Marketplace, increasing the unique number of customers making purchases by 46%, growing e-commerce GMV more than 3x, and expanding our merchant base to more than 238 sellers including Amazon and Magalu. We also signed deals that will drive growth and expand our vertical selection in 2024, such as a partnership with Hopper to expand into online travel. We made significant advances in the experience by expanding cashback to the vast majority of our offers, creating a more consistent experience for our customers, adding full search capabilities across all of our offers, and launching our first in-app shopping experiences. These in-app experiences allow our customer to complete the entire purchase journey without having to leave the app or enter payment information. We also implemented a new integration model (Mini Apps) which allows partners to develop experiences within our app while giving users a seamless checkout experience. Looking ahead we will continue to invest in a superior user experience with personalized content, revamped rewards, as well as the launch of our new travel vertical using our Mini App technology.

Revenue by Geography

For the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the majority of our revenue was derived from Brazil, totaling US$5,728.7 million in 2023 (US$3,121.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022), compared to US$354.9 million and US$75.4 million in 2023 (US$201.2 million and US$20.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2022) in Mexico and Colombia, respectively.

Customer Demographics

We believe our platform both supports customers across the age spectrum and particularly appeals to a younger population. We believe we serve a larger proportion of younger consumers than digital banks and incumbent banks. Our young and growing customer base provides us with significant opportunities for growth. As of 2022, our customer base in Brazil had a significantly higher exposure to younger populations in comparison to the system’s total and, consequently, our credit exposure was similarly different, according to BCB data from March 2023, the latest data available.

Form 20-F | 2023 90

 

Breakdown of the Brazilian Customer Base by Age (%)

Our Competitive Landscape

We believe we are changing the consumption patterns for financial products and services and growing the market, but will continue to face competition from other firms, including large legacy financial institutions, large technology companies, and new, smaller financial technology entrants.

We believe the key competitive factors in our market include:

● our culture of customer-centricity;

● product features, quality and functionality;

● operating efficiency;

● engineering, data science and product talent;

● brand recognition;

● security and trust;

● product and technology platform; and

● regulatory licenses.

We believe our ability to innovate quickly further differentiates our platform from our competition. We believe we compete favorably across all key competitive factors and that we have developed a business model that is difficult to replicate.

Form 20-F | 2023 91

 

Our Road Ahead

As we plan for the long run, Nu sees an opportunity of becoming a platform that enables the optimization of money on behalf of its users – a new category named Money Platform.

The Money Platform is a technology platform that has the optimization of money on behalf of its users at its core. The Money Platform’s mission is to help consumers and small businesses fully optimize the creation and use of their wealth across every single financial decision, from investing, to lending, to day-to-day spending.

Our strategy to get there is to continue building a comprehensive digital banking platform that provides the best financial products fully digital across the Five Financial Seasons: spending, saving, investing, protecting and borrowing. In parallel, we use the brand, scale, data, profits and talent we have to go beyond financial services and enable our customers to purchase products and services from our marketplace partners.

 

Form 20-F | 2023 92

 

Recent Developments

Level III BDR Program discontinuation

On June 28, 2023 the Securities and Exchange Commission of Brazil, or "CVM", Collegiate approved the plan for the discontinuance of our Level III BDR Program and the cancellation of our registration with the CVM as a foreign public issuer of category "A" securities. The definition period for Level III BDRs holders to make their choices among the possible alternatives within the scope of the discontinuity plan was closed on August 11, 2023, and the sale of the Class A Common Shares underlying the BDRs that were held by the holders of the BDRs that, within the scope of the Level III BDRs Program Discontinuance plan, were directed to the sale procedures, ended on August 21, 2023. On September 22, 2023 we submitted a request to CVM to cancel the registration of the Level III BDRs Program and, consequently, to cancel our registry as a foreign issuer at the CVM. On October 31, the cancellation was approved by CVM.

International Finance Corporation, or “IFC”, facility

On December 23, 2022, Nu Colombia SA signed an agreement of a 3-year facility of up to US$ 150.0 million with IFC (International Finance Corporation), guaranteed by Nu Holdings. The funds aim to support the growth of our operations and expand access to financial services in Colombia. The disbursements of the loan started in January 2023. The syndication of the B tranche was finalized in August 2023 and a material oversubscription led the A/B Loan to reach a total amount of $265.1 million, which was fully disbursed by September 2023. For more details about the A/B loans, please refer to "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources — Borrowings and financing".

Alternative Standardized Approach, or "ASA", Methodology

In December 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil granted Nu Pagamentos approval for the implementation of the Alternative Standardized Approach, or "ASA", methodology. Effective as of December 29, 2023 the ASA methodology will supersede the Basic Indicator Approach, or "BIA", methodology in calculating the portion of risk-weighted assets associated with determining the operational risk capital requirement for the prudential conglomerate of Nu Pagamentos in Brazil. We expect this transition to yield a reduction in operational risk capital requirements for Nu Brazil.

Distribution of our own token

In February 2023, we started offering Nucoin, our own utility token used in our loyalty network, or “Nucoin Network”, by our eligible customers (initially clients above 18 years of age who have a NuAccount opened in Brazil and who are not US Persons). Staying true to Nubank’s user-centric philosophy, Nucoin’s ecosystem is centered around customers by giving them the power to decide how to handle the tokens they earn. Customers have the option to freeze their Nucoins to level up in the program to potentially unlock additional benefits (such as coinback rewards) or to sell Nucoins for cash to the liquidity pool.

Form 20-F | 2023 93

 

Regulatory Overview

Brazil

Our Regulatory Position

Five of our subsidiaries in Brazil, Nu Pagamentos S.A. – Instituição de Pagamento, or “Nu Pagamentos,” Nu Financeira S.A. – Sociedade de Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento, or “Nu Financeira,” NuPay for Business Instituição de Pagamento Ltda, or “NuPay”, Nu Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários Ltda., or “Nu DTVM,” and Nu Invest Corretora de Valores S.A., or “NuInvest,” perform activities that are subject to regulation in Brazil enacted by the Central Bank of Brazil, by CMN and/or by CVM, as applicable and have obtained authorizations from the Central Bank of Brazil to operate, as follows:

● Nu Pagamentos is authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a payment institution in the capacities of (1) issuer of postpaid payment instruments (emissor de instrumento de pagamento pós-pago), (2) issuer of electronic currency (emissor de moeda eletrônica), (3) acquirer (credenciador) and (4) payment initiation service provider (iniciador de transação de pagamento);

● Nu Financeira is authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a credit, financing and investment entity (sociedade de crédito, financiamento e investimento), carrying out active, passive and ancillary transactions inherent to credit, financing and investment portfolios;

● NuPay is authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a payment institution in the capacities of (1) issuer of electronic currency (emissor de moeda eletrônica) and (2) acquirer (credenciador);

● Nu DTVM is authorized (1) by the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a securities distributor (distribuidora de títulos e valores mobiliários, or “DTVM”), performing the activities provided in CMN Resolution No. 5.008, of March 24, 2022, as amended, or “Resolution No. 5.008/22” and (2) by the CVM to provide investments funds bookkeeping services;

● NuInvest is also authorized (1) by the Central Bank of Brazil to operate as a securities broker (corretora de títulos e valores mobiliários, or “CTVM”), performing the activities provided in CMN Resolution No. 5.008/22 and (2) by CVM to (i) provide investments funds bookkeeping services (ii) provide securities custody services and (iii) coordinate securities offerings. In addition, one of our subsidiaries, Nu Asset Management Ltda., or “Nu Asset Management,” is subject to regulation in Brazil enacted by the CVM and is authorized to provide securities portfolio management services.

One of our subsidiaries, Nu Corretora de Seguros Ltda., or “Nu Insurance Broker,” performs activities that are subject to regulation enacted by SUSEP. As required by the applicable regulation, it has obtained authorization to operate from SUSEP as an insurance brokerage firm.

Form 20-F | 2023 94

 

None of our Brazilian subsidiaries is licensed to operate as a bank.

Regulatory Environment in Brazil

Our main subsidiaries in Brazil are subject to extensive regulation, such as those applicable to payment institutions (in case of Nu Pagamentos), financial institutions (in the case of Nu Financeira), securities and brokers (in the case of Nu DTVM and NuInvest), securities portfolio manager (in the case of Nu Asset Management) and insurance brokers (in the case Nu Insurance Broker).

We offer various payment, financial and capital markets services; in particular, we conduct activities related to payments, digital accounts, brokerage services, portfolio management and insurance.

Legislation Applicable to the Brazilian Payment System

General

The activities carried out by Nu Pagamentos in Brazil are subject to Brazilian laws and regulations applicable to payment institutions, particularly Law No. 12,865 of October 9, 2013, or the “Payments Law,” which, in short, regulates payment institutions and payment schemes that are part of the Brazilian Payment System (the Sistema de Pagamentos Brasileiro, or the “SPB”).

Payment Institutions

A payment institution is defined as the legal entity that participates in one or more payment schemes and is dedicated, exclusively or not, to the execution of remittance of funds, among other activities, as described in Payments Law.

Specifically, based on the Brazilian payment regulations, payment institutions are entities that can be classified into one of the following four categories:

● Issuers of electronic currency (prepaid payment instruments): these payment institutions manage prepaid payment accounts, enable the execution of payment transactions using electronic currency held in such prepaid payment accounts, and convert the funds held therein into physical or book-entry currency or vice versa.

● Issuers of post-paid payment instruments (e.g., credit cards): these payment institutions manage payment accounts that enable end-users to make payments on a post-paid basis.

● Acquirers: these payment institutions do not manage payment accounts, but (i) enable merchants to accept payment instruments issued by a payment institution or by a financial institution that participates in the same payment scheme; and (ii) participate in the settlement process of payment transactions as creditor of the issuer of the payment instrument.

● Payment initiation service providers (PISP): these payment institutions render initial payment services whereby they do not (1) manage the payment or checking account from which the payment is executed; nor (2) hold the transferred funds during the rendering of their services.

Form 20-F | 2023 95

 

Payment institutions that operate in Brazil must comply with many legal and regulatory requirements set forth by CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil, as applicable, which may vary according to certain features of their specific business models and to thresholds defined by the regulation, such as the volume of payment transactions processed and/or the amount of funds held in prepaid payment accounts during the previous twelve months.

Therefore, certain payment institutions may not be subject to the full legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil such as the ones that only participate in limited-purpose payment schemes or provide services in the scope of programs set up by governmental authorities aimed at granting benefits to individuals due to employment relationships.

CMN and Central Bank of Brazil regulations applicable to payment institutions cover a wide variety of matters, including, but not limited to risk management, governance, anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism, cybersecurity, secrecy, ombudsman, internal audit, reporting obligations and governance. In addition, payment institutions must seek approval from the Central Bank of Brazil when appointing managers (including directors, officers and members of certain statutory boards, such as fiscal councils). The regulations applicable to payment institutions also cover “payment accounts” (contas de pagamento), which are the end-user accounts, in registered (i.e., book-entry) form, which are opened with payment institutions that are card issuers of prepaid or post- paid instruments and used for carrying out each payment transaction. Current regulations classify payment accounts into two types:

● Prepaid payment accounts: where the intended payment transaction is executed when the funds have been deposited into the payment account in advance; and

● Post-paid payment accounts: where the payment transaction is intended to be performed regardless of funds having been deposited into the payment account in advance.

In order to provide protection from bankruptcy, Payments Law requires payment institutions that issue electronic currency to segregate the funds deposited in prepaid payment accounts from their own assets. In addition, with respect to prepaid electronic currency, the payment institutions must hold all the funds deposited in the prepaid payment account in certain specified instruments: either (1) in a specific account with the Central Bank of Brazil that does not pay interest; or (2) in federal government bonds registered with the SELIC.

As of July 1, 2023, payment institutions will be able to operate in the foreign exchange market, provided that certain rules are observed, such as the restriction to only operate with electronic currency and operational thresholds pursuant to the Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 2,77/22, and subject to prior authorization.

Form 20-F | 2023 96

 

Payment Schemes

According to the Payments Law, a payment scheme, for Brazilian regulatory purposes, is the collection of rules and procedures that governs payment services provided to the public, with direct access by its end-users (i.e., payers and receivers). In addition, such payment services must be accepted by more than one receiver in order to qualify as a payment scheme. The regulations applicable to payment schemes depend on certain features, such as the volume of users and the amount of transactions processed therein:

● Payment schemes that exceed certain thresholds are considered part of SPB and are subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain a license to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil.

● Payment schemes that operate below these thresholds are not considered to form part of the SPB and are therefore not subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain an authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil, although they are required to report certain operational information to the Central Bank of Brazil on an annual basis.

● Limited-purpose payment schemes are not considered to form part of the SPB and, therefore, are not subject to the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the payment industry in Brazil, including the requirement to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil. Limited-purpose payment schemes are, for instance, those whose payment orders are: (i) accepted only at the network of merchants that clearly display the same visual identity as that of the issuer, such as franchisees and other merchants licensed to use the issuer’s brand; (ii) intended for payment of specific public utility services, such as public transport and public telecommunications; or (iii) accepted exclusively within a closed-loop payment scheme and for the payment of one type of product or service, of a restricted set of products or services related with a specific activity or market.

● Depending on the type of payment instrument, the payment scheme will not be considered part of SPB as well. This is the case of payments of employment benefits and meal/food vouchers.

● Certain types of payment schemes have specific exemptions from the requirement to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil. This applies, for example, to payment schemes set up by governmental authorities, payment schemes set up by certain financial institutions, payment schemes aimed at granting benefits to natural persons due to employment relationships and payment schemes set up by an authorized payment institution.

Payment Scheme Settler

A payment scheme is set up and operated by a payment scheme settler, which is the entity responsible for the payment scheme’s authorization and function. Payment scheme settlers, for Brazilian regulatory purposes, are the legal entities responsible for managing the rules, procedures and the use of the brand associated with a payment scheme. Central Bank of Brazil regulations require that payment scheme settlers must be (i) incorporated in Brazil, (ii) have a corporate purpose compatible with its payments activities; and (iii) have the technical, operational, organizational, administrative and financial capacity to meet their obligations. They must also have clear and effective corporate governance mechanisms that are appropriate for the needs of payment institutions and the end users of payment schemes.

Form 20-F | 2023 97

 

Legislation Applicable to Financial Institutions and Portfolio Managers

General Rules

The Banking Law, laid out the structure of the Brazilian National Financial System, made up of the CMN, the Central Bank of Brazil, Banco do Brasil S.A., BNDES and other public or private financial institutions.

Law No. 4,728 of July 14, 1965, as amended, or “Law No. 4,728/65,” regulates Brazilian capital markets through setting standards and various other mechanisms. Further, pursuant to Law No. 6,385 of December 7, 1976, as amended, or “Law No. 6,385/76,” the distribution and issuance of securities in the market, trading of securities and settlement and/or clearance of securities transactions all require prior authorization by the CVM.

The financial and capital markets regulatory frameworks in Brazil are further supplemented by the regulation enacted by CMN, CVM and/or the Central Bank of Brazil, as applicable, as well as to self-regulation policies, such as those enacted by various associations, over-the-counter organized markets and securities exchanges, that govern their members and participants, (for example, B3, ANBIMA, and the Brazilian Association of Investment Analysts, or “APIMEC”).

The incorporation and operation of financial institutions and other regulated entities that intend to operate in the Brazilian financial and/or capital markets are subject to prior licensing, regulation and oversight from the Central Bank of Brazil. Other corporate events may also require prior authorization from such authorities, for example capital increases, appointment of officers, changes in corporate control, among others, as the case may be. Financial institutions in Brazil can operate under various forms—such as commercial banks, investment banks, credit, financing and investment companies, cooperative banks, leasing companies, real estate credit companies, mortgage companies, among others—all of which are regulated by different rules issued by the CMN, the Central Bank of Brazil, and, if such financial institutions participate in capital markets activities, the CVM. In addition, like financial institutions, stock exchanges are also subject to CMN, the Central Bank of Brazil, and the CVM approval and regulation as well in accordance with Law No. 4,728/65.

Pursuant to Banking Law, CMN Resolution No. 4,970 of November 25, 2021, as amended, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,970,” financial institutions must seek approval from the Central Bank of Brazil, and, in certain cases, the CVM when appointing managers (including directors, officers and members of certain statutory boards, such as fiscal councils). Moreover, according to Law No. 4,728/65, for securities brokerage firms, managers are subject to further restrictions and are prohibited from working for or fulfilling any administrative, advisory, tax or decision-making positions at entities listed on the B3. In addition, managers of securities brokerage firms are prohibited from filling managerial functions in other brokerage firms authorized to carry out foreign exchange transactions pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 5,009 of March, 24, 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 98

 

In addition, according to the Banking Law, Brazilian financial institutions have limits to grant loans or cash advances to their managers (officers, directors, and members of advisory boards, as well as their relatives). Such restrictions are set forth in CMN Resolution No. 4,693 of October 29, 2018.

Credit, Financing and Investment Institutions (Consumer Credit Companies)

Credit, financing and investment institutions (sociedades de crédito, financiamento e investimento), such as Nu Financeira, “financeiras” or “SCFI”, are financial institutions part of the national financial system and are subject to regulation by and the oversight of the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil. They were established by the Ordinance of Ministry of Finance No. 309, on November 30, 1959 and are private financial institutions whose basic objective is to carry out financing for the acquisition of goods and services, as well as for working capital. Consumer credit companies must be organized as a corporation (sociedade por ações) and its corporate name must include the expression “Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento” (credit, financing and investment).

An SCFI is not allowed to offer deposit accounts. However, such institutions can raise funds through bank deposit certificates, known as CDB (Certificado de Depósito Bancário) or deposits without issuance of certificates, known as RDB (Recibo de Depósito Bancário), among other assets. Both CDB and RDB are fixed income securities and subject to the ordinary guarantee from the FGC (Fundo Garantidor de Crédito, the Brazilian credit guarantee fund). The main difference lies in the fact that the RDB is non-transferable and non-tradable. Many credit, financing and investment institutions operate as the financial branch of non-banking economic groups. In our case, Nu Financeira provides financing to our credit card, personal loans to our customers and issues instruments such as RDB, in order to provide funding to our operation.

Securities Brokerage and Distribution Firms

Securities trading in stock exchange markets shall be carried out exclusively by DTVMs, CTVMs (such as Nu DTVM and NuInvest) and certain other authorized institutions. Securities distributors (distribuidoras de títulos e valores mobiliários) and securities brokers (corretoras de títulos e valores mobiliários) are regulated by Resolution No. 5,008/22. With Central Bank of Brazil and CVM’s joint decision No. 17, of March 2, 2009, which authorized distributors to operate directly in the environments and trading systems of organized stock exchange markets, the main difference between securities brokers and securities distributors was eliminated, and such institutions are today allowed to perform practically the same operations.

In this regard, Resolution No. 5,008/22 allows brokerage firms to participate, among others, in the following activities: (1) trading in stock exchanges; (2) managing investment portfolios; and (3) providing custody services; and (4) issuing electronic currency and managing pre-paid payment accounts. In addition to Resolution No. 5,008/22 and Resolution No. 4,871, brokerage firms are subject to regulations from the CVM.

Under the rules set forth by the Central Bank of Brazil, brokerage firms (such as Nu DTVM and NuInvest) cannot execute transactions that may result in loans, facilities or cash advances to their customers, including through synthetic transactions (such as an assignment of rights), with the exception of margin transactions and other limited transactions.

Moreover, brokerage firms can neither charge commissions in connection with trades during primary distribution, nor purchase real property, except for their own use or as payment under “bad debts” (in which case, the asset must be sold within a year).

Form 20-F | 2023 99

 

Third-Party Asset Management

Nu Asset Management is an asset manager accredited to operate by, and subject to the rules and oversight of, the CVM, pursuant to Law No. 6,385/76 and CVM Resolution No. 21 of February 25, 2021, as amended, or “CVM Resolution No. 21”. Verios Asset Management and Easynvest Asset Management are no longer subject to the oversight of CVM since those companies were deregistered from CVM in November 2021 and September 2022 respectively.

CVM Resolution No. 21 defines asset/portfolio management activities as professional activities directly or indirectly related to the operation, maintenance and management of securities portfolios, including the investment of funds in the securities market on behalf of customers.

CVM Resolution No. 21 provides for two categories of asset managers: (1) trustee administrator and/or (2) portfolio manager. Nu Asset Management is registered as portfolio manager. In order to be authorized by the CVM to engage in such activity, legal entities that operate as asset managers must (1) have a registered office in Brazil; (2) have securities portfolio management as a corporate purpose and be duly incorporated and registered with the National Register of Legal Entities – CNPJ; (3) have one or more officers duly certified as asset managers as approved by CVM to take on liability for securities portfolio management, pursuant to CVM Resolution No. 21; (4) appoint an officer responsible for the portfolio management activities, a compliance officer and a risk management officer; (5) be controlled by reputable shareholders (direct and indirect), who have not been convicted of certain crimes detailed in article 3, VI of CVM Resolution No. 21; (5) who is not unable or suspended from occupying a position in financial institutions or other entities authorized to operate by the CVM, the Central Bank of Brazil, SUSEP or PREVIC, and have not been banned from asset management activities by judicial or administrative decisions; (6) put in place and maintain personnel and IT resources appropriate for the size and types of investment portfolio it manages; and (7) execute and provide the applicable forms to the CVM so as to prove its capacity to carry out such activities, pursuant to CVM Resolution No. 21.

Under CVM Resolution No. 21, asset management must, among other requirements, conduct their activities in good faith, with transparency, diligence and loyalty with respect to their customers and perform their duties with the aim of achieving their investment objectives. This same regulation requires asset managers to maintain a website, with extensive current information, including, but not limited to (1) an updated annual filing form (formulário de referência); (2) a code of ethics; (3) rules, procedures and a description of internal controls in order to comply with CVM Resolution No. 21; (4) a risk management policy; (5) a policy of purchase and sale of securities by managers, employees and the company; (6) a pricing manual for assets from the securities portfolios managed by such asset manager, even if the manual has been developed by a third party; and (7) a policy of apportionment and division of orders among the securities portfolios.

Form 20-F | 2023 100

 

Moreover, under CVM Resolution No. 21, asset management firms are forbidden from (1) making public assurances of profitability levels based on the historical performance of portfolio and market indexes; (2) modifying the basic features of the services they provide without following the prior appropriate procedures under the asset management agreement and regulations; (3) making promises as to future results of the portfolio; (4) contracting or granting loans on behalf of their customers, subject to certain exceptions set out in regulation; (5) providing a surety, corporate guarantee, acceptance or becoming a joint obligor in any other form, with respect to the managed assets; (6) neglecting, under any circumstances, customers’ rights and intentions; (7) trading the securities from the portfolios they manage with the purpose of obtaining brokerage revenue or rebates for themselves or third parties; or (8) subject to certain exceptions set out in the regulation, acting as a counterparty, directly or indirectly, to customers.

Insurance Brokerage Firms

Insurance brokerage firms, such as Nu Corretora de Seguros Ltda. (formerly known as Easy CS) must obtain SUSEP registration and authorization for their operations, pursuant to the rules in force and in accordance with Law No. 4,594 of December 29, 1964, as amended, or “Law No. 4,594/64,” and Decree-Law No. 73/66 (as well as regulation issued by the CNSP and SUSEP). The insurance broker, whether an individual or legal entity, is the intermediary legally authorized to solicit and promote insurance contracts accepted by the current legislation, between the insurance companies and individuals or public or private legal entities. Only duly qualified insurance brokers pursuant to Law No. 4,594/64 and applicable SUSEP and CNSP regulation that have executed an insurance tender shall be paid the brokerage fees related to each insurance line, based on the respective tariffs, including in case of adjustment to the issued premium.

Under the applicable regulation, insurance brokerage firms such as Nu Corretora de Seguros Ltda. (Easy CS) must provide evidence of the technical certification of their employees who act as brokers for offering, for example, insurance claims settlement services, direct sales of insurance, capitalization, open supplementary pension products and others. Such certification shall be provided by an institution of recognized technical capacity, duly accredited by SUSEP. In addition, insurance brokers are also required to appoint and include a technical officer in the statutory documents for the purpose of representing the entity before SUSEP and for it to be granted its operating license.

Insured persons and insurance firms can pursue civil action against insurance brokers for losses incurred as a result of intentional malfeasance or negligence caused by brokerage activity. In case of non-compliance with the regulatory rules, in addition to the legal sanctions, insurance brokers and managers are subject to fines, temporary suspension from the exercise of the profession or registration cancellation.

Crypto Exchange activities

In December 2022, the Brazilian National Congress approved Bill of Law No. 4,401/2021, which was sanctioned by the President as Law No. 14,478/2022 and establishes a legal framework for crypto services in Brazil. Moreover, the law sets guidelines for the provision of virtual asset services and for regulation of virtual asset service providers, or “VASPs,” which include, among others, free competition, protection of personal data, protection of popular savings, consumer protection, and anti-money laundering actions.

Form 20-F | 2023 101

 

Under the new law, VASPs are defined as legal entities that provide, on behalf of third parties, at least one of the following services: (i) exchange between virtual assets and domestic or foreign currency; (ii) exchange between one or more virtual assets; (iii) transfer of virtual assets; (iv) safe-keeping or management of virtual assets or instruments enabling a control over virtual assets; or (v) participation in financial services and the rendering of services in connection with an issue offering or sale of virtual assets.

In connection with Law No. 14,478/2022, Decree No. 11,563 was published on June 14, 2023, regulating the virtual assets market law and designating the Central Bank of Brazil as the authority in charge of regulating and overseeing this market within the scope of the said law, with authority to (i) regulate the provision of virtual asset services, (ii) regulate, authorize and oversee the VASPs, and (iii) deliberate on the other matters prescribed by said law, excluding the matters relating to the National Register of Politically Exposed Persons, or “CNPEP,” introduced by Law No. 14,478/2022. The decree stresses that the powers and authority of the CVM, tasked with regulating the issuance and offering of those virtual assets classified as securities under Law No. 6,385 of 1976, remain unchanged.

The decree came into effect on June 20, 2023, such also being the effective date of Law No. 14,478/2022, and will enable the Central Bank of Brazil to move forward with regulation of VASPs, which shall set a period of at least six months for VASPs to adapt to the new rules. In this respect, the Central Bank of Brazil issued the first Hearing No. 97/2023 on December 14, 2023, in order to obtain contributions and information from the market for the preparation of the relevant regulations.

Main Regulatory Authorities in Brazil

National Financial System

The main regulatory authorities in the Brazilian financial system are CMN, the Central Bank of Brazil and CVM. In addition, most Brazilian securities brokers, securities distributors and asset managers are associated with and subject to the self-regulatory rules issued by ANBIMA.

In addition, trading segments managed by B3 are self-regulated and supervised by BSM – Supervisão de Mercados, or “BSM,” a non-profit organization that forms part of the B3 group.

We present below a summary of the main duties and powers of each regulatory agent, ANBIMA and BSM.

CMN

CMN is the main monetary and financial policy authority in Brazil, responsible for creating financial, credit, budgetary and monetary rules.

Form 20-F | 2023 102

 

The current Brazilian banking and financial institutional system was established by Law No. 4,595 of December 31, 1964, as amended, or the “Banking Law.”

According to Banking Law, the CMN’s main responsibilities are to oversee the regular organization, operation and inspection of entities that are subject to the Banking Law, as well as the enforcement of applicable penalties. In addition, Law No. 4,728/65 delegates to the CMN the power to set general rules for underwriting activities for resale, distribution or intermediation in the placement of securities, including rules governing the minimum regulatory capital of the companies that contemplate the underwriting for resale and distribution of instruments in the market and conditions for registration of the companies or individual firms which contemplate intermediation activities in the distribution of instruments in the market. The CMN has the power to regulate credit transactions involving Brazilian financial institutions and Brazilian currency, supervise the foreign exchange and gold reserves of Brazil, establish saving and investment policies in Brazil and regulate the Brazilian capital markets. The CMN also oversees the activities of the Central Bank of Brazil, the CVM and SUSEP. Other CMN responsibilities include:

● coordinating monetary, credit, budget and public debt policies;

● establishing policies on foreign exchange and interest rates;

● seeking to ensure liquidity and solvency of financial institutions;

● overseeing activities related to the stock exchange markets;

● regulating the structure and operation of financial institutions;

● granting authority to the Central Bank of Brazil to issue currency and establish reserve requirement levels; and

● establishing general guidelines for the banking and financial markets.

Central Bank of Brazil

The activities of financial institutions are subject to limitations and restrictions. The Central Bank of Brazil is responsible for (1) implementing those CMN policies that are related to monetary, credit and foreign exchange control matters; (2) regulating Brazilian financial institutions in the public and private sectors; and (3) monitoring and regulating foreign investments in Brazil. The President of the Central Bank of Brazil is appointed by the President of Brazil (subject to ratification by the Senate) for a four-year term, always beginning on January 1 of the third year of the President of Brazil´s term in office.

The Banking Law delegated to the Central Bank of Brazil the responsibility of permanently overseeing companies that directly or indirectly interfere in the financial and capital markets, controlling such companies’ operations in the foreign exchange market through operational proceedings and various modalities, and supervising the relative stability of foreign exchange rates and balance of payments. In addition, Law No. 4,728/65 states that the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil shall exercise their duties related to the financial and capital markets with the purpose of, among other things, facilitating the public’s access to information related to bonds or securities traded in the market and on the companies that issue them, protecting investors against illegal or fraudulent issuances of bonds or securities, preventing fraud and manipulation modalities intended to create artificial conditions of the demand, supply or pricing of bonds or securities distributed in the markets and ensuring the observance of equitable commercial practices by all of those professionals who participate in the intermediation of the distribution or trading of bonds or securities. The Central Bank of Brazil has authority over brokerage firms, financial institutions, companies or individual firms performing underwriting for resale and distribution of bonds or securities, and maintains a record on, and inspects the transactions of, companies or individual firms that carry out intermediation activities in the distribution of bonds or securities, or which conduct, for any purposes, the prospecting of popular savings in the capital market.

Form 20-F | 2023 103

 

Other important responsibilities of the Central Bank of Brazil are as follows:

● controlling and approving the organization, operation, transfer of control and corporate reorganization of financial institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil;

● managing the daily flow of foreign capital and derivatives;

● establishing administrative rules and regulation for the registration of foreign investments;

● monitoring remittances of foreign currency;

● controlling the repatriation of funds (in case of a serious deficit in Brazil’s payment balance, the Central Bank of Brazil may limit remittances of profits and prohibit remittances of capital for a limited period);

● receiving compulsory collections and voluntary deposits in cash from financial institutions;

● executing rediscount transactions and granting loans to banking financial institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil;

● intervening in the financial institutions or placing them under special administrative regimes, and determining their compulsory liquidation; and

● acting as depositary of gold and foreign currency.

CVM

The CVM is a federal authority responsible for implementing the CMN’s policies related to the Brazilian capital market and for regulating, developing, controlling and inspecting the securities market.

The main responsibilities of the CVM are the following:

● regulating the Brazilian capital markets, in accordance with Brazilian corporation law and securities law;

Form 20-F | 2023 104

 

● setting rules governing the operation of the securities market;

● defining the types of financial institutions that may carry out activities in the securities market, as well as the kinds of transactions that they may perform and services that they may provide in such market;

● controlling and supervising the Brazilian securities market through, among others:

● the approval, suspension and delisting of publicly held companies;

● the authorization of brokerage firms to operate in the securities market and public offering of securities;

● the supervision of the activities of publicly held companies, stock exchange markets, commodities and futures markets, financial investment funds and variable income funds;

● the requirement of full disclosure of relevant events that affect the market, as well as the publication of annual and quarterly reports by publicly held companies;

● the imposition of penalties; and

● permanently supervising the activities and services of the securities market, as well as the dissemination of information related to the market and the amounts traded therein to market participants.

The CVM has jurisdiction to regulate and supervise financial investment funds and derivatives markets, a role previously fulfilled by the Central Bank of Brazil. Pursuant to Law No. 10,198 of February 14, 2001, as amended, and Law No. 10,303 of October 31, 2001, the regulation and supervision of both financial mutual funds and variable income funds and of transactions involving derivatives were transferred to the CVM. In compliance with Brazilian legislation, the CVM is managed by a President and four officers, all of whom are appointed by the President of the Republic (and approved by the Senate). The persons appointed to the CVM shall have strong reputations and be recognized as experts in the capital markets sector. CVM officers are appointed for a single term of office of five years, and one-fifth of the members shall be renewed on an annual basis.

Brazilian Payments System

Our activities carried out by Nu Pagamentos are subject to Brazilian laws and regulations relating to payment institutions set forth in Payments Law.

Payments Law gave the Central Bank of Brazil, in accordance with the guidelines set out by the CMN, and the CMN authority to regulate entities involved in the payments industry. Such authority covers matters such as the operation of these entities, authorization to operate, approval of appointed managers (directors and officers), risk management structures, the opening of payment accounts, and the transfer of funds to and from payment accounts. After the enactment of Payments Law, the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil created a regulatory framework regulating the operation of payment schemes and payment institutions, which are still evolving.

Form 20-F | 2023 105

 

In this regard, the main responsibilities of the Central Bank of Brazil in relation to the Brazilian payment system are the following:

● regulate the setup, operation and monitoring of payment institutions and payment schemes;

● authorize the setup of payment schemes;

● authorize the setup, operation, transfer of control, merger, spin-off and consolidation of payment institutions;

● set up the conditions and authorize the appointment of managers in payment institutions (directors and managers);

● supervise the payment institutions and payments schemes and apply sanctions when due;

● adopt preventive measures with a view to ensuring the soundness, efficiency and ongoing operation of payment schemes and of payment institutions;

● adopt measures aimed at greater competition, financial inclusion and transparency in the provision of payment services; and

● regulate the collection of fees, commissions or other consideration for payment services, including those charged among members of the same payment arrangement.

Pension and Insurance

SUSEP and CNSP

In Brazil, the regulation of insurance, co-insurance, retrocession, capitalization, supplementary pension schemes and brokerage is carried out by CNSP and SUSEP.

SUSEP is an independent agency in charge of implementing and conducting the policies established by CNSP and the supervision of insurance, co-insurance, retrocession, capitalization, supplementary pension schemes and brokerage. SUSEP neither regulates nor supervises (1) the supplementary pension entities that are regulated by the SPC; and (2) the operators of private healthcare assistance plans, which are regulated by ANS. With the enactment of Supplementary Law No. 126 on January 15, 2007, the CNSP and SUSEP are also responsible for the regulation of the Brazilian reinsurance market.

CNSP is made up of one representative of each one of the following bodies: Ministry of Social Security, the Central Bank of Brazil, Ministry of Economy, Ministry of Justice, the CVM and the superintendent of SUSEP – Private Insurance Authority.

Form 20-F | 2023 106

 

The supplementary insurance and pension sectors in Brazil are subject to overlapping regulations. Decree-Law No. 73 of November 21, 1966, as amended, sought to centralize the legislation and inspection activities in the sector by creating the National Private Insurance System – SNSP, composed of (1) CNSP; (2) SUSEP; (3) insurance companies duly authorized to operate in the private insurance market; (4) reinsurance companies; and (5) duly qualified and/or registered insurance brokers. CNSP is linked to the Ministry of Economy and its main roles include: establishing the guidelines and rules for the private insurance policy in Brazil; regulating the incorporation, organization, operations, and inspection of insurers, reinsurers, supplementary open pension funds, and capitalization companies, as well as establishing capital thresholds for such entities; establishing the general characteristics of insurance and reinsurance contracts; establishing general guidelines for insurance, reinsurance, supplementary open pension funds, and capitalization operations; establishing general accounting and statistical rules, as well as legal, technical, and investment limits for the operations of insurers, reinsurers, supplementary open pension funds, and capitalization companies; and regulating insurance and reinsurance broker activities and profession.

SUSEP’s main roles include: processing application requests of incorporation, organization, operations, and inspecting insurers, reinsurers, supplementary open pension funds, and capitalization companies; issuing instructions and circular letters in connection with the regulation of insurance, reinsurance, supplementary open pension funds, and capitalization operations, in accordance with CNSP guidelines; setting forth the conditions of insurance plans to be used by the insurer market; approving limits for the operations of supervised companies; authorizing the use and release of assets and amounts given in guaranty for technical provisions and discretionary capital; inspecting and implementing the general accounting and statistical rules set forth by CNSP; inspecting the operations of supervised companies; and conducting the liquidation of supervised companies.

Self-Regulatory Entities

ANBIMA

ANBIMA is a private self-regulatory association of investment banks, asset managers, securities brokers and investment advisers, which, among other responsibilities, establishes rules as well as codes of best practices for the Brazilian capital market, including punitive measures in case of non-compliance with its rules.

BSM

BSM conducts market surveillance by monitoring transactions, orders and trades executed in B3 trading environments, supervises market participants, provides compensation for losses up to a certain threshold and, if necessary, initiates punitive administrative proceedings and enforces sanctions against those who infringe the applicable regulations.

Form 20-F | 2023 107

 

Working in close collaboration with CVM and the Central Bank of Brazil, BSM acts to ensure that institutions and their professionals comply with market regulations, by:

● conducting market surveillance – BSM monitors all orders and trades in B3’s markets in order to identify signs of irregularities;

● auditing – BSM audits all B3 participants to ensure their compliance with the regulations and to identify possible violations of market rules;

● imposing punitive processes and other enforcement actions – when violations of regulations occur, BSM adopts guidance, persuasion or disciplinary measures such as letters of recommendation, letters of censure or administrative sanctioning proceedings, in accordance with the severity of the violation that has been identified; in addition, BSM can, in connection with administrative sanctioning proceedings, apply penalties to or enter into Terms of Commitment (termo de compromisso) with the accused;

● providing compensation for loss – BSM analyzes and adjudicates complaints presented to the Investor Compensation Mechanism, or “MRP”, which awards damages of up to R$120,000 to investors harmed by a B3 participant’s inappropriate activity; and

● facilitating market development – BSM develops education initiatives, rule enhancements and institutional relationships with market participants, regulatory bodies and international organizations.

APIMEC

APIMEC is a private self-regulatory association authorized by CVM to perform the certification and self-regulation of securities analysts (both individuals and legal entities), establishing rules, procedures and best practices that must be complied with by them in the performance of their activities.

Other Rules

Prudential Framework and Limits of Exposure

Financial Institutions

Financial institutions are subject to an extensive set of rules issued by CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil related to corporate capital, exposure limits and other solvency requirements that follow principles recommended by the Basel Committee, especially in view of the systemic risks associated with the relationship and activity of financial institutions. As such, CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil sought to guarantee the solvency of the National Financial System and mitigate systemic risks.

With this aim, CMN Resolution No. 2,099 of August 17, 1994, as amended, or “CMN Resolution No. 2,099,” established minimum corporate capital and net equity requirements for various types of financial institutions. For instance, the CMN set a minimum capital amount and net equity amount of R$1.5 million for a DTVM and for a CTVM, in the manner operated by Nu DTVM and NuInvest, and R$7.0 million for credit, financing and investment institutions, such as Nu Financeira.

Form 20-F | 2023 108

 

In accordance with the Basel Committee principles, other relevant prudential rules applicable to financial institutions are CMN Resolution No. 4,955 and CMN Resolution No. 4,958, both of October 21, 2021, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,955/21” and “CMN Resolution No. 4,958/21”, which consolidated the methodology for determining the reference equity, as well as minimum requirements for Tier I Capital and Core Capital and the ACP (as defined below).

According to CMN Resolution Nos. 4,955/21 and 4,958/21, the capital requirement standards are expressed as ratios of the capital available stated by the Total Capital, composed by the Tier I Capital (which comprises the Common Equity and Additional Tier I Capital) and Tier II Capital, and the risk-weighted assets, or “RWAs”. For purposes of calculating these minimum capital requirements, the total RWA is determined as the sum of the risk-weighted asset amounts for credit, market and operational risks.

The Total Capital, used to monitor the compliance with the operational limits imposed by the Central Bank of Brazil, is the sum of three items:

● Common Equity Tier 1: sum of social capital, reserves and retained earnings, less deductions and prudential adjustments.

● Additional Tier 1 Capital: consists of instruments of a perpetual nature that meet certain eligibility requirements. Together with Common Equity Tier I it makes up Tier I Capital.

● Tier 2 Capital: consists of subordinated debt instruments with defined maturity dates that meet certain eligibility requirements. Together with Common Equity Tier I and Additional Tier I Capital, it makes up Total Capital.

In accordance with applicable Brazilian regulations, we must maintain our Regulatory Capital, Tier 1 Capital and Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratios above the minimum regulatory requirements established at all times.

Beyond the minimum requirement, the Central Bank of Brazil rules call for Additional Common Equity Tier I Capital, or “ACP,” corresponding to the sum of the components ACP Conservation, ACP Countercyclical and ACP Systemic, which, jointly with the aforementioned requirements, increase capital requirements over time. The amount of each component and the minimum regulatory requirements are provided for in CMN Resolution 4,193.

On October 21, 2021, the CMN issued CMN Resolution No. 4,958, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,958/21,” which entered into force on January 3, 2022 and revoked Resolution No. 4,193/13 and other complementary regulations and consolidated the rules that provide for the minimum requirements of reference equity, tier I and principal capital and on the ACP.

The Central Bank of Brazil divides the financial institutions into five categories of risk, with S1 being the most systemically relevant financial institutions and S5 being the least systemically relevant financial institutions. In this sense, certain of aforementioned capital components are only applicable to financial institutions framed in the S1. CMN Resolution No. 4,557 of February 23, 2017, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,557,” unifies and expands Brazilian regulation on risk and capital management for financial institutions and other institutions licensed to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil. The rule is also an effort to incorporate recommendations from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision into Brazilian regulation. The rule states that risk management must be conducted through a unified effort by the relevant entity (i.e., not only must risks be analyzed on an individual basis, but financial institutions and other institutions licensed to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil must also control and mitigate adverse effects caused by the interaction of different risks). It also strengthened the rules and requirements related to risk management governance and expanded on the competence requirements and duties of the risk management officer.

Form 20-F | 2023 109

 

The rule sets out different structures for risk and capital management, which are applicable for different risk profiles set out in the applicable regulation. Consequently, less sophisticated financial institutions can have a simpler risk management structure, while institutions with more complexity must follow stricter protocols.

Capital Requirements for Operational Risks

On November 28, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil released Resolution No. 356, which replaced the three calculation methodologies for the calculation of the Risk Weighted Asset, or "RWA", component for operational risk, or “RWAOpad,” which was in use (BIA, or Basic Indicator Approach, ASA, or Alternative Standardized Approach, and ASA2, or Simplified Alternative Standardized Approach), with a single, more robust and risk-sensitive method, including an internal loss component that modulates the capital required. Res. 356 will come into effect by January 2025 and will be implemented gradually until 2028, and is the result of Public Consultation No. 94, or “ECP 94,” and incorporates international Basel III rules of capital requirements for operational risks according to the standardized approach, or "SA". Currently, Nu Pagamentos’s prudential conglomerate uses ASA methodology for the RWAopad calculation, as approved by the Central Bank of Brazil on December 29, 2023.

The aforementioned prudential conglomerate is led by Nu Pagamentos and is composed of Nu Financeira, Nu DTVM, NuInvest, NuPay and Nu Asset Management.

Other Regulatory Changes

Regarding internal models for credit risk, or “IRB,” the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 303 on March 16, 2023, which came into effect in July 2023. The new framework for IRB approaches aims to reduce their complexity, limit their scope and increase the comparability between institutions that adopt such framework. Among the changes established are the introduction of minimum standards for some parameters, reduction of the set of portfolios eligible for approaches and flexibility in the application process for the use of IRB approaches, which allows partial permanent adoption by specific portfolios.

On April 26, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 313, which will come into effect on July 1, 2024 and addresses the second phase of BCBS’ market risk framework (Fundamental Review of the Trading Book or “FRTB”), establishing the procedures for the daily calculation, using a standardized approach, of the portion of RWA related to the calculation of the capital required for exposures to the credit risk of financial instruments classified in the trading portfolio, or “RWADRC”. The changes provided by the rule include the separation of the calculation of capital requirement of exposures subject to credit risk classified in the trading book from those classified in the banking book, enabling the elimination of exposure protected by credit derivatives and encouraging institutions to include this hedging mechanism in their portfolios, in order to lower effective exposure to risk.

Form 20-F | 2023 110

 

Furthermore, on November 28, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Res. No. 352, which establishes accounting procedures and criteria applicable to financial instruments, hedge accounting, the components of financial instruments which constitute payments of principal and interest on the principal value for the purposes of classification of financial assets; and establish parameters to measure the expected loss associated with credit risk, including for setting minimum levels of allowance for expected losses associated with credit risk, among other matters.

In the same regard, CVM also set forth requirements on the preparation and disclosure of financial information, in Resolution No. 193, as of October 20, 2020. Res. CVM 193 came into effect on November 1, 2023 and establishes that publicly listed companies in Brazil, investment funds and securitization companies must prepare and disclose, subject to certain requirements, financial information reports related to sustainability and climate in accordance with international standards (IFRS S1 and IFRS S2) issued by the International Sustainability Standards Board, or ISSB. The compliance with such standards will become mandatory as of the fiscal years beginning on January 1, 2026.

Payment Institutions

As per Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 80, of March 25, 2021, licensed payment institutions are required to comply with minimum paid-in capital of R$2.0 million per category in which they act (in the case of issuers of post-paid payment instruments, issuers of electronic currency and acquirers); with regard to the PISP category, the required amount is reduced to R$1.0 million. In addition, payment institutions that participate exclusively in closed payment schemes as issuers of electronic currency and issuers of post-paid payment instruments must comply with a minimum paid-in capital of R$3.0 million.

Moreover, according to Central Bank of Brazil Resolutions No. 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 and 202, all of March 11, 2022, a new set of rules was introduced to harmonize the prudential treatment applicable to payment services. The new prudential requirements are expected to be enforceable according to an implementation calendar, with full implementation scheduled for January 2025. Prudential conglomerates integrated by at least one institution that performs a payment service are now classified into one of the following types:

● Type 1: prudential conglomerate led by a financial institution.

● Type 2: prudential conglomerate led by a payment institution and not integrated by a financial institution or any other institution authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil subject to the Banking Law or Law No. 10,194/01.

● Type 3: prudential conglomerate led by a payment institution and integrated by a financial institution or other institution authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil subject to the Banking Law or Law No. 10,194/01.

Form 20-F | 2023 111

 

According to the Central Bank of Brazil, the concept of regulatory capital applicable to payment institutions was modified in order to ensure a greater capacity to absorb unexpected losses. This treatment will consist of deducting from the regulatory capital calculation the assets of the institution that, in situations of financial stress, have little or no value for maintaining the operation of the institution, in addition to considering debt instruments eligible to compose the Tier I and Tier II Reference Equity.

Furthermore, these rules seek to adjust the minimum capital requirement according to the intrinsic risks of each type of activity (payment or financial activity) for Type 3 prudential conglomerates (which is the case for the conglomerate led by Nu Pagamentos), recognizing the peculiarities of payment services and their different legal status, and give specific prudential treatment to the risks arising from them. In this context, the Payment Services Risk Weighted Assets , or “RWA_SP,” was created as a component for the calculation of regulatory capital in Type 1 and Type 3 prudential conglomerates, encompassing the activities of merchant acquiring, issuance of electronic currency, issuance of post-paid payment instruments and payment transaction initiation.

With regard to prudential segmentation, this currently applies to Type 3 conglomerates such as ours. Based on their size and complexity, Type 3 conglomerates are classified between S2 and S5 and must comply with the prudential rules of the respective segment. As of the date of this annual report on Form 20-F, the conglomerate headed by Nu Pagamentos is included in the S3 segment. Nu Pagamentos may be classified as S2 in the first semester of 2024 but it has not yet been formalized. If that is the case, the S2 requirements are expected to be effectively apply to the Nu Pagamentos as of January 1, 2025. Internal teams are already working on all implementations needed, which involve preparation of new regulatory reports, new policies and procedures to be in place as well as new governance mechanisms.

Type 2 conglomerates, as they present less complexity and risk, are subject to simplified payments, simplified credit and simplified market components of their risk weighted assets, for the purposes of calculating regulatory capital. Type 1 conglomerates, on the other hand, will also have the RWA_SP component, with the exception of S1 institutions – in any case, these conglomerates are subject to specific rules to be changed by the CMN.

On May 12, 2022, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 229, which entered into effect on July 1, 2023, which improves and consolidates the procedures for the calculation of capital requirements in respect of exposures to credit risk through a standardized approach, or RWACPAD. It also replaced Circular No. 3,644, of March 4, 2013. The new prudential framework is more sensitive to credit risk, as Resolution No. 229 increases the granularity of the weights associated with the exposures to credit risk and refines the differentiation of the credit risk of each transaction. These changes align the Brazilian banking and finance regulations with the international best practice recommendations of the BCBS and integrate the framework known as “Basel III” into the Brazilian banking and finance regulations.

Form 20-F | 2023 112

 

As mentioned, with the edition of the new prudential rules we became a Type 3 conglomerate. In this context, the conglomerate led by Nu Pagamentos is currently subject to a minimum regulatory capital of US$1.4 billion (R$6.9 billion) as of December 31, 2023.

Regulation of Credit Cards and Prepaid Payment Accounts

On May 19, 2021, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 96, or “Resolution 96,” which amended and restated the rules relating to the opening of postpaid payment accounts (i.e., those used in products such as credit cards) and prepaid payment accounts, in addition to making the criteria for opening these accounts compatible with the rules applicable to the opening of deposit accounts (checking accounts). The rule came into force on March 1, 2022.

Among other measures, Resolution 96 eliminated the exhaustive list of minimum customer registration information for opening prepaid and postpaid payment accounts; each institution will now have discretion, subject to the Central Bank supervision, in order to determine what information it will require from the customer, depending on its profile. It also provided for new procedures with the goal of facilitating requests for prepaid and postpaid payment accounts to be closed.

In addition, Resolution 96: (i) revises the items that must be included in the invoices for postpaid payment accounts (i.e., credit cards), such as the need to include the total consolidated balance of contracted future obligations, such as installment purchases, credit operations and tariffs; (ii) defined minimum provisions that must be included in the account agreements; and (iii) mandated that the institution sends or makes available to the customer, by physical or electronic means, the credit card and the corresponding invoices, according to the form and channel chosen by the customer (among the options made available by the institution).

On December 21, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 365, which amended Resolution 96 and established requirements that should be added in the credit card bills and other postpaid instrument invoices, such as presenting information in an orderly form according to groups of information (i.e. highlighted area, payment alternatives and complementary information). This Resolution will enter into force on July 1, 2024.

Interchange Fees

Interchange fees consist of the compensation received by a payment instrument in connection with a processed payment transaction. They are set by the payment scheme settler and vary according to some criteria, including type of payment instrument and classification of the merchant (MCC).

Since October 1, 2018 and until April 1, 2023, in the case of domestic purchase transactions carried out with prepaid cards (i.e., those issued under payment schemes of deposit accounts), the interchange fee was limited by Central Bank of Brazil Circular No. 3.887/2018, which sets forth the maximum limits of (i) 0.5% for the average interchange fee, weighted by the value of the transactions; and (ii) 0.8% as the maximum amount to be applied in any transaction. Corporate cards and non-present transactions were excluded from the scope of the rule.

Form 20-F | 2023 113

 

On September 26, 2022 the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 246, effective as of April 1, 2023, which establishes limits to the interchange fee and settlement period for prepaid cards (i.e., those issued under payment schemes of prepaid payment accounts, such as the prepaid cards issued by Nu Pagamentos), after receiving comments from the market as a result of Public Consultation No. 89, launched on October 8, 2021.

Resolution No. 246, among other matters, imposes a maximum limit for the interchange fee levied on (a) all prepaid card transactions in Brazil to 0.7%; and (b) all prepaid card transactions to 0.5% which will impact our revenues from fee and commission income. Previously, prepaid card issuers were not subject to any interchange fees.

Compliance and Internal Controls

All Brazilian financial and payment institutions shall maintain internal guidelines and procedures to control their financial, operational and managerial information systems and shall comply with all the applicable legislation. CMN Resolution No. 4,595 of August 28, 2017, states that Brazilian financial institutions shall implement and maintain a compliance policy compatible with the nature, size, complexity, structure, risk profile and business model of the institution. Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 65 of January 26, 2021 sets forth similar rules for the Brazilian payment institutions.

On November 25, 2021, the CMN also issued Resolution No. 4,968, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,968/21”, which repealed, as of January 1, 2022, the previous CMN Resolution No. 2,554, of September 24, 1998, or “CMN Resolution No. 2,554/98”.

According to a statement released by CMN, CMN Resolution No. 2,554/98 was issued before the document from the Basel Committee Framework for Internal Control Systems in Banking Organizations, even though its provisions were essentially aligned with the precepts of this international document. In this context, with the enactment of CMN Resolution No. 4,968/21, the CMN deemed appropriate to update and improve certain rules concerning internal control systems, mainly in order to better adhere to internal standards and best internationally recognized practices. In particular, it sought adherence to the document published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), entitled Internal Control – Integrated Framework, in 2013.

In addition, CMN Resolution No. 4,968/21 also sought to enhance the responsibilities attributed to the senior management of financial institutions, especially to the board of directors, as well as to detail the responsibilities of the executive office. Furthermore, CMN Resolution 4,968/21 provides that financial institutions must designate an officer responsible for internal controls matters (who may perform other duties within the institution, as long as there is no conflict of interest). The obligation to appoint this new officer came into force on January 1, 2023.

Finally, it should be noted that CMN Resolution No. 4,968/21 expressly provides that its provisions do not apply to payment institutions. As of the date of this annual report, no equivalent rules applicable to payment institutions on this matter have been issued by the Central Bank of Brazil.

Form 20-F | 2023 114

 

Insolvency Regimes

Brazilian financial and payment institutions authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil are subject to the resolution regimes that the Central Bank of Brazil may apply, which are set forth in: (1) Brazilian Federal Law No. 6,024/74, which provides for intervention and extrajudicial liquidation; (2) Decree-Law No. 2,321/87, which provides for the temporary special administration regime (regime de administração especial temporária, or “RAET”); and (3) Brazilian Federal Law No. 9,447/97, which provides for the joint and several liability of controlling shareholders and the freezing of their assets, as well as for the liability of independent auditors. The provisions applicable to bankruptcy, set forth in Brazilian Federal Law No. 11,101/05, apply secondarily to the extrajudicial liquidation regime.

The Central Bank of Brazil is responsible for the establishment and monitoring of resolution regimes, also acting on the administrative level in appeals filed against decisions of the board, intervener or liquidator, or in the authorization of specific acts set forth by law. The Central Bank of Brazil is required to initiate an investigation to find the causes that resulted in the application of the special resolution regime and the liability of management, controlling shareholders, members of the fiscal council and independent auditors.

On January 31, 2024, the Central Bank of Brazil released Public Consultations No. 98/2024 and 99/2024 with regulatory proposals for the recovery and resolution planning process of financial institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil. The public consultations also aim to regulate the debate on the content, preparation and submission to the Central Bank of the Recovery and Organized Exit Plan (PRSO).

The proposals aim to promote greater adherence by Brazil to the best international practices regarding the resolution of financial institutions and to introduce a significant improvement in the way financial institutions prepare to face possible crisis situations, putting into practice more refined recovery and resolution planning. If approved, the proposals will require institutions to present consistent and testable strategies for re-establishing their viability in the events of recovery and irreversible viability. In the event of resolution, the orderly discontinuation of these institutions is intended to ensure the stability of the National Financial System (SFN), the Brazilian Payment System (SPB) and the real economy.

The proposed regulation is expected to apply to institutions in Segment S1, which, according to prudential regulations, is made up of banks with a size equal to or greater than 10% of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) or relevant international activity, and shall be applicable to all entities that are part of the prudential conglomerate and entities belonging to an economic group that perform core business lines, essential services, critical functions or critical services, and may be also extended to institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil that perform critical functions, as assessed by the Central Bank of Brazil.

Intervention

Pursuant to Brazilian Federal Law No. 6,024/74, the Central Bank of Brazil has the power to appoint an intervener to intervene in the operations of or to liquidate any financial or payment institution other than public financial institutions controlled by the Brazilian federal government. An intervention may be ordered at the discretion of the Central Bank of Brazil if any of the following is detected:

Form 20-F | 2023 115

 

● due to mismanagement, the institution has suffered losses leaving creditors at risk;

● the institution has consistently violated Brazilian banking laws or regulations; and

● such intervention constitutes a viable alternative to the liquidation of the institution.

Intervention may also be ordered upon the request of a financial or payment institution’s management, if its respective bylaws so authorize – with an indication of the causes of the request, without prejudice to civil and criminal liability in which the same administrators incur, by a false or malicious indication.

As of the date on which it is ordered, the intervention will automatically: (1) suspend the enforceability of payable obligations; (2) suspend maturity of any previously contracted obligations; and (3) freeze deposits existing on the date on which the intervention is ordered. The intervention period should not exceed six months, which may be extended only once for up to six additional months by the Central Bank of Brazil.

The intervention ceases: (1) if interested parties undertake to continue the economic activities of the institution, by presenting the necessary guarantees, as determined by the Central Bank of Brazil, (2) when the situation of the institution is normalized, as determined by the Central Bank of Brazil, or (3) when extra-judicial liquidation or bankruptcy of the entity is ordered.

Extrajudicial Liquidation

The purpose of the extrajudicial liquidation is to withdraw the relevant institution from the Brazilian financial and payment system, primarily in case of irrecoverable insolvency. The extrajudicial liquidation may also apply in cases of severe infractions, among other events pursuant to applicable law.

Under the extrajudicial liquidation regime, the institution’s activities are interrupted, and all obligations are deemed due. Lenders are then submitted to a classification process based on the order of preference set forth by Brazilian Federal Law No. 11,101/05. This regime seeks the liquidation of existing assets to pay lenders.

The liquidator appointed by the Central Bank of Brazil has ample administration and liquidation powers, especially regarding the assessment and rating of credit. The liquidator may appoint and dismiss employees, determine their compensation, grant and terminate powers-of-attorney, propose actions and represent the institution in court or out of court. Under specific circumstances set forth by law, certain acts performed by the liquidator require the authorization of the Central Bank of Brazil, including to complete pending business, pledge or sell assets and file for bankruptcy.

The extrajudicial liquidation ceases: (1) if the interested parties, presenting the required guarantees, proceed with the economic activities of the institution; (2) upon conversion into an ordinary liquidation, conducted by the institution itself, pursuant to private law, without the participation of the Central Bank of Brazil; (3) upon the approval of the final accounts of the liquidator and relevant write-off in the competent public registry; or (4) in case of adjudication of bankruptcy of the institution. Only the liquidator can file for bankruptcy, subject to the authorization of the Central Bank of Brazil. Bankruptcy may be granted if the assets of the institution are not sufficient to cover at least half of the unsecured credit, or in case of grounded evidence of bankruptcy crimes.

Form 20-F | 2023 116

 

Temporary Special Administration Regime, or "RAET"

The RAET is a resolution regime that does not interrupt or suspend the usual activities of institutions. RAET’s main effects include the removal of members of management from office and their replacement by a board or legal entity specialized in the area, with ample management powers.

The Central Bank of Brazil determines the duration of the RAET. Depending on the circumstances of each case, the RAET ceases: (1) if the Brazilian government takes over the control of the institution due to social interest; (2) in the event of conversion, merger, consolidation, spin-off or transfer of the institution’s control; (3) once the institution resumes its usual activities; or (4) upon the adjudication of extrajudicial liquidation of the institution.

The foregoing list of laws and regulations to which we are subject is not exhaustive and the regulatory framework governing our operations changes continuously. Although we do not believe that compliance with future laws and regulations related to the payment processing industry and our business will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, the enactment of new laws and regulations may increasingly affect the operation of our business, directly and indirectly, which could result in substantial regulatory compliance costs, litigation expense, adverse publicity, the loss of revenue and decreased profitability.

Repayment of Creditors in a Liquidation or Bankruptcy

Pursuant to the provisions of the Brazilian Federal Law No. 11,101/05, in the event of extrajudicial liquidation or bankruptcy of a financial or payment institution, creditors are paid pursuant to a system of priorities. Pre-petition claims are paid on a pro-rata basis in the following order:

● labor claims, capped at an amount equal to 150 times the minimum wages per employee, and claims relating to labor accidents;

● secured claims up to the encumbered asset value;

● tax claims, regardless of their nature and commencement of time, except tax penalties;

● claims with special privileges;

● claims with general privileges;

● unsecured claims;

● contractual fines and pecuniary penalties for breach of administrative or criminal laws, including those of a tax nature; and

● subordinated claims.

Form 20-F | 2023 117

 

Super-priority and post-petition claims (for example, costs related to the liquidation or bankruptcy procedure), as defined under the Brazilian Federal Law No. 11,101/05, are paid with preference over pre-petition claims.

Anti-Money Laundering

Law No. 9,613 of March 3, 1998, as amended by Law No. 12,683 of July 9, 2012, or the “Anti-Money Laundering Law,” plays a major regulatory role in the oversight of banking and payment activities in Brazil. The Anti-Money Laundering Law sets forth the rules and the penalties to be imposed upon persons engaging in activities that constitute “laundering” or the concealing of property, cash or assets acquired or resulting from any kind of criminal activity. Such regulation further prohibits individuals from using the financial and payment systems for the aforementioned illicit acts.

Pursuant to the Anti-Money Laundering Law, banks, financeiras, securities brokers, securities distributors, asset managers, leasing companies, payment institutions, insurance brokers, among others, must: (1) identify and maintain up-to-date records of their customers; (2) keep up-to-date records of all transactions involving securities, bonds, credit, financial instruments, metals or any asset that if converted into cash exceed the amount set forth by the competent authorities, and which shall be in accordance with the instruction issued by these authorities; (3) adopt AML internal control policies and procedures that are compatible with the size of the company; (4) register and maintain up-to-date records with the appropriate regulatory agency; (5) comply with Conselho de Controle de Atividades Financeiras, or “COAF,” requests and obligations; (6) pay special attention to any transaction that, in light of the provisions set forth by competent authorities, may indicate the existence of a money laundering crime; (7) report all suspicious transactions to COAF; and (8) confirm to the applicable regulatory agency that no offending transactions have occurred.

Brazil’s AML law specifies the acts that may constitute a crime and the required measures to prevent such crimes. It also prohibits the concealment or dissimulation of the origin, location, availability, handling or ownership of assets, rights or financial resources directly or indirectly originated from crimes, and subjects the agents of these illegal practices to imprisonment, temporary disqualification from managing enterprises up to 10 years and monetary fines.

Central Bank of Brazil Circular No. 3,978, of January 23, 2020 (which came into force on October 1, 2020, or “Circular 3,978/20”), as amended by Resolution No. 119, of July 27, 2021 (which came into force on September 1, 2021), adopts a risk-based approach for dealing with money laundering and terrorist financing prevention, so that regulated institutions have the discretion to determine which procedures will be adopted for each customer, based on the internal risk assessment concerning the committing of crimes relating to money laundering and terrorism financing latent in their business. Circular 3,978/20 requires financial and payment institutions to (1) identify customers, including obtaining information about the customer’s place of residence, in the case of a natural person, or the location of the head office or branch, in the case of a legal entity; (2) record transactions; (3) monitor events and report them to COAF; (4) conduct business with politically exposed persons; (5) establish and maintain relationships with financial institutions and foreign correspondents; (6) train employees; and (7) appoint an officer responsible for the implementation and enforcement of these measures. Circular No. 3.978/20 also incorporates regulations issued by the CVM on investment funds and non-resident investors, as well as regarding investment clubs, and investment funds organized as closed condominiums. Finally, in the case of operations using cash resources carried out through a cash transport company, the transport company is now considered the holder of the resources and will be identified by registering the tax registration number and the firm or corporate name.

Form 20-F | 2023 118

 

Along the same lines, Resolution No. 50 of August 31, 2021 issued by CVM, which came into force on October 1, 2021, establishes, among other obligations, that persons who engage in, on a permanent or occasional basis, as a main or ancillary activity, cumulatively or not, the custody, issuance, distribution, settlement, trade, intermediation, consultancy or management of bonds or securities, and independent audit within the scope of the stock exchange market must adopt rules, procedures and internal controls, also taking a risk-based approach, in accordance with previously and expressly established procedures to confirm the registration information of its customers, keep such information updated and monitor the transactions carried out thereby, so as to prevent the use of the account by third parties and identify the end beneficiaries of the transactions. These entities are also required to establish policies of anti-money laundering, terrorism financing and the financing of the proliferation of mass destruction weapons (PLD/FTP), of internal risk assessment and of internal rules, procedures and controls. Moreover, along the same lines of the provisions of the regulations of the Central Bank of Brazil, such entities shall also identify and closely monitor the business relations maintained with politically exposed persons.

The COAF was created by the Anti-Money Laundering Law and was reviewed and changed in 2020 by Federal Law No. 13,974/2020. COAF’s purpose is to verify, examine, identify and apply administrative penalties to any suspicious or unlawful activities related to money laundering in Brazil, without prejudice to the jurisdiction of other bodies and entities, as well as report suspicious activities to the prosecutors and the police. COAF has a key role in Brazil’s AML and counter-terrorism financing system, and it is legally liable for the coordination of the mechanisms for international cooperation and information exchange.

Sharing Information on Signs of Fraud

On October 4, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 343, or “ Resolution 343/2023”, establishing the necessary measures for sharing data and information on signs of fraud as referred to in CMN and Central Bank of Brazil Joint Resolution No. 6, of May 23, 2023, or “Joint Resolution 6/2023”.

Joint Resolution 6/2023 sets forth the requirements for sharing data and information on signs of fraud. In addition, Resolution 343/2023 establishes that financial institutions, payment institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil should consider signs of actual or attempted fraud at least in the following activities: (i) opening deposit accounts or payment accounts; (ii) providing payment services; (iii) maintaining deposit accounts or payment accounts; and (iv) contracting credit transactions.

Form 20-F | 2023 119

 

The new rules also establish the minimum set of data and information that must be retained. In this context, records containing signs of actual or attempted fraud must contain (i) the identification of whoever perpetrated or attempted to perpetrate the fraud; (ii) a description of the signs of actual or attempted fraud; (iii) details of the institution responsible for recording the information; and (iv) details of the recipient account and its holder, if the activity is a payment service.

Fraud Prevention in the Provision of Payment Services

Resolution No. 142, issued by the Central Bank of Brazil on September 32, 2021, sets forth measures to be adopted by institutions to prevent fraud in the provision of payment services by financial institutions, other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil, and payment institutions that are members of the SPB. According to the resolution, such institutions shall limit to a maximum of R$1,000 per deposit account or prepaid payment, the provision of payment services for the period from 8:00 pm to 6:00 am. Such limit may be changed at the customer’s request, formalized in the channels of electronic service; however, the institution must establish a minimum period of 24 hours to carry out the increase.

Subject to the schedule provided for in the resolution, institutions must implement: (i) procedures intended for the evaluation of the customer prior to the offer of anticipation service of the settlement of receivables on the same date as the transaction under a payment arrangement of which participate; and (ii) daily records of the occurrences of fraud or attempted fraud in the provision payment services, including the corrective measures adopted. Based on these records, institutions must prepare a monthly report consolidating the occurrences and preventive and corrective measures adopted. This report should be forwarded to the audit and risk committees, the internal audit, the board of executive officers and the board of directors, if any.

Politically Exposed Persons

Pursuant to Circular 3,978/20 and CVM Resolution No. 50, payment and financial institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil or the CVM are required to obtain sufficient information from their customers to identify any Politically Exposed Persons from their customer base and monitor their transactions accordingly. In general terms, said rules define Politically Exposed Persons as any government agent who in the last five years has held or is holding, in Brazil or in foreign territories, relevant government positions, jobs or public office, as well as their representatives, family members and other closely related persons, and specifically list which government agents and persons fall under the definition of Politically Exposed Persons. This list must always be considered by financial and payment institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil or the CVM. They also establish that the internal procedures developed and implemented by the payment and financial institutions and other institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil or the CVM, subject to such regulation, must be structured to enable the identification of Politically Exposed Persons and the origin of the funds for such customers’ transactions.

Form 20-F | 2023 120

 

Transactions with Related Parties

The Banking Law restricts financial institutions from conducting credit transactions with related parties. Pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 4,693 of October 29, 2018, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,693,” the following persons are considered related parties of a financial institution for the purpose of such restriction:

1. its controlling shareholders (individuals or legal entities), pursuant to Article 116 of Law No. 6,404/76;

2. its officers and members of statutory or contractual bodies;

3. spouses, partners and blood relatives up to the second degree of individuals specified in items 1 and 2;

4. its individual shareholders with stakes equal to or greater than 15% in its capital; and

5. its legal entities:

(i) with stakes equal to or greater than 15% in the financial institutions’ corporate capital;

(ii) in which capital, directly or indirectly, the financial institution holds stakes equal to or greater than 15%;

(iii) in which the financial institution holds effective operational control or relevance in the deliberations, regardless of the equity interest held; and

(iv) with a common officer or board member in relation to the financial institution.

Notwithstanding the general restrictions, the following credit transactions with related parties are allowed: (1) transactions carried out under market-compatible conditions, without additional benefits or privileges when compared to transactions executed with other customers of the same profile of the respective institutions; (2) transactions performed with companies controlled by the Federal Government, in the case of federal public financial institutions; (3) credit transactions whose counterparty is a financial institution that is part of the same prudential conglomerate, provided that they contain a contractual subordination clause, subject to the provisions of item V of art. 10 of the Banking Law, in the case of banking financial institutions; (4) interbank deposits; (5) obligations assumed between related parties as a result of liability imposed on clearinghouse participants or providers of clearing and settlement services authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil or by the CVM; and (6) other cases authorized by CMN Resolution No. 4,693.

According to CMN Resolution No. 4,693, as of April 1, 2019, all financial institutions must adopt internal policies regulating transactions with related parties.

Brazil Law No. 7,492 enacted on June 16, 1986, which regulates crimes against Brazil’s National Financial System, criminalized the extension of credit by a financial institution to related parties in the cases not allowed by the Banking Law and CMN Resolution No. 4,693.

Form 20-F | 2023 121

 

Punitive Sanctions

Legal violations under Brazilian payments, banking and/or securities laws may lead to administrative, civil and criminal liability. Offenders may be prosecuted under all three legal theories separately, before different courts and regulatory authorities, and face different sanctions with respect to the same legal offense.

Law No. 13,506, Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 131 of August 20, 2021, and CVM Instruction No. 607 of June 18, 2019, regulate administrative sanctioning proceedings as well as the various penalties, consent orders, injunctive measures, fines and administrative settlements imposed by the Central Bank of Brazil and the CVM.

Law No. 13,506 is noteworthy, as it:

● sets fines imposed by the Central Bank of Brazil of up to R$2 billion or 0.5% of the entity’s revenue, arising from services and financial products provided in the year prior to the violation;

● limits fines imposed by the CVM to the greater of the following amounts: R$50 million, twice the value of the irregular transaction, three times the amount of the economic gain improperly obtained or loss improperly avoided, or twice the damage caused by the irregular conduct. Repeat offenders may be subject to treble the amounts above;

● provides for the suspension, disqualification and prohibition from engaging in certain activities or transactions in the banking or securities market for a period of up to 20 years;

● temporarily bans offending individuals from serving in any managerial capacity for financial institutions;

● imposes coercive or precautionary fines of up to R$100,000 per day, subject to a maximum period of 30 days in punitive fines;

● defines the scope of the Central Bank of Brazil’s regulatory authority;

● prohibits the offending institutions themselves from participating in the markets;

● provides for a penalty of “public admonition” in place of “warning”, imposed by the Central Bank of Brazil;

● empowers the Central Bank of Brazil to enter into cease-and-desist commitments;

● empowers the Central Bank of Brazil and the CVM to enter into administrative agreements;

● provides the CVM with the authority to ban the accused from contracting with official Brazilian financial institutions and participating in public bidding processes for a period of up to five years; and

● redefines related party transactions.

Form 20-F | 2023 122

 

Penalties may be aggregated, and are calculated based on the following factors:

● gains obtained or attempted to be gained by the offender;

● economic capability to comply;

● severity of the offense;

● actual losses;

● any recurrence of the offense; and

● the offender’s cooperativeness with the investigation.

Law No. 7,492 provides a legal framework to hold controlling shareholders, officers and managers of a financial institution criminally liable. The regime under Law No. 7,492 also covers interventionists, liquidators and real estate managers, in the context of interventions, extrajudicial liquidation or bankruptcy, respectively. Those found criminally liable under Law No. 7,492 will be subject to detention and/or pecuniary fines.

Law No. 6,385 also imposes imprisonment and/or fines for banking or securities infractions.

Internal Auditing

CMN Resolution No. 4,879 of December 23, 2020 (applicable to financial institutions) and Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 93, of May 6, 2021 (applicable to payment institutions) provide for rules governing internal audits at financial institutions and others authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil. Pursuant to such rules, financial and payment institutions must implement and maintain internal audit functions compatible with the nature, size, complexity, structure, risk profile and business model of the respective institution. Such activity must be the responsibility of: (i) a specific department in the institution or institutions that are part of its financial conglomerate, directly subordinated to the board of directors or, if one does not exist, the board of executive officers; or (ii) an independent auditor provided that such independent auditor is not in charge of auditing the institution’s financial statements or any other activity that may create a conflict of interest.

Independent Auditors and Audit Committee

Pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 4,910 of May 27, 2021 as amended, or “CMN Resolution No. 4,910”, all financial institutions must be audited by independent auditors. The financial institutions may only hire independent auditors registered with the CVM and certified as experts in banking analysis by the Central Bank of Brazil. After such auditors have issued opinions auditing the financial statements of a certain financial institution for up to five complete and consecutive fiscal years, the Auditor’s team including managers, supervisors or any members with managerial positions, must be replaced. Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 130, of August 20, 2021, which entered into force on January 1, 2022, or “Resolution No. 130”, applicable to payment institutions, also contains provisions in this regard.

Form 20-F | 2023 123

 

CMN Resolution No. 4,910 and Resolution No. 130, respectively, require financial institutions (and other institutions licensed to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil) and payment institutions to implement an individual audit committee or a unified audit committee for its conglomerate, as the case may be, if they (1) are registered as a publicly-held company; (2) are leaders of a prudential conglomerate classified in Segment 1 (S1), Segment 2 (S2) or Segment 3 (S3), according to specific regulations; or (3) meet the criteria set forth in the specific regulation classified as S1, S2 and S3.

Ombudsman

Pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 4,860 and Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 28, both issued on October 23, 2020, financial and payment institutions, respectively, must (i) create an ombudsman department (individually for the institution or unified for its conglomerate) compatible with the nature and complexity of the institutions’ products, services, activities, processes and systems to establish an independent communication channel with their customers; and (ii) appoint individuals as an ombudsman and an ombudsman officer (who can also be the ombudsman themself).

The following are the ombudsman department’s main responsibilities: (1) receiving, recording, instructing, analyzing and providing formal and adequate attention to claims from customers and users of the institution’s products and services; (2) providing clarification regarding the status of a claim and information as to when a response is expected to be given; (3) sending a final answer within the applicable deadline; (4) keeping the board of directors or, if one does not exist, the board of executive officers, informed of the problems and shortcomings detected in the performance of its duties and the results of the actions taken by the institution’s officers to resolve them; and (5) preparing and sending, to the internal audit department, to the audit committee (if one exists), and to the board of directors (or if one does not exist, to the board of executive officers), a semiannual quantitative and qualitative report on the ombudsman department’s activities and its performance.

Whistleblowing Hotline

Pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 4,859, of October 23, 2020, financial institutions and other institutions licensed to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil are required to have a whistleblower hotline (canal de denúncias), through which their employees, customers, contractors, users and/or suppliers may anonymously report situations involving potential illicit activities of any nature related to the institution’s activities. Accordingly, financial institutions are required to appoint a responsible department for forwarding all reported events to the appropriate departments for further handling. This department is also required to prepare reports semi-annually detailing, at least, the following information relating to each reported event: (1) number of reported events and their nature; (2) the departments that handled them; and (3) the average timeframe and relevant measures adopted to solve them. Such reports must be (1) approved by the board of directors of the institution or, if one does not exist, the institution’s board of executive officers; and (2) made available to the Central Bank of Brazil for at least 5 years.

Form 20-F | 2023 124

 

Foreign Investment in Brazilian Financial Institutions

According to Decree No. 10,029 of September 26, the execution of direct or indirect foreign investments in voting or non-voting equity interest in Brazilian financial institutions by any individual or legal entity, regardless of the nationality, requires prior approval of the Central Bank of Brazil. Following the enactment of Decree No. 10,029, the Central Bank of Brazil published, on January 22, 2020, Circular No. 3,977, generally recognized as an interest of the Brazilian government in the foreign holding of equity or increase in equity interest in any financial institution headquartered in Brazil (which is still subject to the same requirements and procedures applicable to the acquisition of equity in any Brazilian financial institution), as well as the opening of any local branch of foreign financial institutions.

Until the enactment of such rules, the execution of such investments was subject to the enactment of a specific presidential decree on a case-by-case basis.

Corporate Interest Held by Financial Institutions in Other Legal Entities

Pursuant to CMN Resolution No. 5,043 of November 25, 2022, financial institutions may only hold, directly or indirectly, equity interest in other legal entities (incorporated locally or offshore) that supplement or subsidize their activities, provided that they obtain prior authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil and that the invested entity does not hold, directly or indirectly, equity of the referred financial institution. However, this requirement does not apply to (1) equity interests typically held in the investment portfolios by investment banks, development banks, development agencies (agências de fomento) and multiservice banks with investment or development portfolios; and (2) temporary local equity interests not registered as permanent assets and not subject to consolidation by the financial institution.

Change of Corporate Control and Qualified Equity Interest

Pursuant to the provisions of CMN Resolution No. 4,970/21 (for financial institutions, such as Nu Financeira, and securities dealers and brokerage firms, such as Nu DTVM and NuInvest) and the provisions of Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 81 of March 24, 2021 (for payment institutions, such as Nu Pagamentos), or “Resolution 81/21”, the change, transfer or modification of the control of financial or payment institutions authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil must be submitted to the prior approval of the Central Bank of Brazil in accordance with the above mentioned regulations and such change, transfer or modification shall only be effected after such approval is duly obtained.

In addition, pursuant to the above mentioned rules, if an individual or legal entity acquires, directly or indirectly, a qualified equity interest (i.e., 15% or more of the voting equity interest or 10% or more of the total equity interest) or expands qualified equity interest previously acquired, the Central Bank of Brazil shall be notified of such an acquisition or expansion of interest and has the right to request documents and information, as well as order that the acquisition be regular or undone in case of any irregularities.

Form 20-F | 2023 125

 

Open Finance

According to CMN and Central Bank of Brazil Joint Resolution No. 1 of May 4, 2020, Open Finance is the standardized sharing of data, products and services by financial institutions, payment institutions and other institutions licensed to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil, at their customers’ discretion, through the opening and integration of their systems. Therefore, Open Finance is considered by the Central Bank of Brazil as an important tool for innovation in the financial and payments markets, and is expected to make such sectors more efficient, inclusive and competitive.

On 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued the following rules for the Open Finance implementation: (i) Resolution No. 294 (which came into effect on April 1, 2023): established, among other things, technical requirements, and operational procedures for the Open Finance implementation, mainly related to the scope of the monitoring function assigned to the governance structure responsible for it; (ii) Joint Resolution No. 7 (which came into effect on October 30, 2023): simplified the process of renewing consents for data sharing in Open Finance, allowing participating institutions, such as us, to offer longer terms than the current 12-month limit for data sharing, while maintaining the provision allowing clients to revoke their consent at any time; and (iii) Normative Instruction No. 441 (which came into effect on March 1, 2024): created monitoring and performance rules, and reinforced the need to simplify customer experience in Open Finance, mainly by adoption of a minimum conversion rate for data sharing and payment initiation.

Open Finance is under gradual legal, operational and technological development and implementation in Brazil, according to certain stages defined by the Central Bank of Brazil, which are still ongoing. Consequently, some of the applicable requirements and standards that will need to be complied with by Open Finance participants are still under discussion and preparation by a self-regulatory body created specifically for this purpose, as well as by the Central Bank of Brazil itself.

Instant Payment System

In 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil launched Pix, a real-time payment and transfer system designed to foster innovation, expand payment methods, and meet the needs of end-users. Pix is an open ecosystem that various types of payment service providers can join, and participation is mandatory for financial and payment institutions authorized by the Central Bank of Brazil that have more than 500,000 active customer accounts.

The Central Bank of Brazil is currently developing new tools to be integrated with Pix, enabling new possibilities for its use in different contexts. These new functionalities include Pix Collection (Pix Cobrança), Pix Withdraw / Pix Change (Pix Saque / Pix Troco), and Scheduled Pix (Pix Agendado), with Automated Pix (Pix Automático) and Guaranteed Pix (Pix Garantido) currently under development. These features aim to promote competitiveness and innovation in the payment segment, and to reduce costs and improve user experience, as Pix has been widely adopted by Brazilian consumers in the last few years.

Foreign Exchange

Law No. 14.286, or “New Foreign Exchange Law”, encompasses provisions regarding Brazilian capital abroad and foreign capital in the country. The main purpose of the New Foreign Exchange Law was to provide for the liberalization of Brazil’s FX market, which faced a lot of regulatory complexity as well as certain inconsistencies, to modernize the system and enhance innovation and competition, and all of which had a positive impact on the attraction of foreign capital, both for investment in the financial and capital markets and for direct investment, including long-term investments and investments in infrastructure projects and concessions. It also contributed to the greater international use of the Brazilian Real, facilitating the use of the domestic currency in international financial operations, such as the permission for the entry and remittance of payment orders in Brazilian Reais from Brazilian Reais denominated accounts of foreign institutions held in banks in the country.

Form 20-F | 2023 126

 

The new legislation, with 29 articles and updated language, is more concise and consolidated more than 40 legal provisions issued over the last 100 years, bringing a higher level of legal certainty to the matters considered. It also encouraged the reduction of operational and legal structures of participants in the foreign exchange market, with increased efficiency in operations and in information sharing with the Central Bank of Brazil. It allows Brazilian financial institutions to allocate, invest and use the funds they raise, in Brazil and abroad, to carry out credit and financing transactions, both in Brazil and abroad, provided that the regulatory and prudential requirements established by the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil be observed. It also changed the scope of the rules for transactions carried out by individuals, such as the permission to trade foreign currency between individuals on an occasional, non-professional basis, with a limit of up to US$ 500. The amount which travelers, entering or leaving Brazil, must declare they have in cash was also increased to US$ 10,000, or its equivalent in other currencies.

CMN Resolution No. 5,042 and Central Bank of Brazil Resolutions No. 277, 278, 279, 280 and 281 that came into force on December 31, 2022 establish general guidelines applicable to foreign exchange transactions. Resolution No. 277 establishes rules for the inflow and outflow of Brazilian Reais and foreign currency and other matters, including the possibility of payment institutions to file for authorization to operate in the foreign exchange market.

On October 17, 2023, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution No. 348, which came into effect on November 1, 2023. This rule amends prior rules, provides, among other matters, that the execution of simultaneous foreign exchange transactions will no longer be required for foreign direct investments and granting of loans to foreign investors when there is no actual flow of funds involved in the underlying transaction, subject to other conditions as provided in Resolution No. 348. Foreign exchange transactions must still be followed in investments performed by non-resident investors in the Brazilian capital and finance markets.

E-Commerce, Data Protection and Taxes

In addition to regulations affecting digital payment schemes, we are also subject to laws relating to Internet activities, e-commerce and data protection, as well as tax laws and other regulations applicable to Brazilian companies generally. Internet activities in Brazil are regulated by Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,965/14, as amended, known as the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the Internet, which embodies a substantial set of rights of Internet users, and obligations relating to Internet service providers. This law exempts intermediary platforms from liability for user- generated content in certain cases. On the other hand, this law provides for penalties (including fines) in case of non-compliance.

Form 20-F | 2023 127

 

The laws and regulations applicable to the Brazilian digital payments industry and to the offering of financial services are subject to ongoing interpretation and change, and our digital payments business may become subject to regulation by other authorities. For further information on the risks relating to the regulation of business, please see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—We are subject to extensive regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight as a digital banking platform and as a payment institution. Compliance with or violation of present or future regulations could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.”

Consumer Protection Laws

We are subject to several laws and regulations designed to protect consumer rights, most importantly, Brazilian Federal Law No. 8,078/90, as amended, (Código de Defesa do Consumidor, or the “Consumer Protection Code”), which sets forth the legal principles and requirements applicable to consumer relations in Brazil. This law regulates, among other things, commercial practices, product and service liability, strict liability of the supplier of products or services, reversal of the burden of proof to the benefit of consumers as the hypo sufficient party, the joint and several liability of all companies within the supply chain, abuse of rights in contractual clauses, and advertising and information on products and services offered to the public. The Consumer Protection Code further establishes consumers’ rights to access and modify personal information collected about them and stored in private databases. These consumer protection laws could result in substantial compliance costs.

Customer and User Relations

Resolution No. 155/2021, or “Resolution 155,” sets forth rules and procedures regarding the relationship with customers and users of products and services by payment institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil, with the objective of ensuring a fair and equitable treatment at all stages of the relationship with provider institutions of financial services and payments, as well as a convergence of the providers interests with those of their consumers.

Pursuant to Resolution 155, payment institutions shall (i) draft and implement an institutional policy for their relationship with customers, which consolidates guidelines, strategic objectives and organizational values so that its activities are guided by ethical principles, accountability, transparency and diligence; (ii) appoint an officer responsible for compliance with the obligations provided for in Resolution 155; and (iii) observe transparency and suitability rules. All these requirements are aligned with the requirements already foreseen for financial institutions, as per CMN Resolution No. 4,949, entered into force on March 1, 2022.

Data Privacy and Protection

With regard to compliance with data protection regulations, besides the Brazilian Federal Constitution, we are subject to the Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the Internet, the Consumer Protection Code, Bank Secrecy Law and LGPD. We are also subject to intellectual property rules, and to tax laws and related obligations such as the rules governing the sharing of customer information with tax and financial authorities. It is unclear whether the tax and regulatory authorities would seek to obtain information regarding our customers. Any such request could come into conflict with the data protection rules, which could create risks for our business.

Form 20-F | 2023 128

 

The Brazilian Civil Rights Framework for the Internet establishes principles, guarantees, rights and duties for the use of the Internet in Brazil, including regulation about data privacy for Internet users.

In September 2020, the LGPD was entered into force, and its administrative sanctions provisions became effective in August 2021 under the Brazilian Federal Law No. 14,010/20. The LGPD establishes detailed rules to be observed in the maintenance and processing of personal data and provides, among other measures, rights to the data subjects, cases in which the processing of personal data is allowed, obligations and requirements relating to security incidents involving personal data and the transfer and sharing of personal data. It also establishes penalties for non-compliance with its provisions, ranging from a warning and exclusion of personal data processed in an irregular way to fines or the prohibition from processing personal data. The LGPD also authorizes the creation of the ANPD, an authority that oversees compliance with the rules on data protection. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Privacy and Cybersecurity—Unauthorized disclosure of, improper access to, or destruction or modification of data through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise, or disruptions to our systems or services, could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.”

Bank Secrecy

Brazilian financial and payment institutions are subject to bank secrecy rules, pursuant to Supplementary Law No. 105, of January 10, 2001, and CMN Resolution No. 4,282, of November 4, 2013. Such institutions are required to maintain the secrecy of their active and passive transactions and services provided, except for certain events, including, but not limited to: (1) disclosure of confidential information upon the express consent of the interested parties or when requested by judicial authorities; (2) exchange of information between financial institutions for recording purposes; (3) remittance of record information to credit protection agencies related to drawers of bad checks and borrowers in default; (4) communication of criminal or administrative offenses to competent authorities; and (5) if they are responsible for withholding and paying contributions, remittance of information to the Brazilian Federal Revenue Office required to identify taxpayers and global amounts involved in their transactions.

Cybersecurity

Under CMN Resolution No. 4,893, of February 26, 2021, and Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 85, of April 8, 2021, financial and payment institutions, respectively, must comply with cybersecurity requirements set forth herein applicable to the engagement of data processing and storage, and of cloud computing service providers in Brazil and offshore, as well as the implementation of policies and accident response and action plans.

Form 20-F | 2023 129

 

Environmental Accountability

According to Brazil’s Federal Constitution, any individual or legal entity that causes damage to the environment, including financial institutions, will be subject to administrative and criminal sanctions, as well as the obligation to repair damages caused in the civil sphere. The National Environmental Policy establishes the general framework and guidelines for environmental protection, and financial institutions may be classified as indirect polluters and subject to the three spheres of responsibility: administrative, civil, and criminal.

In the civil sphere, environmental damages imply strict and joint liability, and the obligation to repair the degradation caused may affect everyone involved, directly or indirectly. There is no provision in Brazilian legislation for a cap or limitation on the amount to be set as compensation for environmental damage. Criminal liability for environmental crimes is subjective, and the offender will only be penalized if he or she acts with intent or guilt. The Environmental Crimes Law provides for the accountability of all those who participate in the practice of crimes against the environment, including both individuals and legal entities.

ESG Aspects of Financial Institutions

In 2022, the Central Bank of Brazil issued Resolution BCB 265/22 with requirements on integrated risk management specific to conglomerates led by payment institutions, as well as on the risk and capital management framework and disclosure policy of institutions regulated by the Central Bank of Brazil. This regulation replaces BCB Resolution 4,943 regarding social, environmental and climate risk management requirements. It did so to, among other relevant provisions, highlight and distinguish social, environmental and climate risks as requiring identification, measurement, assessment, monitoring, reporting, control and mitigation within the risk management framework of financial institutions. The rule defines such risks, bringing new and modern concepts to the sector, such as the inclusion of the two main components of climate risks – the physical and the transition – already recognized in international standards on the subject. The emphasis given by the standard to the inclusion of mechanisms to identify and monitor social, environmental and climate risks incurred by the financial institution resulting not only from its products, services and activities, but also from the activities performed by its counterparts, controlled entities, suppliers and outsourced service providers of the institution, providing a new supply chain vision to the issues it addresses. The adoption of a governance structure and criteria for this management and its continuous monitoring are also detailed in the resolution, in line with market trends.

Similar provisions were also inserted in the simplified continuous risk management structure referring to the Simplified Reference Equity (PRS5) by the new CMN Resolutions No. 4,944 and No. 5,049, which amended CMN Resolution No. 4,606.

Moreover, according to CMN Resolution No. 4,945, prudential conglomerates (segments S1, S2, S3, S4 and S5) are required to prepare and implement a Social, Environmental and Climate Responsibility Policy, or “PRSAC”. Under PRSAC, financial institutions are expressly required to consider impacts, strategic objectives and business opportunities of the financial institution related to social, environmental and climate aspects. There was also a reduction in the PRSA review period, from five to three years.

Form 20-F | 2023 130

 

The Central Bank of Brazil requires the publication of a report on the SAC risk management structure, a report called Report on Social, Environmental and Climate Risks and Opportunities, or “GRSAC Report,” by financial institutions (BCB 139/21). Under the terms of the ECP itself, this Resolution seeks to address the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, or “TCFD,” at the national regulatory level. The GRSAC Report must be disclosed annually with a base date of December 31, observing a maximum period of 90 days counted as of December 31, and must be made available on the financial institution’s website for a period of five years.

Additionally, Resolution BCB 151/21, requires financial institutions to share certain information on social, environmental and climate risks of their credit portfolio of financial institutions, through a report called Social, Environmental and Climate Risk Document or DRSAC. Such information must be sent every six months to the Central Bank of Brazil.

Recent Developments on Revolving Credit (Crédito Rotativo) Regulations

Over the past few years, several bills of law have been presented in the National Congress to regulate the limitation of revolving credit (crédito rotativo) and other types of credit applied to the financing of outstanding balances of credit card invoices in Brazil, since the general perception is that this type of credit significantly burdens the consumer of financial services in Brazil.

In this context, on October 3, 2023, Brazilian Federal Law No. 14,690, or “Law 14,690/2023”, was published, establishing that credit card issuers must submit for approval of the CMN regulations that limit the interest and financial fees charged on the outstanding balance of credit cards invoices, in the categories of revolving credit (crédito rotativo) and installment credit (parcelado).

With the enactment of Law 14,690/2023, the Central Bank of Brazil has regulated, through CMN Resolution No. 5,112, of December 21, 2023, or “CMN Resolution 5,112/2023”, the limitation provided for in Law 14,690/2023, which sets forth that the total amount charged by institutions that grant financing through revolving credit and/or installment credit as interest and financial charges may not exceed the original amount of the debt financed. This limitation applies to all issuers of credit cards and other postpaid payment instruments.

Overall, CMN Resolution 5,112/2023 sets forth the following:

● all revolving credit operations and debt or invoice installment payments by issuers, as well as any renegotiation of these operations by issuers, will now be subject to the limit on interest and charges based on the original value of the debt;

● such limit applies to each new revolving credit operation or installment credit with interest; and

● civil default interest and contractual fines resulting from penalty clauses (imposed for late payments), as well as other fees and commissions incident to the financing operation, make up the calculation of interest that will be subject to the limit mentioned therein.

Form 20-F | 2023 131

 

CMN Resolution 5,112/2023 also ensures that credit card issuers and holders can renegotiate the financing provided that the total amount charged as interest and financial charges applicable to each renegotiation does not exceed the amount of the debt originally constituted.

The rule provides that the original amount of the debt as well as the total amount charged as interest and financial charges applicable to each financing operation must be detailed in the respective statements and invoices in connection with current regulations (i.e., CMN Resolution No. 5,004, of March 24, 2022, and Resolution 96, of May 19, 2021).

CMN Resolution 5,112/23 came into force on the date of its publication, however, considering the provisions of the Law 14,690/2023, the interest rate limitation will apply to any new financing (revolving and installment credits) agreed as of January 3, 2024. Financing operations agreed up to this date follow the previous rules.

The provisions of CMN Resolution 5,112/2023 will apply throughout 2024. However, as Law 14,960/2023 sets forth that relevant stakeholders may submit to the Central Bank of Brazil a self-regulation proposal that can be reviewed on an annual basis, it is possible that in the next year such self-regulation is further approved by the CMN and adopted as the market standard instead of the provisions of CMN Resolution 5,112/2023 (subject to the limitations provided in Law 14,960/2023).

Other Countries

We also have operations outside of Brazil, including in Mexico and Colombia, along with information technology and business support operations in Argentina, Germany and the United States.

In Mexico, our products are offered by Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P., a financial institution (subject to the Popular Savings and Credit Law). Similar to financial entities in Brazil, financial entities in Mexico are subject to extensive regulation and the oversight of the CNBV and CONDUSEF, and also the Bank of Mexico or "Banxico". Mexican authorities have been reviewing the regulations applicable to financial entities and closely supervise financial technology companies. The main characteristic of a SOFIPO-type license is to enable institutions to take deposits from customers, while having fewer assets and lower capital requirements compared to banks. In October 2023, Nu applied for a banking license before the CNBV. This strategic move aims to provide a broader and more robust regulatory profile through which Nu Mexico will be able to provide its customers with a wider range of products and benefits, including investments, payroll portability, and higher deposit limits.

In Colombia we've recently been granted a license to operate as a Financial Company by the Superintendence of Finance in Colombia, one that mirrors the benefits of a banking license but with more accessible capital requirements. This pivotal development enables us to broaden our financial services, starting with the introduction of savings account products and lending solutions. The license serves as a foundation for our future plans, notably the migration of our credit card portfolio into this newly regulated entity. This strategic move aims to secure less expensive sources of funding for our credit card product, thereby enhancing its competitiveness and appeal. However, this transition is contingent upon obtaining regulatory approval, underscoring our commitment to compliance and regulatory engagement as we evolve our offerings. Prior to this milestone, our engagement in Colombia was centered around our credit card product that is offered by a commercial entity that is subject to extensive regulations, including those governing consumer protection (namely Law No. 1,480 of 2011, Decree No. 1,074 of 2015 and the Sole Circular of the Industry and Trade Superintendence) and data protection (Law No. 1,581 of 2012). In addition, interest rates in Colombia are capped, as provided in the Colombian Commercial and Criminal Codes. Our activities in Colombia are subject to the supervision of the Industry and Trade Superintendence with regard to consumer relations, data protection and antitrust. Furthermore, the Colombian Financial Regulatory Unit, URF, has proposed various changes to financial regulations that may be implemented in the future and affect our Colombian operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 132

 

In the EU, on account of our employees based in Germany, we are subject to the GDPR, as described in greater detail in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—We are subject to costs and risks associated with enhanced or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to data privacy, security and protection. Developments in these and other laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.”

For more information regarding the laws and regulations applicable to our business, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation.”

C.       Organizational Structure

Our group is currently composed of 38 entities, including Nu Holdings Ltd. and of our 37 subsidiaries, 18 of which are incorporated in Brazil, and the remainder of which are incorporated in other countries. None of our subsidiaries is currently licensed to operate as a bank. Our significant subsidiaries and a summary of their operations are as follows:

Nu Pagamentos S.A. – Instituição de Pagamento, or “Nu Pagamentos”

Nu Pagamentos, our 100%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Brazil, is primarily engaged in the issuance and administration of credit cards and payment transfers through prepaid accounts. Nu Pagamentos is a regulated payment institution under Brazilian law and is authorized to operate in such capacity by the Central Bank of Brazil.

Nu Financeira S.A. – SCFI, or “Nu Financeira”

Nu Financeira, our 100%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Brazil, was launched in February 2019 and offers personal loans as its main product. Nu Financeira is a regulated financial institution under Brazilian law and is authorized to operate in such capacity by the Central Bank of Brazil.

Form 20-F | 2023 133

 

Nu Invest Corretora de Valores S.A, or “Nu Invest”

Nu Invest, our 100%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Brazil, is engaged in digital investment platform Nu Invest and operates as a regulated broker dealer under the oversight of the Central Bank of Brazil.

Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P., or “Nu Mexico Financiera”

Nu Financiera, our 99.9%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Mexico, acquired in September 2021, is engaged in the issuance and administration of credit cards and payment transfers through a savings account. Nu Financiera is a regulated financial institution under Mexico law and is authorized to operate in such capacity by the CNBV.

Nu. Colombia Compañia de Financiamiento , or “Nu Colombia Financiera”

Nu. Colombia Financiera, our 100%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Colombia, provides financial services while raising public funds, which allows us to reduce funding costs for credit products. Since January 2024, Nu Colombia Financiera is a regulated financial Institution under Colombian Law and is authorized to operate in such capacity by the SFC.

A simplified organizational chart showing our corporate structure is set forth below.

1. Nu subsidiaries organized in Brazil consist of Internet – Fundo de Investimento em Participações Multiestratégia, Nu Pagamentos S.A. – Instituição de Pagamento, Nu Asset Management Ltda., NuPay for Business Instituição de Pagamento Ltda., Nu Brasil Tecnologia Ltda., Nu Brasil Serviços Ltda., Nu Crypto Ltda., NuCommerce Ltda., Nu Canais Ltda., Nu Financeira S.A. – Sociedade de Crédito, Financiamento e Investimento, Nu Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda., Nu Invest Corretora de Valores S.A., Vérios Gestão de Recursos Ltda., Easynvest Gestão de Recursos Ltda., Nu Corretora de Seguros Ltda., Instituto Nu, Olivia AI do Brasil Participações Ltda. and Olivia AI do Brasil – Instituição de Pagamento Ltda.

2. Nu subsidiaries organized in Colombia consist of Nu Colombia S.A. and Nu Colombia Compañía de Financiamiento S.A.

3. Nu subsidiaries organized in Mexico consist of Nu BN México, S.A. de C.V., Nu BN Servicios México, S.A. de C.V., Nu BN Tecnologia, S.A. de C.V and Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., SOFIPO.

4. Nu subsidiary organized in Germany consists of Nu Finanztechnologie GmbH.

5. Nu subsidiaries organized in Uruguay consist of Nu Tecnologia S.A., Nu Plat, S.A. and Sacnellas S.A.

6. Nu subsidiaries organized in the United States consist of Nu 1-B LLC, Nu 2-B LLC, Nu 3-B LLC, Nu 1-A LLC, Nu 2-A LLC, Nu 3-A LLC, Nu Payments LLC, Nu MX LLC, Nu North America, Inc, and Olivia AI Inc.

Form 20-F | 2023 134

 

For more details about our organization structure please refer to see “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company” and note 3—Basis of consolidation to our consolidated financial statements.

D.       Property, Plants and Equipment

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trademark, domain names and trade secret laws, as well as employee and third-party nondisclosure, confidentiality and other types of contractual arrangements to establish, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights, including with respect to our proprietary rights related to our products and services. In addition, we license technology from third parties.

As of December 31, 2023, we did not own any Brazil-issued patents or copyrights. However, we filed a patent application on May 10, 2021 for the ultraviolet card feature before the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”) and the Patent Cooperation Treaty system, which was granted by the USPTO on January 25, 2022. Moreover, on May 11, 2022, we filed a patent application for NuTap, a feature that allows the merchant to receive the payment from their phone instead of using a bank card machine, before the USPTO, which is still analyzing our request. Also, we own a number of trademarks including Nu, NUBANK and its variations, and other valuable trademarks and designs covering various brands, products and services, including credit card, account, insurance and other services provided by Nu. We also own a number of domain names registered in Brazil, including “nubank.com.br” and “nu.com.br”, and abroad such as “nu.com.mx” and “nu.com.co”.

As of January 31, 2024, our application to register the trademark “Nu” in the United States is pending approval by the relevant authority. We have already obtained the notice of acceptance in classes 09 (Computer software applications enabling banking customers to access online banking systems), 35 (Commercial information and advice for consumers; Billing services in the field of credit and financial services products), 36 (financial services) and 42 (Providing online, non-downloadable computer software applications enabling banking customers to access online banking systems) in the United States for the trademark “NUBANK”.

Moreover, as of the date of this annual report, we own the “Datomic” software, which was developed internally by Cognitect. “Datomic” is a database management operating system for domain-specific transactional data, which was also developed using Java and Clojure programming languages, which are open-source. We use “Datomic” for various purposes that range from storing registration data to storing metadata. We also own the software for the “App Nubank” mobile application, which is used by our customers to access our services, and was developed internally by us.

Form 20-F | 2023 135

 

Properties

Our main operational headquarters are located in the city of São Paulo, state of São Paulo, Brazil, which includes the majority of our product development, sales, marketing, and business operations. Our principal executive offices consist of approximately 111,912 square feet of space under a lease that expires in September 2028. We also have leased offices in several other locations, including in Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, Germany and the United States, and believe our facilities are sufficient for our current needs. The table below sets forth additional information regarding our offices in each country as of December 31, 2023:

Name of the Office	Location	Type	Ownership	Size (in sq. feet)
HQ1	São Paulo, Brazil	Office	Leased	111,912
HQ2	São Paulo, Brazil	Office	Leased	58,364
Spark, Vila Leopoldina	São Paulo, Brazil	Office	Leased	99,868
Mexico – SPEI 2 Coworking	Querétaro, Mexico	Office	Leased	108
Mexico – Work Polanco	CDMX, Mexico	Office	Leased	95,917
Spaces 80 Coworking	Bogota, Colombia	Office	Leased	10,521
Knotel Coworking	Berlin, Germany	Office	Leased	5,705
Cognitect	Durham, USA	Office	Leased	3,778
Nu Tecnología | NewCo	Montevideu, UR	Office	Leased	886
Total				387,931

As of December 31, 2023, we had a services agreement with a data center service provider for the provision of data services to us from its data centers in São Paulo, Brazil, and different locations in the United States. We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as presently conducted, however, we periodically review our facility requirements and may acquire new space to meet the needs of our business or consolidate and dispose of facilities that are no longer required.

Item 4A. Unresolved staff comments

Not applicable.

Form 20-F | 2023 136

 

Item 3. Key Information

A. [Reserved.]

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D. Risk Factors

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our Class A ordinary shares involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision to invest in our Class A ordinary shares. If any of these risks actually materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely be materially adversely affected. In such a case, the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares would likely decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The following is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

● Our business depends on a well-regarded and widely known brand, and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and image, including through effective marketing strategies, would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

● Failure to successfully implement and improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

● Our international expansion efforts may not be successful, or may subject our business to increased risks.

● Our business is highly dependent on the proper functioning of information technology systems, particularly at scale. Any failure of these systems would disrupt our business and impair our ability to provide our services and products effectively to our customers.

● We depend on data centers operated by third parties and third-party Internet-hosting providers and cloud computing platforms, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities or platforms or access to the Internet would adversely affect our business.

Form 20-F | 2023 137

 

Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation

● We are subject to extensive regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight as a digital banking platform and as a payment institution. Compliance with or violation of present or future regulations could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

● Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank of Brazil, the Ministry of Finance, and the broader payments industry may result in changes to the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries and may have an adverse effect on us.

● We are subject to costs and risks associated with enhanced or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to data privacy, security and protection. Developments in laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Relating to the Countries in Which We Operate

● Exchange rate and interest rate instability may have a material adverse effect on the economies of the countries in which we operate and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

● Disruption or volatility in global financial and credit markets could adversely affect the financial and economic environment in the countries in which we operate, most notably Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

● Governments have exercised, and continue to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy and the other economies in which we operate. This influence, as well as political and economic conditions in Brazil and the other countries in which we operate, could harm us and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares

● An active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares may not be sustainable. If an active trading market is not maintained, you may not be able to sell your shares and you could lose a significant part of your investment.

● Our founding shareholder and CEO David Vélez owns 88.8% of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares, which represents approximately 75.9% of the voting power of our issued share capital. This concentration of ownership and voting power may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

● We have granted the holders of our Class B ordinary shares preemptive rights to acquire shares that we may sell in the future, which may impair our ability to raise funds.

Form 20-F | 2023 138

 

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Privacy and Cybersecurity

● Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information or our failure or the perception by our customers that we failed to comply with privacy laws or properly address privacy concerns could harm our business and standing with our customers.

● Unauthorized disclosure of, improper access to, or destruction or modification of data through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise, or disruptions to our systems or services, could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.

● Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology or other rights could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Our business depends on a well-regarded and widely known brand, and any failure to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and image, including through effective marketing strategies, would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe our brand has contributed significantly to the historical success of our business. Maintaining, protecting and enhancing our brand is critical to expanding our customer base, our loan portfolio and our third-party partnerships, as well as increasing engagement with our products and services. Our success in this regard will depend largely on our ability to remain – or, in markets into which we expand, become – widely known, gain and maintain our customers’ trust, be a technology leader and provide reliable, high-quality and secure products and services that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, as well as the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and our ability to differentiate our services and platform capabilities from competitors’ products and services.

We believe that maintaining and promoting our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our products and services and to expand our customer base. Maintaining and promoting our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide useful, reliable and innovative products and services, which we may not do successfully. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenue, and even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in promoting our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, we would lose significant market share and our business would be materially and adversely affected. Further, our success in the introduction and promotion of new products and services, as well as the promotion of existing products and services, may be partly dependent on our visibility on third-party advertising platforms. Changes in the way these platforms operate or changes in their advertising prices or other terms could make the introduction and promotion of our products and services and our brand more expensive or more difficult. If we are unable to market and promote our brand on third-party platforms effectively, our ability to acquire new customers would be materially harmed, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 139

 

Failure to successfully implement and improve our risk management policies, procedures and methods, including our credit risk management system, would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The management of risk is an integral part of our activities. We seek to monitor and manage our risk exposure through a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, market, operational, compliance and legal policies, procedures and reporting systems, among others. We employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, which may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we may fail to identify or anticipate.

We use certain tools and metrics for managing market risk, including statistical models, which are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to quantify our market risk. However, in part because these tools and metrics are based on historical market behavior, and in part because the models do not take all market risks into account, they may fail to predict future market risks, including those that arise from factors we did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in our statistical models. This would limit our ability to effectively manage our market risk, which could result in our losses being significantly greater than predicted.

Because certain of our operating subsidiaries are financial or payments institutions, our business is also subject to inherent credit risk. An important feature of our credit risk management system is an internal credit score system that assesses the particular risk profile of a customer. As this process involves detailed analysis of a customer that takes into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to error, and our internal risk models may not always be able to accurately predict the future credit risk of our customers or assign an accurate credit score, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk management system. We also rely on certain publicly available customer credit information, information relating to credit agreements and other public sources to assess a customer’s creditworthiness. Due to limitations in the availability of information and the underdeveloped information infrastructure in the markets in which we operate, our assessment of credit risk associated with a particular customer may not be based on complete, accurate or reliable information. In addition, we cannot ensure that our credit scoring systems collect complete or accurate information reflecting the actual behavior of customers or that their credit risk can be assessed correctly. Without complete, accurate and reliable information, we have to rely on other publicly available resources and our internal resources, which may not be effective. As a result, our ability to effectively manage our credit risk and subsequently determine our credit loss allowances may be materially adversely affected.

Form 20-F | 2023 140

 

Relatedly, we are exposed to counterparty risk, which may arise from, for example, investing in securities of third parties, entering into derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us or executing securities, futures or currency trades from proprietary trading activities that fail to settle at the required time due to non-delivery by the counterparty or systems failure by clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Many of the routine transactions we enter into expose us to significant risk in the event of default by one of our significant counterparties, although we do not currently face specific counterparty risk from concentration within our loan portfolio. If these risks give rise to losses, this could materially and adversely affect us. Separately, because we routinely transact with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks and other institutional customers, defaults by, and even rumors or questions about the solvency of, certain financial institutions and the financial services industry could lead to market-wide liquidity problems that could lead to substantial losses for our business.

We also face operational and foreign exchange risk. Although we have adopted policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our operational risk, these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. For a discussion of the risks we face with respect to foreign exchange rates, see “—Risks Relating to the Countries in Which We Operate—Exchange rate and interest rate instability may have a material adverse effect on the economies of the countries in which we operate and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.”

If our policies and procedures are not fully effective or we are not successful in capturing all risks to which we are or may be exposed, we may suffer harm to our reputation or be subject to litigation or regulatory actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Further, if management were to rely on risk models – whether with respect to market, credit or operational risks – that were flawed or poorly developed, implemented or used, or if management were to misunderstand or use such information for purposes for which it was not designed, we may fail to adequately manage our risk. In addition, if existing or potential customers or counterparties believe our risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere or seek to limit their transactions with us. Further, certain of the models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations we use in managing risk are subject to review by, and require the approval of, our regulators. If our models do not comply with their expectations, our regulators may require us to make changes to such models, may approve them with additional capital requirements or we may be precluded from using them, any of which could limit our ability to operate our businesses.

Failure to effectively implement, consistently monitor or continuously refine our risk management systems may result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, operating results and financial condition.

Our international expansion efforts may not be successful, or may subject our business to increased risks.

We currently operate in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, and we have information technology and support operations in Germany, the United States and Uruguay. As part of our growth strategy, we may expand our operations by offering our products and services in additional regions, as well as additional countries in Latin America, where we have little or no experience, and by expanding our business in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate. We may not be successful in expanding our operations into these or other markets in a cost-effective or timely manner, if at all, and our products and services may not experience the same market adoption in such international jurisdictions as we have enjoyed in Brazil. In particular, the expansion of our business into new geographies (or the further expansion in geographies in which we currently operate) may depend on the local regulatory environment or require a close commercial relationship with one or more local banks or other intermediaries, which could prevent, delay or limit the introductions of our products and services in such countries. Local regulatory environments may vary widely in terms of scope and sophistication.

Form 20-F | 2023 141

 

In October 2023, we applied for a banking license in Mexico. Despite our best efforts to obtain such a license, there is no certainty regarding the timing or likelihood of its approval by the CNBV. The delay or even the failure to obtain such license may significantly impact our expansion plans and may require us to reassess our strategies in Mexico. For further information on such license, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Other Countries."

Further, our international expansion efforts have and will continue to place a significant strain on our personnel (including management), technical, operational and financial resources, and our current resources may not be adequate to support our planned geographical expansion. We also may not be able to recoup our investments in new geographies in a timely manner, if at all. If our expansion efforts are unsuccessful, including because potential customers in a given jurisdiction fail to adopt our products and services, our reputation and brand may be harmed, and our ability to grow our business and revenue may be adversely affected.

Even if our international expansion efforts are successful, international operations will subject our business to increased risks, including:

● increased licensing, regulatory and supervision requirements;

● competition from service providers or other entrenched market participants that have greater experience in the local markets than we do;

● increased costs associated with and difficulty in obtaining, maintaining, processing, transmitting, storing, handling and protecting intellectual property, proprietary rights and sensitive data;

● changes to the way we do business as compared with our current operations;

● a lack of acceptance of our products and services;

● the ability to support and integrate with local third-party service providers;

● difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations in an environment of diverse culture, language, laws and customs;

● difficulties in recruiting and retaining qualified employees and maintaining our company culture;

Form 20-F | 2023 142

 

● increased travel, infrastructure and legal and compliance costs;

● compliance obligations under multiple, potentially conflicting and changing, legal and regulatory regimes, including those governing financial institutions, payments, data privacy, data protection, information security, anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering;

● compliance with complex and potentially conflicting and changing tax regimes;

● potential tariffs, sanctions, fines or other trade restrictions;

● exchange rate exposure;

● increased exposure to public health issues such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and related industry and governmental actions to address these issues; and

● regional economic and political instability, such as the ongoing war between Russia and the Ukraine and the conflict in the Middle East.

As a result of these risks, our international expansion efforts may not be successful or may be hampered, which would limit our ability to grow our business.

Our business is highly dependent on the proper functioning of information technology systems, particularly at scale. Any failure of these systems would disrupt our business and impair our ability to provide our services and products effectively to our customers.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our products and platform capabilities at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. Continued access to our products and platform capabilities depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of numerous systems, including our computer systems, software, data centers and telecommunications networks, as well as the systems of third parties, such as credit and prepaid card transaction authorization providers, national financial system network infrastructure providers, back office and business process support, information technology production and support, Internet and telephone connections, network access, data center infrastructure services and cloud storage and computing. However, these systems and technologies are vulnerable to disruptions, failures or slowdowns. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of customers accessing our products and platform capabilities simultaneously, denial of service attacks or other security-related incidents, natural disasters, power outages, terrorist attacks, hostilities, and other events beyond our control.

As our business grows, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the performance of our information technology systems, especially during peak usage times and as our products and platform capabilities become more complex and our customer traffic increases. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Specifically, if our products and platform capabilities are unavailable or if our customers are unable to access our products and platform capabilities within a reasonable amount of time, we may experience a loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance of our platform and products, delays in payment to us by customers, injury to our reputation and brand, the diversion of our resources, additional operating and development costs, loss of revenue, legal claims against us, the loss of licenses, loss of regulators' authorizations or fines or other penalties imposed by regulators (including intervention, temporary special management systems, the imposition of insolvency proceedings or the out-of-court liquidation of our operating subsidiaries), or data protection authorities (such as Autoridade Nacional de Proteção de Dados, or the “ANPD”). In addition, we do not maintain insurance policies specifically for property and business interruptions, meaning we would directly and without setoff incur any losses we suffer as a result of the aforementioned occurrences. For further information, see “—Our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover all claims.”

Form 20-F | 2023 143

 

Our business is highly dependent on the ability of our information technology systems to accurately process a large number of highly complex transactions across numerous and diverse markets and products in a timely manner and at high processing speeds, and on our ability to rely on our digital technologies, computer and email services, software and networks, as well as on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential data and other information on our computer systems and networks. Specifically, the proper functioning of our financial control, risk management, accounting, customer service and other data processing systems is critical to our business and our ability to compete effectively. Any failure to deliver an effective and secure service, or any performance issue that arises with a service, could result in significant processing or reporting errors or other losses. See “—We depend on data centers operated by third parties and third-party internet-hosting providers and cloud computing platforms, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities or platforms or access to the Internet would adversely affect our business.”

We do not operate all of our systems on a real-time basis and cannot assure that our business activities would not be materially disrupted if there were a partial or complete failure of any of these primary information technology systems or communication networks. In particular, because all customer transactions on Nu’s Platforms occur on our mobile application, any failure of our mobile application would cause our platform and services to be unavailable to our customers. Such failures could be caused by, among other things, major natural catastrophes, software bugs, computer virus attacks, conversion errors due to system upgrading, security breaches caused by unauthorized access to information or systems or malfunctions, loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment. Any such failures would disrupt our business and impair our ability to provide our services and products effectively to our customers, which could adversely affect our reputation as well as our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to remain competitive and achieve further growth will depend in part on our ability to upgrade our information technology systems and increase our capacity on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must continually make significant investments and improvements in our information technology infrastructure in order to remain competitive. We cannot guarantee that in the future we will be able to maintain the level of capital expenditures necessary to support the improvement or upgrading of our information technology systems. Any substantial failure to improve or upgrade our information technology systems effectively or on a timely basis would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 144

 

We depend on data centers operated by third parties and third-party internet-hosting providers and cloud computing platforms, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities or platforms or access to the Internet would adversely affect our business.

Our business requires the ongoing availability and uninterrupted operation of internal and external transaction processing systems and services. We primarily serve our customers from third-party data center hosting facilities provided by a third-party service provider, which we rely on to operate certain aspects of our products and services, and we depend on third-party Internet-hosting providers and third-party bandwidth providers for continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet to operate our business. Any disruption of or interference with our use of such services would impair our ability to deliver our products and services to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business. Further, we have designed our products and services and computer systems to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by such third-party service providers. As such, we cannot easily switch our operations to another cloud provider, so any disruption of or interference with our use of such providers’ services would increase our operating costs and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, and we might not be able to secure service from an alternative provider on similar terms or at all.

While we maintain oversight of our third-party data center hosting facilities and Internet-hosting providers, such third parties are ultimately responsible for maintaining their own network security, disaster recovery and system management procedures, and such third-parties do not guarantee that our customers’ access to our solutions will be uninterrupted, error-free or secure. These third-party providers may experience website disruptions, outages and other performance problems, which may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. In particular, we do not control the operation of the third-party data center hosting facilities, and such facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, improper operation, unauthorized entry, data loss, power loss, cyberattacks, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, natural disasters or similar catastrophic events. They also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or terminate our hosting arrangement or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the delivery of our solutions, cause system interruptions, prevent our customers from accessing their accounts online, reputational harm and loss of critical data, prevent us from supporting our solutions or cause us to incur additional expense in arranging for new facilities and support.

Form 20-F | 2023 145

 

If we lose the services of one or more of our Internet-hosting or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or denial of service or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes or similar catastrophic events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solutions and adverse perception of our solutions’ reliability, or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, prolonged interruption in the availability, or reduction in the speed or other functionality, of our products or services could materially harm our reputation and business. Frequent or persistent interruptions in our products and services could cause customers to believe that our products and services are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our products and services, and would likely permanently harm our reputation and business.

Any of the foregoing, in addition to any of the factors described in “—We are dependent on third-party service providers in our operations, any failure of a third-party service provider could disrupt our operations,” could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative publicity about us (including our directors, officers or employees) or our industry could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Negative publicity about us (including our directors, officers or employees) or our industry, including the transparency, fairness, customer experience, quality and reliability of our products or services, effectiveness of our risk model, our ability to effectively manage and resolve complaints, our privacy and security practices, our ESG and diversity and inclusion practices, litigation, regulatory activity, misconduct by or statements made by our directors, officers or employees, funding sources, capital and liquidity positions, service providers or others in our industry, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. This and any future negative publicity could harm our reputation and cause disruptions to business. Any such reputational harm could further affect the behavior of customers and, as a result, materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and future prospects.

The credit quality of our loan portfolio may deteriorate beyond expectations and our ECL allowance could be insufficient to cover our losses, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of amounts due from counterparties are inherent in many aspects of our businesses, in particular our customer credit card and lending businesses. We expect the amount of reported non-performing loans to increase in the future on an absolute basis as a result of the expected growth in our total loan portfolio, the credit quality of which may turn out to be worse than anticipated. The amount of reported non-performing loans may also increase due to factors beyond our control, such as adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate.

Form 20-F | 2023 146

 

Our provisions for credit losses are based on our current assessments and expectations concerning various factors affecting the quality of our loan portfolio. These factors include, among other things, our borrowers’ financial condition, government macroeconomic policies, interest rates and the legal and regulatory environment. As many of these factors are beyond our control and there is no infallible method for predicting loan and credit losses, we cannot guarantee that our current or future reserves for credit losses will be sufficient to cover actual losses. If our assessment of and expectations concerning the above-mentioned factors differ from actual developments, if the quality of our total loan portfolio deteriorates beyond expectations, for any reason, or if the future actual losses exceed our estimates of expected losses, we may be required to increase our provisions for credit losses, which may adversely affect our financial condition. As such, any unexpected increase in the level of our non-performing loans could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

The above is also applicable to our SME credit portfolio, with the difference that the exposure to individual names is much higher which poses a higher risk of having a relevant loss coming from a single company with credit problems.

We depend on key management, as well as our experienced and capable employees, and any failure to attract, motivate and retain our employees would harm our ability to maintain and grow our business.

Our business functions at the intersection of rapidly changing technological, social, economic and regulatory developments that require a wide-ranging set of expertise and intellectual capital. Our future success is significantly dependent upon the continued service of our executives and other key employees, and in particular our founding shareholder and chief executive officer David Vélez. If we lose the services of any member of management or any key employee, we may not be able to locate a suitable or qualified replacement, and we may incur additional expenses to recruit and train a replacement, which would severely disrupt our business and growth.

To maintain and grow our business, we will need to identify, attract, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled employees, which requires significant time, expense and effort. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, in our industry in particular. We may need to invest significant amounts of cash and equity to attract and retain new employees, and we may never realize returns on these investments. In addition, from time to time, there may be changes in our management team that may be disruptive to our business. If our management team, including any new hires that we make, fail to work together effectively and to execute our plans and strategies on a timely basis, our business would be harmed.

Furthermore, our international expansion and our business in general may be materially adversely affected if legislative or administrative changes to immigration or visa laws and regulations impair our hiring processes or projects involving personnel who are not citizens of the country where their work is to be performed. If we are not able to add and retain employees effectively, our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will be adversely affected, and our business and growth prospects will be harmed.

Form 20-F | 2023 147

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business would be harmed.

We have experienced and expect in the near term to continue to experience rapid growth. For instance, our total revenue increased by 67.5%, reaching US$ 8,029.0 million in 2023 from US$4,792.2 million in 2022. On a FX Neutral basis, our total revenue increased by 62.5% , reaching US$8,029.0 million in 2023 from US$4,941.1 million in 2022. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures.” The number of our full-time employees decreased by 4%, reaching 7.7 thousand on December 31, 2023, compared to 8.0 thousand on December 31, 2022. Nevertheless, our growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources. Our ability to effectively manage our growth will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

● expand our sales and marketing, technology, finance and administration teams;

● grow our facilities and infrastructure;

● adapt and scale our information technology systems;

● refine our operational, financial and risk management controls and reporting systems and procedures;

● recruit, integrate, train and retain a growing employee base and maintain our corporate culture;

● maintain and grow our customer base and provide quality customer service; and

● obtain, maintain, protect and develop our strategic assets, including our intellectual property and other proprietary rights.

Executing on these factors will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management and employee resources. We may be unable to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective or timely manner, or at all. Any failure to successfully implement systems enhancements and improvements will likely negatively impact our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, the quality of our platform would suffer, which would negatively affect our reputation, results of operations and overall business. Furthermore, we encourage employees to quickly develop and launch new features for our products and services; as we grow, we may not be able to execute as quickly as smaller, more efficient organizations.

Form 20-F | 2023 148

 

A decline in the use of credit or prepaid cards as a payment mechanism for consumers or adverse developments with respect to the payment processing industry in general would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If consumers do not continue to use credit or prepaid cards as a payment mechanism for their transactions or if there is a change in the mix of payments between cash, credit, and prepaid cards and other means of payment, including real-time payments, that is adverse to us, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe future growth in the use of credit, prepaid cards and other means of payment will be driven by the cost, ease-of-use and quality of services offered to consumers and businesses. In order to consistently increase and maintain our profitability, consumers and businesses must continue to use electronic payment methods including credit and prepaid cards and real-time payment methods, such as Pix. Moreover, if there is an adverse development in the payments industry or Brazilian market in general, such as new legislation or regulation that makes it more difficult for our customers to do business or utilize such payment mechanisms, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have historically derived a substantial portion of our revenue from our credit card business, and losses or a significant reduction in our credit card business, or our failure to successfully expand and diversify our revenue sources beyond our credit card business, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The commercial success of our consumer technology platform has depended and may continue to depend in part on the success of our credit card business. We have historically derived a significant portion of our revenue from (i) the interchange fees we collect when a customer uses a Nu credit card to make a purchase and (ii) the interest rates we receive from the financing or revolving of Nu credit card balance by our customers. In the year ended December 31, 2023, interchange fees and interest related to credit cards accounted for 14.8 % and 31.4% of our revenue, respectively (19.1% and 21.21% in the year ended December 31, 2022). While we expect our revenue concentration to decline in the future as we expand our suite of products and services, our efforts to diversify our revenue sources, such as new products and regional diversification, may not be successful and our reliance on credit card-related revenue may increase. Further, our revenue would be significantly harmed if we were to lose all or a substantial portion of our credit card business, whether due to loss of customers, regulatory or legislative developments or otherwise. In particular, our revenue would be harmed if the interchange fees that we collect or the interest rates that we charge become capped by regulators (or, in markets in which regulatory caps already exist, if such caps were reduced). Please see “—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank of Brazil, the Ministry of Finance and the broader payments industry may result in changes to the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries, which may have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur increased compliance costs.”

Further, on July 2, 2021, Brazilian Law No. 14,181, or the “Over Indebtedness Law,” created a chapter in the Brazilian Consumer Protection Code dedicated to responsible credit and financial education, with new provisions that require specific information to be provided to the consumer when granting credit or in installment sales, such as the effective monthly interest rate, interest on arrears and late payment charges. Moreover, Decree No. 11,567, which amended Decree No. 11,150 and was published and valid from June 20, 2023, established a “base minimum” (“mínimo existencial”) of R$ 600.00 for the prevention, treatment and conciliation of situations of over-indebtedness in consumer debt. According to the decree, this rate corresponds to the salary value that must be preserved when indebted people negotiate payment of these debts with financial institutions.

Form 20-F | 2023 149

 

This new set of rules and the review of the “existential minimum” value may contribute to driving customers and potential customers away from our credit portfolio, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. For more information, see “—A decline in the use of credit or prepaid cards as a payment mechanism for consumers or adverse developments with respect to the payment processing industry in general would have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

If we are unable to attract new and retain existing customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

We believe that our customer base is the cornerstone of our business. The growth of our business depends on existing customers expanding their use of our products and services and on our ability to attract new customers, including customers who may be reluctant to seek alternatives to incumbent financial institutions, by offering new products and services. If we are unable to attract new customers to our platform or encourage customers to broaden their use of our products and services, our growth may slow or stop, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to maintain and expand our customer base depends on a number of factors, including our ability to provide relevant and timely products and services to meet their changing needs at a reasonable cost. We have invested and will continue to invest in improving our platform and our suite of products and services. For example, in 2021, we acquired NuInvest, our broker-dealer subsidiary, and have announced plans to expand our insurance broker activities. However, if new or improved features, products and services fail to meet shifting customer demands and fail to attract new customers or encourage existing customers to expand their engagement with our products and services, our growth may slow or decline. Further, these and other new products and services must achieve high levels of market acceptance before we are able to recoup our up-front investment costs, which may never occur if such products and services fail to attract new and retain existing customers.

Our existing and new products and services, including our payments, investments, insurance and credit solutions, could fail to attract new and retain existing customers for many reasons, including:

● we may fail to predict market demand accurately and provide products and services that meet this demand in a timely fashion;

● customers may not like, find useful or agree with any changes we make to our products or services;

Form 20-F | 2023 150

 

● the reliability, performance or functionality of our products and services could be compromised or the quality of our products and services could decline;

● we may fail to provide sufficient customer support;

● customers may dislike our pricing, in particular in comparison to the pricing of competing products and services;

● competing products and services may be introduced or anticipated to be introduced by our competitors; and

● there may be negative publicity about our products and services or our platform’s performance or effectiveness, including negative publicity on social media platforms.

Further, our customers have no obligation to continue to use our products and services, and we can make no assurances that our customers will continue to do so. We generally do not have long-term contracts with our customers; customer deposits and investments may be withdrawn without notice, and the consumer credit solutions we offer may be prepaid and canceled at any time. Further, recent changes in regulations have increasingly enabled customers to switch to our competitors more easily.

Any one or a combination of these factors could lead to customer attrition, and in particular at rates that are higher than we expect, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot keep pace with rapid technological developments to provide new and innovative products and services, the use of our products and services and, consequently, our revenue could decline or our revenue growth rate could slow.

Rapid, significant and disruptive technological changes have impacted or may in the future impact the industries in which we operate, including changes in:

● artificial intelligence and machine learning (e.g., in relation to fraud and risk assessment);

● payment technologies (e.g., real-time payments, payment card tokenization, virtual and crypto currencies, including distributed ledger and blockchain technologies, and proximity payment technology, such as near-field communication and other contactless payments);

● mobile and internet technologies (e.g., mobile phone app technology);

● commerce technologies, including for use in-store, online and via mobile, virtual, augmented or social-media channels; and

● digital banking features (e.g., balance and fraud monitoring and notifications).

Form 20-F | 2023 151

 

In order to remain competitive and maintain and enhance customer experience and the quality of our products and services, we must continuously invest in the development of new products and features to keep pace with technological developments. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, in part, on certain third parties for the development of, and access to, new technologies. However, there can be no assurance that our development efforts, including through such third-party providers, will be successful, as we or such third parties may experience cost overruns, delays in delivery, performance failure or lack of customer adoption, among other potential issues. Further, there can be no assurance that our financial resources will be sufficient to maintain the levels of investment required to support such development efforts, which may require substantial capital commitment. Any failure in our development efforts, including any failure to adopt emerging technologies or to accurately predict and address market demand, and any delay in delivery of new products or services integrating emerging technologies, could render our services less desirable, or even obsolete, to our customers. Furthermore, our competitors may have the ability to devote more financial and operational resources than we can to the development of new technologies and services and, if successful, their development efforts could render our services less desirable to customers, resulting in the loss of customers or a reduction in the fees we can generate. If our development efforts prove unsuccessful, or if we are unable to develop, adapt to or access technological changes on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We are dependent on third-party service providers in our operations, any failure of a third-party service provider could disrupt our operations.

We utilize numerous third-party service providers in our operations, including payments, credit card transaction processing, back office and business process support, information technology production and support, Internet connections, network access and cloud computing. For example, our credit and prepaid card transaction authorization is provided by Mastercard, our infrastructure services and connection to the National Brazilian Financial System Network, or “RSFN,” depends on the infrastructure of Market Telecommunications Network (Rede de Telecomunicações para o Mercado Ltda.), or “RTM,” a datacenter and link provider, our cloud data processing and storage services and, separately, our datacenter infrastructure services are both provided by third-party service providers, among other third-party service providers on which we rely for the continuity of our business. A failure by a third-party service provider could expose us to an inability to provide contractual services to our customers in a timely manner. Additionally, if a third-party service provider is unable to provide these services, we may incur significant costs to either internalize some of these services or find a suitable alternative. Significantly, certain third-party service providers, including Mastercard, are the sole source or one of a limited number of sources of the services they provide for us. It would be difficult and disruptive for us to replace some of our third-party vendors in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future (as a result of their financial or business conditions or otherwise), and our business and operations likely would be materially adversely affected. Further, any failure in the performance of our due diligence processes and controls related to the supervision and oversight of these third parties in detecting and addressing conflicts of interest, fraudulent activity, data breaches and cyber-attacks, noncompliance with relevant securities and other laws could cause us to suffer financial loss, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation.

Form 20-F | 2023 152

 

Inadequacy or disruption of our disaster recovery plans and procedures in the event of a catastrophe would adversely affect our operations.

We have made a significant investment in our infrastructure, and our operations are dependent on our ability to protect the continuity of our infrastructure against damage from catastrophe or natural disaster, breach of security, cyber-attack, loss of power, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made events. A catastrophic event could have a direct negative impact on us by adversely affecting our customers, partners, third-party service providers, employees or facilities, or an indirect impact on us by adversely affecting the financial markets or the overall economy. If our business continuity and disaster recovery plans and procedures were disrupted, inadequate or unsuccessful in the event of a catastrophe, we could experience a material adverse interruption of our operations.

We serve our customers using third-party data centers and cloud services. While we have electronic access to the infrastructure and components of our platform that are hosted by third parties, we do not control the operation of these facilities. Consequently, we may be subject to service disruptions as well as failures to provide adequate support for reasons that are outside of our direct control. These data centers and cloud services are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, system failures, cyber-attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, human error or interference (including by employees, former employees or contractors), and other catastrophic events. Our data centers may also be subject to local administrative actions, changes to legal or permitting requirements and litigation to stop, limit or delay operations. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, such as disaster recovery and business continuity arrangements, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in interruptions or delays in our services, impede our ability to scale our operations or have other adverse impacts upon our business. See “—We depend on data centers operated by third parties and third-party Internet-hosting providers and cloud computing platforms, and any disruption in the operation of these facilities or platforms or access to the Internet would adversely affect our business.”

Our disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed or submitted under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

These disclosure controls and procedures have inherent limitations, which include the possibility that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and result in errors or mistakes. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by any unauthorized override of the controls. Consequently, our business is exposed to risk from potential noncompliance with policies, employee misconduct, negligence and fraud, which could result in regulatory sanctions, civil claims and serious reputational or financial harm. In particular, it is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Form 20-F | 2023 153

 

In the past, we had identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to identify and remediate other material weaknesses and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

In connection with a structured review of our internal control over our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, we identified certain material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to (i) IT systems change management processes and (ii) IT user identity and access management processes. All of which were originally identified in connection with a structured review of our internal control over financial reporting and procedures initiated by our management more than one year prior to the initial prospectus of our IPO and the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended, December 31, 2020. We took actions to remediate the material weaknesses relating to our internal controls over financial reporting, including the improvement of change management processes and of identity and access management processes. As a result of the remediation activities we did not identify any material weaknesses as of December 31, 2022. As disclosed in “Item 15. Controls and Procedures—B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” of this annual report, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

We cannot guarantee that the actions we may take in the future will be sufficient to prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our consolidated financial condition or results of operations, which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, and the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as accounting standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See “Item 15. Controls and Procedures—D. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.”

If we fail to maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements, fail to meet our reporting obligations or fail to prevent fraud, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could, in turn, limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our Class A common shares. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from NYSE, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Under the current rules of the SEC, we are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to assess their effectiveness. Our testing may in the future reveal deficiencies in our internal controls that are deemed to be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and render our internal controls over financial reporting ineffective. If we or our management identifies material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, the market price of our Class A common shares may decline and we may be subject to investigations or sanctions by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or “FINRA,” or other regulatory authorities, as well as litigation. Further, in terms of regulations and legislation in Brazil, all Brazilian financial and payment institutions, which includes some of our Brazilian subsidiaries, must maintain internal guidelines and procedures to control their respective financial, operational and information systems, and must comply with all applicable legislation. CMN Resolution No. 4,595 of August 28, 2017 provides that Brazilian financial institutions must implement and maintain a compliance policy compatible with its nature, size, complexity, structure, risk profile and business model. Central Bank of Brazil Resolution No. 65 of January 26, 2021, provides similar rules for Brazilian payment institutions. In accordance with CMN Resolution No. 4,968 of November 25, 2021, the executive officers of Brazilian financial and payment institutions are responsible for implementing efficient internal control structures that set out control responsibilities and procedures and establish objectives and procedures applicable to all levels of the institution, among other requirements. The executive officers are also responsible for ensuring compliance with all internal procedures.

Form 20-F | 2023 154

 

We have incurred losses in the past, and we may generate losses in the future.

We have achieved profitability for the year ended December 31, 2023. We have incurred losses for the previous financial years. We made a profit of US$1,030.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 and have incurred losses of US$364.6 million and US$165.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels and decrease proportionate expenses in future periods to maintain and/or increase profitability. In addition, we intend to expand our customer base, and continue to invest in developing products and services that we believe will improve the experiences of our customers and therefore improve our long-term results of operations. However, customer acquisition could cause us to incur losses in the short term because a material portion of the costs associated with new customers are generally incurred up front, while revenue is uncertain and mostly recognized thereafter as customers make interest payments and utilize our services. Likewise, improvements in products and services have and will continue to cause us to incur significant up-front costs and may not result in the long-term benefits that we expect, which could materially and adversely affect our business. If any of these costs materially rise in the future, our expenses may rise significantly. If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, we may incur losses in the future.

Our results of operations and operating metrics may fluctuate, which may cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

Our results of operations may vary significantly and are not necessarily an indication of future performance. These fluctuations may be a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control. In particular, our results of operations and operating metrics are subject to volatility based on consumer spending levels. The electronic payments industry in general depends heavily on the overall level of consumer spending, which may be adversely affected by general or localized economic conditions that impact consumer confidence, consumer spending, consumer discretionary income or changes in consumer purchasing habits. A sustained deterioration in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, including a rise in unemployment rates or increases in interest rates, may cause a reduction in overall consumer spending, thereby causing a decline in the number of transactions made by our cardholders or in the average amount spent per transaction, which would adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, our business is affected by customer behavior throughout the year and experiences seasonal fluctuations. We are aware, based on historical information, that months in which certain holidays fall, such as Black Friday and Christmas, generate higher levels of consumption and thus positively benefit our total transaction volume and related revenue. Relatedly, February is a month with lower revenue given fewer calendar days and thus a lower monthly volume of transactions.

Form 20-F | 2023 155

 

In addition to consumer spending levels and seasonality, our results of operations may fluctuate as a result of changes in our ability to attract and retain new customers, increased competition in the markets in which we operate, our ability to expand our operations in new and existing markets, our ability to maintain an adequate growth rate and effectively manage that growth, our ability to keep pace with technological changes in the industries in which we operate, changes in governmental or other regulations affecting our business, harm to our brand or reputation, and other risks described elsewhere in this annual report.

Further, from time to time, we have made and may make decisions that will have a negative effect on our short-term operating results if we believe those decisions will improve our operating results over the long term. These decisions may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, or they may be inconsistent with the expectations of investors and research analysts, either of which could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

Our business with crypto assets is subject to a fast-evolving and uncertain regulatory landscape and any adverse changes to, or our failure to comply with, any laws and regulations could adversely affect our brand, reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, failure of operation systems may cause loss to us or our customers.

As part of our suite of products and services, we enable our customers to purchase and sell certain crypto assets in our platform (NuCrypto) and have launched our own token (NuCoin) as part of a loyalty program. For more information on NuCoin see “Item 4. Information on the Company — A. History and Development of the Company — Distribution of our own token.”

Any failure by us or our partners to maintain the necessary controls or to manage crypto assets and funds appropriately and in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and cybersecurity considerations could result in potential loss of cryptocurrencies, reputational harm, regulatory enforcement actions, significant financial losses, lead customers to discontinue or reduce their use of our and our partners’ products, and result in significant penalties and fines and additional restrictions, which could adversely impact our business, operating results, and financial condition. The significant regulatory uncertainty regarding crypto assets and crypto trading platforms, including in Brazil, may restrict, limit, regulate in excessive and burdensome manner the investment in crypto assets or prohibit the use of such assets and/or related transactions in different jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our activities, the manner in which we currently conduct some aspects of our business and, as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. Consequently, we are subject to potential litigation from clients who may lose their investments in cryptocurrency due to market volatility, or as a result of operational failures and from the uncertain regulatory landscape.

Form 20-F | 2023 156

 

Our systems, the systems of our third-party service providers and partners, and certain crypto asset and blockchain networks have experienced, and may experience in the future, service interruptions because of hardware and software defects or malfunctions, distributed denial-of-service and other cyberattacks, insider threats, break-ins, sabotage, human error, vandalism, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, and other natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, computer viruses or other malware, and other events. Significant or persistent interruptions in our services or in services of third-party service providers and partners could harm our reputation and negatively affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Mover, currently there is no specific guidance provided by IFRS or any alternative accounting framework regarding the accounting treatment of the internally generated blockchain token issued by us associated with a liquidity pool and loyalty network. Consequently, management has had to exercise significant judgment in determining the appropriate accounting treatment. Exercise of judgment was relevant in applying the accounting framework to token issuance to customers and their sales and acquisitions from the liquidity pool, taking into account our limited commitment to support the liquidity pool and to evaluate present and/or constructive obligations. Additionally, judgment was crucial in determining when to recognize a performance obligation due to the delivery and stacking of tokens to customers and assessing the valuation of the obligation. Should authoritative guidance be established in the future, we must be obligated to adjust our accounting policies, which could potentially impact our consolidated financial position and operational results.

Real or perceived inaccuracies in our key operating metrics may harm our reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

We track certain key operating metrics such as number of customers, monthly active customers, activity rate, purchase volume, deposits, interest-earning portfolio, monthly ARPAC, monthly average cost to serve per customer, client acquisition cost and our NPS, among other metrics, which are not independently verified by any third party. While the metrics presented in this annual report are based on what we believe to be reasonable assumptions and estimates, our internal systems and tools have a number of limitations, and our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time. In addition, limitations or errors with respect to how we measure data or with respect to the data that we measure may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our long-term strategies. If the internal systems and tools we use to track these metrics understate or overstate performance or contain algorithmic or other technical errors, the key operating metrics we report may not be accurate. If investors do not perceive our operating metrics to be accurate, or if we discover material inaccuracies with respect to these figures, our reputation may be significantly harmed, and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Form 20-F | 2023 157

 

We have a limited operating history with financial results that may not be indicative of future performance, and our revenue growth rate is likely to slow as our business matures.

We were founded in 2013 and began operations in Brazil in 2014, in Mexico in 2019 and in Colombia in 2020. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. Our historical revenue growth and other historical results should not be considered indicative of our future performance. In particular, over the long-term, we expect that our revenue growth will slow as our business matures. It is also possible that our revenue growth does not reach the levels we expect, or declines for any number of reasons, including slowing demand for our products, increasing competition, changes to technology, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, increased regulation or our failure, for any reason, to take advantage of growth opportunities. If our assumptions regarding our future revenue growth and other operating and financial results are incorrect or change, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations.

Our insurance policies may not be sufficient to cover all claims.

Our insurance policies may not adequately cover all risks to which we are exposed. A significant claim not covered by our insurance, in full or in part, may result in significant expenditures by us. Moreover, we may not be able to maintain insurance policies in the future at reasonable costs or on acceptable terms, which may adversely affect our business and the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Fraud could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We offer products and services to a large number of customers, and we are responsible for vetting and monitoring these customers and determining whether the transactions we process for them are legitimate. When our products and services are used to process illegitimate transactions and we settle those funds, we are unable to recover them, suffer losses and incur liabilities. These types of illegitimate transactions can also expose us to governmental and regulatory sanctions. The highly automated nature of, and liquidity offered by, our payments services make us a target for illegal or improper uses, including fraudulent or illegal sales of goods or services, money laundering and terrorist financing. Identity thieves and those committing fraud using stolen or fabricated credit card or account numbers, or other deceptive or malicious practices, potentially can steal significant amounts of money from businesses like ours. It is possible that incidents of fraud could increase in the future. Failure to effectively manage risk and prevent fraud would increase our liability, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to integrate our products with a variety of operating systems, software applications, platforms and hardware that are developed by others, our solutions may not operate effectively, our products may become less marketable, less competitive or obsolete and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed.

Our products must integrate with a variety of network, hardware and software platforms, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes in hardware, software, networking, browser and database technologies. In particular, we have developed our technology platform to easily integrate with third-party applications through the interaction of application programming interfaces, or “APIs.” In general, we rely on the fact that the providers of such software systems continue to allow us access to their APIs to enable these integrations. To date, we generally have not relied on long-term written contracts to govern our relationship with these providers. Instead, we are subject to the standard terms and conditions for application developers of such providers, which govern the distribution, operation and fees of such software systems, and which are subject to change by such providers from time to time. Our business could be harmed if any provider of such software or other technologies or systems:

Form 20-F | 2023 158

 

● discontinues or limits our access to its APIs;

● modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to or other restrictions on us or other application developers;

● changes how customer information is accessed by us, our partners or our customers;

● establishes more favorable relationships with one or more of our competitors; or

● develops or otherwise favors its own competitive offerings over ours.

Although we actively monitor our partners and multi-source vendors, we cannot prevent our providers of software or other technologies from changing the features of their APIs, discontinuing their support of such APIs, restricting our access to their APIs or altering the terms governing their use in a manner that is adverse to our business. If our partners or multi-source vendors were to take such actions, our capabilities that depend on such APIs would be impaired until we are able to find a replacement partner or develop an in-house solution, which could significantly diminish the value of our platform and harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, third-party services and products are constantly evolving, and we may not be able to modify our platform to maintain its compatibility with such services and products as they continue to develop, or we may not be able to make such modifications in a timely and cost-effective manner, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to operate effectively on mobile platforms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our future growth and success are dependent in part on our ability to provide a functional, reliable and user-friendly mobile platform to our customers. In particular, as we expand geographically, we will need to provide solutions for customers living in areas with low Internet connectivity, reduced bandwidth and latency issues. Our success will also depend on the interoperability of our offerings with a range of third-party technologies, systems, networks, operating systems and standards, including iOS and Android, and the availability of our mobile apps in app stores and in “super-app” environments.

Form 20-F | 2023 159

 

The success of our mobile app could be harmed by factors outside our control, such as:

● actions taken by mobile app distributors;

● unfavorable treatment received by our mobile apps, especially as compared to competing apps, such as the placement of our mobile apps in a mobile app download store;

● increased costs in the distribution and use of our mobile app;

● changes, bugs or technical issues in mobile operating systems, such as iOS and Android, device manufacturers or mobile carriers that degrade the functionality of our mobile website or mobile apps or give preferential treatment to competitive offerings;

● changes to the terms of service or policies of mobile operating systems, device manufacturers or mobile carriers that reduce or eliminate our ability to distribute applications, limit our ability to target or measure the effectiveness of our applications or impose fees or other changes related to our delivery of our applications; and

● government action limiting the accessibility of our mobile app.

Further, we are subject to the standard policies and terms of service of third-party operating systems, as well as policies and terms of service of the various application stores that make our application and experiences available to our customers. These policies and terms of service govern the availability, promotion, distribution, content and operation generally of applications and experiences on such operating systems and stores. Each provider of these operating systems and stores has broad discretion to change and interpret its terms of service and policies with respect to our platform and any such changes, which may be driven by many factors, including increased competition, may be unfavorable to us and our customers’ use of our platform. If we were to violate, or an operating system provider or application store believes that we have violated, its terms of service or policies, that operating system provider or application store could limit or discontinue our access to its operating system or store. In some cases, these terms of service or policies may not be clear or our interpretation of the requirements may not align with the interpretation of the operating system provider or application store, which could lead to inconsistent enforcement of these terms of service or policies against us. Any limitation or discontinuation of our access to any third-party platform or application store could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Additionally, in order to deliver a high-quality mobile experience for our customers, it is important that our products and services work well with a range of mobile technologies, products, systems, networks, hardware and standards that we do not control, and that we have good relationships with mobile operating system partners, device manufacturers and mobile carriers. We may not be successful in maintaining or developing relationships with key participants in the mobile ecosystem or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, products, systems, networks or standards. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to access and use our mobile platform, or if our customers choose not to access or use our mobile platform on their mobile devices or use mobile products that do not offer access to our mobile platform, our customer growth and engagement could be harmed. The risks associated with our dependency on our mobile application may be exacerbated by the frequency with which customers change or upgrade their devices. In the event customers choose devices that do not already include or support our platform or do not install our mobile apps when they change or upgrade their devices, our customer engagement may be further harmed.

Form 20-F | 2023 160

 

Any acquisition, partnership or joint venture that we make or enter into could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to continue to evaluate opportunities to acquire, or form partnerships or joint ventures with businesses, technologies, services and products as such opportunities arise. In January 2022, we concluded the acquisition of Olivia (artificial intelligence based personal finance management). In 2021, these opportunities included Easynvest (investments, June 2021), Juntos (conversational platform, July 2021), SpinPay (checkout solutions, October 2021), Akala (Mexican financial cooperative, December 2021). We may enter into other strategic transactions or arrangements in the future. We may not, however, be able to identify appropriate acquisition, partnership or joint venture targets in the future, and our efforts to identify such targets may result in a loss of time and financial resources. In addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate or finance such future acquisitions, partnerships or joint ventures successfully or on favorable terms, or to effectively integrate acquisitions into our current business, and we may lose customers or personnel as a result of any such strategic transaction (in particular the customers and personnel of an acquired business). The process of integrating an acquired business, technology, service or product into our business may divert management’s attention from our core business, and may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and generate unforeseen pressures and strains on our organizational culture. Moreover, we may be unable to realize the expected benefits, synergies or developments that we initially anticipate from such a strategic transaction.

Financing an acquisition or other strategic transaction could result in dilution to existing shareholders from issuing equity securities or convertible debt securities, or a weaker balance sheet from using cash or incurring debt, and equity or debt financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, in connection with an acquisition, it is possible that the goodwill that has been attributed, or may be attributed, to the target may have to be written down if the valuation assumptions are required to be reassessed as a result of any deterioration in the underlying profitability, asset quality and other relevant matters. There can be no assurance that we will not have to write down the value attributed to goodwill in the future, which would adversely affect our results of operations and net assets.

Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a proposed transaction if we are unable to obtain required regulatory approvals, which may include approval by the Central Bank of Brazil or Brazil’s Administrative Council for Economic Defense (Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica, or “CADE”), or other applicable regulatory authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we or a potential acquisition target operate. Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval, such approval could be subject to certain conditions, which could prevent us from competing for certain customers or in certain lines of business. In addition, we may face contingent liabilities in connection with our acquisitions and joint ventures, including, among others, (1) judicial or administrative proceeding or contingencies relating to the company, asset or business acquired, including civil, regulatory, tax, labor, social security, environmental and intellectual property proceedings or contingencies; and (2) financial, reputational and technical issues, including with respect to accounting practices, financial statement disclosures and internal controls, as well as other regulatory or compliance matters, all of which we may not have identified as part of our due diligence process and that may not be sufficiently indemnifiable under the relevant acquisition or joint venture agreement. We cannot guarantee that any acquisition, partnership or joint venture we make will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 161

 

Substantial and increasingly intense competition within our industry may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The Latin American market for financial services, and in particular the Brazilian, Mexican and Colombian financial services markets, have become increasingly competitive in recent years. We face significant competition from traditional Brazilian, other Latin American and international banks and other neobanks, payment services providers, investment advisors and brokers, in addition to other new financial technology companies, startups and non-financial companies operating in certain segments of the financial services industry in which we operate. We expect competition to intensify in the future, both as emerging technologies continue to enter the marketplace and as large financial incumbents increasingly seek to innovate the services that they offer that compete with our platform.

Specifically, we face competition in the consumer credit, investment, payments and insurance segments. Our main competitors in the Brazilian consumer credit space include Itaú Unibanco S.A., Banco Bradesco S.A., Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A., Banco Caixa Econômica Federal and Banco do Brasil S.A. In the Brazilian investment segment, in addition to certain of our competitors in the consumer credit space, our main competitors include Banco BTG Pactual S.A., Banco Inter S.A., Banco C6 S.A. and XP Inc. In the Brazilian payments space, in addition to certain of our competitors in the consumer credit and investment spaces, we face competition from MercadoPago Instituição de Pagamento Ltda., PicPay Instituição de Pagamento S.A., PagSeguro Digital Ltd. and StoneCo Ltd., among others. In addition to existing competition, new competitors may enter the market or existing competitors may offer new or expand existing products or services.

Many of our competitors, in particular traditional banks or competitors that are affiliated with traditional banks, have substantially greater financial, operational and marketing resources than we do. Accordingly, these competitors may be able to offer more extensive or enhanced products and services to customers, or offer such products and services at more attractive rates (including more attractive rates on deposits and rates on loans) or on better terms. As a result, we may be forced to increase our deposit rates, or lower the rates we charge for loans or the fees we charge for other services, or devote significant financial resources to our marketing efforts or developing customized products and services that customers demand, in order to maintain and expand our market share. If this were to occur, we would need to enhance cost control to maintain our margins, and if we are unable to control our costs, our margins and results of operations may be adversely affected. In particular, we have relied primarily on low-touch organic methods of customer acquisition, including an unpaid direct referral method. However, this method of customer acquisition may not be as productive as we would like going forward and could put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors with high-touch customer acquisition models or greater marketing resources. If we are unable to acquire customers through our low-touch organic methods, we may have to increase our marketing investments, or could be unable to grow our revenue and our operating results could be adversely affected.

Form 20-F | 2023 162

 

In addition, certain of our competitors in certain product areas and markets may not be subject to the same regulatory requirements that we are. For example, due to the volume of our payment transactions, we were required to obtain authorization from the Central Bank of Brazil to conduct our business as an issuer of post-paid payment instruments and an issuer of electronic currency, while certain other payment or financial institutions, including certain competitors, can operate without such authorization so long as their payment volume remains below certain thresholds. Further, as a regulated payment institution, our subsidiary Nu Pagamentos is required to comply with a set of regulations that is not applicable to non-regulated payment institutions, including minimum equity capital, minimum net equity, compulsory segregation of customers’ funds maintained in payment accounts, internal controls and cybersecurity requirements, among others. In addition, our subsidiary Nu Financeira, a Brazilian financial institution, had undertaken a commitment before the Central Bank of Brazil to operate with a Basel minimum capital adequacy ratio of 14.0% which was a higher capital ratio than those applicable to most other financial institutions operating in Brazil. Such commitment was revoked on July 15, 2022, provided that Nu Financeira continues to comply with the provisions of CMN Resolution No. 4,958/21. Nu Financeira is currently subject to a minimum capital adequacy ratio of 10.5%, in line with the capital ratio applicable to most financial institutions operating in Brazil. As a result, our competitors who are not subject to similar regulatory requirements may be able to offer products and services at lower costs, which could put pressure on the pricing and terms that we offer and, as a result, our profit margins.

Further, competition in the financial services industry in Brazil and certain other Latin American markets (including Mexico and Colombia) has increased, both as a result of recent consolidations among financial institutions in such markets, adversely affecting the ability of new market entrants to access material amounts of equity capital, and as a consequence of changes in regulations that (i) increased the ability of customers to switch between financial institutions, (ii) enabled financial institutions to access the financial and personal information of customers, and (iii) established rules for an instant payment arrangement. For example, on May 4, 2020, the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil implemented the Open Financial System, or “open finance,” in Brazil to facilitate the new market entrants’ access to the financial markets as well as to encourage competition between financial institutions. In particular, the implementing regulations make available to various participants in the Brazilian financial system data relating to customers (where consented to) and services of financial institutions. As participants of open finance, we are required to share standardized data related to our customers, service channels, products and services, which make it easier for other market participants to compete with us. Mexico and Colombia are likewise in the process of implementing an open finance system. Further implementation of open finance may intensify competition in the industry, as the sharing of information between institutions may make it easier for competitors to offer better credit terms and conditions, enabling customers to move such financial obligations from our platform to other competing platforms, which would adversely affect our interest income and therefore our results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 163

 

In addition, on November 16, 2020, the Central Bank of Brazil launched the instant payment system, or “Pix,” and the Instant Payment System, or “SPI,” which enable electronic fund transfers in real time around the clock. This ecosystem promotes innovation of the existing payment infrastructure. Although the regulations relating the Pix and SPI ecosystems are subject to further developments from time to time, such initiatives may promote greater competition in the industry, and could cause customers to transition away from the solutions we offer, towards Pix or SPI solutions. In particular, Pix makes processing payments faster and less expensive, fosters additional competition and allows new entrants to join the market, while also serving as a significant source of data that will contribute to the ongoing transformation of the financial industry in Brazil. Such developments could therefore materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully compete, the demand for our platform, products and services could stagnate or substantially decline, and we could fail to retain or grow the number of customers using our platform, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our hedging strategy may not be able to prevent losses.

We use a range of strategies and instruments, including entering into derivative and other transactions, to hedge our exposure to market, credit and operational risks. Nevertheless, we may not be able to hedge all risks to which we are exposed, whether partially or in full, and the hedging strategies and instruments on which we rely may not achieve their intended purpose. Any failure in our hedging strategy or in the hedging instruments on which we rely could result in losses to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our decision not to hedge our foreign exchange exposure originated by our investments in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico could negatively harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Financial instruments, including derivative instruments, securities, cash and cash equivalents that are substantially composed of securities and compulsory and other deposits at central banks represented 52.1% and 56.9% of our total assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Any realized or unrealized future gains or losses from our investments or hedging strategies could have a significant impact on our income. These gains and losses, which we account for when we sell or assess the fair value of investments in financial instruments, can vary considerably from one period to another. If, for example, we enter into derivatives transactions to protect ourselves against decreases in interest rates and interest rates instead increase, we may incur financial losses. We cannot forecast the amount of gains or losses in any future period, and the variations experienced from one period to another do not necessarily provide a meaningful forward-looking reference point. Gains or losses in our investment portfolio may create volatility in revenue levels, and we may not earn a return on our consolidated investment portfolio, or on a part of the portfolio in the future, and any losses on our securities and derivative financial instruments could materially and adversely affect our income and financial condition. In addition, any decrease in the value of our investment and derivatives portfolios may result in a decrease in our capital ratios, which could impair our ability to engage in lending activity at the levels we currently anticipate.

Form 20-F | 2023 164

 

Such derivative transactions also subject us to market, credit and operational risks, including basis risk (the risk of loss associated with variations in the spread between the asset yield and the funding or hedge cost) and credit or default risk (the risk of insolvency or other inability of the counterparty to a particular transaction to perform its obligations thereunder). Further, the execution and performance of these transactions depend on our ability to maintain adequate control and administration systems. Our ability to adequately monitor, analyze and report derivative transactions continues to depend, largely, on our information technology systems. These factors further increase the risks associated with these transactions.

Liquidity and funding risks are inherent in our business. Because our principal sources of funds are short-term deposits, a sudden shortage of funds would heighten our liquidity risk and increase our costs of funding.

Liquidity risk is the risk that we either do not have available sufficient financial resources to meet our obligations as they become due or can secure them only at excessive cost. This risk is inherent in our business and can be heightened by a number of factors, including over-reliance on a particular source of funding, changes in credit ratings or market-wide phenomena such as market dislocation. Constraints in the supply of liquidity, including in interbank lending, can materially and adversely affect the cost of funding our business, and extreme liquidity constraints may affect our current operations, our growth potential and our ability to fulfill regulatory liquidity requirements.

We currently rely primarily on retail deposits as our main source of funding. As of December 31, 2023, we had US$23.7 billion of deposits, 94.4% of which were payable on demand, while we had US$15.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents and securities, composed substantially of liquid government bonds, and US$7.5 billion in compulsory and other deposits at central banks. The ongoing availability of funding through retail deposits is sensitive to a variety of factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, the confidence of retail depositors in the economy, in the financial services industry and in us, the availability and extent of deposit guarantees and competition for deposits between banks or with other products. Any of these factors could significantly increase the amount of retail deposit withdrawals that we experience in a short period of time, thereby reducing our ability to access retail deposit funding on economically appropriate and reasonable terms, or at all, in the future. This would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Increases in our costs of funding would also increase our liquidity risk. Our cost of obtaining funds is directly related to prevailing interest rates and to our credit spreads, with increases in these factors increasing our cost of funding. Credit spread variations are market driven and may be influenced by market perceptions of our creditworthiness. Changes to interest rates and our credit spreads occur continuously and may be unpredictable and highly volatile. Disruption and volatility in the global financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us, or at all. In the event of a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking system, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain levels of funding without incurring high funding costs, a reduction in the term of funding instruments or the liquidation of certain assets, which would materially adversely affect our business. Further, if the supply of retail deposits decreases or ceases to become available, we may be forced to raise the rates we pay on deposits, with a view to attracting more customers, and if retail deposits become excessively expensive, we may be forced to sell assets, potentially at depressed prices. The persistence or worsening of these adverse market conditions or an increase in base interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our ability to access liquidity and could increase our cost of funding, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Form 20-F | 2023 165

 

Our ability to manage our funding base may also be affected by changes in regulation, including the compulsory reserve requirements applicable to our operating subsidiaries in Brazil. For more information on Brazil’s compulsory reserve requirements, see “—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—Increases in reserve, compulsory deposit, minimum capital and contributions to deposit insurance requirements may have a material adverse effect on us.”

Changes in market and economic conditions could adversely affect our loan portfolio and decrease the demand for our products and services.

The financial markets, and in turn the financial services industry, are affected by many factors, such as U.S. and foreign economic conditions and general trends in business and finance that are beyond our control, which could be adversely affected by changes in the equity or debt marketplaces, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates, inflation rates, the yield curve, financial crises, war, terrorism, natural disasters and other factors that are difficult to predict. A severe or prolonged downturn or periods of market turmoil in the U.S., Brazilian, Mexican, Colombian or international financial markets (or in other foreign markets in the jurisdictions in which we currently or may in the future operate) could materially and adversely affect the liquidity, credit ratings, businesses and financial conditions of our borrowers, which could in turn increase our non-performing loan ratios, impair our loan and other financial assets and result in decreased demand for borrowings in general. Specifically, we have credit exposure to borrowers which have entered or may shortly enter into insolvency or similar proceedings. We may experience material losses from this exposure. In addition, investments may lose value and our investment customers may choose to withdraw assets or transfer them to investments that they perceive to be more secure, which would adversely affect our income and liquidity positions. Any downturn in financial markets could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or business.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under the terms of our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

As of December 31, 2023, we had total indebtedness of US$1,177.3 million (comprising US$4.0 million in instruments eligible as capital, US$ 1,136.3 million in borrowings and financing and US$36.9 million in lease liabilities). Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay acquisitions and capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 166

 

The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Our existing credit facilities contain restrictive covenants, including customary limitations on the incurrence of certain indebtedness and liens. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and breaches of these covenants could result in a default under our credit facilities and any future financing agreements into which we may enter, which in turn could cause our outstanding indebtedness under our credit facilities and any future financing agreements that we may enter into under these terms to become immediately due and payable.

In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of sufficient cash flows and capital resources, we would face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources” for more information. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or business.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.

As a holding company, our corporate purpose is to invest, as a partner or shareholder, in other companies, consortia or joint ventures in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, where most of our operations are located, and outside of these jurisdictions. Accordingly, our material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we are therefore dependent upon the results of operations of and, in turn, the payments, dividends and distributions from, our subsidiaries for funds to pay our operating and other expenses and to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A ordinary shares. We may be required to pay taxes on distributions made by our operating subsidiaries to us under the local laws applicable to such subsidiaries. For example, in December 2023, the Brazilian National Congress approved Constitutional Amendment Bill (PEC) no. 45/2019, which was enacted to change the taxes over goods and services also known as the Tax Consumption Reform. According to the Brazilian Government, the next phase of the Reform will be the Income Tax Reform. We believe it is very likely that they will address the income taxes on the distribution of dividends. There are some bills before Congress about taxation on dividends (eg. Bill No. 2,337/21) and any imposition of or increases in the taxation on the distribution of dividends (or similar payments or distributions, such as interest on shareholders’ equity) may adversely affect us.

In addition, the payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries to us for funds to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our Class A ordinary shares could be restricted under financing arrangements that we or our subsidiaries may enter into in the future, and such subsidiaries may be required to obtain the approval of lenders to make such payments to us. Furthermore, we may be adversely affected if the governmental authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate impose legal restrictions on dividend distributions by our local subsidiaries, and exchange rate fluctuations will affect the U.S. dollar value of any distributions our subsidiaries make with respect to our equity interests in those subsidiaries.

Form 20-F | 2023 167

 

We rely on the Mastercard payment scheme to process our transactions. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements of the Mastercard payment scheme, Mastercard could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our registration, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on payment schemes to process our transactions, and a significant source of our revenue comes from processing transactions through the Mastercard payment scheme. We must pay a fee for this service, and from time to time, the payment schemes may increase the fees that they charge for each transaction using one of their cards, subject to certain limitations.

Payment networks establish their own rules and standards that allocate liabilities and responsibilities among the payment networks and their participants. These rules and standards, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, govern a variety of areas, including how consumers and customers may use their cards, the security features of cards, security standards for processing, data protection and information security and allocation of liability for certain acts or omissions, including liability in the event of a data breach. The payment schemes routinely update and modify their requirements; the payment card networks could adopt new operating rules or interpret or reinterpret existing rules that we or our processors might find difficult or even impossible to follow or costly to implement. These changes may be made for any number of reasons, including as a result of changes in the regulatory environment, to maintain or attract new participants or to serve the strategic initiatives of the networks, and may impose additional costs and expenses on or be disadvantageous to us. Such changes may impact our ongoing cost of doing business, and we may not, in every circumstance, be able to pass through such costs to our customers. For example, changes in the payment card network rules regarding chargebacks may affect our ability to dispute chargebacks and the amount of losses we incur from chargebacks. If we fail to make such changes or otherwise resolve the issue with the payment card networks, the networks could disqualify us from processing transactions if satisfactory controls are not maintained, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to audit by the payment networks to ensure compliance with applicable rules and standards, and may be directly liable to the payment card networks for rule violations. If we do not comply with the payment scheme requirements, the payment schemes could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our registrations that allow us to process transactions on their schemes, and we could lose our ability to make payments using virtual cards or any other payment form factor enabled by the network. If we are unable to recover amounts relating to fines from or pass through costs to our customers or other associated participants, we would experience a financial loss. The termination of our registration due to failure to comply with the applicable requirements of the Mastercard payment scheme, or any changes in the payment scheme rules that would impair our registration, could require us to stop using the Mastercard payment scheme to process our transactions, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 168

 

We may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

In the future, we may need to raise additional capital to fund our expansion (organically or through strategic acquisitions), to develop new or enhanced services or products or to respond to competitive pressures, or to comply with regulatory capital adequacy requirements discussed in “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview—Brazil—Other Rules—Prudential Framework and Limits of Exposure.” Such financing may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not be able to fund our expansion, take advantage of acquisition opportunities, develop or enhance services or products or respond to competitive pressures, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, our shareholders will experience dilution and the securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our Class A ordinary shares, and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline. Any additional funds raised through debt financing will likely require our compliance with restrictive covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make acquisitions, dispose of assets and make restricted payments, among others. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.” In addition, such indebtedness may require us to maintain certain financial ratios. These restrictions may limit our ability to obtain future financings, to withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, or to otherwise conduct necessary corporate activities. A breach of any such covenant would likely result in a default under the applicable agreement, which, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding.

Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation

We are subject to extensive regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight as a digital banking platform and as a payment institution. Compliance with or violation of present or future regulations could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Because we conduct the majority of our operations in Brazil, we are predominately subject to regulation under Brazilian law and by Brazilian authorities, some of which may be periodically amended or revoked. The Brazilian financial and payment markets and Brazilian financial and payment institutions are subject to extensive regulatory control by the Brazilian government, principally by the Central Bank of Brazil, the CVM, the CMN, and the B3, which, in each case, materially affects our business.

Because certain of our subsidiaries are financial services payment institutions in Brazil, our business is subject to Brazilian laws and regulations relating to electronic payments in Brazil, including Federal Law No. 12,865/13, as well as to financial services, including Federal Law No. 4,595 of December 31, 1964, as amended, or the “Banking Law” and Federal Law No. 6,385/76 and related rules and regulations issued by the CMN, the Central Bank of Brazil and the CVM. In addition, the activity of one of our subsidiaries as an insurance broker is subject to various laws and regulations in Brazil, such as Federal Law No. 4,594/64, Decree Law No. 73/66 and certain other rules and regulations issued by the CNSP and SUSEP, among others.

Form 20-F | 2023 169

 

The laws, rules, and regulations that govern our business include those relating to deposit-taking, cross-border and domestic money transmission, foreign exchange, payments services (such as payment processing and settlement services), consumer financial protection, tax, anti-money laundering and terrorist financing and rules relating to unclaimed property. Specifically, we are subject to anti-money laundering and terrorist financing laws and regulations in multiple jurisdictions that prohibit, among other things, involvement in transferring the proceeds of criminal or terrorist activities. We could be subject to liability and forced to change our business practices if we were found to be subject to, or in violation of, any laws or regulations impacting our ability to maintain a banking account in the countries where we operate, or if existing or new legislation or regulations applicable to financial institutions in the countries where we maintain a banking account were to result in banks in those countries being unwilling or unable to establish and maintain banking accounts for us. As regulated payment and financial institutions in Brazil, certain of our operating subsidiaries are subject to rules and regulations relating to minimum equity capital, minimum net equity and other regulatory capital requirements and reference equity, compulsory deposits and contributions, internal controls, anti-money laundering, know your customer obligations, sanctions, ombudsman and customer service, internal auditing, cybersecurity and bank secrecy, among others. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview” for a detailed description of the regulatory requirements applicable to us and our operating subsidiaries. In addition, as our business continues to develop and expand, we may become subject to additional rules and regulations, which may limit or change how we conduct our business.

These laws, rules and regulations are enforced by multiple authorities and governing bodies in Brazil, including the Central Bank of Brazil, the CVM and the CMN. In their supervisory roles, the Central Bank of Brazil, the CVM and the CMN seek to maintain the safety and soundness of financial and payment institutions with the aim of strengthening the protection of customers and the financial system. Their continuing supervision of financial and payment institutions is conducted through a variety of regulatory tools, including the collection of information by way of prudential returns, reports obtained from skilled persons, visits to firms and regular meetings with management to discuss issues such as performance, risk management and strategy. As a result, we face increased supervisory scrutiny (resulting in increasing internal compliance costs and supervision fees), and in the event of a breach of our regulatory obligations we are likely to face more stringent scrutiny and potentially significant fines.

Changes in regulations in Brazil and international markets in which we operate may expose us to increased compliance costs and limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities or provide certain products and services. The regulation governing Brazilian payment and financial institutions is continuously evolving, including as a result of political, economic and social events, and the Central Bank of Brazil has reacted actively and extensively to developments in our industry. Specifically, Brazilian regulators frequently update prudential standards in accordance with the recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, in particular with respect to capital and liquidity, which could impose additional significant regulatory burdens on us, including additional and material capital requirements applicable to certain of our subsidiaries’ activities as payment institutions. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview—Brazil—Other Rules—Prudential Framework and Limits of Exposure—Payment Institutions” for more information about potential changes to prudential regulations applicable to payment institutions in Brazil. Our operations could also be adversely affected by changes with respect to restrictions on remittances abroad and other exchange controls as well as by interpretations of the law by courts and agencies in a manner that differs from our legal advisors’ opinions. There can be no assurance that future changes in regulations or in their interpretation or application will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Form 20-F | 2023 170

 

The measures of the Central Bank of Brazil and the amendment of existing laws and regulations, or the adoption of new laws or regulations, could adversely affect our ability to provide loans, make investments or render certain financial and payment services. No assurance can be given generally that laws or regulations will be adopted, enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. As some of the Brazilian banking laws and regulations have been recently issued or become effective, the manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial and payment institutions is still evolving. Moreover, to the extent that these recently adopted regulations are implemented inconsistently in Brazil, we may face higher compliance costs. Furthermore, regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in how to regulate financial and payment institutions, and this discretion, and the regulatory mechanisms available to the regulators, have been increasing during recent years. Regulation may be imposed on an ad hoc basis by governments and regulators (such as caps on interchange fees or interest rates, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations given the importance of consumer credit products to our revenue), and these ad hoc regulations may especially affect financial institutions that may be deemed to be systemically important.

Although we have a compliance program focused on applicable laws, rules and regulations and are continually investing in this program, in the event of non-compliance with laws or regulations, we may nonetheless be subject to fines or other penalties in one or more jurisdictions levied by federal, state or local regulators, as well as those levied by foreign regulators. In addition to fines, penalties for failing to comply with applicable rules and regulations could include significant criminal and civil lawsuits, including against our management and controlling shareholder, disgorgement of profits, forfeiture of significant assets, loss of required licenses or approvals or other enforcement actions, including insolvency proceedings instituted by the Central Bank of Brazil. Any disciplinary or punitive action by our regulators or failure to obtain required operating authorizations could seriously harm our business and results of operations. We could also be required to make changes to our business practices or compliance programs as a result of regulatory scrutiny. In addition, any perceived or actual failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations could have a significant impact on our reputation and could cause us to lose existing customers, prevent us from obtaining new customers, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by non-compliance and to avert further non-compliance.

Form 20-F | 2023 171

 

We also have operations outside of Brazil, including in Mexico and Colombia, along with information technology and business support operations in Germany, Uruguay and the United States. In particular, in Mexico, our products are offered by a financial institution (Sociedad Financiera Popular, subject to the Popular Savings and Credit Law). Similar to financial entities in Brazil, financial entities in Mexico are subject to extensive regulation and the oversight of the Mexican National Banking and Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria de Valores, or the “CNBV”, National Commission for User Protection and Defense of Financial Services (Comisión Nacional para la Protección y Defensa de los Usuarios de Servicios Financieros or “Condusef”) and for banks the Bank of Mexico "Banxico". Mexican authorities have been reviewing the regulations applicable to financial entities and closely supervise digital financial companies. Changes to these laws and other applicable laws and regulations (for instance, regarding open banking, cybersecurity, customer digital onboarding) have been discussed by the Mexican regulators, and could materially affect our operations in Mexico. In Colombia, our credit card product is offered by a commercial entity that is subject to extensive regulation, including those governing consumer protection (namely Law No. 1480 of 2011, Decree No. 1074 of 2015 and the Sole Circular of the Industry and Trade Superintendence) and data protection (Law No. 1,581 of 2012). In addition, interest rates in Colombia are capped, as provided in the Colombian Commercial and Criminal Codes. Our activities in Colombia are subject to the supervision of the Industry and Trade Superintendence with regards to consumer relations, data protection and antitrust. Furthermore, the new Colombian Government has shown concrete intentions to promote inclusion and competition via new open banking and instant payments regulation, expected to be discussed in 2023. Changes in these and other applicable laws or regulations in the countries in which we operate, or the adoption of new laws and related regulations, may require us to modify our business practices and may have an adverse effect on us. Moreover, we continue working to expand our operations in Colombia through a new financial entity, Nu Colombia Financiera. This initiative is geared toward diversifying our service offerings, enabling us to attract funds from the public via savings accounts and term deposit certificates. In the foreseeable future, Nu Colombia Financiera is expected to integrate the credit card operations from the current unregulated entity. This strategic move is aimed at leveraging funds from the public to significantly reduce funding costs for our credit offerings, thereby enhancing the efficiency and competitiveness of our financial products. Nu Colombia Financiera will be governed by Colombia's financial regulations, predominantly the Financial System's Basic Legal Statute, which sets the framework for running operations of financial entities. This includes protocols for the safeguarding of customer deposits, as well as guidelines on regulatory compliance and oversight.

Given the volume, granularity, frequency and scale of regulatory and other reporting requirements, we must maintain a clear data strategy to enable consistent data aggregation, reporting and management. Inadequate management information systems or processes, including those relating to risk data aggregation and risk reporting, could lead to a failure to meet regulatory reporting requirements or other internal or external information demands, and we may face supervisory measures as a result.

Form 20-F | 2023 172

 

Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank of Brazil, the Ministry of Finance and the broader payments industry may result in changes to the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries, which may have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur increased compliance costs.

In recent years, the Central Bank of Brazil issued several regulations related to the Brazilian payments market, aiming to increase the use of electronic payments, increase competitiveness in the sector, strengthen governance and risk management practices in the industry, encourage the development of new solutions and the differentiation of products to consumers and promote the increased use of electronic payment means. Such measures include the following regulations enacted by the Central Bank of Brazil: (i) Resolution No. 246, effective as of April 1, 2023 and which, among other matters, imposes a maximum limit for the interchange fee levied on (a) all prepaid card transactions in Brazil to 0.7%; and (b) all debit card transactions to 0.5%; (ii) Resolution of the Central Bank of Brazil No. 1/2020, which created the instant payment ecosystem; and (iii) Joint Resolution No. 1/2020, which governs the Open Financial System (Open Finance) initiative in Brazil.

In addition to such recently enacted regulations, on October 3, 2023, Law No. 14,690 was published, ratifying the emergency program for renegotiation of debts of individuals in default depending on the category the debtor is, which in turn depends on the amount of the debtor’s debt (“Desenrola Brasil”) and establishing that credit card issuers must submit for approval of the CMN regulations that limit the interest and financial fees charged over the outstanding balance of credit cards invoices, in the categories of revolving credit (crédito rotativo) and installment credit (parcelamento de fatura de cartão de crédito).

With the enactment of Law 14,690/2023, the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil have regulated, through Resolution No. 5,112 and Resolution No. 365 of December 21, 2023, respectively, the limitation provided for in Law 14,690/2023, which sets forth that the total amount charged by institutions that grant financing through revolving credit and/or installment credit as interest and financial charges may not exceed the original amount of the debt financed and that financial education and transparency measures are to be adopted. This limitation applies to all issuers of credit cards and other post-paid payment instruments.

Moreover, the Brazilian government is studying the possibility of ending the FGTS “birthday withdrawal” (saque aniversário), which is a program that allows workers to withdraw part of their FGTS funds every year on their birthday. We rely on this annual withdrawal as collateral in part of our loan portfolio (i.e., FGTS-secured loans). If the birthday withdrawal program is terminated, we will be unable to originate new FGTS loans, which could negatively impact our loan business.

These discussions are in various phases of development, whether as part of legislative, regulatory or private initiatives in the industry, and the overall impact of any such reform proposals is difficult to estimate. Any such changes in laws, regulations or market practices have the potential to alter the type or volume of the card-based transactions we process and our payment services and could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. For further information on the regulatory landscape, please see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview—Brazil.

Form 20-F | 2023 173

 

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations and may be subject to sanctions.

We operate in jurisdictions that have a high risk for corruption and we are subject to various anti-corruption, anti- bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, as well as those relating to sanctions, including the Brazilian Federal Law No. 12,846/2013, or the “Clean Company Act,” the Brazilian Federal Law No. 9,613/1998, or the “Brazilian Anti-Money Laundering Law,” the Brazilian Federal Law No. 8,429/1992, or the “Brazilian Public Improbity Law,” the Brazilian Federal Law No. 7,492/1986 or the “White-Collar Crime Law”, the Brazilian Federal Law No. 14,133/2021, and the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the “FCPA,” among others. Each of the Clean Company Act, the Brazilian Anti-Money Laundering Act, the Brazilian Public Improbity Law and the FCPA impose liability against companies who engage in bribery of government officials, either directly or through intermediaries.

Anti-money laundering, anti-bribery, anti-corruption and sanctions laws and regulations to which we are subject require us, among other things, to conduct full customer due diligence (including sanctions and politically exposed person screening) and keep our customer, account and transaction information up to date. We are also required to report suspicious transactions and activity to appropriate law enforcement following full investigation. We have implemented financial crime policies and procedures detailing what is required from those responsible. However, we rely heavily on our employees to assist us by spotting such illegal and improper activities and reporting them, and our employees have varying degrees of experience in recognizing criminal tactics and understanding the level of sophistication of criminal organizations. If we decide to instead outsource any of our customer due diligence, customer screening or anti-financial crime operations, we would remain responsible and accountable for full compliance and any breaches. In addition, we rely upon our relevant counterparties to a large degree to maintain and appropriately apply their own appropriate compliance measures, procedures and internal policies. If we are unable to apply the necessary scrutiny and oversight of employees, third parties to whom we outsource certain tasks and processes or counterparties, we increase the risk of regulatory breach.

Financial crime – and the surrounding regulatory landscape – is continually evolving. Our ability to comply with changing applicable legal requirements depends on our ability to improve detection and reporting capabilities and reduce variation in control processes and oversight accountability, which requires proactive and adaptable responses from us and ongoing changes to systems and operational activities. While we maintain policies and procedures aimed at detecting and preventing the use of our platform for money laundering and other financial crime-related activities, emerging technologies, such as cryptocurrencies and blockchain, could limit our ability to track the movement of funds and therefore present a risk to our company. Even known threats can never be fully eliminated, and there will be instances where our platform may be used by other parties to engage in money laundering and other illegal or improper activities. Further, compliance with these laws and regulations requires sophisticated automated systems, which may fail.

Form 20-F | 2023 174

 

Regulators may increase enforcement of or modify our obligations, which may require us to make adjustments to our compliance program, including the procedures we use to verify the identity of our customers and to monitor our transactions. Specifically, regulators regularly reexamine the transaction volume thresholds that we must obtain and any change in such thresholds could result in increased compliance costs. For example, the Central Bank of Brazil enacted Circular No. 3,978, which became effective on October 1, 2020 and provided new guidelines with a risk-based approach for anti-money laundering and terrorist financing policies, procedures and controls. Under these guidelines, a regulated institution has the discretion to determine which procedures it will adopt for each customer, based on the internal risk assessment concerning the committing of crimes relating to money laundering and terrorism financing latent in the regulated entity’s business. Overall, we may not be able to comply, in a timely manner or at all, with new regulations, or obtain appropriate exemptions from regulatory authorities, and any new requirements or changes to existing requirements could impose significant costs, result in delays to planned product improvements, make it more difficult for new customers to join our platform and reduce the attractiveness of our products and services.

While we have developed and implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us and our personnel with applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and sanctions laws and regulations, such policies and procedures may not be effective in all instances to prevent violations, either directly or through intermediaries. Violations of – or even accusations of or associations with violations of – anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering or sanctions laws and regulations could result in criminal liability, administrative and civil lawsuits, significant fines and penalties (including being added to “black lists” that would prohibit certain parties from engaging in transactions with us), forfeiture of significant assets and reputational harm. If we are unable to fully comply with applicable laws, regulations and expectations, our regulators and relevant law enforcement agencies have the ability and authority to require a complete review of our business systems, day-to-day supervision by external consultants and ultimately the revocation of licenses necessary to conduct our business. The foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Misconduct of our directors, officers, employees, consultants or third-party service providers could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain customers and subjecting us to legal liability and reputational harm.

Our directors, officers, employees, consultants and third-party service providers could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. We are subject to a number of obligations and standards arising from our business and the violation of these obligations and standards by any of our directors, officers, employees, consultants or third-party service providers could adversely affect our customers and us. If our directors, officers, employees, consultants or third-party service providers were to improperly use or disclose confidential information, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial condition or business relationships. Detecting or deterring employee misconduct is not always possible, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases. If one of our employees or consultants were to engage in misconduct or were to be accused of such misconduct, our business and our reputation could be adversely affected.

Form 20-F | 2023 175

 

In recent years, regulatory authorities across various jurisdictions, including Brazil and the United States, have increasingly focused on enhancing and enforcing anti-bribery laws, such as the Clean Company Act and the FCPA. While we have developed and implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us and our personnel with such laws, such policies and procedures may not be effective in all instances. Any determination that we have violated the Clean Company Act (which establishes in Brazil the strict administrative and civil liability of legal entities for the practice of harmful acts committed in their Interest or benefit against the government, domestic or foreign), the FCPA, or other applicable anti-corruption laws could subject us to, among other things, civil and criminal penalties or material fines, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or the market value of our Class A ordinary shares.

We are subject to costs and risks associated with enhanced or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to data privacy, security and protection. Developments in these and other laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We operate in a complex regulatory and legal environment that exposes us to compliance and litigation risks that could materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. These laws may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political, economic or social events. In addition to the laws and regulations governing our status and operation as a financial and a payment institution (discussed in “—We are subject to extensive regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight as a digital banking platform and as a payment institution. Compliance with or violation of present or future regulations could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could harm our business and results of operations”), some of the federal, state or local laws and regulations that affect us include those relating to consumer products, product liability or consumer protection; those relating to the manner in which we advertise, market or sell products; labor and employment laws, including wage and hour laws; tax laws or interpretations thereof; bank secrecy laws; data protection and privacy laws and regulations; and securities and exchange laws and regulations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview” for more information. We face significant compliance costs and risk of non-compliance with respect to these existing laws and regulations, which costs and risks could be heightened by changes and developments with respect to such laws and regulations. There has also been increasing regulatory scrutiny from the SEC with respect to adequately disclosing risks concerning cybersecurity and data privacy, which increases the risk of investigations into cybersecurity practices and related disclosures, of companies within its jurisdiction which, at a minimum, can result in diversion of resources for targeted businesses. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to adapt our business, or have sufficient financial resources, to comply with any new regulations, or that we will be able to successfully compete in the context of a shifting regulatory environment.

In particular, data protection and privacy laws are developing rapidly to take into account the changes in cultural and consumer attitudes towards the protection of personal data. In operating our business and providing services and solutions to customers, we collect, use, store, transmit and otherwise process sensitive employee and customer data, including personal data, in and across multiple jurisdictions. We leverage systems and applications that are spread all over the world, requiring us to regularly move data across national borders. As a result, we are subject to a variety of laws and regulations in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, the EU and around the world, as well as contractual obligations, regarding data privacy, security and protection. In many cases, these laws and regulations apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between or among us, our subsidiaries and other parties with which we have commercial relationships.

Form 20-F | 2023 176

 

Personal privacy, information security, and data protection are significant issues globally. The regulatory framework governing the collection, processing, storage, use and sharing of certain information, particularly financial and other personal data, is rapidly evolving and is likely to continue to be subject to uncertainty and varying interpretations. The occurrence of unanticipated events and development of evolving technologies often rapidly drives the adoption of legislation or regulation affecting the use, collection or other processing of data and the manner in which we conduct our business. Although we endeavor to comply with our policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies or any applicable privacy, security or data protection, information security or consumer-protection related laws, regulations, orders or industry standards in one or more jurisdictions could expose us to costly litigation, significant awards, fines or judgments, civil and criminal penalties or negative publicity, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The publication of our privacy policy and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair or misrepresentative of our actual practices, which could, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In particular, the Brazilian General Data Protection Law (Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados, or the “LGPD”), which went into effect in September 2020, establishes detailed rules for the collection, use, processing and storage of personal data (including personal data of customers, suppliers and employees), and affects all economic sectors, including the relationship between customers and suppliers of goods and services, employees and employers and other relationships in which personal data is collected, whether in a digital or physical environment. Specifically, the LGPD establishes, among other things, data subject's rights, the legal basis for personal data protection, requirements for obtaining consent from data subjects, requirements to implement a privacy governance program, obligations and requirements related to security incidents, data breaches and data transfers. In the event of non-compliance with the LGPD, the Brazilian Data Protection Authority (Autoridade Nacional de Proteção de Dados, or the "ANPD"), responsible for monitoring, implementing and supervising compliance with the LGPD in Brazil, may have the power to impose administrative penalties depending on the gravity of the offense, according to criteria established by the ANPD through ANPD Resolution No. 4 of February 24, 2023, such as (1) warnings, with the impositions of a deadline for the adoption of corrective measures; (2) a one-time fine of up to 2% (subject to an upper limit of R$50,000,000 per violation) of our gross sales; (3) a daily fine (subject to an upper limit of R$50,000,000); (4) public disclosure of the violation; (5) the restriction of access to the personal data to which the violation relates, until corrective measures are implemented; (6) deletion of the personal data to which the violation relates; (7) partial suspension of the databases to which the violation relates for up to 12 months, until corrective measures are implemented; (8) suspension of the personal data processing activities to which the violation relates for up to 12 months; and (9) partial or full prohibition on personal data processing activities. Moreover, we may be liable for property, moral, individual or collective damages caused by us or by third-party providers or business partners that process personal data for us, and jointly liable for property, moral, individual or collective damages caused by our subsidiaries, due to non-compliance with the obligations established by the LGPD. We cannot guarantee that our LGPD compliance efforts will be deemed appropriate or sufficient by regulatory authorities, courts or other bodies, such as the Brazilian Public Prosecution Office (Ministério Público). Moreover, as the LGPD still requires regulation from the ANPD regarding several aspects of the law, which are yet unknown, we may have difficulty adapting our systems and processes to the LGPD due to the legislation’s complexity. The changes have impacted, and could further adversely impact, our business by increasing our operational and compliance costs.

Form 20-F | 2023 177

 

Further, Resolution No. 85 of the Central Bank of Brazil and CMN Resolution No. 4,893 establish requirements for data processing, storage and cloud computing services, respectively, by payment and financial institutions authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil and determine the mandatory implementation of a cybersecurity policy. Payment and financial institutions, including certain of our operating subsidiaries, are required to draw up internal cybersecurity policies, to appoint an officer to be responsible for implementing and overseeing cybersecurity policies, to adopt procedures and controls to prevent and respond to cybersecurity incidents and to include specific mandatory clauses in contracts regarding data processing, storage and cloud computing services. By virtue of the Supplementary Law No. 105 of January 10, 2001, we are also subject to strict secrecy rules on transactions, and are required to preserve the confidential nature of assets and liabilities transactions and of the services provided to our customers. Any additional privacy laws or regulations enacted or approved in Brazil or in other jurisdictions in which we operate could seriously harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Internationally, many jurisdictions have established their own data security and privacy legal framework with which we or our customers may need to comply, including, but not limited to, the European Union, or the “EU.” The EU’s privacy, data protection and information security landscape is currently evolving, resulting in possible significant operational costs for internal compliance and risk to our business. Within the EU, the General Data Protection Regulation, or the “GDPR,” which went into effect in May 2018 and contains numerous requirements and changes from previously existing EU law, including more robust, direct obligations on data processors in addition to data controllers, heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs and significant increases in the level of sanctions for non-compliance. In particular, under the GDPR, EU data protection authorities have the power to impose administrative fines for violations of the GDPR of up to a maximum of €20 million (equivalent to US$22.1 million as of December 31, 2023) or 4% of the data controller’s or data processor’s total worldwide global turnover for the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher, and violations of the GDPR may also lead to damages claims by data controllers and data subjects. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by data controllers, customers and data subjects. Being subject to the GDPR, we may need to take steps to cause our processes to be compliant with applicable portions of the GDPR, but we cannot guarantee that we will be able to implement changes in a timely manner or without significant disruption to our business, or that such steps will be effective, and we may face liability under the GDPR. We expect that there will be additional proposed and adopted laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including in Mexico and Colombia and in jurisdictions into which we may expand in the future.

Form 20-F | 2023 178

 

As we seek to build a trusted and secure consumer platform, and as we expand our customer base and increase the number of transactions we process, we will increasingly be subject to laws and regulations relating to the collection, use, retention, security and transfer of information, including the personally identifiable information of our employees and our customers. These laws and regulations may be interpreted and applied differently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and it is possible they will be interpreted and applied in ways that are inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our services and platform capabilities, which would materially and adversely affect our business. Additionally, our customers may be subject to differing privacy laws, rules and legislation, which may mean that they require us to be bound by varying contractual requirements applicable to certain other jurisdictions. Adherence to such contractual requirements may impact our collection, use, processing, storage, sharing and disclosure of various types of information including financial information and other personal data, and may mean we become bound by, or voluntarily comply with, self-regulatory or other industry standards relating to these matters that may further change as laws, rules and regulations evolve. Complying with these requirements and changing our policies and practices may be onerous and costly, and we may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative and other developments. These changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products and services and increase our cost of doing business. As we expand our customer base, these requirements may vary from customer to customer, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business. Any additional privacy laws, rules or regulations enacted or approved in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia or in other jurisdictions in which we operate could cause us to incur costs to correct the breaches or failures, expose us to uninsured liability, increase our risk of regulatory scrutiny, subject us to lawsuits and result in the imposition of material penalties and fines under state and federal laws or regulations, which could seriously harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any failure, real or perceived, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any regulatory requirements or orders or other local, state, federal or international privacy or consumer protection-related laws and regulations could cause customers to reduce their use of our products and services and could materially and adversely affect our business.

Increases in reserve, compulsory deposit, minimum capital and contributions to deposit insurance requirements may have a material adverse effect on us.

The Central Bank of Brazil has periodically changed the level of regulatory reserves and compulsory deposits that payment institutions (such as Nu Pagamentos) and financial institutions (such as Nu Financeira) in Brazil are required to maintain, and has adjusted compulsory allocation requirements to finance government programs and mandated contributions to the deposit insurance program maintained by the Credit Guarantee Fund, or the “FGC,” with these changes continuing to be a potential area of risk as they may increase the reserve and compulsory deposit or allocation and contribution requirements in the future or impose new requirements on us, which as a result could reduce our liquidity to fund our loan portfolio and other investments and, as a result, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 179

 

Compulsory deposits and allocations generally do not yield the same return as other investments and deposits because a portion of compulsory deposits and allocations must be held in Brazilian federal government securities or return yielding balances at the Central Bank.

In recent years, the CMN and Central Bank of Brazil have also published several rules to implement, update and improve Basel III and associated capital and prudential rules in Brazil. This set of regulations includes a revised definition of capital, capital requirements, capital buffers, credit valuation adjustments, exposures to central counterparties, leverage and liquidity coverage ratios, for instance, Central Bank of Brazil Resolutions No. 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 and 202, all dated March 11, 2022. The new prudential requirements will be enforceable according to an implementation calendar, with full implementation expected to take place in January 2025, and establish a new set of rules aiming to harmonize the capital and prudential requirements applicable to payment services offered by payment institutions (including those provided by Nu Pagamentos) and to those applicable to payment services offered by financial institutions. New rules, including those that might result from the implementation of Basel III by the Brazilian regulators, may increase the minimum capital requirements applicable to Nu’s prudential conglomerate.

We are subject to regulatory intervention and antitrust litigation under competition laws.

We are subject to scrutiny from governmental agencies under competition laws in countries in which we operate. Some jurisdictions also provide private rights of action for competitors or consumers to assert claims of anticompetitive conduct pursuant to which companies or governmental agencies may allege that our actions violate antitrust or competition laws, or otherwise constitute unfair competition. Contractual agreements with buyers, sellers or other companies, as well as our unilateral business practices, could give rise to regulatory action or antitrust investigations or litigation. Some regulators may perceive our business to have such significant market power that otherwise uncontroversial business practices could be deemed anticompetitive. Any such claims and investigations, even if they are unfounded, may be expensive to defend, involve negative publicity and substantial diversion of management time and effort, and could result in significant judgments against us and harm to our business.

Requirements associated with being a public company in the United States require significant company resources and management attention.

We are subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the other rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. We are also subject to various other regulatory requirements, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. New rules and regulations relating to disclosure, financial reporting and controls and corporate governance, which could be adopted by the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory bodies or exchange entities from time to time, could result in a significant increase in legal, accounting and compliance costs and make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These rules and regulations may also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. These obligations will also require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. These cost increases and the diversion of management’s attention could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 180

 

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company for the current or any future taxable year, which could subject U.S. investors in our Class A ordinary shares to significant adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” we will be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average value (generally determined on a quarterly basis) of our assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, certain non-active royalties, and capital gains. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes.

Based on proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, or the “1995 Proposed Regulations,” including those which are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 and our current operations, income, assets and certain estimates and projections (such as the relative values of our assets, including goodwill), we do not believe that we were a PFIC for our 2023 taxable year. However, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” will agree with our conclusion. Among other reasons, whether we were a PFIC in 2023 or will be a PFIC in any future taxable year is uncertain because: (i) the 1995 Proposed Regulations may not be finalized in their current form, (ii) PFIC status is determined on an annual basis at the end of each taxable year, and (iii) the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our Class A ordinary shares, which could be volatile) may vary from time to time. In addition, proposed U.S. Treasury regulations in 2021, or the “2021 Proposed Regulations,” significantly alter the application of the exception to the PFIC rules for the active conduct of a banking, financing, or similar business. The application of the 2021 Proposed Regulations is not entirely clear and, if we can no longer rely on the 1995 Proposed Regulations, and the 2021 Proposed Regulations are adopted in their current form, there can be no assurances that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor holds Class A ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. investor for all succeeding years during which the U.S. investor holds Class A ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status. Such a U.S. investor may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, including (i) the treatment of all or a portion of any gain on disposition as ordinary income, (ii) the application of a deferred interest charge on such gain and the receipt of certain dividends and (iii) compliance with certain reporting requirements. A “mark-to-market” election may be available that will alter the consequences of PFIC status if our Class A ordinary shares are regularly traded on a qualified exchange. For further discussion see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Form 20-F | 2023 181

 

Changes in tax laws, incentives, benefits and regulations may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Group companies located in Brazil currently are subject to Income Tax, or "IRPJ," at a rate of 25% and Social Contribution on Net Profit, or "CSLL," at a rate of 15% for financial companies and at a rate of 9% for non-financial companies. Furthermore, the Contribution for Social Security Financing, or "COFINS," is charged on financial income obtained by companies at a rate of 4% and a rate of 7.6% for non-financial income with the possibility of taking credit restricted. The contribution from the Social Integration Program, or "PIS," also applies on financial income obtained by companies at a rate of 0.65% and 1.65% for non-financial income with the possibility of restricted credit taking. Lastly, the service revenue will currently be subject to Service Tax at a rate varying between 2% and 5% depending on the type of service.

Nu group companies in Mexico and Colombia have income tax as their main tax at rates of 30% and 35%, respectively. Nu group companies in Mexico and Colombia are also subject to VAT taxation under the general rates of 16% and 19%.

As of the date of this annual report, the Brazilian National Congress approved "Consumption Tax Reform" the final wording of the Proposal for Amendment to the Constitution No. 45/19, or “PEC 45”, a relevant project in the context of the tax reform which was enacted as Constitutional Amendment (EC) no. 132/2023 “Tax Reform”. The Tax Reform aims at simplifying Brazil’s taxation of consumption regime, by substituting five taxes – namely Tax on Distribution of Goods and Services (Imposto sobre Circulação de Mercadorias e Serviços, or "ICMS"); (ii) Tax on Services (Imposto sobre Serviços, or "ISS"); (iii) Tax on Manufactured Products (Imposto sobre Produtos Industrializados, or "IPI"); (iv) the Profit Participation Program Contribution (Programa de Integração Social, or "PIS"), and (v) Social Security Financing Contribution (Contribuição para o Financiamento da Seguridade Social, or "COFINS") – for two new taxes: (a) the Tax on Goods and Services (“IBS”) and, (b) the Contribution on Goods and Services, or “CBS,”which will be regulated by complementary laws that are being discussed in the national congress in 2024. The basis calculation and the new tax rates of the new taxes approved by this Tax Reform (CBS, IBS) will be defined by these complementary laws. The project was approved and is subject to a transition period, starting in 2027 and the transition will last until 2033.

Further, recent Brazilian government initiatives have proposed changes to the Brazilian income tax regime that, if enacted, could impact our business. An example is the deductibility of interest on equity could be prohibited, and taxation for withholding dividends, potentially impacting the overall tax burden of our operations in Brazil. Although these laws have not yet been enacted and it is not possible to determine at this time the exact changes that will eventually pass into law, any such changes could have adverse effects on our results and operations, as well as on the taxation applied to the dividends distributed from our Brazilian subsidiaries.

Form 20-F | 2023 182

 

Changes in tax laws, regulations, related interpretations and tax accounting standards in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, the Cayman Islands, the United States or any other jurisdiction in which we operate or may in the future operate may result in higher taxation of our business, which may significantly reduce our profits and cash flows from operations. For example, the Brazilian government in recent years from 2019 to date, has changed the social contribution rate on net profit several times, fluctuating between 15% and 20%. As of January 1, 2023 the social contribution rate was at 15% for financial institutions. Another risk is that our payment processing activities are also subject to a Municipal Tax on Services (Imposto Sobre Serviços, or “ISS”), and any increases in ISS rates would harm our financial results.

Also, it is not possible to precisely predict if and how potential changes may affect our business, but one or more states, municipalities or federal governments may seek to challenge the taxation or procedures applied to our transactions, and could impose taxes or additional reporting, record-keeping or indirect tax collection obligations on our business. New taxes could also require us to incur substantial costs to capture data and collect and remit taxes. If such obligations were imposed, the additional costs associated with tax collection, remittance and audit requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In addition, our companies use tax benefits and incentives that may cease to exist or not be renewed, impacting our financial results if certain tax incentives are not retained or renewed. For example, Brazilian Law No. 11,196 currently grants tax benefits to companies that invest in research and development, which reduces our annual income tax expense. However, we cannot guarantee that such tax benefits will remain in place or that we will continue to qualify for them.

Our interpretation of certain laws may be subject to review by the Brazilian Judiciary, which may have adverse tax consequences. For instance, in February 2023, the Brazilian Federal Supreme Court (STF), by unanimous vote, concluded that favorable judicial decisions to taxpayers (res judicata) must be automatically annulled if, after such decisions were issued, the Brazilian Federal Supreme Court reaches a different understanding on the subject matter. That is, if years ago a company obtained authorization from the courts to stop collecting a certain tax, this permission could automatically expire if and when the STF understands that the charge of such tax is actually legitimate. In this sense, if there is any type of reversal of pro-taxpayer decisions and case law in the Brazilian courts that is sensitive to our business, our financial and operating results could be negatively affected.

Brazilian government authorities at the federal, state and local levels are considering changes in tax laws to cover budgetary shortfalls resulting from the recent economic downturn in Brazil. If enacted, such changes may harm our financial results by increasing our tax burden, increasing our tax compliance costs or otherwise affecting our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Finally, establishing a provision for income tax expense and filing returns requires us to make judgments and interpretations about the application of inherently complex tax laws, and in particular Brazilian income tax laws, which are subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and relevant governmental taxing authorities. If the judgments, estimates and assumptions we use in preparing our tax returns/ obligations are subsequently found to be incorrect, we could become involved in a dispute with the relevant authority, which in Brazil can involve prolonged evaluation periods and litigation before a final resolution is reached, and which introduces further uncertainty and risk with respect to our tax and related liabilities.

Form 20-F | 2023 183

 

Litigation, proceedings or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto, could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have been, and may in the future be, party to significant legal, arbitration and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business or from extraordinary corporate, tax or regulatory events, involving our employees, customers or suppliers, or environmental, competition, tax or other governmental matters, particularly with respect to civil, tax and labor claims, and in connection with conflicts of interest and lending activities. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in the early stages of investigation or discovery, we cannot state accurately what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be. The amount of our provisions in respect to these matters may be substantially less than the total amount of the claims asserted against us, and, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the provisions recorded by us. As a result, the outcome of a highly uncertain matter may become material to our operating results. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had provisions for taxes, other legal contingencies and other provisions of US$8.1 million and US$17.9 million, respectively

Our indemnities and insurance coverage may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in future proceedings or similar matters under various laws. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any proceeding or investigation significantly exceed our indemnity rights and insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and the price of our Class A ordinary shares. Further, even if we adequately defend our case in a proceeding or court action, we may have to set aside significant financial and management resources to settle issues raised by such proceedings, which could adversely affect our business. For more information see “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Legal Proceedings.”

Our operations could be adversely affected by labor actions, disputes and other labor-related disruptions in the countries in which we operate.

We are subject to risks under applicable federal, state and municipal labor laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate, including disputes concerning which union applies to particular workers or the activities covered by a particular union, collective bargaining rights and compensation and other benefits, various issues arising from union contracts, potential labor reclassifications, and strikes, among others. Labor laws and regulations are complex, broad in scope and are often vague and differ vastly across states, countries and businesses and may require us to make interpretations of such laws and regulations, which may involve subjective factors or judgments. Further, these laws and regulations are subject to continuing and evolving interpretation by regulatory agencies, administrative law judges and courts. New or different interpretations of existing requirements, new laws or regulations or the enforcement of existing or new laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or require us to make changes in our operations, facilities, equipment, personnel, compensation services, or operating expenses to comply with evolving requirements. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to make any such changes in a cost- efficient manner or at all.

Form 20-F | 2023 184

 

We are subject to regulatory and administrative inspection, examinations and investigations.

The financial and payments industries face substantial regulatory risks and litigation. Like many firms operating within the financial and payments industries, we are experiencing a difficult regulatory environment across our markets. Increased regulatory oversight of the financial and payments industries generally, new laws and regulations affecting the financial industry and ever-changing regulatory interpretations of existing laws and regulations have made this an increasingly challenging and costly regulatory environment in which to operate. In Brazil specifically, the current regulatory and tax enforcement environment reflects an increased supervisory focus on enforcement, combined with uncertainty about the evolution of the regulatory regime, and may lead to material operational and compliance costs.

We may from time to time be subject to inspections, examinations or investigations by regulatory authorities, which could result in the identification of matters that may require remediation activities or enforcement proceedings by a regulator. The direct and indirect costs of responding to these examinations could be significant, and any examinations, investigations or litigation could result in settlements, awards, injunctions, fines and penalties and could have an adverse effect on our ability to offer some of our products and services.

As the regulatory framework for artificial intelligence and machine learning technology evolves, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

The regulatory framework for artificial intelligence and machine learning technology is evolving and remains uncertain. It is possible that new laws and regulations will be adopted, or existing laws and regulations may be interpreted in new ways, that would affect the operation of our platform and the way in which we use artificial intelligence and machine learning technology, including with respect to fair lending laws. Further, the cost to comply with such laws or regulations could be significant and would increase our operating expenses, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, non-compliance could also negatively impact our reputation as well as our brand and customers’ trust in us.

The integration of artificial intelligence tools into our operations presents significant intellectual property challenges. Determining intellectual property for artificial intelligence-generated content remains ambiguous, which may potentially lead to infringement claims. Using third-party artificial intelligence tools raises concerns about the origin of data and algorithms, which may lead to intellectual property infringements that could inadvertently implicate us. Artificial intelligence tools might also unintentionally access or use copyrighted materials, heightening our exposure to intellectual property disputes. As artificial intelligence tools continue to evolve, ensuring protection against intellectual property infringements becomes progressively more challenging.

Form 20-F | 2023 185

 

We may face restrictions and penalties under the Brazilian Consumer Protection Code.

Brazil has a series of strict consumer protection statutes, collectively known as the Consumer Protection Code (Código de Defesa do Consumidor), that are intended to safeguard consumer interests and that apply to all companies in Brazil that supply products or services to Brazilian consumers. These consumer protection provisions include protection against misleading and deceptive advertising, protection against coercive or unfair business practices and protection in the formation and interpretation of contracts, usually in the form of civil liabilities and administrative penalties for violations. These penalties are often levied by the Brazilian Consumer Protection Agencies (Fundação de Proteção e Defesa do Consumidor, or “PROCONs”), which oversee consumer issues on a district-by-district basis. Companies that operate across Brazil may face penalties from multiple PROCONs, as well as the National Secretariat for Consumers (Secretaria Nacional do Consumidor, or “SENACON”). Companies may settle claims made by consumers via PROCONs by paying compensation for violations directly to consumers and through a mechanism that allows them to adjust their conduct, called a conduct adjustment agreement (Termo de Ajustamento de Conduta, or “TAC”). Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also commence investigations related to consumer rights violations and this TAC mechanism is also available for them. Companies that violate TACs face potential automatic fines. Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also file public civil actions against companies in violation of consumer rights, seeking strict observation of the consumer protection law provisions and compensation for the damages consumers may have suffered. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 24,226 active proceedings with PROCONs and small claims courts relating to consumer rights. To the extent customers file such claims against us in the future, we may face reduced revenue due to refunds and fines for non-compliance that could negatively impact our results of operations.

We expect that there will be additional proposed and adopted laws, regulations and industry standards concerning consumer protection in the jurisdictions in which we operate and jurisdictions into which we intend to expand in the future, including in Mexico and Colombia and elsewhere in Latin America.

Risks Relating to the Countries in Which We Operate

Exchange rate and interest rate instability may have a material adverse effect on the economies of the countries in which we operate and the price of our Class A ordinary shares

The currencies of the countries in which we operate, most notably Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, have experienced frequent and substantial variations in relation to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies. In particular, the Brazilian government has implemented various economic plans and used various exchange rate policies to stabilize the real, including sudden devaluations, periodic mini-devaluations (during which the frequency of adjustments has ranged from daily to monthly), exchange controls, dual exchange rate markets and a floating exchange rate system, which plans and policies have had varying degrees of success. Exchange rate volatility could cause our costs to increase relative to our revenue, given that around 27% of our costs in the year ended December 31, 2023 were directly or indirectly linked to the U.S. dollar, whereas the majority of our revenue was denominated in the real.

Form 20-F | 2023 186

 

Further, given that a majority of the revenue generated by our operations is denominated in reais, any revenue growth that we may experience may not be sufficient to offset adverse exchange rate fluctuations. Although long-term depreciation of the real is generally linked to the rate of inflation in Brazil, depreciation of the real occurring over shorter periods of time has resulted in significant variations in the exchange rate among the real, the U.S. dollar and other currencies. For further information, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating Results—Exchange Rates.”

Depreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar has created additional inflationary pressures in Brazil, which has led to increases in interest rates, limited Brazilian companies’ access to foreign financial markets and prompted the adoption of recessionary policies by the Brazilian government. Depreciation of the real may also, in the context of an economic slowdown, lead to decreased consumer spending, deflationary pressures and reduced growth of the Brazilian economy as a whole, and thereby harm our asset base, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, depreciation of the real would make our foreign-currency-linked obligations and funding more expensive, negatively affect the market price of our securities portfolios and have similar consequences for our borrowers. Conversely, appreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies would lead to a deterioration of the Brazilian balance of payments, as well as dampen export-driven growth. Depending on the circumstances, either depreciation or appreciation of the real could materially and adversely affect the growth of the Brazilian economy and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Disruption or volatility in global financial and credit markets could adversely affect the financial and economic environment in the countries in which we operate, most notably Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are dependent upon the performance of the economies in which we do business, and Latin American economies in particular. Crises and volatility in the financial markets of countries other than Brazil may affect the global financial markets and the Brazilian economy and may have a negative impact on our operations.

As an example, there have been concerns over conflicts, unrest and terrorist threats in the Middle East, Europe and Africa, which have resulted in volatility in oil and other markets. The United States and China have recently been involved in controversy over trade barriers in China that threatened a trade war between the countries and have implemented or proposed to implement tariffs on certain imported products. Sustained tension between the United States and China over trade policies could significantly undermine the stability of the global economy and financial markets. In 2022 and 2023, the military conflict between the Russian Federation and Ukraine is contributing to further increases in the prices of energy, oil and other commodities and to volatility in financial markets globally, as well as a new landscape in relation to international sanctions. The global economy was also adversely affected by the ongoing conflict in the Middle East in the second half of 2023. The war is causing a humanitarian crisis in the Gaza Strip and could lead to an escalation of the conflict in the region, rise in oil and gas prices, more inflationary pressures and market volatility. In tandem with the appreciation of the U.S. dollar, these increases could cause greater inflationary pressures and may hinder the Brazilian economic recovery. Additionally, the conflict has an impact on the global agricultural commodity supply, such that if grain prices rise due to increased demand, demand for Brazilian output could rise, given the country’s high production capacity and the resulting possibility of negotiating for more competitive prices, increasing export taxes and raising domestic prices, which would generate greater inflationary pressures. The conflict could also influence and change Brazil’s export policy, which could adversely impact the economy and, consequently, the capital market and diplomatic relationships between countries other than those directly involved. It is unclear whether these challenges and uncertainties will be contained or resolved, and what effects they may have on the global political and economic conditions in the long term.

Form 20-F | 2023 187

 

Volatility and uncertainty in global financial and credit markets have generally led to a decrease in liquidity and an increase in the cost of funding for Brazilian and international issuers and borrowers. Such conditions may adversely affect our ability to access capital and liquidity on financial terms that are acceptable, if at all. If we are unable to access capital and liquidity on financial terms acceptable to us or at all, our financial condition and the results of our operations may be adversely affected. In addition, the economic and market conditions of other countries, including the United States, countries in the EU and emerging markets, may affect the volume of foreign investments in Brazil. If the level of foreign investment declines, our access to capital may likewise decline, which could negatively affect our business, ability to take advantage of strategic opportunities and, ultimately, the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Further, the demand for credit and financial services, as well as our customers’ ability to make payments and deposits, is directly impacted by macroeconomic variables, such as economic growth, income, unemployment rates, inflation and fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates. Disruptions and volatility in the global financial markets may have significant consequences in the countries in which we operate, such as volatility in the prices of securities, interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Higher uncertainty and volatility may result in a slowdown in the credit market and the economy, which, in turn, could lead to higher unemployment rates and a reduction in the purchasing power of consumers. Such events may significantly impair our customers’ ability to perform their obligations and increase overdue or non-performing loans, resulting in an increase in the risk associated with our lending activity.

Governments have exercised, and continue to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy and the other economies in which we operate. This influence, as well as political and economic conditions in Brazil and the other countries in which we operate, could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Governments in many of the markets in which we currently, or may in the future, operate frequently exercise significant influence over their respective economies and occasionally make significant changes in policy and regulations. Government actions to control inflation and other policies and regulations have often involved, among other measures, increases or decreases in interest rates, changes in fiscal policies, wage and price controls, foreign exchange rate controls, blocking access to banking accounts, currency devaluations, capital controls and import and export restrictions. We have no control over and cannot predict what measures or policies governments may take in the future. Our business and the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be harmed by changes in government policies, as well as general economic factors, including, without limitation:

Form 20-F | 2023 188

 

● growth or downturn of the relevant economy;

● interest rates and monetary policies;

● exchange rates and currency fluctuations;

● inflation;

● liquidity of the domestic capital and lending markets;

● import and export controls;

● exchange controls and restrictions on remittances abroad and payments of dividends;

● modifications to laws and regulations according to political, social and economic interests;

● fiscal policy, and changes in tax laws;

● economic, political and social instability, including general strikes and mass demonstrations;

● labor and social security regulations;

● energy and water shortages and rationing;

● the outbreak of any communicable diseases or any other public health crises;

● commodity prices; and

● other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting the countries in which we operate.

Uncertainty over whether Brazil and other Latin American governments will implement reforms or changes in policy or regulation affecting these or other factors in the future may affect economic performance and contribute to economic uncertainty in Latin America, which may have an adverse effect on our activities and consequently our results of operations, and may also adversely affect the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

In particular, Latin America’s political environment has historically influenced, and continues to influence, the performance of the region’s economy. Political crises have affected and continue to affect the confidence of investors and the general public, which have historically resulted in economic deceleration and heightened volatility in the securities offered by companies with significant operations in Brazil and other Latin American countries. The recent economic instability in Latin America has contributed to a decline in market confidence in the Latin American economies as well as to a deteriorating political environment.

Form 20-F | 2023 189

 

As has been true in the past, the current political and economic environment in Brazil and certain other Latin American countries has and is continuing to affect the confidence of investors and the general public, which has historically resulted in economic deceleration and heightened volatility in the securities offered by companies with significant operations in Brazil and elsewhere in Latin America, which may adversely affect us and our Class A ordinary shares.

Changes made by the Central Bank of Brazil in the basic interest rate could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our business is conducted primarily in Brazil, where the Monetary Policy Committee of the Central Bank of Brazil, or “COPOM”, sets the target basic interest rate for the Brazilian banking system and makes changes in this rate as an instrument of monetary policy. The basic interest rate is the adjusted average rate of daily financing calculated in the Special System for Settlement and Custody, or “SELIC”, for federal bonds. Variations in the basic interest rate can be harmful to us, causing, among other effects, a reduction in the demand for our credit and investment products, an increase in the cost of raising funds and the risk of default by our customers, all of which could adversely affect us.

Political instability in Brazil may adversely affect our business, results of operations and the trading price of our shares.

Luis Inácio Lula da Silva, or “Lula,” was elected president in October 2022, for a four-year term starting in January 2023. Lula’s first days in office were impacted by the largest protests against democratic institutions in the history of Brazil. Certain groups formed by extreme supporters of the defeated candidate (former president Jair Messias Bolsonaro) performed acts of civil unrest and stormed into Brazil’s Supreme Court, Congress and Presidency buildings, conducting acts of violence and destruction. Although extreme and concerning, we believe the rapid response to deal with such a situation did not result in deterioration of institutions nor the political environment.

Following this episode, the new administration secured a broad coalition to reelect both speakers of the Congress. Although important initial steps, we believe coalitions are sensitive structures that rest on unstable grounds and this instability might lead to market uncertainty.

The president of Brazil has the power to determine policies and issue governmental acts related to the Brazilian economy that affect the operations and financial performance of companies, including us. For example, through the CMN and the Central Bank of Brazil, the Brazilian government introduces measures to control inflation that affect liquidity, financing strategy, loan growth or even our profitability, as well as the solvency of our clients and end consumers.

The term of office of Mr. Roberto Campos Neto, the current president of the Central Bank of Brazil, is set to conclude at the end of 2024. Within the scope of his responsibilities as president of Brazil, Lula will appoint a new president for the Central Bank of Brazil for a four-year term, starting in January 2025. As this position holds significant influence over monetary policy and economic regulation within the country, changes in leadership can result in shifts in policy direction. We cannot predict which policies the new president will adopt or if these policies or changes in current policies may have an adverse effect on us or the Brazilian economy and regulatory landscape.

Form 20-F | 2023 190

 

Developments and changes in investors’ perception of risk in other countries, especially in the United States, Europe and other emerging countries, may materially and adversely affect the Brazilian economy and the market value of Brazilian securities, including our Class A shares.

The market value of securities issued by Brazilian companies is influenced, to varying degrees, by economic and market conditions in other countries, including countries in Latin America, Asia, Europe, and the United States. Investors’ reactions to developments in these other countries may have an adverse effect on the market value of securities of Brazilian companies. Crises in Brazil and in these countries may reduce investor interest in securities issued by Brazilian companies, including securities issued by us. In the past, the development of adverse economic conditions in other countries considered as emerging markets resulted, in general, in the outflow of investments and, consequently, in the reduction of external resources invested in Brazil. Any of the events mentioned above could affect the market value of the securities issued by us, in addition to making it difficult for us to access the capital market and finance our operations in the future, in acceptable or absolute terms.

Infrastructure and workforce deficiency in Brazil may impact economic growth and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our performance depends on the overall health and growth of the Brazilian economy. Brazilian GDP growth has fluctuated over the past years, with a contraction of 3.3% in 2016, a compound growth of 1.1% between 2017 and 2021, 3.0% in 2022 and 2.9% in 2023, according to most recent and reviewed data from IBGE. Growth is limited by inadequate infrastructure, including potential energy shortages and deficient transportation, logistics and telecommunication sectors, general strikes, the lack of a qualified labor force and the lack of private and public investments in these areas, which limit productivity and efficiency. Any of these factors could lead to labor market volatility and generally impact income, purchasing power and consumption levels, which could limit growth and ultimately have a material adverse effect on us.

Inflation and certain government measures to curb inflation have historically harmed the economies and capital markets in some of the countries in which we operate, including Brazil, and high levels of inflation in the future could harm our business and the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

In the past, high levels of inflation have adversely affected the economies and capital markets of some of the countries in which we operate, particularly Brazil, and have hampered the ability of their governments to create conditions that stimulate or maintain economic growth. Moreover, governmental measures to curb inflation and market speculation about possible future governmental measures have contributed to the negative economic impact of inflation and have created general economic uncertainty and heightened volatility in the capital markets. Such measures have at times involved restrictive monetary policies and high interest rates that have limited the availability of credit and economic growth.

Form 20-F | 2023 191

 

For example, according to Brazil’s Broad Consumer Price Index (Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo, or the “IPCA index”), Brazil recorded inflation of 4.6% in 2023, 5.8% in 2022, 10.1% in 2021 and 4.5% in 2020. Measures adopted by the Brazilian government to control inflation have included the maintenance of a restrictive monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby limiting the availability of credit and reducing economic growth. Furthermore, the official interest rate (Selic) is set by the Monetary Policy Committee, or “COPOM,” formed by the Chairman and officers of the Central Bank of Brazil, every 45 days. On December 8, 2021, Selic was set at 9.25% and reached 13.75% on August 3, 2022, due to concerns with inflationary pressures. Inflation and certain governmental actions to curb inflation, together with the speculation about governmental measures to be adopted, have materially and adversely affected the Brazilian economy and contributed to economic uncertainty in Brazil, heightening volatility in the Brazilian capital markets.

Any future measures adopted by the governments of the countries in which we operate, including a reduction in interest rates, intervention in the exchange market or the implementation of mechanisms to adjust or determine the value of the relevant local currency, may trigger inflation, adversely affecting the overall performance of the relevant country’s economy. If Brazil or other Latin American countries in which we operate face significant inflation or deflation, we and our ability to meet our obligations may be adversely affected. These pressures could also affect our access to international financial markets. If Brazil or other Latin American countries in which we operate experience high inflation in the future, we may be unable to adjust the prices we charge our customers in order to offset the effects of inflation on our cost structure, which could increase our costs and reduce our operating margins.

Moreover, in the event of increased inflation, governments may choose to significantly increase official interest rates. The increase in interest rates may affect not only the cost of our new borrowings and financing, but also the cost of our current indebtedness, as well as our cash and cash equivalents, securities and lease agreements payable, which are subject to interest rates. Such events would likely materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Any further downgrading of Brazil’s credit rating could depress the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

We may be harmed by investors’ perceptions of risks related to Brazil’s sovereign debt credit rating. Rating agencies regularly evaluate Brazil and its sovereign credit ratings, which are based on a number of factors including macroeconomic trends, fiscal and budgetary conditions, indebtedness metrics and the potential for changes in any of these factors. The rating agencies began to review Brazil’s sovereign credit rating in September 2015. Subsequently, the three major rating agencies downgraded Brazil’s investment-grade status:

● Standard & Poor’s initially downgraded Brazil’s credit rating from BBB-negative to BB-positive and subsequently downgraded it again from BB-positive to BB, maintaining its negative outlook, citing a worse credit situation since the first downgrade. On January 11, 2018, Standard & Poor’s further downgraded Brazil’s credit rating from BB to BB-stable, which was reaffirmed on June 14, 2022. On December 19, 2023, Standard & Poor’s increased Brazil’s credit rating to BB stable.

Form 20-F | 2023 192

 

● In December 2015, Moody’s placed Brazil’s Baa3’s issue and bond ratings under review for downgrade and subsequently downgraded the issue and bond ratings to below investment grade, at Ba2 with a negative outlook, citing the prospect of a further deterioration in Brazil’s debt indicators, taking into account the low growth environment and the challenging political scenario. On April 12, 2022, Moody’s maintained Brazil’s credit rating at Ba2-stable.

● Fitch downgraded Brazil’s sovereign credit rating to BB-positive with a negative outlook, citing the rapid expansion of the country’s budget deficit and the worse-than-expected recession. In February 2018, Fitch downgraded Brazil’s sovereign credit rating again to BB-negative, citing, among other factors, fiscal deficits, the increasing burden of public debt and an inability to implement reforms that would structurally improve Brazil’s public finances. On December 20, 2022, Fitch reaffirmed Brazil’s credit rating at BB-negative. On July 26, 2023, Fitch upgraded Brazil’s credit rating from BB- to BB and changed its outlook to stable.

Brazil’s sovereign credit rating is currently rated below investment grade by the three main credit rating agencies. Consequently, the prices of securities offered by companies with significant operations in Brazil have been negatively affected. A prolongation or worsening of the current Brazilian recession and continued political uncertainty, among other factors, could lead to further ratings downgrades. Any further downgrade of Brazil’s sovereign credit ratings could heighten investors’ perception of risk and, as a result, cause the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares

An active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares may not be sustainable. If an active trading market is not maintained, you may not be able to sell your shares and you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Although our Class A ordinary shares are listed and traded on NYSE, an active trading market for our shares may not be maintained. If an active market for our Class A ordinary shares is not sustained, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A ordinary shares that you buy. Further, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected if an active trading market is not maintained.

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

● announcements by us or our competitors of significant developments;

● technological innovations by us or competitors;

Form 20-F | 2023 193

 

● the failure of financial analysts to cover our Class A ordinary shares or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

● changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our Class A ordinary shares or the shares of our competitors;

● actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

● future sales of our shares; and

● investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our Class A ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Our founding shareholder and CEO David Vélez owns 88.8% of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares, which represents 75.9% of the voting power of our issued share capital. This concentration of ownership and voting power may limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

David Vélez, our founding shareholder and chief executive officer, continues to control our Company through his beneficial ownership of 88.8% of our outstanding Class B ordinary shares, and consequently, 75.9% of the combined voting power of our issued share capital. Our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 20 votes per share and our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible into an equivalent number of Class A ordinary shares. As a result, so long as David Vélez beneficially owns 58.5% of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares, even if he beneficially owns significantly less than 50% of our outstanding share capital, he will be able to effectively control our decisions and will be able to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors. David Vélez will also be able to direct our actions in areas such as business strategy, financing, distributions, acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses, and may cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares, sell revenue-generating assets or inhibit change of control transactions that may benefit other shareholders. In addition, we have entered into a Shareholder’s Agreement with David Vélez pursuant to which we have granted him the right to nominate directors to our board and committees, rights to information, and rights to approve certain of our corporate actions. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management—Shareholder’s Agreement.” The decisions of David Vélez on these matters may be contrary to your expectations or preferences, and they may take actions that could be contrary to your interests. For further information regarding shareholdings in our company, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders”.

Form 20-F | 2023 194

 

We have granted the holders of our Class B ordinary shares preemptive rights to acquire shares that we may sell in the future, which may impair our ability to raise funds.

Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to preemptive rights to purchase additional ordinary shares in the event that there is an increase in our share capital and additional ordinary shares are issued, upon the same economic terms and at the same price, in order to maintain their proportional ownership interests, which is approximately 25.0% of our outstanding shares. The exercise by holders of our Class B ordinary shares of their preemptive rights may impair our ability to raise funds, or adversely affect the terms on which we are able to raise funds, as we may not be able to offer to new investors the quantity of our shares that they may desire to purchase. For more information see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Ordinary Shares—Preemptive or Similar Rights”.

Future sales of a substantial number of our Class A ordinary shares or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

The market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline as a result of substantial sales of our Class A ordinary shares, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant shareholders, a large number of Class A ordinary shares becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that such sales could occur. As of December 31, 2023, we have approximately 3,682,625,012 Class A ordinary shares outstanding, and 1,083,312,142 Class B ordinary shares outstanding. The Class A ordinary shares are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Our shareholders or entities controlled by them or their permitted transferees are able to sell their Class A ordinary shares, in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to certain limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by regulations promulgated by the SEC, as applicable. If any of our shareholders, the affiliated entities controlled by them or their respective permitted transferees were to sell a large number of their Class A ordinary shares, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares may decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur may also cause the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our Class A ordinary shares, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to fall or make it more difficult for you to sell your Class A ordinary shares at a time and price that you deem appropriate.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association and the Shareholder’s Agreement contain anti-takeover provisions, and the Central Bank of Brazil imposes certain restrictions and requirements, which may discourage a third-party from acquiring us and adversely affect the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association and the Shareholder’s Agreement contain certain provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company, including provisions that:

Form 20-F | 2023 195

 

● authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the shareholders, undesignated preferred shares with terms, rights and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our Class A ordinary shares;

● institute a staggered board of directors and restrictions on our shareholders to fill a vacancy on the board of directors;

● impose advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals;

● limit our shareholders’ ability to call special meetings;

● require approval from the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon to amend a provision of our Memorandum and Articles of Association;

● condition any change of control of our company on the consent of the holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares in issue; and

● provides our founding shareholder, David Vélez, so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 40% of the voting power of our issued share capital, the ability to designate a majority of the members of our board of directors, as described in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management—Shareholder’s Agreement.”

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that you desire.

In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are Brazilian financial institutions (including Nu Financeira, Nu DTVM and NuInvest) and certain are Brazilian payment institutions (including Nu Pagamentos), all of which are regulated by the Central Bank of Brazil. Any proposed change of control of a financial or payment institution must be submitted to and conditioned upon approval from the Central Bank of Brazil. Further, if a person that is not the controlling shareholder of such an institution acquires: (i) more than 15% of the total equity capital of a financial institution, directly or indirectly; or (ii) more than 15% of the voting equity capital or more than 10% of the total equity capital of a payment institution, directly or indirectly (in each case, a “Qualified Equity Participation”), any such acquisition must be submitted to the Central Bank of Brazil, which has the right to request documents and information, and can demand that the acquisition be modified or undone in case of any irregularities. This rule also applies to any expansion of a Qualified Equity Participation. Such rules and regulations of the Central Bank of Brazil could likewise discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our financial or payment institution subsidiaries, and could make it difficult for you and other shareholders to cause us to take corporate actions that you desire.

Form 20-F | 2023 196

 

Our dual class capital structure means that our shares are not eligible to be included in certain indices. We cannot predict the impact this may have on the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

In 2017, FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares, such as ours, from being added to such indices. FTSE Russell announced plans to require new constituents of its indices to have at least five percent of their voting rights in the hands of public shareholders, whereas S&P Dow Jones announced that companies with multiple share classes, such as ours, will not be eligible for inclusion in the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400 and S&P SmallCap 600, which together make up the S&P Composite 1500. We cannot guarantee that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to FTSE Russell and S&P Dow Jones in the future. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure is not eligible for inclusion in either of these indices and, as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not invest in our shares. It continues to be somewhat unclear what effect, if any, these policies will have on the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices, but in certain situations they may depress these valuations compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Exclusion from indices could make our Class A ordinary shares less attractive to investors and, as a result, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of our Class A ordinary shares and our trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares and trading volume to decline.

We may not pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The declaration, payment and amount of any future dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, the results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, operating and capital requirements, and other factors as our board of directors considers relevant. There is no assurance that future dividends will be paid, and if dividends are paid, there is no assurance with respect to the amount of any such dividend. In addition, we are governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, under which there is no minimum mandatory dividend payable to our shareholders and no established periodicity for the distribution of dividends.

Form 20-F | 2023 197

 

As a foreign private issuer, we have different disclosure and other requirements than U.S. domestic registrants.

As a foreign private issuer we may be subject to different disclosure and other requirements than domestic U.S. registrants. For example, as a foreign private issuer, in the United States, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act, including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or to file current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we intend to rely on exemptions from certain U.S. rules which will permit us to follow Cayman Islands legal requirements rather than certain of the requirements that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants. However, Cayman Islands laws and regulations applicable to Cayman Islands companies do not contain any provisions comparable to the U.S. proxy rules, the U.S. rules relating to the filing of reports on Form 10-Q or 8-K or the U.S. rules relating to liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time.

Furthermore, foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information, although we will be subject to Cayman Islands laws and regulations having substantially the same effect as Regulation Fair Disclosure. As a result of the above, even though we are required to file reports on Form 6-K disclosing the limited information which we have made or are required to make public pursuant to Cayman Islands law, or are required to distribute to shareholders generally, and that is material to us, you may not receive information of the same type or amount that is required to be disclosed to shareholders of a U.S. company.

Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or within the same time frames as U.S. companies with securities registered under the Exchange Act. We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. We will not be required to file financial statements prepared in accordance with or reconciled to U.S. GAAP so long as our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive because we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active and more volatile trading market for our Class A ordinary shares.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status, which would then require us to comply with the Exchange Act’s domestic reporting regime and cause us to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses.

In order to maintain our current status as a foreign private issuer, either (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all our outstanding classes of voting securities (on a combined basis) must be either directly or indirectly owned of record by non-residents of the United States or (b)(1) a majority of our executive officers or directors must not be U.S. citizens or residents; (2) more than 50% of our assets cannot be located in the United States; and (3) our business must be administered principally outside the United States. If we lose this status, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and NYSE rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the costs we will incur as a foreign private issuer.

Form 20-F | 2023 198

 

As a foreign private issuer, we rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

NYSE rules require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to follow, and we do follow, home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance—Principal Differences between Cayman Islands and U.S. Corporate Law.”

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

David Vélez controls a majority of the voting power of our shares. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. We rely and intend to continue to rely on some or all of these exemptions. As a result, we do not have a stand-alone nominating and corporate governance committee, and our Compensation and People Committee is not required to consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Form 20-F | 2023 199

 

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association designate the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands as the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our shareholders, and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or any other person, (iii) any action or proceeding arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the Companies Act, our Memorandum and Articles of Association, or any other provision of applicable law, (iv) any action or proceeding seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Memorandum and Articles of Association or (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Companies Act confers jurisdiction on the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands shall be the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association also provide that the federal district courts of the United States are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act. Nothing in our Memorandum and Articles of Association preclude shareholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in any court, subject to applicable law. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. However, shareholders are not deemed to have waived our compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These exclusive forum provisions may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. For example, in December 2018, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware determined that a provision stating that federal district courts of the United States are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. Although this decision was reversed by the Delaware Supreme Court in March 2020, courts in other states may still find these provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. If a court were to find the exclusive forum provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 200

 

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders, including with respect to fiduciary duties and corporate opportunities, may be different from the rights of shareholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association and by the laws of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights of shareholders and responsibilities of directors in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In particular, as a matter of Cayman Islands law, directors of a Cayman Islands company owe fiduciary duties to the company and separately a duty of care, diligence and skill to the company. Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties: (1) duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole; (2) duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; (3) directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion; (4) duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders; (5) duty to exercise independent judgment; and (6) duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association have varied this last obligation by providing that a director must disclose the nature and extent of his or her interest in any contract or arrangement, and following such disclosure and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the listing rules of the NYSE, and unless (x) disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting or (y) such interest is material, such director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and may be counted in the quorum at the meeting. Conversely, under Delaware corporate law, a director has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders (made up of two components) and the director’s duties prohibit self-dealing by a director and mandate that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance—Principal Differences between Cayman Islands and U.S. Corporate Law.”

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, by the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, or the “Companies Act,” and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, not binding, authority on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a significantly less exhaustive body of securities laws than the United States. In addition, some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fulsome and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands.

Form 20-F | 2023 201

 

Specifically, subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands’ law, a minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against the board of directors. Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar. Further, while Cayman Islands law allows a dissenting shareholder to express the shareholder’s view that a court sanctioned reorganization of a Cayman Islands company would not provide fair value for the shareholder’s shares, Cayman Islands statutory law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal rights in connection with a court sanctioned reorganization (by way of a scheme of arrangement). This may make it more difficult for you to assess the value of any consideration you may receive in a corporate reorganization (approved by way of a scheme of arrangement) or to require that the acquirer gives you additional consideration if you believe the consideration offered is insufficient. However, the Companies Act does provide a mechanism for a dissenting shareholder in a statutory merger or consolidation to apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands for a determination of the fair value of the dissenter’s shares if it is not possible for the company and the dissenter to agree on the fair value of such shares within the time limits prescribed by the Companies Act.

In addition, shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our Memorandum and Articles of Association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion.

United States civil liabilities and certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, certain of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who are not resident in the United States and the substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the United States.

Further, it is unclear if original actions predicated on civil liabilities based solely upon U.S. federal securities laws are enforceable in courts outside the United States, including in the Cayman Islands and Brazil. Courts of the Cayman Islands may not, in an original action in the Cayman Islands, recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, provided it is not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands’ judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained by fraud or in a manner which is contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. In addition, a Cayman Islands court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Form 20-F | 2023 202

 

Judgments of Brazilian courts to enforce our obligations with respect to our Class A ordinary shares may be payable only in reais.

Most of our assets are located in Brazil. If proceedings are brought in the courts of Brazil seeking to enforce our obligations in respect of our Class A ordinary shares, we may not be required to discharge our obligations in a currency other than reais. Under Brazilian exchange control laws, an obligation in Brazil to pay amounts denominated in a currency other than reais may only be satisfied in Brazilian currency at the exchange rate, typically as determined by the Central Bank of Brazil, in effect on the date the judgment is obtained, and such amounts are then typically adjusted to reflect exchange rate variations and monetary restatements through the effective payment date. The then-prevailing exchange rate may not afford non-Brazilian investors with full compensation for any claim arising out of or related to our obligations under the Class A ordinary shares.

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property, Privacy and Cybersecurity

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information or our failure or the perception by our customers that we failed to comply with privacy laws or properly address privacy concerns could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations

We collect, store, handle, transmit, use and otherwise process certain personal information and other customer data in our business. A significant risk associated with our operations is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. The perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may harm our business and results of operations. We must ensure that all collection, use, storage, dissemination, transfer, disposal and other processing of data for which we are responsible comply with relevant data protection and privacy laws. The protection of our customer, employee and company data is critical to us. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information, such as credit card and other personal information. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors or other similar events.

Any security breach, or any perceived failure involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, as well as any failure or perceived failure to comply with laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards regarding data privacy and protection, whether by us or our vendors, could damage our reputation, expose us to litigation risk and liability, subject us to negative publicity, disrupt our operations and harm our business. Our security measures may fail to prevent security breaches, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 203

 

Unauthorized disclosure of, improper access to, or destruction or modification of data through cybersecurity breaches, computer viruses or otherwise, or disruptions to our systems or services, could expose us to liability, protracted and costly litigation and damage our reputation.

Our business involves the collection, storage, transmission and other processing of customers’ personal data, including names, addresses, identification numbers, account numbers, account balances, loan positions and trading and investment portfolio information. We also have arrangements in place with certain third-party service providers that require us to share certain customer information. Our and such third parties’ ability to protect such personal data and customer information is dependent on our ability to prevent cybersecurity breaches and unauthorized access and disclosure.

An increasing number of organizations, including large customers and businesses, other large technology companies, financial institutions and government institutions have disclosed breaches of their information security systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and highly targeted attacks, including on portions of their websites, networks or infrastructure, or those of third parties who provide services to them. Information security risks for financial and technology companies such as ours in particular have significantly increased recently, in part because of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. For example, in 2020, we experienced a phishing attack that compromised two Nu employee corporate accounts and resulted in an unauthorized disclosure of an immaterial amount of confidential data (though it did not result in direct financial losses or harm our strategic plans or business operations or legal proceedings). Because of our position in the payments value chain, we believe that we are likely to continue to be a target of such threats and attacks. In addition, due to the size and complexity of our technology platform and services, the amount of personal data and other data that we store and the number of customers, employees and third-party providers with access to personal data and other data, we may be the target of a variety of intentional and inadvertent cybersecurity attacks and other security-related incidents and threats, which could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operation.

The techniques used to obtain unauthorized, improper or illegal access to our systems, our data or our customers’ data, to disable or degrade service, or to sabotage systems are constantly evolving may be difficult to detect quickly and often are not recognized until launched against a target. Unauthorized parties may attempt to gain access to our systems or facilities through various means, including, among others, hacking into our systems or those of our customers, partners or vendors, attempting to fraudulently induce our employees, customers, partners, vendors or other users of our systems into disclosing usernames, passwords, payment card information or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our information technology systems, or installing malicious software. Certain efforts may be supported by significant financial and technological resources, making them even more sophisticated and difficult to detect.

Although we have developed systems and processes that are designed to protect our networks, applications, accounts and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of data and customer data and our information technology systems and to prevent data loss and other security breaches, and expect to continue to expend significant additional resources to bolster these protections, these security measures cannot provide absolute security and there can be no assurance that our safety and security measures (and those of our third-party providers) will prevent damage to, or interruption or breach of, our information systems and operations. Our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to cyberattacks or security breaches, and third parties may be able to access our customers’ personal or proprietary information and card data that are stored on or accessible through those systems. In addition to traditional computer “hackers,” malicious code (such as viruses and worms), phishing, ransomware, social engineering attacks, unauthorized access or misuse and denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated criminal networks as well as nation-state and nation-state supported actors now engage in attacks, including advanced persistent threat intrusions. Our security measures may also be breached due to human error, malfeasance, fraud or malice on the part of employees, accidental technological failures, system errors or vulnerabilities, or other irregularities. Further, nearly all of our employees were working remotely during a significant part of the year, which may cause heightened vulnerability to cyberattacks across our business and those of our service providers. In the event our or our third-party providers’ protection efforts are unsuccessful and our systems or solutions are compromised, we could suffer substantial harm.

Form 20-F | 2023 204

 

Our Audit and Risk Committee has oversight responsibilities over cybersecurity risk management and meets at least quarterly with our management to discuss financial and non-financial risks and internal controls, including information security and cybersecurity matters and our cybersecurity program. In particular, our Audit and Risk Committee is involved in the oversight of our cybersecurity policies and procedures and is periodically updated on material cybersecurity risks and cybersecurity issues, if any, by management. Our Audit and Risk Committee also communicates with our independent audit firm regarding their annual audit procedures. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that we can prevent service interruptions or security breaches in our systems or the unauthorized or inadvertent wrongful use or disclosure of confidential information that could adversely affect our business operations or result in the loss, misappropriation or unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, confidential information.

Any actual or perceived cybersecurity attacks, security breaches, phishing attacks, ransomware attacks, computer malware, computer viruses, computer hacking attacks, unauthorized access, coding or configuration errors or similar incidents experienced by us or our third-party service providers could interrupt our operations, result in our systems or services being unavailable, result in the loss, compromise corruption or improper disclosure of data or personal data, subject us to regulatory or administrative investigations and orders, litigation, disputes, sanctions, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach or penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, impair our ability to provide our solutions and meet our customers’ requirements, materially harm our reputation and brand, result in significant legal and financial exposure (including customer claims), lead to loss of customer confidence in, or decreased use of, our products and services, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any breaches of network or data security at our customers, partners or third-party service providers (including data center and cloud computing providers) could have similar negative effects. We could be forced to expend significant financial and operational resources in response to a security breach, including repairing system damage, increasing security protection costs by deploying additional personnel and modifying or enhancing our protection technologies, investigating and remediating any information security vulnerabilities and defending against and resolving legal and regulatory claims, all of which could divert resources and the attention of our management and key personnel and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 205

 

Specifically, because we leverage third-party providers, including cloud, software, data center and other critical technology vendors to deliver our solutions to our customers, we rely heavily on the data security technology practices and policies adopted by these third-party providers. Such third-party providers have access to personal data and other data about our customers and employees, and some of these providers in turn subcontract with other third-party providers. Our ability to monitor our third-party providers’ data security is limited. A vulnerability in a third-party provider’s software or systems, a failure of our third-party providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our third-party solutions.

Many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals, regulatory authorities and others of security breaches involving certain types of data or information technology systems. Security compromises experienced by others in our industry, our customers, our third-party service providers or us may lead to public disclosures and widespread negative publicity. Any security compromise in our industry, whether actual or perceived, could erode customer confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures, negatively impact our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect not to renew or expand their use of our platform, services and products or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other actions or liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations

Likewise, agreements with certain service providers may require us to notify them in the event of a security breach. Such mandatory disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity, may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to respond to and alleviate problems caused by the actual or perceived security breach. Further, a data security compromise or operational disruption impacting us or one of our critical vendors, or system unavailability or damage due to other circumstances, may give rise to a customer’s right to terminate its contract with us. In these circumstances, it may be difficult or impossible to cure such a breach in order to prevent customers from potentially terminating their contracts with us. Furthermore, although our customer contracts typically include limitations on our potential liability, we cannot guarantee that such limitations of liability would be adequate.

Additionally, although we maintain insurance policies covering cyber-attacks, such policies may not be adequate to reimburse us for losses caused by security breaches, and we may not be able to collect fully, if at all, under these policies. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases in or the imposition of large deductible or coinsurance requirements, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 206

 

For information on the data protection and privacy laws and regulations to which we are subject and the risks associated therewith, see “—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—We are subject to costs and risks associated with enhanced or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to data privacy, security and protection. Developments in these and other laws and regulations could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.”

Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology or other rights could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to costly litigation in the event that third parties assert claims that our services or technology infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property or proprietary rights. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents that could be infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by our services or technology, and any of these third parties could make a claim of infringement against us. As we face increasing competition and gain an increasingly high profile, the possibility of intellectual property rights claims against us grows. We may also be subject to claims by third parties for breach of copyright, trademark, license usage or other intellectual property rights. Any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit and regardless of the outcome, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, distract our management from our business, require us to redesign or cease use of such intellectual property, pay substantial amounts to satisfy judgments or settle claims or lawsuits, pay substantial royalty or licensing fees, or satisfy indemnification obligations that we have with certain parties with whom we have commercial relationships. The outcome of any allegation is often uncertain. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, any claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights by a third party, even those without merit and regardless of the outcome, may result in a limitation on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims or could prevent us from registering our brands as trademarks. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have been purchasing intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Even if we believe that such claims are without merit, defending against such claims is time-consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of the time and attention of our management and employees.

Claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation also might require us to redesign around such violated services, which may be expensive, time-consuming or infeasible, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay costly damage awards (including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right), change our brands or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from commercializing, using, marketing or selling the violating technology, products or services or using certain of our brands. We may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments.

Form 20-F | 2023 207

 

Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could similarly harm our business. If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or violation claims against us, such payments, costs or actions could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, in certain of our agreements with customers and other third parties, we agree to indemnify them for losses related to, among other things, claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. From time to time, customers or other third parties have required, and may in the future require, us to indemnify them for such infringement, misappropriation or violation, breach of confidentiality or violation of applicable law, among other things. Although we normally seek to contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, some of these indemnity agreements may provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Any legal claims from customers or other third parties could result in substantial liabilities and reputational harm, and could have adverse effects on our relationship with such customers and other third parties. Even if we have an agreement for indemnification against such costs, the indemnifying party, if any, may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. Any of the foregoing could negatively impact our business, revenue and earnings.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services and brand.

We believe the protection of our intellectual property, including our trademarks, patents, copyrights, domain names, trade dress, trade secrets, software and industrial designs, is critical to our success. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of contractual rights in various agreements with our employees, independent contractors, consultants and third parties with whom we have relationships, as well as trademarks and trade secrets in the United States, Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, Colombia and elsewhere internationally to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including technology. Third parties may challenge, invalidate, circumvent, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, or such intellectual property may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise to provide competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain service offerings or other competitive harm. Others, including our competitors, may independently develop similar technology, duplicate our services or design around our intellectual property, and in such cases, we could not assert our intellectual property rights against such parties. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products or services that are substantially similar to ours and compete with our business or to prevent unauthorized parties from copying aspects of our technology. For example, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology.

Form 20-F | 2023 208

 

In addition to registered intellectual property rights such as trademark registrations, we rely on non-registered proprietary information and technology, such as trade secrets, confidential information, know-how and technical information. In order to protect our proprietary information and technology, we rely in part on nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, including our employees, independent contractors, corporate collaborators, advisors and other third parties, which place restrictions on the use and disclosure of this intellectual property. We also enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information or otherwise developed intellectual property for us, including our technology and processes. Individuals not subject to invention assignment agreements may make adverse ownership claims to our current and future intellectual property. Additionally, these agreements may be insufficient or breached, or otherwise fail to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. As a result, our intellectual property, including trade secrets, may be disclosed or become known to our competitors, which could cause us to lose any competitive advantage resulting from this intellectual property. Additionally, to the extent that our employees, independent contractors or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Further, we may be unable to obtain trademark protection for our technologies and brands, and our existing trademark registrations and applications, and any trademarks that may be used in the future, may not provide us with competitive advantages or distinguish our products and services from those of our competitors. In addition, our trademarks may be contested, circumvented or found to be unenforceable, weak or invalid, and we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing or otherwise violating them.

We may have to litigate to enforce or determine the scope and enforceability of our intellectual property rights, trade secrets and know-how, which is expensive, could cause a diversion of resources and may not prove successful. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. An adverse outcome in such litigation or proceedings may expose us to a loss of our competitive position, expose us to significant liabilities or require us to seek licenses that may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, if at all. Further, we will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to enforce our rights, and effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which we offer our products and services. The laws of certain countries where we do business or may do business in the future may not recognize intellectual property rights or protect them to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, intellectual property laws may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Failure to obtain or maintain protection of our trade secrets or other proprietary information could harm our competitive position and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 209

 

Also, because of the rapid pace of technological change in our industry, aspects of our business and our services rely on technologies developed or licensed by third parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties on reasonable terms or at all. See “—Our business and platform depend in part on intellectual property and proprietary rights and technology licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties. If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.” The loss of intellectual property protection, the inability to obtain third-party intellectual property or delay or refusal by relevant regulatory authorities to approve pending intellectual property registration applications could harm our business and ability to compete.

Our use of third-party open-source software could negatively affect our ability to offer and sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

Our solutions incorporate and are dependent to some extent on the use and development of third-party open-source software, including Python, Java, JavaScript, Flutter, Dart, Swift, among others programming languages, and we intend to continue our use and development of open-source software in the future. Such open-source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open-source licenses and is typically freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Pursuant to such open-source licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements that we offer our proprietary software that incorporates open-source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open-source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open-source license. If an author or other third party that uses or distributes such open-source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from the use or sale of our solutions that contained or are dependent upon the open-source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our products and services. Additionally, we could face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, any open-source software or derivative works that we have developed using such software, which could include proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open-source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to make our software source code freely available, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage, purchase a costly license (with binding clauses that restrict our ability to commercialize and develop the implicated products or services), or cease offering the implicated products or services unless and until we can re-engineer such source code in a manner that avoids infringement. This reengineering process could require us to expend significant additional research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete the re-engineering process successfully. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change the source code underlying our platform, products and services. The terms of many open-source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that open-source software licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide, or distribute the products or services related to, the open-source software subject to those licenses. As there is little or no legal precedent governing the interpretation of many of the terms of certain of these licenses, the potential impact of these terms on our business is uncertain and may result in unanticipated obligations regarding our solutions and technologies.

Form 20-F | 2023 210

 

In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of open-source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open-source licensors generally do not provide warranties, indemnification or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code, controls on the origin or development of the software, or remedies against the licensors. Many of the risks associated with usage of open-source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business. Although we seek to comply with our obligations under the various applicable licenses for open-source software, it is possible that we may not be aware of all instances where open-source software has been incorporated into our proprietary software or used in connection with our solutions or our corresponding obligations under open-source licenses. We do not have open-source software usage policies or monitoring procedures in place. We rely on multiple software programmers to design our proprietary software and we cannot be certain that our programmers have not incorporated open-source software into our proprietary software that we intend to maintain as confidential or that they will not do so in the future. To the extent that we are required to disclose the source code of certain of our proprietary software developments to third parties, including our competitors, in order to comply with applicable open-source license terms, such disclosure could harm our intellectual property position, competitive advantage, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that we have failed to comply with our obligations under particular licenses for open-source software, we may lose the right to continue to use and exploit such open-source software in connection with our operations and solutions, which could disrupt and adversely affect our business.

Our business and platform depend in part on intellectual property and proprietary rights and technology licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties. If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.

Our business and platform depend in part on intellectual property and proprietary rights and technology licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties and, in the future, we may enter into additional agreements that grant us valuable intellectual property licenses or rights to technology. If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.

Form 20-F | 2023 211

 

Our business and our platform rely in part on certain intellectual property, including technologies, data, content and software developed and licensed to us by third parties, and in the future we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under our license agreements, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor would cause us to lose valuable rights, and could prevent us from selling our products and services, or inhibit our ability to commercialize future products and services. Our business would suffer if any current or future licenses terminate, if the licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensors fail to enforce licensed patents against infringing third parties, if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms.

In addition, our rights to certain technologies are licensed to us on a non-exclusive basis. The owners of these non-exclusively licensed technologies are therefore free to license them to third parties, including our competitors, on terms that may be superior to those offered to us, which would place us at a competitive disadvantage. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are generally complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement.

Further, the licensed components may become obsolete, defective or incompatible with future versions of our services, relationships with the third-party licensors or technology providers may deteriorate, or our agreements with the third-party licensors or technology providers may expire or be terminated. Additionally, some of these licenses or other grants of rights may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable, or at all, or that allow our platform, products and services to remain competitive. Our inability to obtain licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Furthermore, incorporating intellectual property or proprietary rights licensed from or otherwise made available to us by third parties on a non-exclusive basis in our products or services could limit our ability to protect the intellectual property and proprietary rights in our services and our ability to restrict third parties from developing, selling or otherwise providing similar or competitive technology using the same third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights.

We seek to have all the necessary licenses and other grants of rights from third parties to use technology and software that we do not own. However, the licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. Even if such licenses are available, we may be required to pay the licensor substantial royalties based on sales of our products and services. Such royalties are a component of the cost of our products or services and may affect the margins on our products and services. Further, a third party could allege that we are infringing its rights. Our failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights on acceptable terms, or litigation or claims arising out of intellectual property matters, may harm or restrict our business. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. Any such litigation or the failure to obtain any necessary licenses or other rights could adversely impact our business, financial position and results of operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 212

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

A. Directors and Senior Management

Not applicable.

B. Advisers

Not applicable.

C. Auditors

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

A. Offer Statistics

Not applicable.

B. Method and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this annual report.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors".

Form 20-F | 2023 213

 

A. Operating Results

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our selected consolidated financial data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report.

The selected statements of financial position as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the selected statements of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report, prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

Statement of Profit or Loss Data

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2023	2022	2021
	(in US$ millions, except amounts per share)
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	6,439.7	3,555.2	1,046.7
Fee and commission income	1,589.3	1,237.0	651.3
Total revenue	8,029.0	4,792.2	1,698.0
Interest and other financial expenses	(2,036.9)	(1,547.9)	(367.4)
Transactional expenses	(215.9)	(176.4)	(117.1)
Credit loss allowance expenses	(2,285.2)	(1,404.9)	(480.6)
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided	(4,538.0)	(3,129.2)	(965.1)
Gross profit	3,491.0	1,663.0	732.9
Operating Expenses
Customer support and operations	(488.1)	(335.4)	(190.5)
General and administrative expenses ("G&A")	(1,042.3)	(1,333.3)	(628.9)
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	-	(355.6)	-
G&A – Other	(1,042.3)	(977.7)	(628.9)
Marketing expenses	(171.0)	(152.9)	(79.6)
Other expenses (income)	(250.5)	(150.3)	(4.1)
Total operating expenses	(1,951.9)	(1,971.9)	(903.1)
Profit (loss) before income taxes	1,539.1	(308.9)	(170.2)
Income Taxes
Current taxes	(1,184.2)	(473.3)	(219.8)
Deferred taxes	675.7	417.6	224.7
Total income taxes	(508.5)	(55.7)	4.9
Profit (loss) for the year	1,030.6	(364.6)	(165.3)
Loss attributable to shareholders of the parent company	1,030.6	(364.5)	(165.3)
Loss attributable to non-controlling interest	-	(0.1)	(165.0)
Loss Per Share			(0.3)
Earnings (loss) per share – Basic	0.22	(0.08)	(0.10)
Earnings (loss) per share – Diluted	0.21	(0.08)	(0.10)

Form 20-F | 2023 214

 

Statement of Financial Position Data

	As of December 31,
	2023	2022
	(US$ millions)
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	5,923.4	4,172.3
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	389.9	133.6
Securities	368,6	91.8
Derivative financial instruments	21.0	41.5
Collateral for credit card operations	0.3	0.3
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income	8,805.7	9,947.1
Securities	8.805,7	9,947.1
Financial assets at amortized cost	24,988.9	13,684.5
Credit card receivables	12,414.2	8,233.1
Loans to customers	3,202.3	1,673.4
Compulsory and other deposits at central banks	7,447.5	2,778.0
Other receivables	1,689.0	521.7
Other financial assets	131.5	478.3
Securities	104.4	—
Customer crypto safeguarding asset	153.3	18.3
Other assets	936.2	541.9
Deferred tax assets	1,537.8	811.1
Right-of-use assets	30.5	19.0
Property, plant and equipment	39.3	27.5
Intangible assets	295.9	182.2
Goodwill	397.5	397.4
Total assets	43,498.4	29,934.9
Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	242.7	218.2
Derivative financial instruments	28.2	9.5
Instruments eligible as capital	4.0	11.5
Repurchase agreements	210.5	197.2
Financial liabilities at amortized cost	34,582.7	23,448.9
Deposits	23,691.1	15,808.5
Payables to network	9,755.3	7,054.8
Borrowings and financing	1,136.3	585.6
Salaries, allowances and social security contributions	166.9	90.6
Tax liabilities	1,300.8	511.0
Lease liabilities	36.9	20.4
Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings	8.1	17.9
Deferred income	68.4	41.7
Deferred tax liabilities	–	41.1
Customer crypto safeguarding liability	153.3	18.3
Other liabilities	532.3	636.0
Total liabilities	37,092.1	25,044.1
Equity
Share capital	0.1	0.1
Share premium reserve	4,972.9	4,963.8
Accumulated gains	1,276.9	64.6
Other comprehensive income (loss)	156.4	(137.7)
Total equity	6,406.3	4,890.8
Total liabilities and equity	43,498.4	29,934.9

Form 20-F | 2023 215

 

Overview

Our Self-Reinforcing Model

Our business is built on four core principles: (1) customer-centric culture, (2) human-centric design for great customer experiences, (3) advanced proprietary technologies, and (4) data science and powerful models. These principles create a self-reinforcing model that serves our customers and partners effectively, generating impact and competitive advantages.

Our model benefits from low costs across four dimensions:

Low Cost to Acquire—We acquire customers efficiently without expensive marketing campaigns or incentives primarily through viral, direct customer referrals. Our CAC was US$7.0^[2] per customer (of which paid marketing accounted for approximately 29%), compared to US$6.5 per customer for the year ended December 31, 2022 (of which paid marketing accounted for approximately 31%), all on a FX Neutral basis. Based on our internal research and publicly available information, we believe our CAC is one of the lowest across consumer FinTech companies in the world.

Low Cost to Serve—Our all-digital, cloud-based platform is low cost, highly efficient and scalable. As a result, we estimate that our cost to serve and general and administrative expense per active customer is approximately 85% lower than those of incumbent financial institutions in Brazil, based on their publicly available financial statements. These institutions are burdened by their large physical branch networks and high employee to customer ratios. In Brazil, incumbent banks had, on average, 1,100 customers per employee (according to publicly available data), while our ratio is approximately 14,900 customers per employee as of December 2023, multiple times higher than the ratio of incumbents.

Low Cost of Risk—As we have scaled, we have leveraged our growing pool of proprietary data and our NuX credit engine to underwrite customers more effectively, lower fraud rates and lower our overall cost of risk. Credit limits are optimized at a consumer level using our credit underwriting engine that balances the expected marginal revenue and expected marginal loss associated with incremental limits, including the undrawn portion of credit lines, under a worsening economic scenario. In addition, we pursue a “low and grow” strategy with credit limits: we grant lower limits to new customers who we assess as higher risk and then increase those limits selectively based on a positive usage and repayment track record. As of December 2023, our reported NPL 15-90 days late rate reached 4.1% and our NPL 90+ days late rate reached 6.1% in Brazil. Therefore, our delinquency rate was on average 15% lower than the market’s when adjusting for product and customer income mix and when adjusting Nubank’s personal loans for a 360 days write-off methodology to reflect market practices in the country, according to our analysis based on data from the BCB. For additional information on portfolio risk quality distribution and ECL movements, see Notes 13 and 14 to our annual consolidated financial statements.

^[2] Customer Acquisition Costs, or CAC, consists of the following expenses: printing and shipping of a card, credit data costs (primarily consisting of credit bureau costs) and paid marketing. CAC is calculated as the sum of those costs from January 2019 until December 2023 on an FX neutral basis, divided by the total number of releases of that same period (that is, number of unique customers acquired during that period).

Form 20-F | 2023 216

 

Low Cost of Funding—As a result of the trust our customers have in us and our growing relevance in our customers’ primary banking relationship we have amassed a large and growing pool of customer deposits since the introduction of our NuAccount in 2017, which has supported our funding needs and reduced our funding costs over time. As of December 31, 2023, we had US$23.7 billion of deposits, all of which were acquired directly, without the use of third-party brokers or intermediaries. For more information on our definition and measurement of primary banking relationship, see “—Factors Affecting Our Performance—Our ability to increase transactions and expand revenue from existing customers.”

We earn revenue from two main sources:

Interest Income and Gains (Losses) on Financial Instruments—We earn interest income from the interest that we charge on revolving and refinanced credit card balances, purchased credit card receivables and loans to customers, as well as the interest we earn on our cash. We invest our cash primarily in government bonds that have been highly liquid, and we recognize gains or losses related to fair value changes in these instruments. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments represented 80.2% and 74.2% of total revenue, respectively. The size of our interest-earning portfolio was US$8.2 billion as of December 31, 2023 and US$4.3 billion as of December 31, 2022, and we earned US$6.4 billion of interest income and gains (losses) of financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2022 and US$3.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 217

 

Fees and Commission Income—Our fees and commission income are closely correlated to the usage of our products. The majority of our fee-based revenue comes from interchange fees which we earn when our customers make purchases using our cards in credit or prepaid purchases. These fees are set by Mastercard and paid by the merchants who accept our cards. As a result, our customers do not pay these fees, and we are able to offer a core credit card with no annual fees. Fees earned on credit card purchases are higher than those earned on prepaid purchases and both vary across the geographies we operate in. In addition, we earn revenue from customer subscriptions to our loyalty programs, late payment fees, prepaid mobile phone top-ups, and commissions from our partners for the distribution of certain financial products and services such as investments (brokerage and asset management), insurance and international remittance as well as sales on our marketplace. For the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, fee and commission income represented 19.8% and 25.8% of total revenue, respectively. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—Certain ongoing legislative and regulatory initiatives under discussion by the Brazilian Congress, the Central Bank of Brazil, the Ministry of Finance and the broader payments industry may result in changes to the regulatory framework of the Brazilian payments and financial industries, which may have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur increased compliance costs” for a discussion of regulatory changes that capped our interchange fees from prepaid card transactions, from April 1, 2023 and negatively impacted our revenue.

Our Advantaged Unit Economics

The self-reinforcing nature of our business model and our low operating costs have helped us generate strong unit economic performance, which we believe provides us with several competitive advantages that include: (1) increasing revenue per customer; (2) high customer engagement; and (3) low customer churn.

The chart below measures the cumulative contribution margin per customer for our customers in Brazil less the customer acquisition costs to acquire those customers across monthly cohorts from the first quarter of 2018 to the fourth quarter of 2023. We define contribution margin as the sum of revenue from our credit card, personal lending and NuAccount products, less variable expenses (consisting of interest and other financial expenses, transactional expenses and credit loss allowance expenses) directly associated with this revenue. Our customer acquisition costs consist of printing and shipping of cards, credit data costs (primarily consisting of credit bureau costs) and paid marketing. We look at this data all on a per customer level based on the number of customers acquired in the initial quarter and use this number of customers throughout the period of analysis. To calculate the amounts included in the chart below on an FX Neutral basis, we apply the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 (R$4.8572 to US$1.00) throughout, so as to present these amounts as they would have had exchange rates stable over all periods presented.

Our cohorts highlight that we have been able to recover our customer acquisition costs in fewer than 12 months on average, and that we have been able to continue to expand contribution margin from our cohorts over time as our customers stay and grow with us. This ability to keep growing contribution margin from our customers leads to significant LTV and combined with our low CAC has resulted in a strong LTV/CAC ratio. We estimate our LTV/CAC ratio to be greater than 30x. We intend to continue to invest in acquiring new customers and growing our existing customer base with our advantaged unit economics.

Form 20-F | 2023 218

 

Key Business Metrics

The following table sets forth our key business metrics as of and for the periods indicated. We review these key business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. In addition, these additional business metrics are presented to assist investors to better understand our business and how it operates.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2023	2022	2021 (14)
Customers Metrics
Number of customers (in millions)(1)	93.9	74.6	53.9
Number of customers growth(1)	26%	38%	62%
Monthly active customers (in millions)(2)	78.0	61.2	41.1
Activity rate(3)	83%	82%	76%
Customer Activity Metrics
Purchase volume (in US$ billions)(4)	111.1	81.0	43.8
Purchase volume growth (%)(4)	37%	85%	95%
Monthly average revenue per active customer (in US$)(5)	9.6	7.8	4.5
Monthly average cost to serve per active customer (in US$)(6)	0.8	0.8	0.8
FX Neutral
Purchase volume (in US$ billions)(4)	111.8	84.3	46.2
Purchase volume growth (%)(4)	33%	76%	101%
Monthly average revenue per active customer (in US$)(5)	9.6	8.1	4.7
Monthly average cost to serve per active customer (in US$)(6)	0.8	0.9	0.9
Customer Balances
Deposits (in US$ billions)	23.7	15.8	9.7
Deposits growth (%)(8)	50%	63%	73%
Interest-earning portfolio (in US$ billions)(7)	8.2	4.0	2.0
Interest-earning portfolio growth (%)(7)	105%	100%	308%

Form 20-F | 2023 219

 

	Years Ended December 31,
	2023	2022	2021 (14)
FX Neutral
Deposits (in US$ billions)(8)	23.7	17.2	11.1
Deposits growth (%)(8)	38%	55%	55%
Interest-earning portfolio (in US$ billions)(7)	8.2	4.3	2.2
Interest-earning portfolio growth (%)(7)	91%	87%	360%
Company Financial Metrics
Revenue (in US$ millions)	8,029.0	4,792.2	1,698.0
Revenue growth (%)	68%	182%	130%
Gross profit (in US$ millions)	3,491.0	1,663.0	732.9
Gross profit margin (%) (15)	43.5%	34.7%	43.2%
Credit loss allowance expenses / credit portfolio (%)(9)	12.5%	12.4%	7.3%
Profit (Loss) (in US$ millions)	1,030.6	(364.6)	(165.3)
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) (in US$ millions)(10)	1,196.5	204.1	6.6
FX Neutral
Revenue (in US$ millions)(11)	8,029.0	4,941.1	1,847.1
Revenue growth (%)(11)	63.0%	168.0%	138.0%
Gross profit (in US$ millions)(12)	3,491.0	1,714.6	797.2
Gross profit margin (%)	43.5%	34.7%	43.2%
Profit (Loss) (in US$ millions)(13)	1,030.6	(376.1)	(179.9)
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) (in US$ millions)(10)	1,196.5	210.4	7.2

Form 20-F | 2023 220

 

(1) Customer is defined as an individual or SME that has opened an account with us and does not include any such individuals or SMEs that have been charged-off or blocked or that voluntarily closed their account.

(2) Monthly active customers are defined as all customers that have generated revenue in the last 30 calendar days, for a given measurement date.

(3) Activity rate is defined as active customers divided by the total number of customers as of a specific date.

(4) Purchase volume is defined as the total value of transactions that are authorized through our credit and prepaid cards only; it does not include other payment methods that we offer such as Pix, a payment system that allows real-time payments and transfers launched by the Central Bank of Brazil, WhatsApp payments or traditional wire transfers. Purchase volume and purchase volume growth are presented on an FX Neutral basis to eliminate the effect of foreign exchange, or “FX” volatility between the comparison periods, allowing management and investors to evaluate our financial performance despite variations in foreign currency exchange rates, which may not be indicative of our core operating results and business outlook. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information.

(5) Monthly average revenue per active customer, or “Monthly ARPAC” is defined as the average monthly revenue (total revenue divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period). Monthly ARPAC is also presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information.

(6) Monthly average cost to serve per active customer is defined as the monthly average of the sum of transactional expenses and customer support and operations expenses (sum of these expenses in the period divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period). Monthly average cost to serve per active customer is also presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information.

Form 20-F | 2023 221

 

(7) Interest-earning portfolio consists of receivables from credit card operations on which we are accruing interest and loans to customers, in each case prior to ECL allowance, as of the period end date. Interest-earning portfolio and interest-earning portfolio growth are presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral Interest-earning portfolio to the IFRS measure of this metric can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(8) Deposits and deposits growth are presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral Deposits to the IFRS measure of this metric can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(9) Credit loss allowance expenses / credit portfolio is defined as credit loss allowance expenses, divided by the sum of receivables from credit card operations (current, installments and revolving) and loans to customers, in each case gross of ECL allowance, as of the period end date.

(10) Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is defined as profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company, adjusted for expenses related to share-based compensation, allocated tax effects on share-based compensation, hedge of the tax effects on share-based compensation, expenses related to the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA), expenses related to the customer program (NuSócios) and allocated tax effects on customer program (NuSócios). Adjusted Net Income (Loss) is also presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and our FX Neutral Adjusted Net Income (Loss) to their most directly comparable IFRS measures of income (loss) can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(11) Revenue and revenue growth are presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information – Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral Revenue to the IFRS measure of this metric can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(12) Gross profit is presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral gross profit to the IFRS measure of this metric can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(13) Profit (loss) is presented on an FX Neutral basis. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures” for additional information. A reconciliation of our FX Neutral loss to the IFRS measure of this metric can be found below under “—Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations.”

(14) The 2021 growth number was calculated using the FX Neutral Deposits, the FX Neutral Interest-earning portfolio and the FX Neutral Revenue as of December 31, 2020 of US$6.0 billion, US$0.5 billion and US$0.5 billion respectively, which were calculated using the reported amount of Deposits, Interest-earning portfolio, and Revenue as of December 31, 2020 of US$5.6 billion, US$0.5 and US$0.6 billion and applying the methodology described in “Presentation of Financial and Other Information -FX Neutral Measures”.

(15) Gross profit margin is calculated by dividing Gross Profit by Total Revenue.

Form 20-F | 2023 222

 

Customers

Our total number of customers is an important measure of the reach and adoption of our products. We define our customers as individuals and SMEs that have opened accounts with us and do not include any such individuals or SMEs that have been charged-off or blocked or voluntarily closed their account.

We reached 93.9 million customers as of December 31, 2023, an increase of 26% compared to 74.6 million customers as of December 31, 2022, resulting in a net addition of 19.3 million customers over the 12-month period, demonstrating the strength of our self-reinforcing model and keeping the growth rate at high standard levels.

Monthly Active Customers and Activity Rate

We assess customer engagement and adoption by measuring our number of monthly active customers and their implied activity rate. We define a monthly active customer as any customer that has generated revenue in the last 30 calendar days of the measurement date, and we define activity rate as monthly active customers divided by the total number of customers as of a specific date. Our monthly active customers drive the vast majority of our revenue. However, customers that are non-active can and often do still use our products, though less frequently, and do contribute to our revenue. Non-active customers can also become active from period to period. For more information on our customer engagement ratio, see “—Factors Affecting Our Performance—Our ability to attract and retain monthly active customers.”

Form 20-F | 2023 223

 

We reached 78.0 million monthly active customers as of December 31, 2023, an increase of 28% compared to 61.2 million monthly active customers as of December 31, 2022. Our activity rates as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were 83% and 82%, respectively. The growth in the activity rate was driven by the introduction of additional products and the continued increase in the adoption of digital banking in the countries where we operate. Our activity rate is also affected by the mix of customers with our credit card product versus other products such as prepaid cards. Our credit card customers have consistently had higher activity rates given the expansionary nature of credit card expenditures, while our prepaid card customers in contrast have lower activity rates. When we introduced our prepaid card product in late 2018, this led to faster growth in the total number of customers compared to monthly active customers in 2019, while lowering our activity rate as such customers tend to have lower activity than credit card customers. Since then, our activity rate has increased as our customers have tended to use us more frequently across multiple products.

Form 20-F | 2023 224

 

Purchase Volume, or “PV”

We measure PV to assess the volume of transactions that take place on our card-based products. We earn interchange fees on our PV, which we define as the total value of transactions that are authorized through our credit and prepaid cards only; it does not include other payment methods that we offer such as Pix, a payment system that allows real-time payments and transfers launched by the Central Bank of Brazil, WhatsApp payments or traditional wire transfers from which we do not earn fees.

PV reached US$111.1 billion in the year ended December 31, 2023, an increase of 38% compared to US$81.0 billion in the year ended December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, total interchange fees was US$1,187.9 million, equivalent to 1.1% of PV over the year ended December 31, 2022.

PV grew faster than interchange fees for the year ended December 31, 2023, driven primarily by a greater amount of prepaid card volume, which has a lower interchange rate than credit cards. Prepaid card volume increased more than credit card volume due to a 30% increase in NuAccounts, an increase in prepaid card activations for existing NuAccounts, and an increase in our overall promotion of our prepaid card product.

Our cohorts have generally increased their PV over time as our customers become more familiar with our products, bring more of their spend to our products, grow their wealth and benefit from larger credit lines from us. This can be seen when looking at the monthly average PV across our cohorts, where PV across cohorts increased in December 2023 compared to December 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 225

 

Monthly Average Revenue Per Active Customer, or “Monthly ARPAC” (in US$)

We monitor Monthly ARPAC to track the value we generate on a customer level across all our monthly active customers in a given period. We define Monthly ARPAC as the average monthly revenue (total revenue divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period).

Monthly ARPAC was US$9.6 for the year ended December 31, 2023. In comparison, Monthly ARPAC was US$7.8 for the year ended December 31, 2022, US$8.1 on an FX neutral basis.

Over time, we have seen increased Monthly ARPAC from our monthly active customers across all our cohorts, as shown below. As we gather more data on our customers, we increase their credit limits based on performance, which enables us to increase our share of existing customer spending. Furthermore, our customers adopt more of our products over time, allowing us to generate more revenue from their activity.

The above chart shows Monthly ARPAC for each quarterly cohort starting in the first quarter of 2017 on an FX Neutral basis (as described in "Presentation of Financial and Other Information - Fx Neutral Measures" section). The introduction of our NuAccount in 2017 and its corresponding prepaid card in 2018 were important evolutions in our product set and had a noticeable impact across our key business metrics as they allowed us to accelerate our customer growth by serving a much wider spectrum of the population, including lower-income customers who would not have started off with a consumer credit product such as our credit card. Consequently, customers who join us by acquiring only a NuAccount typically generate lower initial revenue than customers who start off with multiple products, such as a credit card and a NuAccount. To calculate the amounts included in the chart above on an FX Neutral basis, we apply the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 (R$4.8572 to US$1.00) throughout, so as to present these amounts as they would have been had exchange rates remained stable over all periods presented.

Form 20-F | 2023 226

 

Our Monthly ARPAC has reached over US$20 between the fourth and fifth years for our quarterly cohorts in their most recent months shown above. Our cohorts have generally had increasing Monthly ARPAC over time, with nearly all cohorts having declined Monthly ARPAC during periods impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic where economic activity declined and when we reduced initial credit limits for new customers due to economic uncertainty. However, Monthly ARPAC has subsequently rebounded as economic activity has increased.

The above chart displays Monthly ARPAC for first quarter customer cohorts starting in 2017, for those customers active across our Credit Card, NuAccount and Personal Loans products as of December 31, 2023 - displayed as an FX neutral using December 31, 2023 FX as a reference. The first quarter cohorts for 2017 to 2020 have Monthly ARPAC in the US$19 to over US$38 range, for the month of December 2023. Our Monthly ARPAC for customers in these cohorts has increased substantially in the last several months as we started to offer these customers access to our personal loans product in June 2020. Customers with personal loans accounted for 10.3% of our active customer base as of December 31, 2023. As we roll out our offering of consumer credit products, we expect an increasing proportion of our customers to adopt these products going forward.

Form 20-F | 2023 227

 

Monthly Average Cost to Serve Per Active Customer (in US$)

We compare our monthly average cost to serve per active customer to our Monthly ARPAC to assess our customer economics in a given period. We define monthly average cost to serve per active customer as the monthly average of the sum of transactional expenses and customer support and operations expenses (sum of these expenses in the period divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured, and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period).

Our monthly average cost to serve per active customer on both an actual and an FX Neutral basis was US$0.8 for the year ended December 31, 2023. In comparison, our monthly average cost to serve per active customer was US$0.9 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. On an FX Neutral basis, our monthly average cost to serve per active customer was US$0.9 and US$1.0 for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our improvement in this metric was driven by continued economies of scale as we leveraged our highly scalable tech platform and continue to benefit from our investments in data and infrastructure.

Deposits

We track our deposits to assess the trust our customers place in us and because deposits are an important source of funding for our credit products. We define deposits as money held by our individual customers and our SME customers in our NuAccounts. Our deposit balance is currently from our Brazilian and Mexico customer base, and as we roll more products in Colombia we expect to capture deposits in this country as well. In December 2022, we expanded our portfolio in Mexico, launching a waitlist for a digital savings account “Cuenta Nu”, enabling local deposits and further supporting customer growth.

Deposits increased to US$23.7 billion as of December 31, 2023, an increase of 50% compared to US$15.8 billion as of December 31, 2022 (or an increase of 38% compared to US$17.2 billion as of December 31, 2022 on an FX Neutral basis). We believe our deposits are highly diversified as they come entirely from our Brazilian retail customer base. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 90% of our total customers in Brazil had balances on deposits or in Money Boxes with us.

Form 20-F | 2023 228

 

Our deposit base has also proved to be highly resilient, as shown in the graph above, growing steadily over time, independent of the interest rate environment, more than covering our funding needs.

In July 2022, we started to pay interest on deposits at 100% of the Brazilian interbank deposit rate, but retroactively and only for amounts that remained on deposit for more than 30 days. We started to see the full impacts of these actions in the fourth quarter of 2022, and on December 31, 2023 our cost of funding was at 80% of interbank rate, compared to an all-time low of 78% of the interbank deposit rate in December 2022. We have seen no material impact of the deployment of Money Boxes or the changes in interest paid on our deposits inflows.

Interest-Earning Portfolio

We generate interest income from our interest-earning portfolio, interest on corporate cash (which we invest primarily in government bonds) and acquisition of credit card receivables from third party institutions. We define our interest-earning portfolio as revolving and refinanced credit card balances and secured and unsecured personal loans. Our interest-earning portfolio consists of loans to customers and receivables from credit card operations on which we are accruing interest, gross of ECL (Expected Credit Loss) allowance, as of the period end date.

In Brazil, consumers may elect to pay their monthly credit card balances in part (revolve) or in total, or to move their credit card balances (fully or partially) into a pre-approved installment plan. Customers may revolve for a maximum of two months, after which any revolved balances must be transferred to an installment plan. Both revolving and installment plan credit card balances are interest-earning assets for us. Current credit card balances (inside their normal billing cycle) are not interest-earning assets for us.

New loans to customers and the overall portfolio balance grew during 2023, as described in the paragraph below. The pace of growth has been lower than that of credit cards, but with the ongoing performance of the book we expect this to accelerate over coming quarters. Credit card balances also continue to increase, driven by an increase in PV, primarily as a result of the addition of new customers.

Form 20-F | 2023 229

 

As of December 31, 2023, our interest-earning portfolio (including credit card receivables and loans to customers) increased to US$8.2 billion, an increase of 105% compared to US$4.0 billion as of December 31, 2022 (or an increase of 91% compared to US$4.3 million as of December 31, 2022, on an FX Neutral basis). Interest over acquired credit card receivables are ​​accrued over a balance of US$1,689.0 million as of December 31, 2023, compared to US$521.7 million as of December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2022, our interest-earning portfolio increased to US$4.0 billion, an increase of 100% compared to US$2.0 billion as of December 31, 2021 (or an increase of 85% compared to US$2.3 billion as of December 31, 2021, on an FX Neutral basis).

Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our ability to attract and retain monthly active customers

Our customers are the foundation of our business. We are focused on growing and retaining our customer base. We expect continued growth in monthly active customers driven by the high-quality experiences that we provide when they use our products, the result of which we believe is high affinity with our brand. Our existing customers are core to our marketing as word-of-mouth drives a large portion of new customers to us. Approximately 80%-90% of our customers were acquired organically on average per year since our inception either through word-of-mouth or direct unpaid referrals.

Growth in our monthly active customer base is driven by (i) new customers (individual or SME business accounts); (ii) increases in the number of products per customer to give customers more reasons to be active (see “—New products and adoption”); (iii) high-quality customer service as measured by our strong NPS; and (iv) understanding our less active customers so we can optimize our product offerings including providing them with higher credit limits.​​

Our net churn has remained relatively low, averaging 0.2% per month in 2023, compared to 0.2% per month in 2022. We define net churn as the (i) sum of (a) customers who choose to cancel their accounts with us (voluntary churn) and (b) customers whose accounts are canceled proactively by us (involuntary churn) (ii) minus revivals, all divided by the number of customers as of the end of the respective period. We consider as revivals customers whose accounts were not valid in the previous month mainly due to fraud and delinquency, but to whom access was restored once the respective issue was addressed.

We believe that our recurring investments in technology and customer service combined with the compounding effects of our self-reinforcing model have resulted in high engagement rates for our active customers. We calculate customer engagement as the ratio of daily active customers (defined here as the number of Brazilian customers that within the day either opened our app or performed a card transaction) to monthly active customers (defined here as the number of Brazilian customers that within a trailing 28-day window either opened our app or performed a card transaction). In December 2023, the 28-day average of this ratio was 56.2%, an increase of 2.4 percentage points compared to 53.8% in December 2022. We believe this showcases engagement similar to leading social network platforms. This social network-like engagement combined with our FinTech monetization is one of the foundations of our powerful self-reinforcing model.

Form 20-F | 2023 230

 

Our ability to increase transactions and expand revenue from existing customers

Our existing customers drive a significant portion of our growth, and we expect them to continue to drive more transactions and more PV as they grow their wealth, we get a greater share of their spend, we offer them higher credit lines, and as they increase adoption of our various products. Our existing customers have historically increased the number of transactions with us as evidenced by the number of transactions in a month per monthly active customer across our quarterly customer cohorts. There is a consistent increase over time, except for a reduction across our cohorts during periods impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic where economic activity declined. Our cohorts for PV and Monthly ARPAC show the same expansionary trend for both, as shown in “—Key Business Metrics.”

Our goal is for Nu to become our customers’ primary banking account, and our customers are increasingly choosing Nu as their primary banking relationship as they become more comfortable with our products and user experience, increasing their usage of our products. We have become the primary banking relationship for over 61% of our active customers who had been with us for more than 12 months as of December 31, 2023. We define a primary banking relationship as a relationship in which an active customer has at least 50% of their monthly post-tax income (excluding self-transfers) moved out of their NuAccount in any given month. We measured the percentage of primary banking relationships for cohorts released in January 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023.

Based on our analysis, we believe that (i) within each cohort, at least 50% of active customers have a primary banking relationship with Nu and (ii) each cohort reached the 50% threshold at progressively faster rates. For example, our January 2020 cohort reached the 50% threshold in 22 months, while our January 2022 and January 2023 cohorts reached this threshold in 11 months and 8 months respectively, as illustrated in the following chart.

Form 20-F | 2023 231

 

While there is an initial disparity between newer and older cohorts, both show a clear upwards trend in consumption over time. Effectively, when we look into a constant initial risk basis, there is a clear uptrend in the spending patterns of our card customers. We believe the compounding effect of integrating millions of new customers each quarter, coupled with their gradual shift to higher spending patterns, will continue to fuel the future growth of purchase volumes.

Constant risk mix is defined as all the acquisition cohorts having exactly the same mix of risk bands defined by our models. With this we simulate what PV and ARPAC would be if we didn't change our risk appetite and expand our approval thresholds. In other words, we are normalizing the risk of each of the acquisition cohorts to be the same (as the one from 2017-Q1), and only seeing the variations in behavior not caused by acquisition strategies changes, i.e. the true evolution of the engagement capacity of our customers and its effects on PV over time.

Form 20-F | 2023 232

 

Form 20-F | 2023 233

 

New products and adoption

We are focused on developing and launching new products and features, which could generate additional revenue streams, complement our customers’ experiences, and fulfill customers’ wider financial service needs. We launched several products since we started our operations in 2013, including credit and prepaid cards, a loyalty rewards program, payment accounts for individuals and SMEs, personal loans (secured and unsecured), Pix, an in-app marketplace with partnerships with e-commerces, cryptocurrency trading (NuCrypto), auto and life insurance, among other products. We also added investments through the acquisition of NuInvest, having launched personalized investment tools (Money Boxes), and new “Buy Now Pay Later” solutions that allow customers to pay overtime in up to twelve installments on their credit and prepaid card purchases and banking payment slips (boletos). Our most important launches planned for 2024 include the expansion of our lending products in Brazil into secured lines, such as payroll deductible loans, the expansion of our account deposits from customers in Mexico and its launching in Colombia. We expect to launch further products in the future, including additional credit products, other types of insurance policies, new investment solutions and other fee-driving businesses intended to leverage our large customer base. We have seen strong adoption of our new products over the past few years as evidenced across our cohorts. We expect our new products to provide additional avenues to acquire new customers as well as cross-sell within our existing customers as we continue to expect increased adoption of new products on a per customer basis.

The above chart shows the number of products per monthly active customer for each quarterly cohort starting in the first quarter of 2017. We define products per customer as the number of products used by active Brazilian customers divided by the total number of active Brazilian customers within that month. Our earliest cohorts, despite starting out with a single product, have adopted multiple new products as these have been introduced and have approximately four products as of December 31, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 234

 

Continuing our international expansion

We believe that we are in the early stages of our international expansion. We will continue to rely on our technology, data science, and credit and customer experience approach to continue expanding into new markets. In 2019 and 2020, we expanded internationally to Mexico and Colombia, respectively, because we identified customer needs and opportunities in these markets that were similar to those in Brazil. We followed a similar strategy and launched our operations in both countries with our flagship credit card product. As we enter new markets, and begin to attract new customers and build scale, our near-term ARPAC may decrease and our cost of risk may increase due to ECL as we acquire new customers, negatively impacting our operating margins.

Rapid growth of our consumer credit business and associated credit loss provisioning

As we continue to expand and enhance our credit offerings, we have seen PV grow significantly. Our customer-centric approach and mission to democratize access to financial services have helped us gain market share in a sector that was traditionally dominated by a handful of incumbents for decades. As a result, our share of the Brazilian card PV market (including credit, prepaid and prepaid) has risen steadily each year. In 2023, we represented 13.9% of the total credit card PV, compared to 11.6% in 2022, 8.7% in 2021, 5.7% in 2020 and 3.7% in 2019, according to data from ABECS.

Our credit provisioning model is an expected credit loss model, and frontloads credit loss recognition by provisioning for future expected credit losses, or “ECL,” as soon as a credit limit is granted or loan is extended. While we make these loan loss provisions at the time of loan initiation, we expect to generate revenue and credit losses from these credit card and personal loan customers over time, which negatively impacts our gross profit and gross profit margin in any period where we are adding customers.

Economies of scale resulting from our technological platform

Cloud-based platforms enable scalability and agility. Our systems are designed to accommodate an ever-growing pool of customers and a range of products. Being 100% cloud-based and having built our core platform from the ground up, our systems are highly scalable and we believe that there are opportunities to drive further efficiency. As we add each incremental product to our platform, we benefit from the existing data and infrastructure, providing a source of operating leverage, as evidenced by a decreasing trend in our monthly average cost to serve per active customer.

Risk management

Our risk management frameworks are heavily based on data and machine learning and these models are continuously enhanced over time. As we increase our customer base and collect more data on the behavior of our customers, our models become better trained to identify and stratify our customers according to their risk, improving our decision-making. In addition, we constantly test our hypotheses using A/B testing in smaller samples of our customer base. As a result, we have improved our risk metrics year after year, as evidenced by our 90-day consumer finance delinquency rate being lower than the industry average across the Brazilian credit card market.

Form 20-F | 2023 235

 

Regulation

As a tech company focused on the financial services sector in the countries we operate, we must comply with the laws and policies set by the central banks and other governmental institutions. Regulatory change might positively or negatively impact our revenue, credit provision policies and capital and liquidity requirements, among others. There are ongoing discussions to update the current methodology to calculate risk-weighted assets in Brazil, which could positively impact our capital requirements going forward. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—We are subject to extensive regulation and regulatory and governmental oversight as a digital banking platform and as a payment institution. Compliance with or violation of present or future regulations could be costly, expose us to substantial liability and force us to change our business practices, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.”

Seasonality

Our business is affected by customer behavior throughout the year and demonstrates seasonality effects. Historically, we benefit from higher PV and related revenue in the fourth quarter of the year due to the holiday season. However, our high historical growth has masked this seasonality in the past, and this may become more pronounced in the future. Adverse events that occur during those periods could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire year. As a result of seasonality fluctuations caused by these and other factors, comparisons of our results of operations across different periods may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. As we diversify our business across product lines, we believe our seasonality may be reduced.

Macroeconomic environment

Our results of operations are subject to political and economic factors and their respective effects on the availability of funding resources, disposable income, employment rates and average wages. They are also affected by levels of consumer spending, interest rates and the expansion or retraction of consumer credit in the countries we operate, each of which impacts the number and overall value of payment transactions. For instance, the increase in the overall wages and the number of employed people has positively affected purchasing volume. On the other hand, a high-interest rate scenario tends to make funding costs more expensive.

Within Latin America and the Caribbean, we currently serve Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, countries that accounted for over 60% of the population and 66% of the GDP in the region in 2023, according to IMF. In 2023, these countries had populations of around 204 million, 131 million and 52 million, respectively, and recorded GDPs of US$2.1 trillion, US$1.8 trillion and US$364 billion, respectively, in 2023 – measured in current U.S. dollars. In the past years, important industries have consolidated their presence in the region and acquired scale, the most notable being financial services, retail, manufacturing, transportation and communication, construction, agribusiness and mining. In most Latin American countries, an increasingly large proportion of the population is experiencing material gains in purchasing power and is being provided with augmented credit facilities, a trend that can be observed even with short-term episodes of economic downturn. Consumer patterns are therefore shifting towards more sophisticated products and services, a phenomenon that calls for enhanced business infrastructure, upgraded human capital and improved real estate facilities, among other requirements, to meet these demands.

Form 20-F | 2023 236

 

Currently, the majority of our operations are located in Brazil, and we expanded our operations internationally to Mexico and Colombia in 2019 and 2020, respectively, because we believed they were very attractive markets that had some of the same characteristics and opportunities as those we had identified in Brazil. Nu has witnessed a 0.8% annual real GDP growth in Brazil, our core market, since its foundation, according to data from IBGE for the period between 2013 and 2023.

We believe that Latin America has a large and vibrant consumer market. However, the recent economic instability in Latin America has contributed to a decline in market confidence in the economy as well as to a deteriorating political environment, and weak macroeconomic conditions are expected to continue through 2023.

The following table shows data for real GDP, inflation and interest rates in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia and the U.S. dollar/local currency exchange rate at the dates and for the periods indicated.

Form 20-F | 2023 237

 

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2023	2022
	(in percentages, except as otherwise indicated)
Brazil
Real growth in GDP	2.9	3.0
Inflation (IPCA) (4)	4.6	5.8
Average CDI rate, per year (1) (3)	13.2	12.4
Average exchange rate - BRL per USD 1.00 (2)	4.99	5.16
Unemployment rate	7.4	7.9
Mexico
Real growth in GDP	2.5	4.5
Inflation (INPC) (4)	4.7	7.8
Average TIIE rate, per year (1) (3)	11.1	7.6
Average exchange rate - MXN per USD 1.00 (2)(5)	17.79	20.18
Unemployment rate	2.6	2.8
Colombia
Real growth in GDP	0.3	7.3
Inflation (IPC) (4)	9.3	13.1
Average effective IBR rate, per year (1)(3)	13.0	7.2
Average exchange rate - COP per USD 1.00 (2)(5)	4,325.96	4,256.19
Unemployment rate	10.0	10.3

Sources: Brazil: IBGE, IPEA and BACEN; Mexico: Banxico and INEGI; Colombia: Banrep and DANE. All data is frequently revised by the reporting institutions.

(1) BACEN’s SGS 4392 series; Banxico’s SIE CF111(SF331451) series (overnight); Banrep’s IBR publication.

(2) BACEN’s SGS 3698 series; Banxico’s Foreign Exchange Market Portal; Banrep’s TRM.

(3) CDI (Brazilian interbank deposit) and TIIE (Mexican Interbanking Equilibrium Interest Rate) are the interbank interest rates (IBR) defined as the rate of interest charged on short-term loans between banks.

(4) IPCA (Broad National Consumer Price Index), INPC (National Consumer Price Index) and IPC (Consumer Price Index) are the Brazilian Consumer Price Index.

(5) MXN (Mexican Pesos) and COP (Colombian Pesos) are the currencies for Mexico and Colombia, respectively.

Form 20-F | 2023 238

 

Interest rates

Interest rates affect our ability to generate revenue. Although higher interest rates can lead to reductions in private consumption, negatively impacting fees and commission income including the interchange fees that we earn, they can also positively correlate with interest income, positively impacting our results.

Inflation

Inflation impacts our obligations to certain suppliers, such as office leasing, as costs are indexed to inflation rates. However, a significant part of our revenue is naturally hedged against inflation, since our interchange fees also tend to fluctuate in nominal terms according to inflation, even if we continue to apply the same percentage. When merchants adjust their prices for inflation, the purchasing power of consumers may be reduced, which may adversely affect some of our revenue streams if it results in a reduction in the number and volume of transactions.

Currency fluctuations

Our operations are conducted primarily in Brazilian reais (R$), which is the local currency in Brazil, but our presentation currency is U.S. dollars (US$). We also convert other currencies related to the countries in which we operate to U.S. dollars. This generates additional volatility in our financial statements. In the last few years, the real has significantly depreciated in comparison to the U.S. dollar, which has adversely affected our results of operations in U.S. dollars terms.

Acquisitions and new lines of business and other developments

● On June 28, 2023 the Securities and Exchange Commission of Brazil, or "CVM" Collegiate approved the plan for the discontinuance of our Level III BDRs Program and the cancellation of our registration with the CVM as a foreign public issuer of category "A" securities. The Definition Period for Level III BDRs holders to make their choices among the possible alternatives within the scope of the discontinuity plan was closed on August 11, 2023, and the sale of the Class A Common Shares underlying the BDRs that were held by the holders of the BDRs that, within the scope of the Level III BDRs Program Discontinuance plan, were directed to the Sale Procedures, ended on August 21, 2023. On September 22, 2023 we submitted a request to CVM to cancel the registration of the Level III BDRs Program and, consequently, to cancel our registry as a foreign issuer before CVM. On October 31, 2023, the cancellation was approved by CVM.

● On January 3, 2022, we completed the acquisition of Olivia’s, a US-based data company with subsidiaries in Brazil specializing in applying machine learning and artificial intelligence solutions to retail banking. Olivia has a personal finance management mobile device application with over 100,000 customers as of November 2021, which we believe will further strengthen our open banking initiatives. The total purchase price was US$47 million, of which US$10.5 million was settled on the closing date in cash and the remainder is to be settled upon issuance of 3,909,449 class A ordinary shares on the first anniversary of the acquisition date, and the issuance of up to 3,970,986 class A ordinary shares as consideration for post-combination services rendered to Nu by former shareholders and employees who became part of the Group following the closing. We are treating the share consideration estimated as US$37.2 million that could be issued as consideration for post-combination continued services, in the next 3 years, rendered to Nu by the former shareholders and employees who became our employees following the closing as compensation.

Form 20-F | 2023 239

 

● In October 2021, we acquired Spin Pay, a Brazilian payments platform that has pioneered the development of instant payments solutions for online and offline merchants via Pix. As of August 31, 2021, Spin Pay had more than 220 merchants on its platform, connected to Spin Pay through commerce-enablement platforms such as VTEX and Shopify Plus, as well as directly through the Spin Pay API. We believe that the expertise and technology of Spin Pay will be instrumental in the development of our broader payment’s platform in Brazil. The total price was US$13.8 million, partially settled on the acquisition date and the remainder to be settled on the first and second anniversary of the acquisition date. In connection with Spin Pay’s acquisition, we issued 830,490 Class A ordinary shares (equivalent to US$6.3 million) upon closing of the transaction in October 2021, and could issue an aggregate of up to 1,796,826 shares on the first and second anniversaries of closing, and as consideration for post-combination services rendered to Nu by the former shareholders who became employees following the closing, which is considered as compensation and not a component of the purchase consideration transferred and will be expensed as services are rendered. In addition, we may pay up to US$10.9 million in cash as employee compensation which is contingent upon the achievement of certain milestones and services rendered by certain employees.

Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Reconciliations

This annual report presents our Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and certain FX Neutral measures and their respective reconciliations for the convenience of investors, which are non-IFRS financial measures. A non-IFRS financial measure is generally defined as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flow that purports to measure financial performance but excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable IFRS measure. For further information on why our management chooses to use these non-IFRS financial measures and on the limits of using these non-IFRS financial measures, please see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures.” The FX Neutral measures for Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and certain key business metrics were calculated to present what such measures in preceding periods/years would have been had exchange rates remained stable from these preceding periods/years until the date of our most recent financial information, as detailed below.

The FX Neutral measures for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 were calculated by multiplying the as reported amounts of Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and the key business metrics for such years by the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 (R$5.133, R$5.415 and R$5.240, to US$1.00, respectively), and using such results to re-translate the corresponding amounts back to U.S. dollars by dividing them by the average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rate for the year ended December 31, 2023 (R$4.978 to US$1.00), so as to present what certain of our statement of profit and loss amounts and key business metrics would have been had exchange rates remained stable from these past periods/years until the year ended December 31, 2023.

Form 20-F | 2023 240

 

The average Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates were calculated as the average of the month-end rates for each month in the years 2023, 2022 and 2021, as reported by Bloomberg.

	As reported					FX Neutral measures
	For the years ended December 31,			Percentage change (%)		For the years ended December 31,			Percentage change (%)
	2023	2022	2021	2023/ 2022	2022/ 2021	2023	2022	2021	2023/ 2022	2022/ 2021
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) (in US$ millions)
Profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company	1,030.6	(364.6)	(165.0)	(382.7%)	121.0%	1,030.6	(375.9)	(179.5)	(374.2%)	109.4%
Share-based compensation	289.3	282.5	225.4	2.4%	25.3%	289.3	291.3	245.2	(0.7%)	18.8%
Allocated tax effects on share-based compensation (1)	(89.7)	(73.4)	(60.0)	22.2%	22.3%	(89.7)	(75.7)	(65.3)	18.5%	15.9%
Hedge of the tax effects on share-based compensation	(33.7)	4.0	—	(942.5%)	n.m.	(33.7)	4.1	⎯	(922.0%)	n.m.
Contingent share award termination	⎯	355.6	—	n.m.	n.m.	–	366.6	⎯	n.m	n.m.
Customer program ("NuSócios")	⎯	—	11.2	n.m.	n.m	⎯	—	12.2	n.m.	n.m
Allocated tax effects on customer program	⎯	—	(5.0)	n.m.	n.m	⎯	—	(5.4)	n.m.	n.m.
Adjusted Net Income (Loss) for the year	1,196.5	204.1	6.6	486.2%	n.m	1,196.5	210.4	7.2	468.7%	n.m
Other Key Business Metrics
Purchase volume (in US$ billions)	111.1	81.0	43.8	37.2%	84.9%	111.1	84.3	48.0	32.6%	75.6%
Monthly average revenue per active customer (in US$)	9.6	7.8	4.5	23.1%	73.4%	9.6	8.1	4.9	18.5%	65.6%
Monthly average cost to serve per active customer (in US$)	0.8	0.8	0.8	n.m	n.m	0.8	0.9	0.9	(11.1)%	n.m
Revenue (in US$ millions)	8,029.0	4,792.2	1,698.0	67.5%	182.2%	8,029.0	4,941.1	1,847.1	62.5%	167.5%
Gross Profit (in US$ millions)	​​3,491.0	1,663.0	732.9	109.9%	126.9%	3,491.0	1,714.6	797.2	103.6%	115.1%

n.m. = not meaningful.

(1) Represents the tax effects of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income (Loss). The tax effects of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income (Loss) are computed using the statutory rate related to each jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment, after taking into account the effects of permanent and temporary tax differences.

Form 20-F | 2023 241

 

FX Neutral measures for deposits and interest-earning portfolio presented in this document were calculated by multiplying the as reported amounts as of December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 by the spot Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates as of these dates (R$5.280, R$5.576 and R$5.199 to US$1.00, respectively), and using such results to re-translate the corresponding amounts back to U.S. dollars by dividing them by using the spot rate as of December 31, 2023 (R$4.857 to US$1.00) so as to present what these amounts would have been had exchange rates been the same as those on December 31, 2023. The Brazilian reais/U.S. dollars exchange rates were calculated using rates as of such dates as reported by Bloomberg.

	As reported					FX Neutral measures
	As of December 31,			Percentage change (%)		As of December 31,			Percentage change (%)
	2023	2022	2021	2023/ 2022	2022/ 2021	2023	2022	2021	2023/ 2022	2022/ 2021
Deposits (in US$ billions)	23.7	15.8	9.7	50%	63%	23.7	17.2	11.1	38%	55%
Interest-earning portfolio (in US$ billions)	8.2	4.0	2.0	105%	100%	8.2	4.3	2.3	91%	85%

Form 20-F | 2023 242

 

Description of Principal Line Items

The following is a summary of the principal line items comprising our consolidated statements of profit or loss.

Total revenue

Our total revenue consists of the sum of our interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments and fee and commission income, as detailed below:

Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments

Our interest and other financial income consists of interest income on loans, credit card receivables (revolving and refinanced credit card balances and personal loans); our cash and other assets at amortized cost are calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs over the expected lives of the assets. For the revolving balances, interest is calculated from the due date of the credit card bill that was not fully paid.

Gains (losses) on financial instruments consists of the fair value gains and losses from financial instruments. The income arises from both the sale and purchase of financial assets and from changes in fair value caused by movements in interest, equity prices, and other market variables, as well as the interest accrual on the fixed and floating rate securities.

Fee and commission income

The majority of our fee and commission income comes from interchange fees we earn from purchases made using the credit and prepaid cards we issue to customers. We also earn revenue from our premium subscription product (NuRewards), late fees, recharge fees for mobile phones, insurance brokerage commission, and more.

● Interchange fees. Represents fees to authorize and provide settlement on credit and prepaid card transactions processed through the Mastercard network and are determined as a percentage of the total payment processed. Interchange fees, net of rewards revenue, are recognized and measured upon recognition of the transaction with the interchange network, when the performance obligation is considered satisfied. The interchange rates agreed with Mastercard are fixed and depend on the segment of each merchant. Interchange income is withheld from the amount to be paid to third parties.

● Rewards revenue. Comprises revenue related to the NuRewards subscription fee and the related interchange fee, initially apportioned in accordance with the relative stand-alone selling prices of the performance obligation assumed. It is recorded in the statement of profit or loss when the performance obligation is satisfied, which is when the reward points are redeemed by the customers.

● Late fees. Comprises fees charged when credit card bills are not paid by the due date by the relevant customer.

Form 20-F | 2023 243

 

● Recharge fees. Comprises the selling price of prepaid telephone credits to customers, net of acquisition costs.

● Other fee and commission income. Mainly consists of: (i) brokerage commission income from third-party life insurance providers for sales made through our app, (ii) commission income from the issuance of boletos (banking payment slips), which is a printable document issued by merchants that is used to make payments in Brazil, (iii) fee income for cash withdrawals, and (iv) commission from partners for their sales made on our marketplace.

● Customer Program (NuSócios) represents the costs relating to the incentive and reward program for 7,557,679 customers that expressly agreed to participate in our Customer Program. The total amount of expenses of the program was US$11.2 million as of December 2021, based on R$8.36 price per BDR. Nu recognized the costs associated with the Customer Program arising from funding the subscription and payment of the BDRs for the customers who participated in the Customer Program as a reduction in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2021. The program was terminated in 2023.

Fee and commission income is shown net of Brazilian federal income taxes. For more information on our revenue recognition policies, see note 4 of our audited consolidated financial statements.

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided consists of the sum of our interest and other financial expenses, transactional expenses and credit loss allowance expenses, as detailed below:

Interest and other financial expenses

Interest and other financial expenses include: (i) interest expense accrued on deposits; (ii) interest expense relating to interest on our financial instruments, and (iii) discounts on renegotiations of credit card and lending.

Transactional expenses

Transactional expenses include the costs related to data processing, payment scheme license fees, losses from chargeback relating to our credit and debit card transactions, expenses relating to our rewards program in order to fulfill the use of the points by customers, and other costs related to the connection to the payment systems in the countries that we operate. For further information on these costs, see note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements. The most relevant transactional expenses are:

● Banking slip costs, which comprise costs of the issuance of boletos (banking payment slips) by banks;

● Rewards expenses, which comprise the costs incurred to fulfill the redemption of rewards points by our customers;

Form 20-F | 2023 244

 

● Credit and debit card network costs, which are costs related to our payment scheme license, i.e., a fee paid to Mastercard to enable communications between network participants, access to specific reports, expenses related to projects involving the development of new functions, operational fixed fees, fees related to chargeback restatements and royalties; and

● Other transaction expenses, which are mainly related to financial services expenses such as fees over financial transactions, expenses with clearinghouses and operational losses such as chargebacks. Losses from chargebacks consist of transactions credited back or refunded to the cardholder in the event of a billing dispute between a cardholder and the other participant in the credit transaction process is resolved in favor of the customer. Chargebacks may occur due to a variety of factors, such as a claim by the cardholder or cases of fraud. If we are unable to collect chargebacks or refunds from other participants, or if they refuse to or are unable to reimburse us for chargebacks or refunds due to closure, bankruptcy, or other circumstances, we bear the loss for the amounts paid to the cardholder.

Credit loss allowance expenses

Credit loss allowance expenses include losses associated with our credit card transactions and loans receivable from our customers. We expect our credit losses to fluctuate depending on many factors, including transaction volume and credit limits, macroeconomic conditions, the impact of regulatory changes, and the credit quality of credit card and loans receivable. Additionally, credit losses also include reversals of provisions and recoveries and are decreased by recoveries, when the customer pays us after the write-off of the receivable.

Gross profit

Gross profit consists of our total revenue minus total cost of financial and transactional services provided.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses are segregated into customer support and operations, general and administrative expenses, marketing expenses and other expenses (income).

Customer support and operations

Customer support and operations are represented by all the expenses incurred in our process of providing services to our customers, including :

● Infrastructure and data processing costs include technology, software, and other related costs, primarily related to the cloud infrastructure used by us and other software used in providing services to our customers. These costs associated exclusively with customers’ transactions are presented as “customer support and operations.” Infrastructure and data processing costs also include costs associated with credit and debit card fees paid to Mastercard on a quarterly basis based on the number of active cards;

Form 20-F | 2023 245

 

● Credit analysis and collection costs include fees paid to the credit bureaus and costs related to collection agencies. The credit analysis costs that are not associated with the initial credit analysis of an applicant are presented as “customer support and operations;”

● Customer services costs primarily include our costs associated with customer services provided by service providers. The costs that are not exclusively related to the acquisition of new customers are presented as “customer support and operations;”

● Salaries and associated benefits expenses for customer services squads not associated with the acquisition of new customers are presented as “customer support and operations” and

● Credit and debit card issuance costs include printing, packing, shipping costs and other costs. Costs related to the first card of a customer are initially recorded as “deferred expenses” assets included in “other assets” and then amortized. The amortization related to the first card of the customer is presented as “general and administrative expenses” and the remaining costs, including the ones related to subsequent cards, are presented as “customer support and operations.”

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses represent the amounts that we spend on research and development, certain back-office activities, indirect relations with our customers and overhead. These amounts consist of infrastructure and data-processing costs, credit analysis and collection costs, customer services, salaries and associated benefits, and credit and debit card issuance costs as explained in the customer and support operations description above. It also includes share-based compensation, specialized services expenses and other personnel costs, as follows:

● Share-based compensation corresponds to the cost of our share-based programs and awards issued;

● Specialized services expenses comprise miscellaneous costs from service providers; and

● Other personnel costs are related to expenses related to medical assistance, meal benefit, life insurance, transportation and other benefits provided to all employees, excluding the part allocated as customer support and operations, as stated above.

● 2021 Contingent share award (CSA) termination – On November 29, 2022 David Vélez, the Company’s Chief Executive Office, decided to terminate the 2021 Contingent Share Award. As a result of the termination, we recorded expenses of US$355.6 million in the year ended on December 31, 2022 due to the acceleration of the vesting. After such one-time recognition, the Company will no longer account for any expense associated with the 2021 Contingent Share and expect to bring savings in the aggregate amount of US$ 355.6 million in the seven years following the termination date.

Form 20-F | 2023 246

 

Marketing expenses

Marketing expenses relate to the production and distribution of our marketing and advertising campaigns on media, online advertising, the positioning of our products on internet search platforms and expenses incurred in relation to trade marketing at events. It also contains salaries and benefits to employees dedicated exclusively to these activities.

Other expenses (income)

Other expenses (income) primarily consists of other income/expenses not classified in the foregoing categories of operating expenses.

Income taxes

Current income taxes comprise the income tax payable on profits based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction and is recognized as an expense in the period in which taxable profits arise. There is no taxation in the Cayman Islands on the income earned by us, and, as such, there is no tax impact at a consolidated level.

Our subsidiaries are subject to different income tax regimes and statutory rates. The table presents the statutory income tax rates in percentages for the main countries in which we operate:

Statutory income tax rates	2023	2022	2021
Brazil(1)	40%	41%	45%
Colombia	35%	35%	31%
Mexico	30%	30%	30%

(1) Comprises Brazilian Social Contribution tax (Contribuição Social sobre o Lucro Líquido – CSLL) and Brazilian Income Tax (Imposto de Renda Pessoa Jurídica – IRPJ). In March 2021, the Social Contribution tax rate in Brazil increased 5 percentage points, thus the combined income tax rate was increased from 40% to 45% and was effective from July 1 to December 31, 2021 and mainly impacted Nu Pagamentos and Nu Financeira. In August 2022, the Social Contribution tax rate in Brazil increased 1 percentage point, thus the combined income tax rate was increased from 40% to 41%.

Deferred income tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on income tax losses available to carry forward and on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts at the reporting date. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all temporary taxable differences, and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the assets may be utilized as they reverse.

We review the carrying amount of deferred tax assets at each reporting date and reduce it to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are only offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and where there is both the legal right and the intention to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Form 20-F | 2023 247

 

As a consequence of the current and deferred income taxes and the value of the permanent differences compared to the loss before income taxes, the effective tax rate of our consolidated operations fluctuates over time according to the portion of our total net income that was generated in each of these entities.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022

The following table sets forth our statement of profit or loss data for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2023	2022
	(in US$ millions, except percentages)
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	6,439.7	3,555.2	81.1%
Fee and commission income	1,589.3	1,237.0	28.5%
Total revenue	8,029.0	4,792.2	67.5%
Interest and other financial expenses	(2,036.9)	(1,547.9)	31.6%
Transactional expenses	(215.9)	(176.4)	22.4%
Credit loss allowance expenses	(2,285.2)	(1,404.9)	62.7%
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided	(4,538.0)	(3,129.2)	45.0%
Gross profit	3,491.0	1,663.0	109.9%
Operating Expenses
Customer support and operations	(488.1)	(335.4)	45.5%
General and administrative expenses ("G&A")	(1,042.3)	(1,333.3)	(21.8)%
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	–	(355.6)	n.m.
G&A – Other	(1,042.3)	(977.7)	6.6%
Marketing expenses	(171.1)	(152.9)	11.9%
Other expenses (income)	(250.4)	(150.3)	66.6%
Total operating expenses	(1,951.9)	(1.971.9)	(1.0)%
Profit (loss) before income taxes	1,539.1	(308.9)	(598.0)%
Income Taxes
Current taxes	(1,184.2)	(473.3)	150.2%
Deferred taxes	675.7	417.6	61.8%
Total income taxes	(508.5)	(55.7)	812.9%
Profit (loss) for the year	1,030.6	(364.6)	(385.7)%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 248

 

Total revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$8,029.0 million, an increase of US$3,236.8 million, or 67.5%, from US$4,792.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to a significant growth in 2023 in our revenues related to interest income from our credit card and lending operation as well as interchange fees (as-total purchase volume grew 37%). Contributing to this increase was the higher interest income from the consumer finance portfolio that can be attributed to the expansion of personal loans and credit cards. Also, the interchange fees increased as total purchase volume grew 37% in the year driven by prepaid volume growth of 18.5%. The components of our total revenue are detailed below:

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2023	2022
Interest income – credit card	2,521.9	1,014.9	148.5%
Interest income – lending	1,650.4	932.2	77.0%
Interest income – other assets at amortized cost	851.2	388.7	119.0%
Interest income – other receivables	398.5	161.0	147.5%
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value	1,017.7	1,058.4	(3.8%)
Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	6,439.7	3,555.2	81.1%
Interchange fees	1,187.9	917.4	29.5%
Late fees	180.7	104.5	72.9%
Recharge fees	48.7	77.5	(37.2%)
Rewards revenue	24.3	22.4	8.5%
Other fee and commission income	147.7	115.2	28.2%
Total fee and commission income	1,589.3	1,237.0	28.5%
Total revenue	8,029.0	4,792.2	67.5%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 249

 

Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments. Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$6,439.7 million, an increase of US$2,884.5 million, or 81.1%, from US$3,555.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase in interest income from our loan portfolio (US$718.1 million, or 77.0%, increase in interest income – lending) and credit card receivables (US$1,507.0 million, or 148.5%, increase in interest income – credit card) reflecting the combined effect of the growth of our customer base of 26% in the year, reaching 93.9 million customers as of December 31, 2023 compared to 74.6 million customers as of December 31, 2022 and the increase in the CDI rate in 2023 (the CDI rate was an average of 13.2% p.a. compared to an average of 12.4% p.a. in 2022), (ii) an increase in interest income – other assets at amortized costs of US$462.5 million, or 119.0% (iii) an increase in interest income – other receivables of US$237.5 or 147.5%. The increases of item (ii) and (iii) are related to the increase in the CDI rate in 2023, the growth on the acquisition of credit card receivables from acquirers and the compulsory and other deposits at central banks.

Total fee and commission income. Total fee and commission income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$ 1,589.3 million, an increase of US$352.3 million, or 28.5%, from US$1,237.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase of US$270,5 million or 29.5% in our interchange fees arising from the increased purchase volume with our credit and debit cards resulting from an increase in the number of clients, (ii) an increase of US$ 76.2 million or 72.9% in our late fees, specially the credit cards in Brazil and lending, as a result of the portfolio growth of 30% in the year, and (iii) an increase of US$32.5 million or 28.2% increase in other fee and commission income – which were mainly caused by (a) an increase of US$3.9 million in commission related to the higher volume of operation on automated teller machines (ATMs), (b) an increase of US$7.1 million from FX spread revenue, and (c) an increase of US$7.8 million in commissions from insurance and brokerage services. 

Form 20-F | 2023 250

 

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$4,538.0 million, an increase of US$1,408.8 million, or 45.0%, from US$3,129.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, as detailed below.

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2023	2022
Interest expense on deposits	(1,723.8)	(1,407.9)	22.4%
Other interest and similar expenses	(313.1)	(140.0)	123.6%
Interest and other financial expenses	(2,036.9)	(1,547.9)	31.6%
Bank slip costs	(23.9)	(34.0)	(29.7)%
Rewards expenses	(58.3)	(42.3)	37.8%
Credit and debit card network costs	(52.2)	(55.0)	(5.1)%
Other transactional expenses	(81.5)	(45.1)	80.7%
Total transactional expenses	(215.9)	(176.4)	22.4%
Credit loss allowance expenses	(2,285.2)	(1,404.9)	62.7%
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided	(4,538.0)	(3,129.2)	45.0%

Interest and other financial expenses. Interest and other financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$2,036.9 million, an increase of US$489.0 million, or 31.6%, from US$1,547.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly attributable to an increase of US$315.9 million or 22.4% in interest expenses on deposits due to (i) the increase in the CDI rate in 2023 (the CDI rate was an average of 13.2% compared to an average of 12.4% in 2022) and (ii) an increase in the volume of deposits of US$7.9 billion reaching US$23.7 billion, or 50%, compared to US$15.8 billion as of December 31, 2022, mainly related to the increase in customer base of Brazil and the launch of "Cuenta Nu" in Mexico in 2023.

Transactional expenses. Transactional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$215.9 million, an increase of US$39.5 million, or 22.4%, from US$176.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase of US$36.4 million or 80.7% in other transactional expenses reflecting an increase in operational losses and costs to improve our infrastructure; (ii) an increase of US$16.0 million or 37.8% in rewards expenses following the growth of our customer base and the purchase volume; and partially offset by (iii) the decrease of US$10.1 million, or 42%, in bank slip costs due to the increase in direct payments from the account.

Form 20-F | 2023 251

 

Credit loss allowance expenses. Credit loss allowance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$2,285.2 million, an increase of US$880.3 million, or 62.7%, from US$1,404.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, and it was comprised of an increase in allowance expenses for credit card receivables of US$783.4 million, or 86.3%, and an increase in allowance expenses for loan to customers of US$93.4 million, or 18.8%. The increase for credit card receivables reflects the growth of the purchase volume and the credit card balances to US$14.5 billion as of December 31, 2023, from US$9.3 billion as of December 31, 2022, or an increase of US$5.2 billion, or 56.4%, and the increase in receivables classified as high risk in level 3 to US$1,106.4 million, as of December 31, 2023 compared with US$598.8 million of December 31, 2022. The increase from loan to customers reflects mainly the increase in the loan portfolio to US$3.7 billion as of December 31, 2023 from US$2.0 billion as of December 31, 2022, or an increase of US$1.7 billion or 87.9%. The total ECL allowance for credit cards and loans was 14.2% of the total receivable balance of credit cards and loans as of December 31, 2023, up from 11.9% as of December 31, 2022. For more information, see notes 13 for credit card receivables and 14 for loans to customers to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$3,491.0 million, an increase of US$1,828.0 million, or 109.9%, compared to US$1,663.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Our gross margin (gross profit divided by total revenue) increased, reaching 43.5% for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to 35.0% for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$1,951.9 million, a decrease of US$ 20 million, or 1%, from US$1,971.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Operating expenses represented 24.3% of our total revenue in 2023, compared to 41.1% in 2022. The main changes leading to the decrease in operating expenses in the period are explained below.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2023	2022	Variation (%)
Customer support and operations	(488.1)	(335.4)	45.5%
General and administrative expenses ("G&A")	(1,042.3)	(1,333.3)	(21.8)%
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	-	(355.6)	n.m.
G&A – Other	(1,042.3)	(977.7)	6.6%
Marketing expenses	(171.1)	(152.9)	11.8%
Other expenses (income)	(250.4)	(150.3)	66.7%
Total operating expenses	(1,951.9)	(1,971.9)	(1.0)%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 252

 

Customer support and operations. Customer support and operations expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$488.1 million, an increase of US$152.7 million, or 45.5%, from US$335.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to an increase of: (i) US$54.5 million in infrastructure and data processing costs, (ii) US$35.1 million in credit analysis and collection costs, and (iii) US$14.0 million in credit and debit card issuance costs. Each of (i), (ii) and (iii) driven by the increase of new customers volume in 2023 of 37.3% when compared to 2022. The increase in the purchase volume was higher proportionally compared to the increase in these expenses because of efficiency gains in data processing and our foreign exchange hedging strategy for these expenses. Expenses with salaries and associated benefits increased 16.16% mainly due to the increase in salaries as a result of a collective bargain agreement and the compensation such as bonus and PPR (Results-Sharing Program).

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$1,042.3 million, a decrease of US$291.0 million, or 21.8%, from US$1,333.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to: (i) termination of Contingent Share Award in 2022 in the amount of US$335.6 million without correspondent amount in 2023; (ii) a decrease of US$34.7 million in share-based compensation due the hedge of corporate and social taxes. Additionally, partially offset by (ii) an increase of US$25.4 million in salaries and associated benefits due to the compensation paid increased, such as bonus and PPR to attract and retain employees; and (iv) an increase of US$30.2 million in infrastructure and data processing costs related to the increase in customer transactions volume.

Marketing expenses. Marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$171.0 million, an increase of US$18.1 million, or 11.8%, from US$152.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the increase of US$10.5 million in marketing expenses as result of paid media on television broadcasters in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia as well as marketing campaigns on digital and external media.

Other expenses (income). Other expenses (income) for the year ended December 31, 2023 was an expense of US$250.5 million, an increase of US$100.2 million, or 66.7%, from an expense of US$150.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily attributable to the increase in PIS and COFINS on financial income (US$225.6 million), due to the increase in the total financial income.

Profit (loss) before income taxes

As a result of the foregoing, profit (loss) before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$1,539.1 billion, an increase of US$1,848.0 billion from prior year loss of US$308.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Income taxes

Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2023 were a tax expense of US$508.5 million, an increase of US$452.8 million, from a tax expense of US$55.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The effective income tax rates were 33.0% and (18.0%) in the years 2023 and 2022, respectively, primarily due to profit before interest and taxes close to breakeven in 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 253

 

Profit (loss) for the year

As a result of the foregoing, profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$1,030.6 million, an increase of US$1,395.2 million, or 382.7%, from a loss of US$364.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021

The following table sets forth our statement of profit or loss data for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2022	2021
	(in US$ millions, except percentages)
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	3,555.2	1,046.7	239,7%
Fee and commission income	1,237.0	651.3	89.9%
Total revenue	4,792.2	1,698.0	182.2%
Interest and other financial expenses	(1,547.9)	(367.4)	321.3%
Transactional expenses	(176.4)	(117.1)	50.6%
Credit loss allowance expenses	(1,404.9)	(480.6)	192.3%
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided	(3,129.2)	(965.1)	224.2%
Gross profit	1,663.0	732.9	126.9%
Operating Expenses
Customer support and operations	(335.4)	(190.5)	76.1%
General and administrative expenses	(1,333.3)	(628.9)	112.0%
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	(355.6)	-–	n.m.
G&A - Other	(977.7)	(628,9)	55.5%
Marketing expenses	(152.9)	(79.6)	92.1%
Other expenses (income)	(150.3)	(4.1)	n.m.
Total operating expenses	(1,971.9)	(903.1)	118.3%
Loss before income taxes	(308.9)	(170.2)	81.5
Income Taxes
Current taxes	(473.3)	(219.8)	115.3%
Deferred taxes	417.6	224.7	85.8%
Total income taxes	(55.7)	4.830	n.m.
Loss for the year	(364.6)	(165.3)	120.6%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 254

 

Total revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$4,792.2 million, an increase of US$3,094.2 million, or 182.2%, from US$1,698.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to a significant growth in 2022 in our revenue related to interchange fees (as total purchase volume grew 84% driven by prepaid volume growth of 117%), as well as interest income from our lending operations and credit cards. Contributing to this increase was the rise in Brazil’s interest rates, from our lending operations and securities acquired with cash from deposits and from the IPO, which occurred at the end of 2021. The components of our total revenue are detailed below:

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2022	2021
Interest income – credit card	1,014.9	357.8	183.7%
Interest income – lending	932.2	292.7	218.5%
Interest income – other assets at amortized cost	388.7	66.2	487.2%
Interest income – other receivables	161.0	17.3	830.6%
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value	1,058.4	312.7	238.5%
Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	3,555.2	1,046.7	239.7%
Interchange fees	917.4	471.5	94.6%
Recharge fees	77.5	48.4	60.1%
Rewards revenue	22.4	26.9	(16.7)%
Late fees	104.5	50.0	109.0%
Other fee and commission income	115.2	65.7	75.3%
Customer program ("NuSócios")	—	(11.2)	n.m.
Total fee and commission income	1,237.0	651.3	89.9%
Total revenue	4,792.2	1,698.0	182.2%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 255

 

Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments. Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$3,555.2 million, an increase of US$2,508.5 million, or 239.7%, from US$1,046.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase in interest income from our loan portfolio (a US$639.5 million, or 218.5%, increase in interest income – lending) and credit card receivables (a US$657.1 million, or 183.7%, increase in interest income – credit card) reflecting the combined effect of the growth of our customer base of 38.4% in the year, reaching 74.6 million customers as of December 31, 2022 compared to 53.9 million customers as of December 31, 2021 and the increase in the CDI rate in 2022 (the CDI rate was an average of 12.4% p.a. compared to an average of 4.5% p.a. in 2021), (ii) an increase in interest income – other assets at amortized costs of 487.2%, or US$322.5 million, (iii) an increase in interest income - other receivables of US$143.7 or 830.6%, and (iv) an increase in interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value of US$745.7 million, or 238.5%. The increases of item (ii), (iii) and (iv) were primarily attributable to the increase in the CDI rate in 2022 and the increase in financial assets, including both those measured at fair value through profit or loss and those measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. These financial assets presented an increase of US$998.9 million when comparing December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2021, due to the increase in deposits in 2022 that were invested in these assets.

Total fee and commission income. Total fee and commission income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$1,237.0 million, an increase of US$585.7 million, or 89.9%, from US$651.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase of US$445.9 million or 94.6% in our interchange fees arising from the increased purchase volume with our credit and debit cards resulting from an increase in the number of clients, (ii) an increase of US$29.1 million or 60.1% in revenue resulting from recharge fees from the sale of mobile phone recharge credits also due to the growth of our customer base in 2022, (iii) an increase of US$49.5 million or 75.3% increase in other fee and commission income - as a result of greater purchase volume of credit card and debit card transactions as well as new products in the period - which were mainly caused by (a) an increase of US$15.9 million in debit card withdrawals by our customers, (b) an increase of US$9.2 million from FX spread revenue, (c) an increase of US$11.1 million in commissions from insurance and brokerage services, and (d) an increase of US$9.1 million in fees from banking payment slips and other financial processing costs.

Form 20-F | 2023 256

 

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided

Total cost of financial and transactional services provided for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$3,129.2 million, an increase of US$2,164.0 million, or 224.2%, from US$965.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, as detailed below.

	For the Years Ended December 31,		Variation (%)
	2022	2021
Interest expense on deposits	(1,407.9)	(317.5)	343.6%
Other interest and similar expenses	(140.0)	(49.9)	180.6%
Interest and other financial expenses	(1,547.9)	(367.4)	321.3%
Bank slip costs	(34.0)	(36.1)	(5.8)%
Rewards expenses	(42.3)	(36.9)	14.6%
Credit and debit card network costs	(55.0)	(22.7)	142.3%
Other transactional expenses	(45.1)	(21.4)	110.7%
Total transactional expenses	(176.4)	(117.1)	50.6%
Credit loss allowance expenses	(1,404.9)	(480.6)	192.3%
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided	(3,129.2)	(965.1)	224.2%

Interest and other financial expenses. Interest and other financial expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$1,547.9 million, an increase of US$1,180.5 million, or 321.3%, from US$367.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly attributable to an increase of US$1,090.4 million or 343.4% in interest expenses on deposits due to (i) the increase in the CDI rate in 2022 (the CDI rate was an average of 12.4% compared to an average of 4.5% in 2021) and (ii) an increase in the volume of deposits of US$6.1 billion, or 64.5%, as of December 31, 2022.

Transactional expenses. Transactional expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$176.4 million, an increase of US$59.3 million, or 50.6%, from US$117.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase of US$32.3 million or 142.3% in our credit and debit card network costs reflects the agreement with Mastercard that we are recognizing the compensation on a deferred basis; (ii) an increase of US$23.7 million or 110.7% in other transactional expenses reflecting an increase in operational losses and costs to improve our infrastructure, mainly in Mexico; and (iii) an increase of US$5.4 million or 14.6% in the rewards expenses following the growth of our customer base and the purchase volume.

Form 20-F | 2023 257

 

Credit loss allowance expenses. Credit loss allowance expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$1,404.9 million, an increase of US$924.3 million, or 192.3%, from US$480.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, and it was comprised of an increase in allowance expenses for credit card receivables of US$618.5 million, or 213.9%, and an increase in allowance expenses for loan to customers of US$305.8 million, or 159.6%. The increase for credit card receivables reflects the growth of the purchase volume and the credit card balances to US$9.3 billion as of December 31, 2022, from US$5.2 billion as of December 31, 2021, or an increase of US$4.1 billion, or 79.5%, and the increase in receivables classified as high risk in levels 2 and 3 to US$917.2 million and US$598.8 million, respectively as of December 31, 2022 compared with US$440.1 million and US$196.4 million of December 31, 2021, mainly related to the effects of the normalization cycle after the COVID-19 period and market conditions. The increase from loan to customers reflects mainly the increase in the loan portfolio to US$2.0 billion as of December 31, 2022 from US$1.4 billion as of December 31, 2021, or an increase of US$0.6 billion. The total ECL allowance for credit cards and loans was 12.5% of the total receivable balance of credit cards and loans as of December 31, 2022, compared to 7.3% as of December 31, 2021.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$1,663.0 million, an increase of US$930.1 million, or 126.8%, compared to US$732.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Our gross margin (gross profit divided by total revenue) decreased, reaching 35.0% for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to 43.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$1,972.0 million, an increase of US$1,068.9 million, or 118.4%, from US$903.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Operating expenses represented 41.2% of our total revenue in 2022, compared to 53.2% in 2021. The main changes leading to the increase in operating expenses in the period are explained below.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2022	2021	Variation (%)
Customer support and operations	(335.4)	(190.5)	76.1%
General and administrative expenses	(1,333.3)	(628.9)	112.0%
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	(355.6)	-	n.m.
G&A - Other	(977.7)	(628,9)	55.5%
Marketing expenses	(152.9)	(79.6)	92.2%
Other expenses (income)	(150.3)	(4.1)	n.m.
Total operating expenses	(1,971.9)	(903.1)	118.4%

n.m. = not meaningful.

Form 20-F | 2023 258

 

Customer support and operations. Customer support and operations expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$335.4 million, an increase of US$144.9 million, or 76.1%, from US$190.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to an increase of: (i) US$61.2 million in infrastructure and data processing costs, (ii) US$20.2 million in credit analysis and collection costs, (iii) US$26.3 million in customer services, each of (i), (ii) and (iii) driven by the increase of purchase volume in 2022 when compared to 2021, and (iv) US$6.3 million in other personnel costs, as a result of the increase in personnel in 2022. The increase in the purchase volume was higher proportionally compared to the increase in these expenses because of efficiency gains in data processing and our foreign exchange hedging strategy for these expenses. Expenses with salaries and associated benefits increased US$28.8 million or 144.5% reflecting the increase in the number of employees in the period allocated to customer support and operations.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$1,333.3 million, an increase of US$704.4 million, or 112.0%, from US$628.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to: (i) an increase of US$ 355.6 million due the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award, (ii) an increase of US$89.4 million in salaries and associated benefits primarily attributed to growth in employee headcount of 30% and annual salary increase, (iii) an increase of US$61.0 million in share-based compensation attributed to growth in employee headcount and the increase in the provision for social wages expenses from share-based compensation due to the share appreciation in 2022, and (iv) an increase of US$80.5 million in infrastructure and data processing costs not related to customer transactions. The share-based compensation expenses are expected to significantly decrease for the foreseeable future as a result of the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award.

Marketing expenses. Marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$152.9 million, an increase of US$73.4 million, or 92.2%, from US$79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the increase of paid marketing (US$38.3 million), branding (US$24.0 million, of which 90% is related to the expenses related to the World Cup, including the official regional support) and payroll cost (US$9.1 million).

Other expenses (income). Other expenses (income) for the year ended December 31, 2022 was an expense of US$150.3 million, an increase of US$146.2 million from an expense of US$4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily attributable to the increase in PIS and COFINS on financial income (US$111.7 million), due to the increase in the total financial income, and the loss of US$ 28.5 million on the revaluation of our investment in Jupiter, an emerging digital banking platform in India.

Loss before income taxes

As a result of the foregoing, loss before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$308.9 million, an increase of US$138.7 million, or 81.5%, from US$170.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Form 20-F | 2023 259

 

Income taxes

Income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2022 were a tax expense of US$55.7 million, an increase of US$60.6 million, from a tax benefit of US$4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The effective income tax rates were 18.0% and 2.8% in the years 2022 and 2021, respectively, primarily due to non-deductible expenses mainly arising from the termination of the 2021 Contingent share award being higher proportionally to the loss before income tax in 2022, compared to 2021.

Loss for the year

As a result of the foregoing, loss for the year ended December 31, 2022 was US$364.6 million, an increase of US$199.3 million, or 120.6%, from US$165.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Exchange Rates

While we maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars, the presentation currency for our financial statements and also our functional currency, as a holding company, our material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we are therefore dependent upon the results of operations of our subsidiaries, which are denominated primarily in the local currencies of the Latin American countries in which we operate, and as such our consolidated results of operations may be affected by changes in the local exchange rates to the U.S. dollar. We have significant operations in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia. The exchange rates discussed in this section have been obtained from each country’s central bank. However, in most cases, for consolidation purposes, we use a foreign currency to U.S. dollar exchange rate provided by Bloomberg that differs slightly from that reported by the aforementioned central banks. For more information, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to the Countries in Which We Operate—Exchange rate and interest rate instability may have a material adverse effect on the economies of the countries in which we operate and the price of our Class A ordinary shares” and “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Financial Statements.”

Brazil

The Brazilian foreign exchange system allows the purchase and sale of foreign currency and the international transfer of reais by any person or legal entity, regardless of the amount, subject to certain regulatory procedures.

The real depreciated against the U.S. dollar from mid-2011 to early 2016, and again from early 2018 to 2020. In 2018, the real depreciated 17.1% against the U.S. dollar, ending the year at an exchange rate of R$3.874 per US$1.00 mainly due to lower interest rates in Brazil as well as uncertainty regarding the results of the Brazilian presidential elections, which were held in October 2018. In 2019, the real depreciated 4.0% against the U.S. dollar, ending the year at an exchange rate of R$4.031 per US$1.00. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$5.197 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2020, which reflected a 29% depreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar during 2020. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$5.581 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2021, which reflected a 7.4% depreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar since December 31, 2020. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$5.218 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2022, which reflected a 6.5% appreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar since December 31, 2021. The real/U.S. dollar exchange rate reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$4.841 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2023, which reflected a 7.2% appreciation in the real against the U.S. dollar since December 31, 2022. There can be no assurance that the real will not depreciate or appreciate further against the U.S. dollar.

Form 20-F | 2023 260

 

The Central Bank of Brazil has previously intervened in the foreign exchange market to attempt to control instability in foreign exchange rates. We cannot predict whether the Central Bank of Brazil or the Brazilian government will continue to allow the real to float freely or to what extent it will intervene in the exchange rate market by re-implementing a currency band system or otherwise. The real may depreciate or appreciate substantially against the U.S. dollar in the future. Furthermore, Brazilian law provides that, whenever there is a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments or there are serious reasons to foresee a serious imbalance, temporary restrictions may be imposed on remittances of foreign capital abroad. We cannot guarantee that the Brazilian government will not place restrictions on remittances of foreign capital abroad in the future.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars expressed in Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar. The average rate is calculated by using the average of reported exchange rates by the Central Bank of Brazil on each business day during monthly and annual periods, as applicable. As of December 31, 2023, the exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars as reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$4.841 per US$1.00.

Year	Year-end	Average1	Low2	High3
2019	4.031	3.946	3.651	4.259
2020	5.197	5.158	4.021	5.937
2021	5.581	5.396	4.921	5.840
2022	5.218	5.165	4.618	5.704
2023	4.841	4.995	4.720	5.446

Source: Central Bank of Brazil.

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

Form 20-F | 2023 261

 

Month	Period-end	Average1	Low2	High3
October 2023	5.058	5.065	4.948	5.192
November 2023	4.936	4.898	4.858	5.019
December 2023	4.841	4.897	4.831	4.958
January 2024	4.954	4.914	4.854	4.972
February 2024	4.983	4.964	4.930	5.005
March 2024	4.996	4.980	4.936	5.035
April 2024 (through April 18, 2023)	5.251	5.108	5.008	5.264

Source: Central Bank of Brazil.

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

Mexico

For the last few years, the Mexican government has maintained a policy of nonintervention in the foreign exchange markets, other than conducting periodic auctions for the purchase of U.S. dollars, and has not had in effect any exchange controls (although these controls have existed and have been in effect in the past). We cannot guarantee that the Mexican government will maintain its current policies with regard to the Mexican peso or that the Mexican peso will not further depreciate or appreciate significantly in the future.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end free-market exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars, expressed in nominal Mexican pesos per U.S. dollar, as reported by the Central Bank of Mexico in the Federal Official Gazette. All amounts are stated in Mexican pesos per U.S. dollar. The annual and interim average rates, as well as monthly average rates, reflect the average of daily rates.

Year	Year-end	Average1	Low2	High3
2019	18.845	19.262	18.772	20.125
2020	19.949	21.496	18.571	25.119
2021	20.738	20.282	19.579	21.819
2022	19.509	20.038	19.166	21.333
2023	16.967	17.730	16.673	19.475

Source: Central Bank of Mexico.

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

Form 20-F | 2023 262

 

Month	Period-end	Average1	Low2	High3
October 2023	18.026	18.083	17.669	18.321
November 2023	17.387	17.385	17.125	17.815
December 2023	16.967	17.181	16.920	17.495
January 2024	17.134	17.077	16.810	17.318
February 2024	17.054	17.092	17.042	17.224
March 2024	16.563	16.782	16.563	17.023
April 2024 (through April 18, 2024)	17.057	16.634	16.337	17.057

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

Colombia

The Colombian government and the Colombian Central Bank have considerable power to determine governmental policies and actions that relate to the Colombian economy and, consequently, to affect the operations and financial performance of businesses. The Colombian government and the Colombian Central Bank may seek to implement additional measures aimed at controlling further fluctuation of the Colombian peso against other currencies and fostering domestic price stability. The Colombian Central Bank and the Colombian Ministry of Finance and Public Credit (Ministerio de Hacienda y Crédito Público, or “MHCP”) have in the past adopted a set of measures intended to tighten monetary policy and control the fluctuation of the Colombian peso against the U.S. dollar. Colombia has a free market for foreign exchange, and the Colombian government allows the Colombian peso to float freely against the U.S. dollar. There can be no assurance that the Colombian government will maintain its current policies with regard to the Colombian peso or that the Colombian peso will not depreciate or appreciate significantly in the future.

Form 20-F | 2023 263

 

The Colombian Central Bank establishes the parameters that must be observed in order to calculate the Representative Market Rate (Tasa Representativa del Mercado); then, the Colombian Financial Superintendency (Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia, or “SFC”) proceeds to compute and certify the Representative Market Rate based on the weighted averages of the buy/sell foreign exchange rates quoted daily by certain financial institutions for the purchase and sale of foreign currency.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars expressed in Colombian pesos per U.S. dollar as certified by the SFC. The rates shown below are in nominal Colombian pesos and have not been restated in constant currency units. The average rate is calculated by using the average of reported exchange rates by the Colombian Central Bank on each business day during monthly and annual periods, as applicable.

Year	Year-end	Average1	Low2	High3
2019	3,277.14	3,281.09	3,072.01	3,522.48
2020	3,432.50	3,693.36	3,253.89	4,153.91
2021	3,981.16	3,743.09	3,420.78	4,023.68
2022	4,810.20	4,276.59	3,706.95	5,061.21
2023	3,822.05	4,325.05	3,822.05	4,989.58

Source: Colombian Central Bank.

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the year.

Form 20-F | 2023 264

 

Month	Period-end	Average1	Low2	High3
October 2023	4,060.83	4,222.43	4,053.76	4,386.66
November 2023	3,980.67	4,038.80	3,957.77	4,117.71
December 2023	3,822.05	3,948.21	3,822.05	4,045.22
January 2024	3,925.60	3,916.09	3,822.05	3,969.50
February 2024	3,933.56	3,931.44	3,889.05	3,975.74
March 2024	3,842.30	3,899.34	3,842.30	3,948.67
April 2024 (through April 18, 2024)	3,901.94	3,829.06	3,763.43	3,938.11

Source: Colombian Central Bank.

1. Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

2. Represents the minimum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

3. Represents the maximum of the exchange rates on the closing of each business day during the month.

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had US$ 5,923.4 million and US$4,172.3 million, respectively, in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our current available cash and cash equivalents and the projected cash flows from our operating activities will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business for the next 12 months and beyond. The following table shows the generation and use of cash for the years indicated:

	For the year ended December 31,
	2023	2022	2021
	(in US$ millions)
Cash flows (used in) / generated from operating activities	1,266.2	755.6	(2,924.3)
Cash flow (used in) / generated from investing activities	(177.0)	(127.2)	(154.2)
Cash flow (used in) / generated from financing activities	425.2	654.0	3,336.0
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,514.4	1,282.4	257.5
Cash and cash equivalents – end of the year	5,923.4	4,172.3	2,705.7

Form 20-F | 2023 265

 

Our cash and cash equivalents include reverse repurchase agreements, short-term investments, bank account balances, securities, voluntary deposits at central banks and other cash and cash equivalents. The reverse repurchase agreements substantially have one-day maturities and have an immaterial risk of change in value. Short-term investments and securities are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and with an immaterial risk of change in value. ​​Voluntary deposits at central banks are deposits made by the subsidiary Nu Financeira at the Central Bank of Brazil and are considered as cash and cash equivalents as they mature in one business day. For more information, see note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022

Operating activities. Our net cash flows generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$1,266.2 million, an increase of US$510.6 million from a cash flow generated from operating activities of US$755.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. Our profit for the year ended December 31, 2023, was US$1,030.6 million, an increase of US$1,395.2 million from US$364,6 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2022. The total balance after the adjustments to reconcile profit for the year to cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$3,277.6 million, compared to US$1,361.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, mainly as a result of (i) an increase in credit loss allowance expenses to US$2,487.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to US$1,440.9 million in the year ended December 31 2022, (ii) an increase in interest accrued to US$103.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to US$ 32.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2022, and (iii) changes in our operating assets and liabilities were principally affected by an increase in cash outflows for credit card receivables, loans to customers and compulsory and other deposits at central banks partly compensated by cash inflows from higher volume of deposits, payables to network and interest received.

Investing activities. Our net cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$177.0 million, an increase of US$49.8 million, from US$127.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to an increase in cash outflows for other intangible assets, related to the capitalized expenses from internally developed projects, as detailed in note 18b. of our audited financial statements.

Financing activities. Our net cash flows generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023 were US$425.2 million, a decrease of US$228.8 million from US$654.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in the cash generated resulted primarily from (i) the capital increase that occurred in January, 2022, related to the over-allotment option ("Green Shoe") exercised by the underwriters during the IPO, which had no equivalent event in 2023, and (ii) and a decrease in proceeds from borrowings and financing to US$469.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to US$581.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2022.

Form 20-F | 2023 266

 

As a result of the foregoing, cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2023 were US$5,923.4 million, an increase of US$1,751.1 million, from US$4,172.3 million as of December 31, 2022.

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2021

Operating activities. Our net cash flows generated from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$755.6 million, an increase of US$3,679.9 million from a cash flow used in operating activities of US$2,924.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. Our loss for the year ended December 31, 2022, was US$364.6 million, an increase of US$199.3 million from US$165.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The adjustments to reconcile loss for the year to cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$1,361.2 million, compared to US$293.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, mainly as a result of (i) an increase in credit allowance provision to US$1,440.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to US$503.7 million in the year ended December 31 2021, (ii) an increase in deferred income taxes to US$417.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to US$224.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 (iii) the termination of the 2021 contingent share award (for the year ended December 31, 2022 in the total amount of US$355.6 million, which did not occur in the year ended December 31, 2021, and (iv) an increase in share-based compensation expenses to US$253.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to US$157.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2021. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities were principally affected by an increase in securities, credit card receivables and compulsory and other deposits and others at central banks compensated by higher volume of deposits, an increase in payables to a credit card network and an increase in interest received.

Investing activities. Our net cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$127.2 million, a decrease of US$27.0 million, from US$154.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, primarily due to the acquisition of Olivia, which had a lower cash payment when compared to the acquisition of Easynvest and Spin Pay in 2021, as detailed in note 1d. of our audited financial statements.

Financing activities. Our net cash flows generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 were US$654.0 million, a decrease of US$2,682.0 million from US$3,336.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in the cash generated resulted primarily from the capital increase that occurred in the year ended December 31, 2021, corresponding to the new “Series G” and “Series G-1” investment round as well as our IPO in December 2021, events which had no equivalents in 2022.

As a result of the foregoing, cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022 were US$4,172.3 million, an increase of US$1,466.6 million, from US$2,705.7 million as of December 31, 2021.

Form 20-F | 2023 267

 

Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2023, our indebtedness was composed of US$4.0 million in instruments eligible as capital, US$1,136.3 million in borrowings and financing and US$36.9 million in lease liabilities. The following is a description of our material indebtedness as of December 31, 2023:

Borrowings and financing

Borrowings and financing are composed of borrowings denominated in reais issued by our subsidiaries in Brazil, generally indexed to the Brazilian CDI rate; in Mexican Pesos by our Mexican subsidiary, Nu BN Servicios México, S.A. de C.V., or “Nu Servicios”, generally indexed to the Mexican Interbanking Equilibrium Interest Rate, or the “Mexican TIIE; and in Colombian Pesos by our Colombian subsidiary, Nu Colombia S.A., or “Nu Colombia” generally indexed by Colombian Reference Banking Indicator or the “IBR”. The IFC B Loan disbursed in 2023 is USD-denominated, indexed to Libor and counts on interest-rate hedge. On June 8, 2021, our Mexican subsidiary Nu Servicios entered into a term loan credit facility with Bank of America México, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, with interest accruing at a rate per annum equal to the Mexican TIIE + 1.40% and was settled at its maturity date being July 7, 2023. This term loan credit facility was guaranteed by us and our subsidiary Nu Pagamentos. On July 23, 2021, our Mexican subsidiary Nu Servicios entered into a term loan credit facility with J.P. Morgan México SA, Institución de Banca Múltiple, J.P. Morgan Grupo Financiero, with interest accruing at a rate per annum equal to the Mexican TIIE + 1.00% and maturing on July 19, 2024. This term loan credit facility is guaranteed by us. As of December 31, 2023, US$70.0 million was outstanding under this credit facility.

On November 14, 2022, our Mexican subsidiary Nu Mexico Financieira entered into a term loan credit facility with J.P. Morgan México SA, Institución de Banca Múltiple, J.P. Morgan Grupo Financiero, with interest accruing at a rate per annum equal to the Mexican TIIE + 1.45% and maturing on November 1, 2024. This term loan credit facility is guaranteed by us, by Nu Servicios by and our subsidiary Nu Pagamentos. As of December 31, 2023, US$10.0 million was outstanding under this credit facility.

On April 11, 2022, we announced the closing of a US$650.0 million credit line via a syndicated facility with Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. Goldman Sachs International Bank and HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC to support our internationalization strategy and the growth of local operations in Colombia and Mexico. The money is being raised in local currency. Nu is the guarantor and our subsidiaries Nu Mexico and Nu Colombia S.A. are the borrowers of such operations. Proceeds raised will be invested in the Mexican and Colombian markets. As of December 31, 2023, Nu Mexico used the total equivalent to US$435.0 million on the issuance dates, with interest equivalent to 11.98% per annum (TIIE 91 + 1.00%) and maturity date in April 2025; while Nu Colombia used the total equivalent to US$25.0 million on the issuance date, with interest equivalent to 6.18% per annum (Colombian Reference Banking Indicator, or“IBR,” + 1.00%) and maturity date in April 2025.

On December 23, 2022, our Colombian subsidiary Nu Colombia entered into an A/B loan credit facility with International Finance Corporation – IFC, with interest accruing at a rate per annum equal to IBR + 2.80%p.a for Tranche 1 of A Loan (US$20.0 million), IBR + 2.50%p.a for Tranche 2 of A Loan (US$42.5 million) and SOFR + 4.10% for the USD-denominated B Loan (US$202.6 million), which counts on an interest-rate hedge. Total credit facility amount of US$265.1 million maturing on January 23, 2026. This term loan credit facility is guaranteed by us. As of December 31, 2023, US$265.1 million was outstanding under this credit facility.

Form 20-F | 2023 268

 

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities correspond to lease agreements for certain items in our operations, primarily in connection with leasing office space under agreements that are generally indexed to reais or Mexican Pesos, as applicable.

Capital Expenditures

In the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we made capital expenditures (defined as cash payments to acquire property, plant and equipment or intangible assets) of US$177.0 million, US$114.3 million and US$28.4 million, respectively.

These capital expenditures mainly included expenditures related to the upgrade and development of our IT systems, software and infrastructure, facilities, machinery and equipment, furniture and fittings and leasehold improvements.

We expect to increase our capital expenditures to support the growth in our business and operations in the countries in which we operate, including Brazil, Mexico and Colombia. We expect to meet our capital expenditure needs for the foreseeable future from our operating cash flow, our existing cash and cash equivalents, and with the net proceeds of this offering. Our future capital requirements will depend on several factors, including our growth rate, the expansion of our research and development efforts, employee headcount, marketing and sales activities, the introduction of new features to our existing products and the continued market acceptance of our products.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2023:

	Payments Due By Period as of December 31, 2023
	Up to 1 month	1 to 3 months	3-12 months	Over 12 months	Total
	(In US$ millions)
Instruments eligible as capital	–	–	4.3	–	4.3
Deposit (1)
Bank receipt of deposit  (Recibo de Depósito Bancário - RDB)	20,109.7	241.5	595.2	173.2	21,119.6
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	15.9	70.4	138.4	40.4	265.1
Borrowings and financing	14.1	21.5	170.0	1,084.6	1,290.2
Total	20,139.7	333.4	907.9	1,298.2	22,679.2

(1) Gross nominal outflows for deposits were calculated considering the exchange rate of R$4.957 to US$1.00, the commercial purchase rate for U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2023 as reported by Bloomberg and the projected Brazilian CDI Rate as reported on the B3’s website, for the deposits.

Form 20-F | 2023 269

 

The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2022:

	Payments Due By Period as of December 31, 2022
	Up to 1 month	1 to 3 months	3-12 months	Over 12 months	Total
	(In US$ millions)
Instruments eligible as capital	–	–	–	14.7	14.7
Deposit (1)
Bank receipt of deposit (Recibo de Depósito Bancário - RDB)	13,589.3	207.8	336.2	145.1	14,278.4
Borrowings and financing	0.5	17.0	83.2	620.8	721.5
Total	13,589.8	224.8	434.1	765.9	15,014.6

(1) Gross nominal outflows for deposits were calculated considering the exchange rate of R$5.280 to US$1.00, the commercial purchase rate for U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2022 as reported by Bloomberg and the projected Brazilian CDI Rate as reported on the B3’s website, for the deposits.

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—D. Property, Plants and Equipment—Intellectual Property.”

D. Trend Information

For discussion of trend information, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Overview—Our Attractive Opportunity Key—Powerful Secular Trends”; “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Our Market—Industry Background—the Latin American Financial Services Industry is Ready to Be Reinvented” ” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. Operating Results.”

E. Critical Accounting Estimates

Not applicable.

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A. Directors and Senior Management

We are managed by our board of directors and by our senior management, pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association and the Cayman Islands Companies Act (as revised).

Form 20-F | 2023 270

 

Board of Directors

As of December 31, 2023, our board of directors was composed of nine members. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that each director holds office until the next annual general meeting following the annual general meeting at which such director was elected. None of our board members have contracts that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that from and after the date on which David Vélez (together with his affiliates), our founding shareholder, no longer beneficially owns more than 50% of the aggregate voting power of all of our issued shares having the right to receive notice of and vote at our annual general meetings, or the classifying date, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ended on the date of the third annual general shareholders meeting following the annual general shareholders meeting at which such director was elected, provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors will serve for a term ended on the date of the first annual general shareholders meeting following the classifying date, directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ended on the second annual general shareholders meeting following the classifying date, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ended on the date of the third annual general shareholders meeting following the classifying date. The directors nominated by our founding shareholder shall be allocated to the longest duration classes unless otherwise determined by our founding shareholder. Our directors do not have a retirement age requirement under our Memorandum and Articles of Association. The following table presents the names of the current members of our board of directors.

Name	Age	Position(s)
David Vélez Osorno	42	Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Anita Mary Sands	47	Lead Independent Director(1)*
Daniel Krepel Goldberg	48	Director*
David Alexandre Marcus	51	Director (2)*
Douglas Mauro Leone	66	Director(2)*
Jacqueline Dawn Reses	54	Director(2)*
Luis Alberto Moreno Mejía	70	Director(2)*
Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres	62	Director(1)*
Thuan Quang Pham	56	Director (1)*

(1) Member of the Audit and Risk Committee

(2) Member of the Compensation and People Committee

(3) Permanent observer of the Audit and Risk Committee

* Independent Director

Form 20-F | 2023 271

 

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address for our directors is Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-9010, Cayman Islands

David Vélez Osorno is our Founder, the Chairman of our Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer. Before founding Nu in 2013, David was a partner at Sequoia Capital between January 2011 and March 2013, in charge of the firm’s Latin American investments group. Before Sequoia, David worked in investment banking and growth equity at Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and General Atlantic. He holds a Bachelors of Science in Management Science and Engineering and a Masters in Business Administration, both from Stanford University.

Anita Mary Sands is a member of our Board of Directors, a position she has held since October 2020. She has acted as our Lead Independent Director since October 2022, and is also a member of our Audit and Risk Committee since June 2021. Dr. Sands has served on the board of directors of ServiceNow, Inc. since July 2014, besides other private Boards of directors, such as JumpCloud, Inc. (since December 2021), Circle Internet Financial, Inc. (since January 2022) and Cyderes (since January 2022). She also served on the Board of directors of Pure Storage, Inc. (2015 until 2021), Khosla SPAC (2021), and SVF SPAC (2021 until 2023). From April 2012 to September 2013, Dr. Sands served as group managing director, head of change leadership and a member of the wealth management Americas executive committee of UBS Financial Services, a global financial services firm. Prior to that, from April 2010 to April 2012, Dr. Sands was group managing director and chief operating officer of UBS Wealth Management Americas at UBS Financial Services, and from October 2009 to April 2010, Dr. Sands was a transformation consultant at UBS Wealth Management Americas. Prior to joining UBS Financial Services, Dr. Sands was managing director, head of transformation management at Citigroup N.A.’s global operations and technology organization. Dr. Sands also held several leadership positions with RBC Financial Group and the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC). Dr. Sands holds a Bachelor’s of Science in Physics and Applied Mathematics and a Doctoral Degree in Atomic and Molecular Physics, both from The Queen’s University of Belfast, Northern Ireland, and a Master’s of Science in Public Policy and Management from Carnegie Mellon University. She is currently the James Wei Visiting Professor in Entrepreneurship at Princeton University.

Daniel Krepel Goldberg is a member of our Board of Directors, a position he has held since April 2021. Daniel is also a permanent observer of our Audit and Risk Committee since December, 2023. He is currently managing partner and CIO at Lumina Capital Management and formerly was a partner and head of Latin America at Farallon Capital Management, position he held from August 2011 to December 2021. He was the president of Morgan Stanley in Brazil from April 2010 to August 2011. Between January 2003 and December 2006, he headed the Economic Law Secretariat of the Ministry of Justice, a former body of the Brazilian antitrust and consumer protection system. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree and a Doctoral Degree in Law from the University of São Paulo. In addition, he received a Master’s of Laws from Harvard Law School.

Form 20-F | 2023 272

 

David Alexandre Marcus is a member of our Board of Directors, a position he has held since March, 2023. He is also a member of our Compensation and People Committee since March 2023. Mr. Marcus is CEO and co-founder of Lightspark. Lightspark is building core infrastructure on the Lightning Network. Most recently he led all payments and crypto efforts at Meta. In 2018, Mr. Marcus started Diem (fka Libra). He joined Meta, then called Facebook, in 2014 to lead Messenger, which he took from under 200M monthly users to over 1.5B. Previously, he was PayPal’s President. A lifelong entrepreneur, Mr. Marcus launched two companies in Europe, then founded mobile payments company Zong in Silicon Valley, which was acquired by PayPal in 2011.

Douglas Mauro Leone is a member of our Board of Directors, a position he has held since 2016. He has also been a member of our Compensation and People Committee since July 2021. Doug is a Partner at Sequoia Capital, which he joined in 1988 and become a Partner in 1993. From 2012 to 2022, he served as its Global Managing Partner, and from 1996 to 2012 he served as Co-Head of the Partnership. Doug also serves on the Board of Directors of ActionIQ, Cresta, Cyera, Island.io, Sequoia Heritage, Soley Pharmaceutical, StrongDM, Trade Republic, Wiz, and Zafran. Before Sequoia, Doug began his career in tech at Sun Microsystems, Hewlett-Packard, and Prime Computer. He holds a Bachelor’s of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University, a Master’s of Science in Industrial Engineering from Columbia University, and a Master’s of Science in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Jacqueline Dawn Reses is a member of our Board of Directors, a position she has held since March 2021. She has also been the Chair of our Compensation and People Committee since July 2021, and acted as a member of our Audit and Risk Committee from June 2021 until December 2023. She is the current Chairwoman and Chief Executive Officer of Lead Bank (since October 2021) and most recently served as executive chair of Square Financial Services LLC and capital lead at Block, Inc. (Square, Inc.), a publicly traded financial services company which provides services to small businesses and consumers, from October 2015 to October 2020. From February 2016 to July 2018, she also served as people lead at Square, Inc. From September 2012 to October 2015, she served as chief development officer of Yahoo! Inc. Prior to Yahoo, she led the U.S. media group as a partner at Apax Partners Worldwide LLP, a global private equity firm, which she joined in 2001. She serves on the board of directors of Affirm, Endeavor and Taskus and she was the chairperson of the Economic Advisory Council of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco until October 2022. She holds a Bachelor’s of Science in Economics with honors from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Luis Alberto Moreno Mejía is a member of our board of directors, a position he has held since April 2021. He has also been a member of our Compensation and People Committee since July 2021. He joined us after his 15-year tenure as the President of the Inter-American Development Bank Group from October 2005 to September 2020, and has served as a Managing Director at Allen & Co. since February 2021. He has also served as Colombia’s Ambassador to the United States for seven years from October 1998 to June 2005. He had a distinguished career in business and government. As Minister of Economic Development between July 1992 and January 1994, he was head of the Instituto de Fomento Industrial, Colombia’s public sector holding company. In the private sector he was the executive producer of TV Hoy. He holds a Degree in Business Administration and Economics from Florida Atlantic University and a Master’s in Business Administration from the Thunderbird School of Global Management. In 1990, Harvard University awarded him a Neiman Fellowship for his achievements in the field of journalism.

Form 20-F | 2023 273

 

Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres is a member of our Board of Directors and also the chairman of our Audit and Risk Committee, positions he has held since June 2021 and July 2021, respectively. As a financial expert, he served in PricewaterhouseCoopers Brazil as audit partner for nearly ten years until 2003 and then served as senior executive and chief financial officer at Bunge Brasil S.A. from 2003 to 2007, Unibanco S.A. and Itaú Unibanco Holdings S.A. between 2007 and 2014, and HSBC Brasil S.A. (HSBC LatAm) between 2014 and 2016. He also serves as a Board member in Alupar Investimentos S.A. since December 2016, and Grupo Casas Bahia S.A. since September 2019, both listed companies in Brazil. He has also been the chairman of the audit committee and designated financial expert at B3 since April 2018. He holds a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from Fundação Getulio Vargas and a Bachelor’s in Accounting from Fundação FAPEI, both in Brazil. He also holds a Brazilian registered accountant certification (Brazilian CPA) and has also attended several extension programs in strategy, finance, human resources and governance at Harvard University, Princeton University, University of Western Ontario, Fundação Getulio Vargas and Fundação Dom Cabral.

Thuan Quang Pham is our Board Member and also Member of our Audit and Risk Committee since September 2022. He also acts as a Technology Advisor of The Routing Company since June 2020. Mr. Pham served as Chief Technology Officer of Coupang from September 2020 until September 2022, and of Uber Technologies, Inc. from April 2013 to May 2020. From December 2004 to January 2013, Mr. Pham served in various Vice President roles at VMWare, Inc., a software and technology company, including as Vice President of R&D - Cloud Management Platform from June 2012 to January 2013. Mr. Pham holds both B.S. and M.S. degrees in Computer Science and Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are responsible for the management and representation of our company.

On February 1, 2024, our board of directors appointed Livia Martines Chanes as Brazil Chief Executive Officer and on February 15, 2024, our board of directors appointed Elita Vechin Pastorelo Ariaz as Chief Legal Officer.

The following table lists our current executive officers:

Form 20-F | 2023 274

 

Name	Age	Position(s)
David Vélez Osorno	42	Chief Executive Officer
Youssef Lahrech	50	President and Chief Operating Officer
Cristina Helena Zingaretti Junqueira	41	Chief Growth Officer
Elita Vechin Pastorelo Ariaz	54	Chief Legal Officer
Guilherme Marques do Lago	45	Chief Financial Officer
Henrique Camossa Saldanha Fragelli	47	Chief Risk Officer
Jagpreet Singh Duggal	50	Chief Product Officer
Livia Martines Chanes	41	Brazil Chief Executive Officer
Suzana Kubric	44	Chief People Officer
Vitor Guarino Olivier	34	Chief Technology Officer

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our executive officers. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business address for our executive officers is Rua Capote Valente, 39 – Pinheiros, São Paulo, Brazil.

David Vélez Osorno. See “—Board of Directors.”

Youssef Lahrech has been our President since August 2022, and Chief Operating Officer since 2020. He reports directly to the CEO, and is responsible for the company's operations, including the performance of products, platforms, marketing and country operations, as well as corporate functions. Before joining us in 2020, he spent 19 years at Capital One helping build and grow businesses in Canada and the United States, serving in a number of roles involving product, analytics, risk, and technology. He holds a degree in Mathematics from the Ecole Polytechnique and a degree in Engineering from the École des Ponts ParisTech, both in France, as well as a Master’s in Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Cristina Helena Zingaretti Junqueira is our Co-Founder and Chief Growth Officer of the Group since August 2022. Besides being responsible for the operations and strategies of growth in Mexico, and Colombia, she also has a global role in leading functions like marketing and communications. Before founding Nu in 2013, she worked for several years at Itaú Unibanco S.A. with consumer credit, card products and marketing. Additionally, she was the only Brazilian to be featured on the 2020 edition of Fortune's Most Powerful Women International and on Fortune 40 under 40, which recognizes young leaders who are transforming the world of business. Cristina holds an Engineering Bachelors degree and a Masters degree from Universidade de São Paulo (USP), and also an MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg School of Management.

Form 20-F | 2023 275

 

Elita Vechin Pastorelo Ariaz is our Chief Legal Officer (CLO), a position she has held since February 2024. Between 2018 and 2023, Elita was the officer responsible for legal support for commercial operations (wholesale and retail) at Banco Santander, later assuming the position of Executive Vice President for Human Resources and Ombudsman. Between 2002 and 2018, she was responsible for the Legal Department at Banco Safra, holding various positions, including leading the legal department of the Investment Banking division of the asset manager and leading the legal department of the group's international operations. In addition, Elita worked for several years as a foreign lawyer at Cameron & Hornbostel LLP in Washington, DC, USA and as an associate at Lebouf, Lamb, Greene, and MacRae, LLP in New York, NY, USA, focusing on corporate finance. Elita holds a Bachelor degree in Law from the University of São Paulo, an LL.M. from Temple University in Pennsylvania, USA, and a Special Program in Corporate Finance from New York University, USA. She is a member of the Brazilian and New York BAR Associations.

Guilherme Marques do Lago is our Chief Financial Officer, a position he has held since February 2021, and served as our vice president of finance from March 2019 to February 2021. From April 2006 to March 2019, he served in various positions at the Credit Suisse Group AG, including as managing director in its investment banking group. He also previously worked at McKinsey & Company from 2005 to 2006. He holds a Bachelor’s of Science in Industrial Engineering from Escola Politécnica da Universidade de São Paulo and a Master’s in Business Administration from the Harvard Business School.

Henrique Camossa Saldanha Fragelli is our Chief Risk Officer, a position he has held since 2018. He is responsible for our financial and non-financial risks. He is in charge of all our risk related activities, including credit risk, market and liquidity risk, stress testing, model risk, operational and IT risk, conduct risk, and anti-money laundering teams. Before joining us in 2018, he was the global head of traded portfolio analytics at HSBC Bank PLC, based in London, from August 2015 to June 2018 and the head of traded risk analytics for Latin America at HSBC Brasil S.A. from July 2013 to August 2015. He also worked at WestLB as a risk director, based in London, from April 2012 to July 2013 and for LCH.Clearnet from October 2007 to April 2012. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Universidade de São Paulo and a Master of Business Administration in Finance from the École des Hautes Études Commerciales de Paris (HEC Paris).

Jagpreet Singh Duggal is our Chief Product Officer, a position he has held since 2020. Prior to joining us, he worked at several companies, including as a director of product management at Facebook from May 2018 to January 2020, senior vice president and member of the executive leadership at Quantcast Corporation from June 2011 to March 2018 and several roles at Google from 2006 to 2011 including Head of Strategy for the Google Display business and product leader for Google’s Brand advertising business. He holds a Bachelor's in Mechanical Engineering from Yale University.

Livia Martines Chanes is the Chief Executive Officer for Brazil, a position she has held since January 22, 2024, responsible for the company’s Brazilian Operations. She started at Nubank in 2020 as Vice President of products. Before that, she worked at Banco Itaú in multiple technology driven businesses from 2015 until 2020, and at McKinsey consulting from 2005 until 2015, as a partner in the São Paulo office. She holds a Bachelor's degree in Engineering from the Escola Politécnica of the University of São Paulo and a Master’s degree from École Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées, Paris. She also holds an MBA from INSEAD.

Form 20-F | 2023 276

 

Suzana Kubric is our Chief People Officer, a position she has held since May 2023. From December 2022 until June 2023 she held the position of Vice President of People and Culture. From March 2021 until November 2022 she held the position of Vice President of HR Business Partners. Before joining Nu, she served several leadership positions in Human Resources in companies of different segments, such as Human Resources Director Latin America and D&I Champion at Kantar IBOPE Media (Ibope pesquisa de midia LTDA) from February 2017 until March 2021, HR Integration Lead & Talent Management Head – Europe and Americas for Consumer Business – at GSK Consumer Health (Glaxosmithkline Brasil LTDA) from November 2015 until January 2017, HR Head at OTC Latam and OTC Mercosul, HR Business Partner at Pharma, Finance and Marketing Support and Talent Management Head at Novartis Biociencias S.A from January 2007 until October 2015, Human Resources Manager at Associação Civil Greenpeace from May 2005 until May 2006, Regional Human Resources Coordinator at CoE Learning & Development, and Human Resources Analyst and Intern at Food Division at Unilever Brasil Industrial Ltda. from November 1999 until April 2015. Mrs. Kubric holds a Bachelor’s degree in Administration from Fundação Armando Álvares Penteado – FAAP and a Master’s in Business Administration from Florida International University.

Vitor Guarino Olivier is our Chief Technology Officer since December 2022. Before, he was our Chief People Officer from February 2022 until December 2022. From December 2019 to January 2022, he served as our vice president of operations and platforms. From March 2019 to March 2020, he served as our vice president of consumers. From August 2016 to March 2019, he served as the general manager of our digital account products. From April 2014 to August 2016, he led our core financial services engineering team. Prior to joining us, he held positions in wealth management, credit, and foreign exchange at Banco BTG Pactual S.A. from August 2011 to March 2014. He holds a degree in Computer Science and Economics from Duke University.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Shareholder’s Agreement

On November 29, 2021 we entered into a shareholder’s agreement, or the “Shareholder’s Agreement,” with our founding shareholder.

Among other things, the Shareholder’s Agreement provides our founding shareholder with the right to nominate a certain number of directors based on the aggregate voting power of the issued share capital held by our founding shareholder and his affiliates, so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 5% of the voting power of our issued share capital. The Shareholder’s Agreement provides that, subject to compliance with applicable law and NYSE rules, for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 40% of the voting power of our issued share capital, our founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate up to five nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of our board of directors is increased, a majority of the members of our board of directors); for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own at least 25% of the voting power of our issued share capital, our founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate up to three nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of our board of directors is increased, one-third of the members of our board of directors); and for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own at least 5% of the voting power of our issued share capital, our founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate one nominee to our board of directors (or if the size of our board of directors is increased, 10% of the members of our board of directors).

Form 20-F | 2023 277

 

In addition, the Shareholder’s Agreement provides that for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own at least 5% of the voting power of our issued share capital, our founding shareholder will have the right to designate its pro rata share of the total number of members of the Audit and Risk Committee and the Compensation and People Committee of our board of directors that is equal to the proportion that the number of directors designated by our founding shareholder bears to the total number of directors on our board, except to the extent that such membership would violate applicable law or NYSE rules. The rights granted to our founding shareholder to designate directors pursuant to the Shareholder’s Agreement are additive to and not intended to limit in any way the rights that our founding shareholder or any of his affiliates may have to nominate, elect or remove our directors under our Memorandum and Articles of Association or laws of the Cayman Islands.

The Shareholder’s Agreement also provides that for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 10% of the voting power of our issued share capital, we will agree not to take, or permit our subsidiaries to take, certain actions without the prior written approval of David Vélez Osorno, including incurring indebtedness in excess of our net equity value on a consolidated basis, entering into transactions with our officers, directors or other affiliates (excluding our founding shareholder), making material changes to the strategic direction or scope of our business, adopting a shareholders’ rights plan, paying or declaring any dividend or distribution on our shares, entering into a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination or a transaction or series of transactions that would result in a change of control, any liquidation, dissolution, receivership, commencement of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, authorizing or issuing any share capital or any security convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for any share capital (subject to specified exceptions), acquiring or disposing of assets the aggregate consideration or fair value or which exceeds 20% of our net equity value on the date of the transaction, or determining the annual compensation of any of our officers and directors (excluding our founding shareholder).

The Shareholder’s Agreement also provides our founding shareholder with access to our books and records and financial and operating data with respect to our business, and affords our founding shareholder certain consultation rights with our senior management with respect to our business and financial results, so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 5% of the voting power of our issued share capital.

Form 20-F | 2023 278

 

B. Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Officers

Under Cayman Islands law, we are not required to disclose compensation paid to our senior management on an individual basis and we have not otherwise publicly disclosed this information elsewhere.

Our executive officers, directors and management receive fixed and variable compensation. They also receive benefits in line with market practice in Brazil and the countries in which we operate. Compensation is set on market terms and reviewed annually.

The variable component consists primarily of awards of shares, which are awarded under our RSU long-term incentive program, as discussed below. For a description of our aggregate compensation expenses and the equity incentive plans available to senior management, see “—Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation—Executive Compensation.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into, either directly or through our subsidiaries, services agreements with each of the executive officers listed in “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management—Executive Officers” above.

Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance

We understand that directors and officers liability insurance is a crucial component of attracting and retaining our directors and officers. We currently hold a directors and officers liability policy to cover defense costs and losses arising from a claim or preliminary investigation that is not indemnified by the company on behalf of the directors or officers, at a minimal limit. For more information, see “Item 7. Major shareholders and related-party transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors”.

Executive Compensation

Directors and Key Management Compensation

Other than the tax-qualified defined contribution 401(k) plan in which certain executive officers located in the United States participate, we currently do not set aside any amounts related to pension, retirement or other similar benefits.

The aggregate compensation, including that paid by our controlled companies, of our directors and other key management personnel for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$60.1 million.

Management compensation includes the compensation of members of our Board of Directors and of Executive Officers who receive compensation. Some of our executive officers and members of our board of directors hold executive positions in companies controlled by us, and may receive a portion of their reported compensation directly from such controlled companies, in accordance with the activities they perform.

Form 20-F | 2023 279

 

Compensation Objectives

Our executive compensation program is designed to achieve the following objectives:

● Attract and retain the most talented and dedicated executive officers whose knowledge, and skill set are critical to the successful execution of our business strategy;

● Ensure our executive officers are compensated in a manner consistent with competitive practices of other leading growth companies of a similar size and stage of development;

● Reward our executive officers for their performance and motivate them to achieve our long-term strategic goals in a manner that is aligned with the interests of our shareholders; and

● Reinforce our leadership principles and cultural values, which promote empowering and having our customers come first, pursuing the highest performance, taking responsibility for our commitments and growing efficiently.

Peer Group

To execute on our compensation objectives, each year we have our independent compensation consultants review our Peer Group. This group is used for benchmarking to assess market competitive compensation levels, as well as dilution levels when setting our annual equity budget.

The general criteria for the group are:

● Industry: primary focus on fin-tech/software/internet services with secondary focus on consumer/diversified finance.

● Size: similar size to Nubank in terms of market capitalization and revenue.

● Disclosure: must disclose an annual proxy circular due to the filing’s detailed compensation program disclosure requirements.

● Refinement factors: preference for relatively recent IPO companies, strong revenue growth, and companies that we have in the past competed with for same-level talent.

Compensation Composition

The total compensation package for our executive officers consists of a mix of fixed compensation, profit sharing, and share-based compensation. We believe such a structure is well-placed for maximizing shareholder value while, at the same time, attracting, motivating and retaining high-quality executive officers.

Form 20-F | 2023 280

 

● Fixed Compensation. Our executive officers receive a fixed base salary, which is paid based on the services provided, and intended to compensate each officer according to the scope of his or her duties.

● Profit Sharing. In compliance with our Brazil employee union agreements, our executive officers in Brazil are eligible for the Profit Sharing Program. This is a short-term variable remuneration component, linked to the achievement of pre-established business goals through union negotiation. Our Brazil executive officers are subject to the same payout formulae and maximum payouts as the rest of our Brazilian employee population.

● Share-Based Compensation. We maintain a long-term incentive plan, which provides for awards of options and RSUs. We believe that it is important for the majority of our executive officers’ compensation to be delivered in the form of share-based compensation, creating greater alignment of the interests of key employees with those of shareholders and allowing us and our subsidiaries to attract and retain key employees.

Salaries and benefits provided are established in accordance with our compensation strategy. This fixed portion of compensation seeks to recognize the value of each of the executive officer positions and contribute to the retention of our management team, which provides greater stability and quality in our activities.

In addition, we believe that our share-based compensation drives further retention of key executives and ensures alignment between their interests and those of our shareholders. Share-based compensation is also defined based on market data on our Peer Group and on the compensation strategy adopted. For more information on the ownership of our shares by our directors and officers, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders.”

In the payment of share-based compensation to our executives, we consider the following: (i) individual performance; (ii) the performance of the business unit; (iii) our performance as a whole; and (iv) the importance of certain performance to our long-term goals and objectives. Our management team members are evaluated based on the achievement of our goals, consisting of specific objectives and indicators, in accordance with our current strategy.

There is currently no compensation or benefits linked to the occurrence of a particular corporate transaction.

Board of Directors

Since 2020, we have engaged paid independent board members who receive compensation made up of a mix of cash and share-based compensation. We did not proportionate compensation for our directors in any specific ratio between cash and equity, but note that all paid directors received compensation that was primarily weighted towards equity compensation as a means of creating greater alignment to our long-term goals and the interests of our shareholders.

Form 20-F | 2023 281

 

In connection with our initial public offering, we adopted a director compensation policy, which governs compensation paid to our existing non-employee directors as follows:

● A fixed board membership annual equity retainer; and

● Each non-employee director that serves as either the chairperson or a member of one of our board committees is expected to receive an additional amount in connection with such committee participation or chair position.

Employee Share Plans

Nu Holdings Ltd. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our board of directors, at a meeting held on January 30, 2020, approved the Nu Holdings Ltd. Omnibus Incentive Plan, as most recently amended on August 30, 2021, which establishes the general rules and conditions for granting options and RSUs.

Purpose. The Omnibus Incentive Plan aims to increase our capacity to attract and retain employees, consultants and management, and to motivate such individuals to serve us and to expend maximum effort to improve our commercial results and earnings by providing these individuals with an opportunity to acquire and increase their equity interest in us.

Eligibility. Any of our or any of our affiliates’ employees, officers, non-employee directors or consultants is eligible to receive awards under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Administration. Without limitation, our board of directors will have full and final authority, subject to the other terms and conditions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, to (1) designate participants, (2) determine the type or types of awards to be made to a participant, (3) determine the number of shares to be subject to an award, (4) establish the terms and conditions of each award (including the option price, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer or forfeiture of an award, (5) prescribe the form of each award agreement and (6) amend, modify or supplement the terms and conditions of any outstanding award, including the authority to effectuate the purposes of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, to modify awards to foreign nationals or individuals who are employed outside of Brazil or the United States or to recognize differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Our board of directors delegated to our chief executive officer all of their authority under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including, without limitation, their authority to make awards under such a plan.

Authorized Shares. The total number of shares authorized for issuance under our equity incentive plans (including the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the SOP, as defined below) is 933,760,320. As of December 31, 2023, 126,454,123 were available for issuance, and there were 59,942,062 options and 66,512,061 RSUs granted and outstanding, vested and unvested, under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the SOP.

It is intended that the maximum number of Class A ordinary shares available for issuance pursuant to equity incentive awards granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the SOP, together, will not exceed 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares, on a fully diluted basis at any given time. Our board of directors may adjust the number of Class A ordinary shares available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the SOP from time to time at its discretion.

Form 20-F | 2023 282

 

Awards. The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options and RSUs.

Options:

● Price. The exercise price of each option is set by the board of directors (or our chief executive officer as applicable) and stated in each award agreement. The exercise price of each option for U.S. taxpayers (except with respect to substitute awards) will be at least the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. For non-U.S. taxpayers the exercise price will be determined by our board in its sole discretion. In no event will the exercise price of an option be less than the par value of a share.

● Term. The options expire after a maximum period of ten (10) years from the grant date, or on the date established in the respective award agreement.

● Vesting. Each option will become exercisable as the board of directors (or our chief executive officer as applicable) determines and as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

● Exercise Method. The options are exercised by their holders through delivery of an exercise notice to us establishing the number of options with respect to which the option is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the option price.

● Rights of Holders of the Options. Except as otherwise stated in an award agreement, option holders will not have any shareholder rights (e.g., the right to receive cash payments, dividends or distributions attributable to the shares underlying the option or voting rights to shares underlying the option) until the options have been exercised and the respective shares delivered.

RSUs:

● Restrictions. At the time of grant, our board of directors (or our chief executive officer as applicable) may establish a period of restriction or any other additional restrictions, including the satisfaction of performance goals applicable to RSUs. RSUs cannot and may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or before the satisfaction of any other applicable restrictions.

● Settlement of RSUs. The RSUs may be settled in cash or shares, as determined and specified in the award agreement.

● Voting Rights and Dividends. Unless otherwise specified in the award agreement, the holders of RSUs do not have rights as shareholders, including any voting rights or rights to dividends or dividend equivalents, until the RSUs have been settled and the respective shares delivered.

● Creditor’s Rights. Holders of RSUs will have no other rights beyond those of a general creditor of ours or our affiliates.

● Delivery of Shares. Shares will be delivered to holders of RSUs after the end of the restricted period and after any other terms and conditions set forth in the award agreement have been satisfied.

Form 20-F | 2023 283

 

Termination of Service. In the event of a termination of service, any RSUs that are not vested are automatically canceled, without payment of consideration and any unvested options will be automatically forfeited.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, the awards shall be treated in accordance with the transaction agreement and, if not specified, the board of directors has the discretion to continue, assume, substitute, cancel, suspend exercise (in order to allow the transaction to close) or accelerate, in whole or in part, the awards.

Term. The Omnibus Incentive Plan shall be in full force and effect for a period of ten (10) years and shall automatically terminate thereafter.

Adjustments. If (1) the number of outstanding shares is increased or decreased or the shares are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of our shares or other securities on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, share split, reverse split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, share dividend or other distribution payable in Class A ordinary shares or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of consideration by us or (2) there occurs any spin-off, split-up, extraordinary cash dividend or other distribution of assets by us, (i) the number and kinds of shares for which grants of awards may be made, (ii) the number and kinds of shares for which outstanding awards may be exercised or settled and (iii) the performance goals relating to outstanding awards will be equitably adjusted by us; provided that any such adjustment will comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, in the event of any such increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares or other transaction described in clause (2) above, the number and kind of shares for which awards are outstanding and the option price per share of outstanding options will be equitably adjusted.

Company Rights. Shares acquired through the exercise of options are subject to a right of first refusal for our benefit, repurchase rights for our benefit, a tag-along right and a drag-along right. However, these rights will cease immediately before the initial public offering of the Company.

Amendment; Termination. The board of directors may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan as to any awards that have not been made. An amendment to the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be contingent on shareholder approval to the extent stated by the board of directors, required by applicable law or required by applicable securities exchange listing requirements. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Omnibus Incentive Plan may materially impair the rights or obligations of a participant without the participant’s consent. The repricing of awards is expressly prohibited without shareholder approval.

Form 20-F | 2023 284

 

Nu Holdings Ltd. Share Option Plan, or “SOP”

Our SOP was originally adopted by our board of directors and shareholders in October 2016 and was most recently amended on August 30, 2021.

Purpose. The purpose of the SOP is to encourage our key executives, professionals and other persons or legal entities performing bona fide services for us or any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries to invest in us, to promote their commitment to our results and the expansion of its business in the long term, by providing such individuals with the opportunity to acquire our shares.

Administration. The SOP is administered by our board of directors, provided that our chief executive officer has authority to manage grants constituting one percent (1%) or less of our then outstanding share capital. Our board of directors (or our chief executive officer, as applicable) will have full authority to take all necessary and adequate measures for the administration of the SOP.

Authorized Shares. There are 933,760,320 shares authorized for issuance under our equity incentive plans (including the Omnibus Incentive Plan and the SOP). While there are awards outstanding under the SOP, we do not intend to make future awards under the SOP. Any outstanding awards under the SOP that expire or are canceled shall again be available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Eligibility. Our key executives, professionals and other persons or legal entities performing bona fide services for us or any of our direct or indirect subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the SOP.

Awards. The SOP provides for the grant of options.

Options. Options allow the participant to subscribe for a certain number of our shares. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, the options will have a vesting period of five (5) years with (i) 20% of the award vesting after the first anniversary of the grant date and (ii) the remaining 80% vesting in equal monthly installments over forty-eight (48) months. Options may be exercised within ten (10) years after grant. The price per share shall be the price determined by the board of directors.

Lock-Up. In connection with any underwritten public offering of our shares, a participant may not directly or indirectly, sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any awards for a maximum of 180 days following the offering without consent of the underwriter. This restriction shall terminate two years after our initial public offering.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, the awards shall be treated in accordance with the transaction agreement and, if not specified, the board of directors has the discretion to continue, assume, substitute, cancel, suspend exercise (in order to allow the transaction to close) or accelerate, in whole or in part, the awards.

Termination of Employment. If the participant is terminated, such participant has 180 days to exercise his or her options. If the participant is terminated due to death or disability, he or she has six (6) months and twelve (12) months to exercise the participant’s options, respectively.

Form 20-F | 2023 285

 

Amendment. Any amendment to the SOP is subject to the approval of our board of directors, who may amend the SOP Plan at any time and for any reason.

Term. The SOP shall be in force and effect for a period of twenty (20) years.

Company Rights. The options were subject to a right of first refusal for our benefit, a tag-along right and a drag-along right. However, these rights ceased immediately before our initial public offering.

C.                       Board Practices

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an Audit and Risk Committee and a Compensation and People Committee The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit and Risk Committee

Our Audit and Risk Committee consists of Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres, Anita Mary Sands, Thuan Quang Pham, and Daniel Krepel Goldberg in the position of a permanent observer, with Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres serving as chairperson. Our board of directors has determined that Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres, Anita Mary Sands and Thuan Quang Pham meet the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our Audit and Risk committee also meets the financial literacy and sophistication requirements of the listing standards of the NYSE. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. The duties and responsibilities of our Audit and Risk Committee include:

● appointing and overseeing the work and compensation of any accounting firm engaged for the purposes of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing audit, review or attest services for us, including our independent registered public accounting firm;

● pre-approving the audit services and non-audit services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

● discussing the scope and results of the audit with our independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end results of operations;

● resolving any disagreements between management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

● evaluating the independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

Form 20-F | 2023 286

 

● overseeing our internal audit function;

● reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our financial statements and public disclosures of our financial information;

● reviewing our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

● establishing procedures for complaints regarding accounting, internal controls or audit matters;

● reviewing and monitoring our risk management policies and procedures;

● advising our board of directors regarding the systematic review of our risk exposure to economic sectors, geographic areas and risk types;

● overseeing our cybersecurity risk management, and discussing with management our cybersecurity program; and

● reviewing related-party transactions.

Our Audit and Risk Committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation and People Committee

Our Compensation and People Committee consists of Jacqueline Dawn Reses, Douglas Mauro Leone Luis Alberto Moreno Mejía and David Alexandre Marcus, with Jacqueline Dawn Reses serving as chairperson. The duties and responsibilities of our Compensation and People Committee include:

● approving or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the compensation of our executive officers and key service providers;

● reviewing and approving the compensation of the members of our board of directors;

● reviewing our management succession planning;

● reviewing and evaluating our executive compensation and benefits policies;

● reviewing and approving grants of equity compensation awards to our executive officers;

● reviewing and discussing with our executive officers and other members of management, outside counsel and compensation consultants our public disclosures regarding our compensation policies, programs and practices for executive officers;

● reviewing our programs and practices related to human capital management metrics;

● reviewing our leadership development process for senior management; and

● reviewing and assessing our workforce inclusion and diversity and the administration of compensation programs in a nondiscriminatory manner.

Form 20-F | 2023 287

 

Our Compensation and People Committee operates under a written charter which satisfies the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing standards of the NYSE, subject to certain exemptions under the rules thereof for foreign private issuers and controlled companies.

Controlled Company Exception

As of the date of this annual report, David Vélez Osorno beneficially owns 88.8% of our Class B ordinary shares, representing 75.9% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE corporate governance rules. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.

As a “controlled company,” we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors; and (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For so long as we qualify as a controlled company, we may take advantage of these exemptions. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our ordinary shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with the corporate governance standards within the applicable transition periods.

Code of Conduct and Whistleblower Policy

Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Conduct and a Whistleblower Policy that apply to all of our employees, interns, as well as our officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of conduct is currently posted on the investor relations website (www.investors.nu).

We intend to disclose any amendments to our Code of Conduct and our Whistleblower Policy, or waivers of their requirements, on our website or in public filings under the Exchange Act. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this annual report.

D. Employees

As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we had 7,686, 8,049, and 6,068 employees, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 all of our employees were based in our offices in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, the United States and Germany.

Form 20-F | 2023 288

 

The table below breaks down our full-time personnel by function as of December 31, 2023:

Function	Number of employees	% of Total
Technology	2,223	28.9%
Sales and Marketing	920	11.9%
Customer Support	2,709	35.3%
General and Administrative	1,834	23.9%
Total	7,686	100%

Our employees in Brazil are affiliated with the unions of independent sales agents and of consulting, information, research and accounting firms for the geographic area in which they render services. We believe we have a constructive relationship with these unions, as we have never experienced strikes, work stoppages or disputes leading to any form of downtime.

E. Share Ownership

The shares and any outstanding shares beneficially owned by our directors and officers and/or entities affiliated with these individuals are disclosed in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions—A. Major Shareholders.”

F. Disclosure of a Registrant’s Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation

We have adopted a compensation clawback policy on October 2, 2023. Please see Exhibit 97.1 to this annual report on Form 20-F. We have not been required to prepare an accounting restatement at any time during or after our last completed fiscal year and no recovery of awarded compensation is required pursuant to our compensation clawback policy.

Item 7. Major shareholders and related-party transactions

A.       Major Shareholders

The following table and accompanying footnotes present information relating to the beneficial ownership of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares as of December 31, 2023 by:

● each person, or affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of each class of our outstanding voting shares; and

● each of our directors and executive officers, individually.

Form 20-F | 2023 289

 

The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, executive officer or director is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire on or before March 1, 2024, which is 60 days after December 31, 2023, through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options, warrants or rights for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. In addition, we have included shares subject to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition has been satisfied or would be satisfied within 60 days of December 31, 2023 in the calculation of shares to be beneficially owned by the person holding the RSUs for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table below possesses sole voting and investment power over all the Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder in the table.

The percentages of beneficial ownership in the table below are calculated on the basis of the following numbers of shares outstanding (3,682,625,012 Class A ordinary shares and 1,083,312,142 Class B ordinary shares).

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Nu Holdings Ltd., Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-9010, Cayman Islands.

	Shares Beneficially Owned				% of Total Voting Power(1)
	Class A		Class B
	Shares	%	Shares	%
Executive Officers and Directors
David Vélez Osorno(2)	5,185,365	0.1%	962,124,498	88.8%	75.9%
Douglas Mauro Leone(3)	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Anita Sands	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Daniel Krepel Goldberg	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Luis Alberto Moreno Mejía	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Jacqueline Dawn Reses	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Cristina Helena Zingaretti Junqueira(4)	4,168,987	0.1%	121,187,644	11.2%	9.6%
Elita Vechin Pastorelo Ariaz	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Guilherme Marques do Lago	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Livia Martines Chanes	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Youssef Lahrech	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Jagpreet Singh Duggal	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Henrique Camossa Saldanha Fragelli	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Thuan Quang Pham	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Suzana Kubric	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
Vitor Guarino Olivier	(*)	(*)	—	—	(*)
5% Shareholders
Rua California Ltd.(2)	5,185,365	0.1%	962,124,498	88.8%	75.9%
Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(5)	252,320,306	6.9%	—	—	1.0%
Entities affiliated with Tencent(6)	244,712,989	6.6%	—	—	1.0%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our ordinary shares.

Form 20-F | 2023 290

 

(1) Percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, as a single class. Holders of our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 20 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share. For more information about the voting rights of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association”

(2) Consists of 5,185,365 Class A shares and 960,624,498 Class B shares held of record by Rua California Ltd. and 1,500,000 Class B shares held of record by Mariel Lorena Reyes Milk, the wife of Mr. Vélez. David Vélez Osorno may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Rua California Ltd. and Mariel Lorena Reyes Milk. The information herein is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2024 by the reporting person.

(3) Excludes the shares listed in footnote 5 below held of record by entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital. Mr. Leone disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the funds in footnote 5 below. The address for Mr. Leone is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(4) Consists of (i) 4,168,987 Class A ordinary shares, (ii) 1,711,444 Class B ordinary shares and (iii) 119,476,200 Class B ordinary shares held of record by CHJZ Investments Ltd. Cristina Helena Zingaretti Junqueira may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by CHJZ Investments Ltd.

(5) Consists of (i) 216,059,457 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Sequoia Capital Fund, L.P., or “SCF”; and (ii) 36,260,849 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Sequoia Capital Fund Parallel, LLC, or “SCFP”. SC US (TTGP), Ltd. is the General Partner of Sequoia Capital Fund Management, L.P. which is the general partner of SCF and the managing member of SCFP. As a result, SC US (TTGP), Ltd. may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by SCF and SCFP. The address for each of the Sequoia Capital entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 101, Menlo Park, California 94025. The information herein is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2024 by the reporting person.

(6) Consists of (i) 237,294,069 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Huang River Investment Limited, or “Huang River”; and (ii) 7,418,920 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Silver Alternative Holding Limited., or “Silver.” Tencent Holdings Limited may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over 237,294,069 Class A Ordinary Shares held of record by Huang River, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands wholly owned by Tencent Holdings Limited. Tencent Holdings Limited may also be deemed to have beneficial ownership over 7,418,920 Class A Ordinary Shares held of record by Silver Alternative Holding Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands controlled by Tencent Holdings Limited. The registered address for Huang River is Vistra Corporate Services Centre, Wickhams Cay II, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands and the registered address for Silver is PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

Form 20-F | 2023 291

 

The holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have identical rights, except that (1) holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 20 votes per share, whereas holders of our Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share; (2) holders of Class B ordinary shares have certain conversion rights; (3) holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to preemptive rights in the event that there is an increase in our share capital or additional ordinary shares are issued in order to maintain their proportional ownership interest; and (4) holders of Class B ordinary shares have certain consent rights. For more information see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

B.       Related Party Transactions

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to a registration rights agreement, dated as of November 18, 2021, which provides, among other things, that certain holders of our share capital have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding the registration rights.

2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA)

On November 22, 2021, the Company granted Mr. Vélez (through its holding company Rua California Ltd.) the right under the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) to be issued: (i) a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to 1% of the total number of ordinary shares in issue (on an as converted, fully diluted basis) of the Company when the Class A share price is equal to or greater than US$18.69 per share but less than US$35.30 per share; and (ii) a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to 1% of the total number of ordinary shares in issue (on an as-converted, fully diluted basis) of the Company when the Class A share price is equal to or greater than US$35.30 per share.

The 2021 Contingent Share Award accounted for nearly 100% of Mr. Vélez’s total compensation.

In determining the awards, our board of directors took into consideration Mr. Vélez’s unparalleled leadership and contributions since the inception of Nu, his past and expected future contributions to us and our Board of Directors’ desire to provide meaningful incentives to achieve our ambitious company goals.

Form 20-F | 2023 292

 

On November 29, 2022, Mr. Vélez informed the Company of his unilateral decision to terminate the 2021 Contingent Share Award, and the Company agreed to terminate the award at the request of Mr. Vélez. Our Board of Directors and leadership development, diversity and compensation committee agreed to the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) on the basis that it has constituted a unilateral transfer of future value from Mr. Vélez to the Company – and, consequently, all shareholders – and has not impacted his roles and responsibilities as our Chairman and CEO. Mr. Vélez has not received any consideration for the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA).

Mr. Vélez’s decision to seek termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) considered a number of factors, including: (i) efficiency – as a result of the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award, the Company will no longer need to recognize the share-based expenses related thereto. This is expected to bring savings in the aggregate amount of US$355.6 million in the seven years following the termination date and contribute to the Company’s strong focus on efficiency associated with the ongoing macroeconomic environment; and (ii) dilution – the termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) will avoid the potential dilution of the shareholders of the Company in an amount equivalent to up to 2% of the total number of ordinary shares in issue (on an as-converted, fully diluted basis).

The termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) resulted in a one-time, non-cash recognition of expenses in the total amount of US$355.6 million in the 2022 fourth quarter results of the Company, according to accounting guidelines set forth under the International Financial Reporting Standard 2 on Share-based Payment issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or “IFRS 2”. After such one-time recognition, the Company will no longer account for any expense associated with the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA).

Upon the granting of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA), the Company determined its fair value using a Monte Carlo simulation model, which uses multiple input variables to determine the probability of satisfying the market conditions requirements. The fair value of the 2021 Contingent Share Award (CSA) was estimated at US$423 million and, as required by the applicable accounting guidelines, was expected to be recognized by the Company as share-based compensation expenses. As noted above, the 2021 Contingent Share Award was terminated in November 2022.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors, agents and officers for monetary damages for any liability incurred by them as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur (i) arising from their own fraud, willful default or dishonesty, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (iii) for any transaction from which such person derived any improper benefit.

Form 20-F | 2023 293

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association by our shareholders will not adversely affect any right or protection of any of our directors, agents or officers existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any such director, agent or officer with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, agent or officer occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

In addition, our Memorandum and Articles of Association contain provisions that indemnify each of our directors, agents or officers out of our assets against any liability incurred by them as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur (i) arising from their own fraud, willful default or dishonesty, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (iii) for any transaction from which such person derived any improper benefit.

Further, we have entered into or will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included or are expected to be included in our Memorandum and Articles of Association and in indemnification agreements that we have entered into or will enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other shareholders. Further, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Form 20-F | 2023 294

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Related-Party Transactions Policy

In October 2021, we entered into a related party transaction policy, which requires certain related party transactions to be approved by our board of directors or a designated committee thereof, including our Audit and Risk Committee.

C.       Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. Financial information

A.       Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Statements

See “Item 18. Financial Statements,” which contains our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

Dividend and Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our share capital. Nu has not adopted a dividend policy with respect to future declarations and payment of dividends. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Certain Legal Requirements Related to Dividends

Under the Companies Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either its distributable reserves (retained and current profit) or share premium account, but a dividend may not be paid if the company is, or the dividend would result in the company being, unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. According to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, dividends can be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us, which includes share premium. Dividends, if any, would be paid in proportion to the number of ordinary shares a shareholder holds. For further information, see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Cayman Islands Tax Considerations.”

Additionally, please refer to “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.” Our ability to pay dividends is directly related to positive and distributable net results from our subsidiaries. We depend on dividend distributions by our subsidiaries, and we may be adversely affected if the performance of our subsidiaries is not positive. If, for any legal reasons due to new laws or bilateral agreements between countries, they are unable to pay dividends to Cayman Islands companies, or if a Cayman Islands company becomes incapable of receiving them, we may not be able to make any dividend payments in the future.

Form 20-F | 2023 295

 

Our Brazilian subsidiaries that are incorporated as a Brazilian corporation (sociedade anônima) are required under Federal Law No. 6,404 dated December 15, 1976, as amended, to distribute a mandatory minimum dividend to shareholders each year, which cannot be lower than a given percentage established in the relevant corporation’s bylaws of its profit for the prior year, which percentage will be considered to be 25% in case nothing is said in the bylaws, after 5% of the profits are directed to a legal reserve, unless such distribution is suspended by a decision of such subsidiary’s shareholders at its annual shareholders’ meeting based on a report by its board of directors that such distribution would be incompatible with its financial condition at that time. Our Brazilian subsidiaries that are incorporated as a Brazilian limited liability company (sociedade limitada) may also have specific mandatory dividend payment rules pursuant to their bylaws. In addition, if for any legal reasons due to new laws or bilateral agreements between countries, our Brazilian subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends to Cayman Islands companies, or if a Cayman Islands company becomes incapable of receiving them, we may not be able to make any dividend payments in the future.

Our Colombian and Mexican subsidiaries may also face restrictions on their ability to pay dividends under applicable local laws.

Legal Proceedings

We are, and may be, from time to time, involved in disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources.

We are subject to a number of judicial and administrative proceedings, including civil, labor and tax law and social security claims and other proceedings, which we believe are common and incidental to business operations in general. We recognize provisions for legal proceedings in our financial statements, when we are advised by independent outside counsel that (1) it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and (2) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The assessment of the likelihood of loss includes analysis by outside counsel of available evidence, the hierarchy of laws, available case law, recent court rulings and their relevance in the legal system. Our provisions for probable losses arising from these matters are estimated and periodically adjusted by management. In making these adjustments our management relies on the opinions of our external legal advisors.

Form 20-F | 2023 296

 

On October 14, 2021, Getnet Adquirência e Serviços para Meios de Pagamento S.A., or “Getnet,” filed a lawsuit against our Brazilian subsidiary Nu Pagamentos and Mastercard Brasil Soluções de Pagamento Ltda., or “Mastercard Brasil,” seeking a reduction of the interchange fees charged on the value of sale and purchase transactions carried out on Getnet point of sale devices using Nu Pagamentos prepaid cards, to a maximum fee of either 0.5% or 0.8%. Getnet’s claim alleges that as a result of its economic dependence on Mastercard as a payment scheme settlor, it does not have the ability to freely cease from contracting with Nu Pagamentos. In addition, Getnet’s claim alleges damages estimated at R$64 million resulting from the higher interchange fees that currently apply as compared to the reduced fees sought by it. On October 18, 2021, the trial court judge dismissed Getnet’s relief request for a preliminary injunction, ruling that the matter required further evidentiary support and an opportunity for the defendants to present a defense. On February 16, 2023, the claim was dismissed by the Court. Getnet filed an appeal against this ruling on April 24, 2023. Nu Pagamentos presented its response to Getnet’s appeal on May 29, 2023. On December 5, 2023, the Justices of the State Court of Sao Paulo dismissed the appeal, thus keeping the first instance ruling . On February 2, 2024, Getnet filed a submission for clarification. We are currently waiting for further developments, however we estimate the likelihood of loss in this proceeding as remote.

On January 18, 2023 Banco Safra filed a much similar lawsuit against Nu Pagamentos and Mastercard on the exact same grounds as GetNet. On April 10, 2023 both defendants filed their defenses and, on October 26, 2023, the case was dismissed by the Court. On November 23, 2023, Banco Safra filed an appeal against such a ruling. On February 14, 2024, Nu Pagamentos filed its response to the appeal. which is currently pending at the São Paulo Court of Justice.

On September 8, 2023, Instituto de Defesa Coletiva, or “IDC” filed a class action lawsuit against Nu Pagamentos and other financial institutions (5 in total) seeking a R$ 50 million indemnification for the financial crisis that affected 123 Milhas, a Brazilian company that offers travel packages and services to consumers. In summary, Instituto Defesa Coletiva argues that, ever since 123 Milhas suspended travel packages and flight tickets issuance, several clients tried to suspend charges on their credit card bills but did not succeed, in violation of Article 54-G of the Consumer's Protection Act. Nu Pagamentos filed its defense on February 09, 2024 and now awaits further developments.

As of December 31, 2023, the total amount of judicial deposits is US$3,506 (US$18,864 on December 31, 2022) and is substantially attributed to the judicial deposit carried on behalf of the shareholders of Nu Invest, prior to the acquisition, due to a tax proceeding related to withholding taxes inappropriately deducted from amounts paid to employees.The relevant reduction in judicial deposits amount occurred due to the withdrawal of a tax dispute that resulted in the transfer of the deposited amount to the Government in 2023. However, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. If one or more cases were to result in a judgment against us in any reporting period for amounts that exceeded our management’s expectations, the impact on our results of operations or financial condition for that reporting period could be material. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters and Litigation—Litigation, proceedings or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto, could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

For further information, see note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

Form 20-F | 2023 297

 

B.       Significant Changes

None.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

A.       Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

B.       Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.       Markets

On June 28, 2023 the Securities and Exchange Commission of Brazil ("CVM") Collegiate approved the plan for the discontinuance of our Level III BDRs Program and the cancellation of our registration with the CVM as a foreign public issuer of category "A" securities. The Definition Period for Level III BDRs holders to make their choices among the possible alternatives within the scope of the discontinuity plan was closed on August 11, 2023, and the sale of the Class A Common Shares underlying the BDRs that were held by the holders of the BDRs that, within the scope of the Level III BDRs Program Discontinuance plan, were directed to the Sale Procedures, ended on August 21, 2023. On September 22, 2023 we submitted a request to CVM to cancel the registration of our Level III BDRs Program and, consequently, to cancel our registry as a foreign issuer before CVM. On October 31, the cancellation was approved by CVM.

D.       Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.       Dilution

Not applicable.

F.       Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. Additional information

A.       Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.       Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our shareholders adopted the Memorandum and Articles of Association included as Exhibit 3.1 to this annual report.

Form 20-F | 2023 298

 

Share Capital

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association authorize two classes of ordinary shares: Class A ordinary shares, which are entitled to one vote per share, and Class B ordinary shares, which are entitled to 20 votes per share and to maintain a proportional ownership interest in the event that additional Class A ordinary shares are issued. Any holder of Class B ordinary shares may convert his or her shares at any time into Class A ordinary shares on a share-for-share basis. The rights of the two classes of ordinary shares are otherwise identical, except as described below. See “—Anti-Takeover Provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association—Two Classes of Ordinary Shares.”

As of the date of this annual report, our authorized share capital is US$324,022.94, consisting of 48,603,441,210 shares of par value US$0.000006666666667 each, and we have 3,682,625,012 Class A ordinary shares, and 1,083,312,142 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The remaining authorized but unissued shares are presently undesignated and may be issued by our board of directors as ordinary shares of any class or as shares with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions.

Treasury Shares

At the date of this annual report, we have no shares in the treasury.

Issuance of Shares

Except as expressly provided in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors has general and unconditional authority to allot, grant options over, offer or otherwise deal with or dispose of any unissued shares in the company’s capital without the approval of our shareholders (whether forming part of the original or any increased share capital), either at a premium or at par, with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as the directors may decide, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount, except in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that at any time that there are Class A ordinary shares in issue, additional Class B ordinary shares may only be issued pursuant to (1) a share split, subdivision of shares or similar transaction or where a dividend or other distribution is paid by the issue of shares or rights to acquire shares or following capitalization of profits; (2) a merger, consolidation, or other business combination involving the issuance of Class B ordinary shares as full or partial consideration; or (3) an issuance of Class A ordinary shares, whereby holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to purchase a number of Class B ordinary shares that would allow them to maintain their proportional ownership interest in the company (following an offer by us to each holder of Class B ordinary shares to issue to such holder, upon the same economic terms, such number of Class B ordinary shares as would allow such holder to maintain its proportional ownership interest in the company pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association). In light of: (a) the above provisions; and (b) the 20-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B ordinary shares and Class A ordinary shares, holders of our Class B ordinary shares will in many situations continue to maintain control of all matters requiring shareholder approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. For more information see “—Ordinary Shares—Preemptive or Similar Rights.”

Form 20-F | 2023 299

 

Ordinary Shares

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any preferred shares outstanding at the time, the holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts legally available therefor that our board of directors may determine. See “Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information—Dividend and Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

The holder of a Class B ordinary share is entitled, in respect of such share, to 20 votes per share, whereas the holder of a Class A ordinary share is entitled, in respect of such share, to one vote per share. The holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as provided below and as otherwise required by law.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide as follows regarding the respective rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares:

(1)       class consents from the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, as applicable, shall be required for any variation to the rights attached to their respective class of shares, however, the directors may treat the two classes of shares as forming one class if they consider that both such classes would be affected in the same way by the proposal;

(2)       the rights conferred on holders of Class A ordinary shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Class B ordinary shares and vice versa; and

(3)       the rights attaching to the Class A ordinary shares and the Class B ordinary shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of shares with preferred or other rights, including, without limitation, shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

As set forth in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, respectively, do not have the right to vote separately if the number of authorized shares of such class is increased or decreased. Rather, the number of authorized Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class then outstanding) by both classes voting together by way of an “ordinary resolution,” which is defined in our Memorandum and Articles of Association as being a resolution (1) of a duly constituted general meeting passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the shareholders entitled to vote present in person or by proxy and voting at the meeting; or (2) approved in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed.

Form 20-F | 2023 300

 

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Conversion Rights

Each outstanding Class B ordinary share is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one Class A ordinary share, and each Class B ordinary share will convert automatically into one Class A ordinary share at the election of the holder(s) of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares. In addition, each Class B ordinary share will convert automatically into one Class A ordinary share upon any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, including transfers to affiliates of a holder, one or more trustees of a trust established for the benefit of a holder or their affiliates, partnerships, corporations and other entities owned or controlled by a holder or their affiliates, and an organization that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(3)(c) of the Code or to an organization that is exempt from taxation in Brazil under Sections 184, 377 or 378 of the 2018 Internal Tax Regulations and that is controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, by a holder. Furthermore, each Class B ordinary share will convert automatically into one Class A ordinary share and no Class B ordinary shares will be issued thereafter if, on the record date for any shareholders meeting, the aggregate voting power of Class B ordinary shares then outstanding is less than 10% of the aggregate voting power of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares outstanding.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A ordinary shares are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

The Class B ordinary shares are entitled to maintain a proportional ownership interest in the event that additional Class A ordinary shares are issued. As such, except for certain exceptions, including the issuance of Class A ordinary shares in furtherance of this offering, if we issue Class A ordinary shares, we must first make an offer to each holder of Class B ordinary shares to issue to such holder on the same economic terms such number of Class B ordinary shares as would allow such holder to maintain its proportional ownership interest in the company. This right to maintain a proportional ownership interest may be waived by the holders of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our ordinary shares and any participating preferred shares outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred shares.

Form 20-F | 2023 301

 

Preferred Shares

Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our board of directors has the authority, subject to limitations prescribed by Cayman Islands law, to issue preferred shares in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations, or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our shareholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred shares, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred shares with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our Class A ordinary shares. The issuance of preferred shares, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A ordinary shares. We have no current plan to issue any preferred shares and had no preferred shares outstanding since our initial public offering.

Equal Status

Except as expressly provided in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share proportionally and are identical in all respects as to all matters. In the event of any statutory amalgamation, merger, consolidation, arrangement or other reorganization involving us and requiring the approval of our shareholders entitled to vote thereon, as well as a short- form merger or consolidation that does not require a resolution of our shareholders, the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B ordinary shares, and the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class B ordinary shares, in each case solely with respect to economic rights. In the event of any (1) tender or exchange offer to acquire any Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares by any third party pursuant to an agreement to which we are a party, or (2) tender or exchange offer by us to acquire any Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares, the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration as the holders of Class B ordinary shares, and the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, at least the same amount of consideration on a per share basis as the holders of Class B ordinary shares, in each case solely with respect to economic rights.

Options

As of December 31, 2023, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 59,942,062 Class A ordinary shares, with a weighted-average exercise price of approximately US$0.72 per share, under our equity compensation plans.

Form 20-F | 2023 302

 

RSUs

As of December 31, 2023, we had outstanding 66,512,061 Class A ordinary shares subject to RSUs under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Our outstanding RSUs will generally vest upon the satisfaction of a time-based condition. For the majority of our outstanding RSUs under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the time-based condition will be satisfied upon completion of three years from the vesting commencement date, and the balance will vest in 12 successive equal quarterly installments, subject to continued service through each such vesting date. Grants issued to new employees have a cliff period of one year, which requires them to stay at least for one year if they want to exercise any options.

Registration Rights

Certain holders of our management shares, preferred shares and ordinary shares who are parties to our registration rights agreement are entitled to certain rights under such agreement with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. In connection with our initial public offering, each shareholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of us and the underwriters for a period ended on the later of the 181st day after the date of the prospectus of such public offering and the opening of trading on the second trading day following our public release of earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2022, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—A. Directors and Senior Management” for additional information regarding such restrictions.

The registration rights set forth in the registration rights agreement will expire on the earlier of (i) five years following the completion of our initial public offering, (ii) with respect to any particular shareholder, when such shareholder holds 1% or less of our outstanding ordinary shares and is able to sell all of its registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period and (iii) immediately prior to our change of control, liquidation, dissolution or winding up. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below.

Form 20-F | 2023 303

 

Demand Registration Rights

Based on the number of our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2023, the holders of up to 4,122,940,042 Class A ordinary shares will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months after the effective date of our initial public offering (i.e. December 8, 2021), the holders of at least a majority of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares. Such request for registration must cover securities, the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which is at least US$50,000,000. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our shareholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register the offer and sale of Class A ordinary shares under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such Class A ordinary shares the holders of up 3,093,003,286 to Class A ordinary shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration in which the only Class A ordinary shares being registered are Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered; (ii) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act; or (iii) a registration on any registration form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the public offering of our Class A ordinary shares, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

F-3 Registration Rights

Based on the number of our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2021, the holders of up to 4,122,940,042 of the Class A ordinary shares will be entitled to certain Form F-3 registration rights. The holders of at least a majority of these shares then outstanding may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on a registration statement on Form F-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form F-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least US$5,000,000. These shareholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form F-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form F-3 if we have effected one such registration within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our shareholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 90 days.

Form 20-F | 2023 304

 

Record Dates

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any general meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive dividend or other distribution payments, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, our board of directors may set a record date which shall not exceed forty (40) clear days prior to the date where the determination will be made.

General Meetings of Shareholders

As a condition of admission to a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder must be duly registered as such at the applicable record date for that meeting and, in order to vote, all calls or installments then payable by such shareholder to us in respect of the shares that such shareholder holds must have been paid.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting then attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative not being himself or herself a shareholder entitled to vote) shall have one vote per Class A ordinary share and 20 votes per Class B ordinary share.

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Act to call annual general meetings; however, our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that in each year the company will hold an annual general meeting of shareholders. For the annual general meeting of shareholders the agenda will include, among other things, the presentation of the annual accounts and the report of the directors (if any). In addition, the agenda for an annual general meeting of shareholders will only include such items as have been included therein by the board of directors.

Also, we may, but are not required to (unless required by the laws of the Cayman Islands), hold other extraordinary general meetings during the year. Extraordinary general meetings of shareholders may be held where the directors decide.

The Companies Act provides shareholders a limited right to request a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting in default of a company’s memorandum and articles of association. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s memorandum and articles of association. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that for so long as our founding shareholder controls a majority of the voting power of the shares of the Company, a general meeting of shareholders may be convened on the requisition of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our shares. However, if our founding shareholder controls less than a majority of the voting power of our shares, no shareholder shall have the power to requisition a meeting of shareholders. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings.

Subject to regulatory requirements, the annual general meeting must be called by at least 21 days’ (and not less than 15 clear business days’) notice and any extraordinary general meeting by at least 14 days’ (and not less than 10 clear business days’) notice prior to the relevant shareholders meeting and convened by a notice discussed below. Alternatively, upon the prior consent of all holders entitled to receive notice, with regard to the annual general meeting, and the holders of 75% in par value of the shares entitled to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting, that meeting may be convened by a shorter notice and in a manner deemed appropriate by those holders.

Form 20-F | 2023 305

 

We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and in any other manner that may be required in order to comply with Cayman Islands law, NYSE and SEC requirements. The holders of registered shares may be given notice of a shareholders’ meeting by means of letters sent to the addresses of those shareholders as registered in our shareholders’ register, or, subject to certain statutory requirements, by electronic means.

Holders whose shares are registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, which we expect will be the case for all holders of Class A ordinary shares, will not be a shareholder or member of the company and must rely on the procedures of DTC regarding notice of shareholders’ meetings and the exercise of rights of a holder of the Class A ordinary shares.

A quorum for a general meeting consists of any one or more persons holding or representing by proxy not less than a majority of the aggregate shares in issue and entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted. If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, a second meeting may be called as the Directors may determine, and if at the second meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the shareholders present shall be a quorum.

A resolution put to a vote at a general meeting shall be decided on a poll. Generally speaking, an ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders at a general meeting requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy and voting at the meeting and a special resolution requires the affirmative vote on a poll of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting. Both ordinary resolutions and special resolutions may also be passed by a unanimous written resolution signed by all of our shareholders, as permitted by the Companies Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, general meetings of shareholders are to be chaired by the chairman of our board of directors or in his absence the vice-chairman of the board of directors. If the chairman or vice-chairman of our board of directors is absent, the directors present at the meeting shall appoint one of them to be chairman of the general meeting. If neither the chairman nor another director is present at the general meeting within 30 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, then such meeting shall be adjourned for a one-week period and shall be held in the following week on the same day at the same time and place. If at the adjournment of the meeting the chairman or in his absence the vice-chairman (if any) or in their absence a director is not willing to act as chairman, or if no director is present within thirty (30) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, then such meeting shall be canceled. The order of business at each meeting shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting, and he or she shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on our affairs, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the polls.

Form 20-F | 2023 306

 

Changes to Capital

Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

● increase our share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

● consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares;

● convert all or any of our paid-up shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid-up shares of any denomination;

● subdivide our existing shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount, provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived; or

● cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so canceled.

Our shareholders may by special resolution, subject to confirmation by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on an application by us for an order confirming such reduction, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

In addition, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association and the Shareholder’s Agreement, we may:

● issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed;

● purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares); and

● make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner authorized by the

● Companies Act, including out of our own capital.

Form 20-F | 2023 307

 

Transfer of Shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in the Memorandum and Articles of Association and the Shareholder’s Agreement, any shareholder of Nu may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in the form prescribed by the NYSE or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our Class A ordinary shares are traded on the NYSE in book-entry form and may be transferred in accordance with our Memorandum and Articles of Association and the NYSE’s rules and regulations.

However, our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is either not fully paid up to a person of whom it does not approve or is issued under any share incentive scheme for employees which contains a transfer restriction that is still applicable to such ordinary share. The board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

● the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate (if any) for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

● the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

● the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

● the ordinary shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of us; and

● in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

If the directors refuse to register a transfer they are required, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to the transferee notice of such refusal.

Share Repurchase

The Companies Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association permit us to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions. Our board of directors may only exercise this power on behalf of Nu, subject to the Companies Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Shareholder’s Agreement and any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by SEC, the NYSE or by any recognized stock exchange on which our shares are listed.

Dividends and Capitalization of Profits

We have not adopted a dividend policy with respect to payments of any future dividends. Subject to the Companies Act and general principles of Cayman Islands law, our shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends (including interim dividends) to be paid to shareholders but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the board of directors. The board of directors may also declare dividends. Dividends may be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, all dividends shall be paid in proportion to the number of Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares a shareholder holds at the date the dividend is declared (or such other date as may be set as a record date); but, (1) if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly and (2) where we have shares in issue which are not fully paid up (as to par value), we may pay dividends in proportion to the amounts paid up on each share.

Form 20-F | 2023 308

 

The holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares shall be entitled to share equally in any dividends that may be declared in respect of our ordinary shares from time to time. In the event that a dividend is paid in the form of Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares, or rights to acquire Class A ordinary shares or Class B ordinary shares, (1) the holders of Class A ordinary shares shall receive Class A ordinary shares, or rights to acquire Class A ordinary shares, as the case may be and (2) the holders of Class B ordinary shares shall receive Class B ordinary shares, or rights to acquire Class B ordinary shares, as the case may be.

Appointment, Disqualification and Removal of Directors

We are managed by our board of directors. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that the board of directors will be composed of such a number of directors as a majority of directors in office may determine, being up to nine directors on the date of adoption of our Memorandum and Articles of Association. There are no provisions relating to retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit.

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that directors shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders, which requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at a quorate general meeting of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for so long as our founding shareholder owns at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, our founding shareholder shall be entitled to nominate a certain number of designees to the board for a specific term, as set out in our Memorandum and Articles of Association. In particular, our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that, subject to compliance with applicable law and NYSE rules, for so long as our founding shareholder and his affiliates beneficially own shares constituting at least 40% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, the founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate up to five nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, a majority of the members of the board of directors); for so long as our founding shareholder and its affiliates beneficially own at least 25% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, the founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate up to three nominees to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, one-third of the members of the board of directors); and for so long as our founding shareholder and its affiliates beneficially own at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding share capital, our founding shareholder shall be entitled to designate one nominee to our board of directors (or if the size of the board of directors is increased, 10% of the members of the board of directors). The founding shareholder may in like manner remove such director(s) appointed by him and appoint replacement director(s).

Form 20-F | 2023 309

 

Each director shall be appointed for a one-year term, unless they resign or their office is vacated earlier, provided, however, that such term shall be extended beyond one year in the event that no successor has been appointed (in which case such term shall be extended to the date on which such successor has been appointed).

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that from and after the date on which the founding shareholder (together with his affiliates) no longer beneficially owns more than 50% of our outstanding voting power, or the classifying date, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual general shareholders meeting following the annual general shareholders meeting at which such director was elected as subject to the provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association. The founding directors shall be allocated to the longest duration classes unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

Grounds for Removing a Director

A director may be removed with or without cause by ordinary resolution, and a director nominated by our founding shareholder may be removed by our founding shareholder at any time with or without cause by notice to us. The notice of the general meeting must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than ten calendar days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

The office of a director will be vacated automatically if he or she (1) becomes prohibited by law from being a director; (2) becomes bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors; (3) dies or is in the opinion of all his co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as director; (4) resigns his office by notice to us; or (5) has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the board of directors held during that period, and the remaining directors resolve that his or her office be vacated.

Proceedings of the Board of Directors

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by the board of directors. The quorum necessary for the board meeting shall be a simple majority of the directors then in office, and business at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall not have a casting vote.

Subject to the provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the members of the board of directors may regulate its proceedings as they determine is appropriate. Board meetings shall be held at least once every calendar quarter and shall take place at such place as the directors may determine.

Subject to the provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association, to any directions given by ordinary resolution of the shareholders and the listing rules of the NYSE, the board of directors may from time to time at its discretion exercise all powers of Nu, including, subject to the Companies Act, the power to issue debentures, bonds and other securities of the company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party.

Form 20-F | 2023 310

 

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or corporate records. However, the board of directors may determine from time to time whether and to what extent our accounting records and books shall be open to inspection by shareholders who are not members of the board of directors. Notwithstanding the above, our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide shareholders with the right to receive annual financial statements. Such right to receive annual financial statements may be satisfied by publishing the same on the company’s website or filing such annual reports as we are required to file with the SEC.

Register of Shareholders

Our Class A ordinary shares offered are held through DTC, and DTC or Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will be recorded in the shareholders’ register as the holder of our Class A ordinary shares. Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of shareholders that includes:

● the names and addresses of the shareholders, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

● the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

● the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, our register of shareholders is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of shareholders will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a shareholder registered in the register of shareholders is deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have prima facie legal title to the shares as set against his or her name in the register of shareholders. The shareholders recorded in the register of shareholders should be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from the register of shareholders, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a shareholder of Nu, the person or member aggrieved (or any shareholder of ours, or Nu itself) may apply to the Cayman Islands Grand Court for an order that the register be rectified, and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. In particular, our capital structure concentrates ownership of voting rights in the hands of our founding shareholder, as our controlling shareholder. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with the board of directors. However, these provisions could also have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of the Class A ordinary shares that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Form 20-F | 2023 311

 

Two Classes of Ordinary Shares

Our Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 20 votes per share, while the Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share. Since our co-founders own all of the Class B ordinary shares, our co-founders currently have the ability to elect a majority of the directors and to determine the outcome of most matters submitted for a vote of shareholders, with our founding shareholder as the controlling shareholder. This concentrated voting control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover, or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial.

So long as our co-founders have the ability to determine the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of shareholders as well as the overall management and direction of Nu, third parties may be deterred in their willingness to make an unsolicited merger, takeover, or other change of control proposal, or to engage in a proxy contest for the election of directors. As a result, the fact that we have two classes of ordinary shares may have the effect of depriving you as a holder of Class A ordinary shares of an opportunity to sell your Class A ordinary shares at a premium over prevailing market prices and make it more difficult to replace our directors and management.

Preferred Shares

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide our board of directors with wide powers to issue additional shares, and one or more classes or series of preferred shares, with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as the board of directors may determine, to the extent authorized but unissued. The issuance of additional shares may be used as an anti-takeover device without further action on the part of our shareholders. Such issuance may further dilute the voting power of existing holders of Class A ordinary shares.

Despite the anti-takeover provisions described above, under Cayman Islands law, our board of directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, for what they believe in good faith to be in our best interests.

Form 20-F | 2023 312

 

Requisitioning General Meetings

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that, for so long as our founding shareholder controls a majority of the voting power of our shares, a general meeting of shareholders may be convened on the requisition of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our shares. However, if our founding shareholder controls less than a majority of the voting power of our shares, no shareholder shall have the power to requisition a meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, our shareholders will have limited rights to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

Consent over a Change of Control

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that for so long as David Vélez Osorno and his affiliates beneficially own shares accounting for at least 10% of the voting power of our issued share capital, we will not take, or permit our subsidiaries to take, certain actions without the prior written approval of a majority of the Class B ordinary shares in issue, including entering into a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other business combination or a transaction or series of transactions that would result in a change of control.

Staggered Board

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that, from and after the date that David Vélez Osorno and his affiliates no longer beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power of our issued share capital, we shall cause our board of directors to be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of the board of directors. In general, at least two annual meetings of shareholders will be necessary for shareholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors.

Exclusive Forum

Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, unless we consent to a different forum, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or any other person, (iii) any action or proceeding arising pursuant to, or seeking to enforce any right, obligation or remedy under, any provision of the Companies Act, our Memorandum and Articles of Association, or any other provision of applicable law, (iv) any action or proceeding seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Memorandum and Articles of Association or (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Companies Act confers jurisdiction on the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may only be brought before the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, in all cases subject to the court having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. In addition, any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act may only be brought before the federal district courts of the United States. Nothing in our Memorandum and Articles of Association will preclude shareholders that assert claims under the Exchange Act from bringing such claims in any court, subject to applicable law.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these exclusive forum provisions. However, shareholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ organizational documents has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with claims arising under federal securities laws or otherwise, a court could find the exclusive forum provision contained in our Memorandum and Articles of Association to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Form 20-F | 2023 313

 

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A ordinary shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021-1011.

C.       Material Contracts

We are party to certain material license agreements with Mastercard in connection with our activities as an issuer of Mastercard credit products.

Our License Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2014, between Mastercard International Incorporated, or “Mastercard,” and EO2 Soluções de Pagamento S.A., sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Mastercard has granted to us a non-exclusive license to use certain trade names, trademarks, service marks and logotypes in Brazil in connection with our issuance of credit products, subject to Mastercard’s standard terms (as amended from time to time). No consideration is due to Mastercard under this agreement.

Our License Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2019, between Mastercard and Nu Bn Mexico Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable, or “Nu Servicios,” sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Mastercard has granted to us a nonexclusive license to use certain trade names, trademarks, service marks and logotypes in Mexico in connection with our issuance of credit products, subject to Mastercard’s standard terms (as amended from time to time). No consideration is due to Mastercard under this agreement.

Our License Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2019, between Mastercard and Nu Argentina S.A. sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Mastercard has granted to us a nonexclusive license to use certain trade names, trademarks, service marks and logotypes in Argentina in connection with our issuance of credit products, subject to Mastercard’s standard terms (as amended from time to time). No consideration is due to Mastercard under this agreement.

Our License Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020 and as amended from time to time, between Mastercard and Nu Pagamentos, sets forth the general terms and conditions under which Mastercard has granted to us a nonexclusive license to use certain trade names, trademarks, service marks and logotypes in Colombia in connection with our issuance of credit products, subject to Mastercard’s standard terms (as amended from time to time). No consideration is due to Mastercard under this agreement.

Form 20-F | 2023 314

 

In addition, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related-Party Transactions—B. Related-Party Transactions.”

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report on Form 20-F (including the Exhibits), we are not currently, and have not been in the last two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

D.       Exchange Controls

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in effect in the Cayman Islands.

E.       Taxation

The following summary contains a description of certain Cayman Islands, U.S. and Brazilian federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares. It does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the Class A ordinary shares, is not applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special rules, and does not address all of the Cayman Islands, U.S. and Brazilian federal income tax considerations applicable to any particular holder. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the Cayman Islands and regulations thereunder, upon the tax laws of the United States and regulations thereunder and upon the tax laws of Brazil and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Prospective purchasers of our Class A ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors about the particular Cayman Islands, U.S. and Brazilian federal, state, local and other tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The Cayman Islands laws currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty or withholding tax applicable to us or to any holder of Class A ordinary shares. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties which are applicable to any payments made by or to our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

As a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability, we are entitled, upon application, to receive an undertaking as to tax concessions pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (as revised). On September 9, 2019, we received this undertaking which provides that, for a period of 20 years from the date of issue of the undertaking, no law thereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any taxes to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciation will apply to us or our operations.

Form 20-F | 2023 315

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required under Cayman Islands law on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

There is no income tax treaty or convention currently in effect between the United States and the Cayman Islands.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations to the U.S. Holders (as defined below) of owning and disposing of Class A ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to hold our Class A ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds Class A ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax considerations, the potential application of the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the “Code,” known as the Medicare contribution tax and tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

● certain financial institutions;

● insurance companies;

● real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

● dealers or traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

● persons holding Class A ordinary shares as part of a straddle, wash sale, hedging transaction, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or entering into a constructive sale with respect to Class A ordinary shares;

● persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

● persons that are subject to the “applicable financial statement” rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

● tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account,” or Roth IRA;

● persons holding Class A ordinary shares that own or are deemed to own 10% or more of our shares (by vote or value);

● persons owning Class A ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States; or

● entities or arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Form 20-F | 2023 316

 

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding Class A ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of the Class A ordinary shares.

This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, and final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

● a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

● a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

● an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Except where otherwise indicated, this discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” as described below.

Taxation of Distributions

Any distributions paid on our Class A ordinary shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions will generally be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion in “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules" below, dividends paid by qualified foreign corporations to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are taxable at rates applicable to long-term capital gains. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on stock that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. The NYSE, on which the Class A ordinary shares are listed, is an established securities market in the United States and we anticipate that our Class A ordinary shares should qualify as readily tradable, although there can be no assurances in this regard.

Form 20-F | 2023 317

 

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of any dividend will generally be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

Sale or Other Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other disposition of Class A ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if a U.S. Holder has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. See “—Brazilian Tax Considerations” for a description of when a disposition may be subject to taxation by Brazil. Such gain or loss will generally be U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.

Foreign Tax Credits

On December 28, 2021, new Treasury Regulations pertaining to foreign tax credits, or the “Final Treasury Regulations,” were released that impose significant new limitations on the non-U.S. taxes for which a foreign tax credit can be claimed. Recent notices from the IRS indicate, however, that Treasury and the IRS are considering proposing amendments to such Treasury regulations and allow, subject to certain conditions, taxpayers to defer the application of many aspects of such Treasury regulations until the date that further IRS guidance is released.

In addition, because a U.S. Holder’s gains from the sale or exchange of shares will generally be treated as U.S.-source income, certain generally applicable limitations may preclude a U.S. Holder from claiming a credit for all or a portion of the Brazilian income taxes imposed on any such gains. However, a U.S. Holder may, at its election, deduct such Brazilian income taxes in computing taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all creditable foreign taxes paid or accrued in the relevant taxable year. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors as to the creditability or deductibility of any Brazilian tax in their particular circumstances (including any applicable limitations).

Form 20-F | 2023 318

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

Under the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of “passive income,” or (ii) 50% or more of the average value (generally determined on a quarterly basis) of our assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, “passive income.” We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation where we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the corporation’s stock. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents, certain non-active royalties, and capital gains. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes.

The application of the PFIC rules to businesses that undertake banking activities is unclear under present U.S. federal income tax law. Such businesses generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest bearing or that otherwise would be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The IRS issued the 2021 Proposed Regulations, and previously issued a notice in 1989 (Notice 89-81, or the “Notice”) and the 1995 Proposed Regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank, or the “active bank exception.” The 2021 Proposed Regulations are proposed to be effective for taxable years of shareholders beginning on or after the date such regulations are finalized (but can electively be applied earlier), while the 1995 Proposed Regulations are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 and provide that taxpayers may apply the 1995 Proposed Regulations to a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986, provided the 1995 Proposed Regulations are consistently applied to that taxable year and all subsequent taxable years.

The 2021 Proposed Regulations, the Notice, and the 1995 Proposed Regulations each have different requirements for qualifying as a foreign bank, and for determining the banking income that may be excluded from passive income under the active bank exception, but the preamble to the 2021 Proposed Regulations authorizes taxpayers to rely upon the Notice or the 1995 Proposed Regulations to determine whether income of a foreign bank may be treated as non-passive. Under both the 2021 Proposed Regulations and the 1995 Proposed Regulations, a qualifying foreign bank must be licensed in the country of its incorporation to do business as a bank and must also carry on one or more specified activities, including regularly receiving bank deposits from unrelated customers in the course of its banking business. While the 2021 Proposed Regulations are silent on this matter, under both the Notice and 1995 Proposed Regulations, loans made in the ordinary course of a banking business are not treated as passive assets.

Based on the 1995 Proposed Regulations, including those which are proposed to be effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1994 and our current operations, income, assets and certain estimates and projections (such as the relative values of our assets, including goodwill), we do not believe that we were a PFIC for our 2023 taxable year. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our conclusion. Among other reasons, whether we were a PFIC in 2023 or will be a PFIC in any future taxable year is uncertain because: (i) the 1995 Proposed Regulations may not be finalized in their current form, (ii) PFIC status is determined on an annual basis at the end of each taxable year, and (iii) the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our Class A ordinary shares, which could be volatile) may vary from time to time. The application of the 2021 Proposed Regulations is not entirely clear and, if we can no longer rely on the 1995 Proposed Regulations, and the 2021 Proposed Regulations are adopted in their current form, there can be no assurances that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds Class A ordinary shares, we would generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such holder for all succeeding years during which such holder holds Class A ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

Form 20-F | 2023 319

 

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year and any of our subsidiaries or other companies in which we owned or were treated as owning equity interests were also a PFIC (any such entity, a “Lower-tier PFIC”), a U.S. Holder would be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the subsequent paragraph on (i) certain distributions to us by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) our disposition of shares of Lower-tier PFICs, in each case as if such holder held such shares directly, even though such holder may not have received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held Class A ordinary shares, absent making certain elections (as described below), such holder would generally be subject to adverse tax consequences. Generally, gain recognized upon a disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of the Class A ordinary shares by such U.S. Holder would be allocated ratably over such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as applicable, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability. Further, to the extent any distribution in respect of our Class A ordinary shares exceeded 125% of the average of the annual distributions on Class A ordinary shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or its holding period, whichever was shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain, described immediately above.

Alternatively, if we were a PFIC and if the Class A ordinary shares were “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. Holder would be eligible to make a mark-to-market election that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above. The Class A ordinary shares would be treated as “regularly traded” for any calendar year if more than a de minimis quantity of the Class A ordinary shares, as applicable, were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of such calendar year. The NYSE, on which the Class A ordinary shares are listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. A non-U.S. exchange is a “qualified exchange” if it is regulated by a governmental authority in the jurisdiction in which the exchange is located and with respect to which certain other requirements are met. The Internal Revenue Service has not identified specific non-U.S. exchanges that are “qualified” for this purpose. Once made, the election cannot be revoked without the consent of the IRS unless the Class A ordinary shares, if applicable, cease to be marketable.

Form 20-F | 2023 320

 

If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election such holder will generally recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of such holder’s Class A ordinary shares at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the Class A ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, such holder’s tax basis in their Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of Class A ordinary shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). This election will not apply to any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime with respect to any Lower-tier PFICs notwithstanding a mark-to-market election for the Class A ordinary shares.

We do not intend to prepare or provide the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a qualified electing fund election.

In addition, if we were a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the favorable tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains discussed above with respect to dividends paid to non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

If a U.S. Holder owns Class A ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, such holder must generally file annual reports containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require on IRS Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, generally with such holder’s federal income tax return for that year. A failure to file one or more of these forms as required may toll the running of the statute of limitations in respect of each of the U.S. Holder’s taxable years for which such form is required to be filed. As a result, the taxable years with respect to which the U.S. Holder fails to file the form may remain open to assessment by the IRS indefinitely, until the form is filed.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules, including whether the elections discussed above would be available and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that the U.S. Holder is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to the U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Form 20-F | 2023 321

 

Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (and certain entities) may be required to report information on their U.S. federal income tax returns relating to an interest in our Class A ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this requirement on their ownership and disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

Brazilian Tax Considerations

The following summary contains a description of certain Brazilian tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares by an investor that is not domiciled or resident in Brazil for Brazilian tax purposes, each a Non-Resident Holder.

The following is a general discussion and, therefore, it does not specifically address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a Non-Resident Holder’s decision to owning or disposing our Class A ordinary shares and it is not applicable to all categories of Non-Resident Holders, some of which may be subject to special tax rules not specifically addressed herein. This summary also does not address any tax consequences under the tax laws of any state or municipality of Brazil. The present description is based upon the tax laws of Brazil, in effect as of the date of this annual report, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect and to differing interpretations. Any change in the applicable Brazilian laws and regulations may impact the consequences described below.

The tax consequences described below do not take into account tax treaties entered into by Brazil and other countries. Prospective purchasers of our shares are advised to consult their own tax advisors with respect to an investment in our shares in light of their particular circumstances.

Low or Nil Tax Jurisdictions

According to Law No 9,430, dated December 27, 1996, as amended, a Low or Nil Tax Jurisdiction is a country or location that (i) does not impose taxation on income, (ii) imposes income tax at a rate lower than 17%, or (iii) imposes restrictions on the disclosure of shareholding composition or investment ownership.

Additionally, on June 24, 2008, Law No. 11,727 introduced the concept of a “privileged tax regime,” in connection with transactions subject to Brazilian transfer pricing rules and also applicable to thin capitalization/cross-border interest deductibility rules, which is broader than the concept of a Low or Nil Tax Jurisdiction. Pursuant to Law 11,727, and recent changes arising from the Law No. 14,596, dated June 14, 2023, a jurisdiction will be considered a Privileged Tax Regime if it (i) does not tax income or taxes it at a maximum rate lower than 17.0% (ii) grants tax benefits to non-resident entities or individuals (a) without the requirement that they carry out substantial economic activity in the country or dependency or (b) contingent on the non-exercise of substantial economic activity in the country or dependency; (iii) does not tax or that taxes income generated abroad at a maximum rate lower than 17.0%r (iv) does not provide access to information related to shareholding composition, ownership of assets and rights or economic transactions carried out.

Form 20-F | 2023 322

 

In addition, on June 4, 2010, the Brazilian Tax Authorities enacted Normative Ruling No. 1,037, as amended, listing (i) the countries and jurisdictions considered as Low or Nil Tax Jurisdictions and (ii) the locations considered Privileged Tax Regimes. Normative Ruling No. 1,037 has not been amended thus far to reflect the threshold changes previously mentioned.

Although, we believe that the best interpretation of Law No. 11,727/08 and Law 14,596 to be that the new concept of “privileged tax regime” would be applicable solely for purposes of transfer pricing and thin capitalization rules. However, we are unable to ascertain whether or not the privileged tax regime concept will be extended to the concept of Low or Nil Tax Jurisdiction, though the Brazilian tax authorities appear to agree with our position, in view of the provisions introduced by Normative Ruling No. 1,037, dated as of June 4, 2010, as amended, which presents two different lists (Low or Nil Tax Jurisdictions-taking into account the non-transparency rules-and privileged tax regimes).

Notwithstanding the above, we recommend that you consult your own tax advisors regarding the consequences of the implementation of Law No. 11,727, Normative Ruling No. 1,037 and of any related Brazilian tax law or regulation concerning Low or Nil Tax Jurisdictions or “privileged tax regimes.”

Income Tax

Dividends

Dividends arising from our Class A ordinary shares and paid by us should not be subject to taxation in Brazil when paid in favor of a Non-Resident Holder.

There is an ongoing public political discussion in Brazil in relation to reform in its tax system regarding income tax that may have implications for the levy of Brazilian withholding or other tax on the payment of dividends. The implementation of such tax reform, however, will require modifications in law through a bill of law voted by the Brazilian National Congress. Nevertheless, we are aware that there are certain bills of law that seek to revoke the income tax exemption on dividends – these bills of law are still pending analysis and approval from specific committees of the National Congress before being put to vote. Thus, there can be no assurance that the current tax exemption on dividends distributed by Brazilian companies will continue in the future. In any case, any potential taxation being imposed upon dividends would become effective only in the year following the enactment of the relevant law.

Interest on Shareholders’ Equity

Law No. 9,249, dated December 26, 1995, as amended, allows a Brazilian corporation, such as our subsidiaries in Brazil, to make distributions to shareholders of interest on shareholders’ equity as an alternative to carrying out dividends distributions and to treat those payments as a deductible expense for purposes of calculating Brazilian corporate income tax and social contribution on net profits provided that the limits described below are observed.

Form 20-F | 2023 323

 

For tax purposes, this interest is limited to the daily pro rata variation of the Brazilian long-term interest rate, or “TJLP,” as determined by the Central Bank of Brazil from time to time, and the amount of the deduction may not exceed the greater of:

● 50% of net profits (after deduction of social contribution on net profits before taking into account the provision for corporate income tax and the amounts attributable to shareholders as interest on net equity) for the period in respect to which the payment is made; or

● 50% of the sum of retained profits and profit reserves as of the year date of the beginning of the period in respect of which the payment is made.

We cannot guarantee that the Brazilian federal government will not increase the WHT on interest on shareholders’ equity in the future or eliminate the interest on shareholders’ equity altogether.

F.       Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.       Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.       Documents on Display

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy the reports and other information to be filed with the SEC at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the materials may be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC in the United States at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at http://www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access this annual report and the registration statement of which it forms a part and its materials.

I.       Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

J. Annual Report to Security Holders

If we are required to provide an annual report to security holders in response to the requirements of Form 6-K, we will submit the annual report to security holders in electronic format in accordance with the EDGAR Filer Manual.

Form 20-F | 2023 324

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to different risks arising from our activities. Our risk monitoring adapts as new risks and threats emerge.

Market Risk

Market risk is the possibility of losses arising from changes in the market values of financial instruments, including the risk of changes in interest rates and stock prices for instruments classified in the trading book and the risk of changes in exchange rates and commodity prices for instruments classified in the trading book or banking book.

The interest rate of the banking book, or “IRRBB,” is the risk, current or prospective, of the impact of adverse interest rate movements on our capital and earnings, for instruments classified in the banking book.

The business areas, in the first line of defense, are responsible for managing market and IRRBB risks. There is a market and IRRBB risk control structure, independent of the business units (second line of defense), which is responsible for the processes and tools for measuring, monitoring, controlling and reporting market risk and IRRBB, continuously checking adherence to approved policies and limits.

All trades are classified into two books: the banking book and the trading book. We have a specific policy with criteria for classifying financial instruments in these two books. The trading book comprises instruments, including derivatives, held for trading purposes. The banking book is made up of other financial instruments.

Market and IRRBB risk management is based on metrics that are reported to the Asset Liability Management, or “ALM”, and Capital Technical Forum and the Risk Committee.

Management is authorized to use financial instruments, as described in our internal policies for hedging market risk and exposures to IRRBB, based on the metrics and limits established and approved in accordance with our risk appetite statement, or “RAS.” Additionally, hedge accounting may or may not be used, in accordance with our internal policies, to align accounting treatment with management practice.

Our main market risk factors are interest rate risk and exchange rate risk of our activities in Brazil, where our main operations are located.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises from our daily activities: credit card, personal loans, cash management and sources of funding. This risk is mitigated with our use of derivative instruments.

The tables below show the sensitivities in the fair values of the financial instruments (assets, liabilities and derivatives), in two different scenarios:

Form 20-F | 2023 325

 

1) A standard +1bp (0.01% p.a.) shock in each curve that we have exposure (BRL risk free rate, BRL inflation rate, USD risk free rate and MXN risk free rate). These shocks are known as DV01 sensitivities.

2) a specific shock for each one of the curves:

● +400bp (4% p.a.) in the BRL risk free rate;

● +253bp (2.53% p.a.) in the BRL inflation rate;

● +200bp (2% p.a.) in the USD risk free rate;

● +400bp (4% p.y.) in the MXN risk free rate.

Those shocks are standardized shocks defined by the BIS for the IRRBB (interest rate risk in the banking book), except for the BRL inflation rate, which was calculated based multiplying the BRL risk free rate shock (400bp) by the 1% percentile of the 5 year historical distribution of the daily relation between BRL inflation rates and BRL risk free rate.

Financial instruments have their fair values calculated under current conditions and also in each one of the two scenarios described. The sensitivity value is the difference between the fair value in each scenario and the fair value under normal market conditions. Positive values represent gains and negative values represent losses in fair values.

The sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2023 are set forth below:

Sensitivities to 1 bp (0.01%) Shocks – Brazilian risk-free interest curve

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	(50)	(26)	0	2	0	0	0	(74)
7 Months to 12 Months	(17)	(49)	0	2	0	0	(4)	(68)
1 year to 2 years	(1)	(17)	0	1	0	0	0	(17)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	1	0	0	0	1
Total	(68)	(92)	0	6	0	0	(4)	(158)

Form 20-F | 2023 326

 

Sensitivities to 400 bps (4%) shocks – Brazilian risk-free interest curve

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	(20,000)	(10,400)	0	800	0	0	0	(29,600)
7 Months to 12 Months	(6,800)	(19,600)	0	800	0	0	(1,600)	(27,200)
1 year to 2 years	(400)	(6,800)	0	400	0	0	0	(6,800)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	400	0	0	0	400
Total	(27,200)	(36,800)	0	2,400	0	0	(1,600)	(63,200)

Sensitivities to 1 bp (0.01%) Shocks – IPCA coupon curve

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
7 Months to 12 Months	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
1 year to 2 years	0	0	0	(1)	0	0	0	(1)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	1	0	0	(1)	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	(4)	(4)
Total	0	0	0	0	0	0	(5)	(5)

Form 20-F | 2023 327

 

Sensitivities to 253 bp (2.53%) Shocks – IPCA coupon curve

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
7 Months to 12 Months	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
1 year to 2 years	0	0	0	(253)	0	0	0	(253)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	253	0	0	(253)	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	(1,012)	(1,012)
Total	0	0	0	0	0	0	(1,265)	(1,265)

Sensitivities to 1 bp (0.01%) Shocks – MXN Risk Free Rate

Tenor	Credit Card	Cash & Cash Equivalents	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	(9)	(0)	0	0	13	0	0	4
7 Months to 12 Months	(2)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(2)
1 year to 2 years	(0)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(0)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Total	(11)	(0)	0	0	13	0	0	2

Form 20-F | 2023 328

 

Sensitivities to 400 bp (4%) Shocks – MXN Risk Free Rate

Tenor	Credit Card	Cash & Cash Equivalents	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	(3,488)	(144)	0	0	5,280	0	0	1,648
7 Months to 12 Months	(728)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(728)
1 year to 2 years	(104)	0	0	0	0	0	0	(104)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
3 years to 4 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
4 years to 5 years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Total	(4,320)	(144)	0	0	5,280	0	0	816

Sensitivities to 1 bp (0.01%) Shocks – USD risk free rate

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	Corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	0	0	(0)	0	0	0	(5)	(5)
7 Months to 12 Months	0	0	(8)	0	0	0	(43)	(51)
1 year to 2 years	0	0	(15)	0	0	0	(23)	(38)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	(4)	0	0	0	(9)	(13)
3 years to 4 years	0	0	(1)	0	0	0	(8)	(9)
4 years to 5 years	0	0	(1)	0	0	0	(16)	(18)
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	(2)	(2)
Total	0	0	(30)	0	0	0	(106)	(136)

Form 20-F | 2023 329

 

Sensitivities to 200 bp (2%) Shocks – USD risk free rate

Tenor	Credit Card	Lending	Sov. Bonds	Derivatives	Debt Instruments	Instruments eligible to capital	corporate bonds	Total
	(in US$ thousands)
0 to 6 Months	0	0	(18)	0	0	0	(1,012)	(1,030)
7 Months to 12 Months	0	0	(1,558)	0	0	0	(8,630)	(10,188)
1 year to 2 years	0	0	(3,088)	0	0	0	(4,592)	(7,680)
2 years to 3 years	0	0	(770)	0	0	0	(1,836)	(2,606)
3 years to 4 years	0	0	(254)	0	0	0	(1,544)	(1,798)
4 years to 5 years	0	0	(298)	0	0	0	(3,220)	(3,518)
More than 5 Years	0	0	0	0	0	0	(412)	(412)
Total	0	0	(5,986)	0	0	0	(21,246)	(27,232)

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of our subsidiaries is generally the currency of the country in which they are located. As of December 31, 2023 none of the entities in our corporate structure had significant financial instruments in a currency other than their respective functional currencies.

We decided not to hedge our foreign exchange exposure originated by our investments in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico. As a result, our financial statements may present significant gains or losses in other comprehensive income due to translation of the financial statements of the subsidiaries due to the relevance of these operations compared to our own operations.

The table below shows possible impacts on the value of these investments. It considers a shock of 33.5% in the U.S. dollar/Brazilian reais exchange rate. This shock was calculated using the 90th percentile of the distribution of annual returns, considering a five year window. For other exchange rates, a 10% standardized shock was used.

Subsidiary	Country	Net Equity
		As of December 31, 2023	Shock	Change
		(in US$ thousands)	(In percentage)	(in US$ thousands)
Nu México	Mexico	603,297	10.0%	60,330
Nu Finaztechnologie	Germany	5,599	10.0%	560
Nu Colombia	Colombia	151,735	10.0%	15,173
Olivia IP	Brazil	6,429	33.5%	2,154
FIP	Brazil	3,050,484	33.5%	1,021,912
Total		3,817,543		1,100,129

Form 20-F | 2023 330

 

The major foreign exchange exposure is originated by our investments in the Brazilian subsidiaries, presented above as FIP – Brazil. Our Brazilian subsidiaries have operating costs in Brazilian reais, U.S. dollars and in Euros. The costs incurred in reais are not hedged by the subsidiaries nor by Nu Holdings. However, certain costs in other currencies, e.g. U.S. dollars and Euros, or intercompany loans in U.S. dollars may be hedged by our Brazilian subsidiaries with futures contracts, traded on the B3 exchange, at the beginning of each fiscal year, based on the then-existing projections of these costs, or when there is new exposure. Hedge transactions are unwound as costs and loans are paid, and recalibrated when our internal cost projections change. As a result, the financial statements of our subsidiaries have minor exposures to currencies different to their functional currencies after taking effect of the hedge transactions.

Credit Risk

We define credit risk mainly, as:

● The possibility of losses associated with the failure by a counterparty to meet contractual obligations in a financial transaction, including but not limited to derivative financial instruments;

● The possibility of losses associated with the failure of a signatory to loan operations to meet the financial obligations under the contractually agreed terms;

● The possibility of depreciation or reduction in financial instruments expected earnings due to observed credit quality deterioration of a signatory to loan operations; and

● The possibility of incurring any recovery cost related to the credit quality deterioration of a loan signatory or counterparty, such as disbursement to honor warranties, co-obligations and credit commitments or any forbearance cost of a financial instrument.

Our credit management structure is independent from the business units and provides processes and tools to measure, monitor, control and report the credit risk from all products, continuously verifying their adherence to the approved policies and risk appetite structure. Our credit risk management also assesses and monitors the impacts of potential changes in the economic environment in our credit portfolio to ensure that it is resilient to economic downturns.

We believe that our credit decision-making complies with our governance standards, as decisions are taken and approved according to their size and credit risk profile. Credit decisions approvals take place in committees, technical forums, and the designated decision forums, with the involvement of the first and second lines of defense. For the decision-making process, information arising from historical performance is presented and discussed using predictive models that analyze and score existing and potential customers based on their profitability and credit risk profile.

We use customers’ internal information, statistical models, external data, and other quantitative analyses to determine the risk profile of each customer in the portfolio. The information collected is used to manage the portfolio credit risk and to measure expected credit losses with periodical assessment of changes in the provision amounts. For more information on our methodology to measure credit allowances, see note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

Form 20-F | 2023 331

 

Regarding past due customers, their payment behavior is continuously tracked and monitored in order to improve policies and approaches to collect debt. Our collection strategies and policies depend on customer profiles and model scores and they aim to maximize the recovery amounts.

Liquidity Risk

We define liquidity risk as the possibility that we will not be able to:

- efficiently meet our expected and unexpected, current and future obligations without affecting our daily operations and without incurring significant losses;

- negotiate a position at market price, due to its large size in relation to the volume normally transacted or due to some discontinuity in the market.

Liquidity Risk is managed by the business areas in the first line of defense. The Market and Liquidity Risk area is independent from the business areas and is responsible for controlling liquidity risk, through the calculation and daily reporting of the metrics used to the business areas, as well as the assessment of the limits established for these metrics, in line with our risk appetite. Metrics are also reported to the Asset Liability Management and Capital Technical Forum and to the Risk Committee. The Risk Committee is responsible for defining the Liquidity Risk appetite.

The liquidity risk management framework uses data from future cash flows, applying a severe stress scenario to these cash flows, in order to ensure that the volume of high quality liquid assets we hold is sufficient to guarantee our resilience even in very adverse situations.

We have a Liquidity Contingency Plan, or “LCP,” which establishes responsibilities, procedures and action plans to face situations of liquidity crisis. The action plans described in the LCP are aimed at restoring liquidity indicators to adequate levels.

Operational Risk

We define operational risk as the possibility of losses resulting from external events or failure, weakness or inadequacy of internal processes, people, or systems. It includes legal risk associated with the lack or deficiency in contracts, our failure to comply with applicable legal provisions and indemnities for damages to third parties arising from our activities.

We have an operational risk and internal controls structure, which is responsible for the identification and assessment of operational risks, as well as the evaluation of the design and effectiveness of our internal controls structure. This structure is also responsible for the preparation and periodic testing of our business continuity plan and for coordinating the risk assessment in new product launches and significant changes in existing processes.

As part of our first line of defense and within our risk management process, each business area has mechanisms for identifying, measuring, evaluating, monitoring, and reporting operational risk events, as well as disseminating the control culture to other collaborators internally. Material risk assessments are presented to our operational risk and internal controls technical forum, as well as to our risk committee. Applicable improvement recommendations are expected to become action plans including deadlines and responsibilities. Our first line of defense teams have the main responsibility for the development and implementation of controls to mitigate operational risks.

Form 20-F | 2023 332

 

Information Technology Risk

We define information technology, or “IT,” risk as the undesirable effects arising from a range of potential threats to our information technology infrastructure, including cybersecurity (occurrence of information security incidents), incidents management (ineffective incidents/problem management process, impact on service levels, costs and customer dissatisfaction), data management (lack of compliance with data privacy laws or gaps in data management governance or data leakage issues), among others.

As we operate in a challenging cyber threat environment, we continuously invest in controls and technologies to defend against these threats. IT risks, including cybersecurity risks, are one of our priorities. Thus, we have a dedicated IT risk structure, which is part of the second line of defense. This team is independent from IT-related areas, including engineering, IT Operations, and information security.

Our IT risk team is responsible for identifying, assessing, measuring, monitoring, controlling, and reporting IT risks based on risk appetite levels approved by our board of directors. We assess our risk exposure to threats and their potential impacts on our business and our customers on an ongoing basis. We strive to improve our IT and cybersecurity features and controls, as well as, ensuring that our employees and third-party contributors remain aware of prevention measures and also know how to report incidents, given that people are a key component of our security strategy.

The results of our IT risk and controls assessments are regularly discussed at our IT risk technical forum, as well as presented to our risk committee. Applicable improvement recommendations are expected to become action plans including deadlines and responsibilities.

Capital Management

The purpose of capital management is to estimate and monitor our capital requirements based on our growth projections, risk exposure and tolerance levels, market movements and other relevant information, considering both regulatory requirements and our capital risk tolerance levels. Also, our capital management structure is responsible for identifying sources of capital, designing and submitting for approval our capital plans, as well as tracking the regulatory capital ratios across our regulated entities.

At the executive level, our ALM technical forum is responsible for approving risk assessment and capital calculation methodologies, as well as reviewing, monitoring, and recommending capital- related action plans to our risk committee.

Regulatory Capital

Nu Pagamentos, our 100%-owned indirect subsidiary organized in Brazil, is regulated and authorized to operate by the Central Bank of Brazil.

Form 20-F | 2023 333

 

Nu Pagamentos Prudential Conglomerate

As a regulated payment institution, the subsidiary Nu Pagamentos, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, or collectively the “Nu Pagamentos Prudential Conglomerate” is required to comply with the capital requirements set forth on Central Bank Resolutions 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 and 202 for conglomerates type 3 (Payment Institution-led). The minimum capital adequacy ratio required for this type of institution (capital adequacy ratio or “CAR”) in 2023 is 6.75% of their total risk weighted assets or “RWAs”.

As of December 31, 2023, the capital position of the Nu Pagamentos Prudential Conglomerate was of US$ 2.6 billion (R$ 12.7 billion), equivalent to a CAR of 13.7%, significantly higher than its commitment of 6.75%.

Nu Mexico Financiera

In September 2021, Nu acquired Nu Mexico Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P., formerly Akala, S.A. de C.V., or “Akala,” a Mexican Financial Cooperative Association, or “SOFIPO,” and regulated by the CNBV (Comisión Nacional Bancaria Y De Valores). The regulatory capital requirements for this entity are defined by the NICAP metric (capitalization level or “nivel de capitalización”) set by the CNBV, which is comparable to the Basel Ratio methodology.

In December 2022, Nu Mexico Financiera received the formal approval from the CNBV to execute the migration of its credit card portfolio. A capital injection of over US$600 million was made in the regulated entity along with the credit card portfolio migration to support the transferred Risk Weighted Assets, or “RWA.” The whole Mexican operation was executed henceforth in the regulated entity.

As of December 31, 2023, the regulatory capital for Nu Mexico Financiera was equivalent to US$395 million, resulting in a capital ratio of 28.4%, with 10.5% being the minimum required.

Nu Colombia

Nu Colombia requested the licencia de compañía de financiamiento, a license from the SFC (Superintendencia Financiera de Colombia) which allows it to offer several consumer credit and deposit products. In August 2022, the SFC granted the incorporation license for Nu Colombia Compañía de Financiamiento S.A. (Nu CF), and by the end of October 2022 the incorporation was completed. In January 2024 Nu CF obtained the operational license. Once Nu Colombia Compañía de Financiamiento S.A. becomes operational, we expect the regulator to require it to comply with the capital ratio defined in the solvency margin law or Ley de margen de solvencia on a monthly basis.

Managerial Capital Ratios

In addition to complying with the minimum capital requirements of the different jurisdictions in which we operate, we also aim to maintain a significant balance of cash at Nu Holdings, a balance that we may potentially use to capitalize any of our subsidiaries, if and when needed. As such, for managerial purposes, we consider the cash that we have at Nu Holdings as part of our managerial regulatory capital.

Form 20-F | 2023 334

 

The combined minimum capital requirement for Nu Pagamentos Conglomerate and Nu Mexico Financiera was equivalent to approximately US$1.6 billion as of December 31, 2023. Our managerial regulatory capital, including (i) the capital position we had at the level of our regulated entities plus our cash position at Nu Holdings amounted to a capital position of approximately US$5.4billion as of December 31, 2023. This managerial capital base was equivalent to approximately 3.5x of our minimum required capital.

For additional information regarding the capital requirements to which we are subject under Central Bank Resolution 200/22, as amended, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulatory Overview—Brazil—Other Rules—Prudential Framework and Limits of Exposure.”

Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

A.       Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.       Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.       Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.       American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

A.       Defaults

No matters to report.

B.       Arrears and Delinquencies

No matters to report.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

A.       Material Modifications to Instruments

Not applicable.

B.       Material Modifications to Rights

Not applicable.

Form 20-F | 2023 335

 

C.       Withdrawal or Substitution of Assets

Not applicable.

D.       Change in Trustees or Paying Agents

Not applicable.

E.       Use of Proceeds

The following “Use of Proceeds” information relates to our registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-260649) declared effective by the SEC on December 8, 2021, for our initial public offering, pursuant to which we offered a total of 289,150,555 Class A ordinary shares, including in the form of Brazilian Depositary Receipts, or “BDRs,” each representing 1/6th of a Class A ordinary share, in a global offering consisting of (1) an international offering and (2) a concurrent Brazilian offering. The initial public offering price per Class A ordinary share was US$9.00, which is equivalent to R$8.36 per BDR considering that each BDR represents 1/6th of a Class A ordinary share, based on the December 8, 2021 exchange rate of R$5.5779 to US$1.00 published by the Central Bank of Brazil. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acted as the representatives of the underwriters in our initial public offering.

In connection with the international offering, we have granted a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 28,571,429 Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

The offering began on November 30, 2021 and was completed on January 6, 2022.

We sold 316,705,853 Class A ordinary shares, including in the form of 48,526,380 BDRs, including 27,555,298 Class A ordinary shares as a result of the partial exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, for an aggregate price of approximately US$2,839 million.

The total expenses incurred in connection with our initial public offering were approximately US$61.7 million, including underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately US$47.5 million and other expenses of approximately US$14.2 million. None of the fees and expenses were directly or indirectly paid to the directors, officers of our company or their associates, persons owning 10% or more of our ordinary shares, or our affiliates.

After deducting the total expenses, we received net proceeds of approximately US$2.6 billion from our initial public offering. We still intend to use the remaining proceeds from our initial public offering in the manner disclosed in our registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File No. 333-260649). The information on our F-1 is not incorporated by reference into this annual report.

Form 20-F | 2023 336

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

A.       Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2023. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.

Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

B.       Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with the IFRS issued by International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatement. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Based on this assessment, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.

Additionally, as stated in its report, our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda, an independent registered public accounting firm.

C.       Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda, has audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report as of December 31, 2023, which is included herein.

Form 20-F | 2023 337

 

D.       Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our board of directors has determined that Rogério Paulo Calderón Peres is an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined by the SEC, and he meets the requirements for independence under the listing standards of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations.

ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and a Whistleblower Policy that apply to all of our employees, interns, as well as our officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our Code of Conduct is currently posted on the investor relations website (www.investors.nu). Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this 20-F, and inclusions of our website address in this 20-F are inactive textual references provided only for your informational reference.

Our Code of Conduct is designed to prevent misconduct and to promote: (i) honest and ethical conduct, including addressing real or perceived conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; (ii) transparent and fair experience and results for our clients and the markets in which we operate; (iii) complete, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that we file or submit to government authorities and regulatory bodies (including, but not limited to, the Central Bank and the CVM) and in other public communications that we make; (iv) compliance with applicable government laws, rules and regulations; and (v) accountability for noncompliance with the Code of Conduct.

Our Global Whistleblower Policy was developed as a complement to the Code of Conduct in order to (i) provide guidelines regarding the whistleblower channel, under the Integrity Program; (ii) encourage the prompt reporting of any suspected violation; (iii) undertake to investigate any good faith report of violations; and (iv) inform our employees, directors, independent directors, apprentices, interns, officers and interested parties about their right to report.

We have adopted a Corporate Governance Policy, Insider Trading Policy, ESG Global Policy, Privacy Policy, Disclosure Policy, Compensation Clawback Policy and Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures for Audit and Non-Audit Services, that apply to all of our employees, officers and directors and posted the full text of such policies on the governance section of our website, www.investidores.nu/en/. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, or incorporated by reference into, this 20-F, and inclusions of our website address in this 20-F are inactive textual references provided only for your informational reference. We intend to disclose future amendments to our policies on our website or in public filings. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 20-F, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

Form 20-F | 2023 338

 

ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the fees billed to us by our independent registered public accounting firm during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Our independent registered public accounting firm was KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda. (“KPMG”) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

	2023	2022
	(in thousands of dollars)
Audit fees	1,749.8	1,076.7
Audit-related fees	58.5	24.7
Tax fees	15.5	12.7
All other fees	11.4	9.4
Total	1,835.2	1,123.5

Audit Fees

Audit fees are fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of the registrant’s annual combined financial statements or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years. It includes the audit of our financial statements, interim reviews and other services that generally only the independent accountant reasonably can provide, such as comfort letters, statutory audits, consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.

Audit-Related Fees

Audit-related fees are fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and not reported under the previous category. These services would include, among others: accounting consultations and audits in connection with acquisitions, internal control reviews, attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

Tax Fees

Tax fees are fees billed for professional services for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning.

Form 20-F | 2023 339

 

All Other Fees

All other fees are fees billed for assurance services related to (ESG Environmental, Social and Governance) and sustainability assurance services.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In accordance with the requirements of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules issued by the SEC, we introduced a procedure for the review and pre-approval of any services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The procedure requires that all proposed engagements of our independent registered public accounting firm for audit and permitted non-audit services are submitted for pre-approval of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Our Audit and Risk Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures for Audit and Non-Audit Services is posted on the governance section of our website, www.investidores.nu/en/. We intend to disclose future amendments to our policy, on our website or in public filings. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 20-F, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be a part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance—Foreign Private Issuer Status.”

ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

ITEM 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

None.

Form 20-F | 2023 340

 

ITEM 16G. Corporate Governance

Foreign Private Issuer Status

NYSE listing rules include certain accommodations in the corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers, such as us, to follow “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable corporate governance standards of the NYSE, except that we are required (a) to have an audit committee or audit board that meets certain requirements, pursuant to an exemption available to foreign private issuers; (b) to provide prompt certification by our chief executive officer of any material noncompliance with any corporate governance rules; and (c) to provide a brief description of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE corporate governance practices required to be followed by U.S. listed companies.

We currently follow Cayman Islands corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE in respect of the following:

● the majority independent director requirement under Section 303A.01 of the NYSE listing rules;

● the requirement under Section 303A.05 of the NYSE listing rules that a compensation committee composed solely of independent directors governed by a compensation committee charter oversee executive compensation;

● the requirement under Section 303A.04 of the NYSE listing rules that director nominees be selected or recommended for selection by either a majority of the independent directors or a nominations committee composed solely of independent directors;

● the requirement under Section 303A.08 of the NYSE listing rules that a listed issuer obtain shareholder approval when it establishes or materially amends a share option or purchase plan or other arrangement pursuant to which shares may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants;

● the requirement under Section 312.03 of the NYSE listing rules that a listed issuer obtain shareholder approval prior to issuing or selling securities (or securities convertible into or exercisable for common or ordinary shares) that equal 20% or more of the issuer’s outstanding common or ordinary shares or voting power prior to such issuance or sale; and

● the requirement under Section 303A.03 of the NYSE listing rules that the independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings with only the independent directors present.

Cayman Islands law does not impose a requirement that the board consist of a majority of independent directors or that such independent directors meet regularly without other members present. Nor does Cayman Islands law impose specific requirements on the establishment of a compensation committee or nominating committee or nominating process.

Form 20-F | 2023 341

 

Principal Differences between Cayman Islands and U.S. Corporate Law

The Companies Act was modeled originally on similar laws in England and Wales but does not follow subsequent statutory enactments in England and Wales. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Cayman Islands Company Law

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company incorporated with limited liability. We were incorporated as Nu Holdings Ltd. on February 26, 2016, subject to the Cayman Companies Act. Certain provisions of Cayman Islands company law are set out below but this section does not purport to contain all applicable qualifications and exceptions or to be a complete review of all matters of the Cayman Companies Act and taxation, which may differ from equivalent provisions in jurisdictions with which interested parties may be more familiar.

Protection of Non-controlling Shareholders and Shareholders’ Suits

The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of shareholders holding not less than one fifth of our shares in issue, appoint an inspector to examine our affairs and report thereon in a manner as the Grand Court shall direct.

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act, any shareholder may petition the Grand Court which may make a winding-up order, if the court is of the opinion that this winding up is just and equitable.

Notwithstanding the U.S. securities laws and regulations that are applicable to us, general corporate claims against us by our shareholders must, as a general rule, be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against us, or derivative actions in our name, to challenge (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal, (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers themselves control us, and (3) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution that requires a qualified (or special) majority.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Cayman Companies Act. The Cayman Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Where the proposed activities of a company are to be carried out mainly outside of the Cayman Islands, the registrant can apply for registration as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

● an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

● an exempted company’s register of shareholders is not open to inspection;

Form 20-F | 2023 342

 

● an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

● an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

● an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

● an exempted company may register as a limited duration company;

● an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company; and

● an exempted company may register as a special economic zone company.

We are subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Company Operations

An exempted company such as us must conduct its operations mainly outside the Cayman Islands. An exempted company is also required to file an annual return each year with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands and pay a fee which is based on the amount of its authorized share capital.

Share Capital

Under Cayman Companies Act, a Cayman Islands company may issue ordinary, preference or redeemable shares or any combination thereof. Where a company issues shares at a premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount or value of the premiums on those shares shall be transferred to an account, to be called the share premium account. At the option of a company, these provisions may not apply to premiums on shares of that company allotted pursuant to any arrangements in consideration of the acquisition or cancellation of shares in any other company and issued at a premium. The share premium account may be applied by the company subject to the provisions, if any, of its memorandum and articles of association, in such manner as the company may from time to time determine including, but without limitation, the following:

● paying distributions or dividends to members;

Form 20-F | 2023 343

 

● paying up unissued shares of the company to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares;

● any manner provided in section 37 of the Cayman Companies Act;

● writing off the preliminary expenses of the company; and

● writing off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures of the company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution or dividend may be paid to members out of the share premium account unless, immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is proposed to be paid, the company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Subject to confirmation by the court, a company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if authorized to do so by its articles of association, by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way.

Financial Assistance to Purchase Shares of a Company or its Holding Company

There are no statutory prohibitions in the Cayman Islands on the granting of financial assistance by a company to another person for the purchase of, or subscription for, its own, its holding company’s or a subsidiary’s shares. Therefore, a company may provide financial assistance provided the directors of the company, when proposing to grant such financial assistance, discharge their duties of care and act in good faith, for a proper purpose and in the interests of the company. Such assistance should be on an arm’s-length basis.

Purchase of Shares and Warrants by a Company and its Subsidiaries

A company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if so authorized by its articles of association, issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or a member and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be lawful for the rights attaching to any shares to be varied, subject to the provisions of the company’s articles of association, so as to provide that such shares are to be or are liable to be so redeemed. In addition, such a company may, if authorized to do so by its articles of association, purchase its own shares, including any redeemable shares; an ordinary resolution of the company approving the manner and terms of the purchase will be required if the articles of association do not authorize the manner and terms of such purchase. A company may not redeem or purchase its shares unless they are fully paid. Furthermore, a company may not redeem or purchase any of its shares if, as a result of the redemption or purchase, there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than shares held as treasury shares. In addition, a payment out of capital by a company for the redemption or purchase of its own shares is not lawful unless, immediately following the date on which the payment is proposed to be made, the company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Shares that have been purchased or redeemed by a company or surrendered to the company shall not be treated as canceled but shall be classified as treasury shares if held in compliance with the requirements of Section 37A(1) of the Cayman Companies Act. Any such shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either canceled or transferred pursuant to the Cayman Companies Act.

Form 20-F | 2023 344

 

A Cayman Islands company may be able to purchase its own warrants subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant warrant instrument or certificate. Thus there is no requirement under Cayman Islands law that a company’s memorandum or articles of association contain a specific provision enabling such purchases. The directors of a company may under the general power contained in its memorandum of association be able to buy, sell and deal in personal property of all kinds.

A subsidiary may hold shares in its holding company and, in certain circumstances, may acquire such shares.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to a cash-flow solvency test, as prescribed in the Cayman Companies Act, and the provisions, if any, of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, a company may pay dividends and distributions out of its share premium account. In addition, based upon English case law which is likely to be persuasive in the Cayman Islands, dividends may be paid out of profits.

For so long as a company holds treasury shares, no dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be made, in respect of a treasury share.

Disposal of Assets

There are no specific restrictions on the power of directors to dispose of assets of a company, however, the directors are expected to exercise certain duties of care, diligence and skill to the standard that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances, in addition to fiduciary duties to act in good faith, for proper purpose and in the best interests of the company under English common law (which the Cayman Islands courts will ordinarily follow).

Accounting and Auditing Requirements

A company must cause proper records of accounts to be kept with respect to: (i) all sums of money received and expended by it; (ii) all sales and purchases of goods by it; and (iii) its assets and liabilities.

Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

If a company keeps its books of account at any place other than at its registered office or any other place within the Cayman Islands, it shall, upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, make available, in electronic form or any other medium, at its registered office copies of its books of account, or any part or parts thereof, as are specified in such order or notice.

Form 20-F | 2023 345

 

Exchange Control

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in effect in the Cayman Islands.

Stamp Duty on Transfers

No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies save for those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

Inspection of Corporate Records

The members of a company have no general right to inspect or obtain copies of the register of members or corporate records of the company. They will, however, have such rights as may be set out in the company’s articles of association.

Register of Members

A Cayman Islands exempted company may maintain its principal register of members and any branch registers in any country or territory, whether within or outside the Cayman Islands, as the company may determine from time to time. There is no requirement for an exempted company to make any returns of members to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands. The names and addresses of the members are, accordingly, not a matter of public record and are not available for public inspection. However, an exempted company shall make available at its registered office, in electronic form or any other medium, such register of members, including any branch register of member, as may be required of it upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

Register of Directors and Officers

Pursuant to the Cayman Companies Act, a company is required to maintain at its registered office a register of directors, alternate directors and officers which is not available for inspection by the public. A copy of such register must be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands and any change must be notified to the Registrar within 30 days of any change in such directors or officers, including a change of the name of such directors or officers.

Winding Up

A Cayman Islands company may be wound up by: (i) an order of the court; (ii) voluntarily by its members; or (iii) under the supervision of the court.

The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where, in the opinion of the court, it is just and equitable that such company be so wound up.

A voluntary winding up of a company (other than a limited duration company, for which specific rules apply) occurs where the company resolves by special resolution that it be wound up voluntarily or where the company in general meeting resolves that it be wound up voluntarily because it is unable to pay its debt as they fall due. In the case of a voluntary winding up, the company is obliged to cease to carry on its business from the commencement of its winding up except so far as it may be beneficial for its winding up. Upon appointment of a voluntary liquidator, all the powers of the directors cease, except so far as the company in general meeting or the liquidator sanctions their continuance.

Form 20-F | 2023 346

 

In the case of a members’ voluntary winding up of a company, one or more liquidators are appointed for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the company and distributing its assets.

As soon as the affairs of a company are fully wound up, the liquidator must make a report and an account of the winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted and the property of the company disposed of, and call a general meeting of the company for the purposes of laying before it the account and giving an explanation of that account.

When a resolution has been passed by a company to wind up voluntarily, the liquidator or any contributory or creditor may apply to the court for an order for the continuation of the winding up under the supervision of the court, on the grounds that: (i) the company is or is likely to become insolvent; or (ii) the supervision of the court will facilitate a more effective, economic or expeditious liquidation of the company in the interests of the contributories and creditors. A supervision order takes effect for all purposes as if it was an order that the company be wound up by the court except that a commenced voluntary winding up and the prior actions of the voluntary liquidator shall be valid and binding upon the company and its official liquidator.

For the purpose of conducting the proceedings in winding up a company and assisting the court, one or more persons may be appointed to be called an official liquidator(s). The court may appoint to such office such person or persons, either provisionally or otherwise, as it thinks fit, and if more than one person is appointed to such office, the court shall declare whether any act required or authorized to be done by the official liquidator is to be done by all or any one or more of such persons. The court may also determine whether any and what security is to be given by an official liquidator on his or her appointment; if no official liquidator is appointed, or during any vacancy in such office, all the property of the company shall be in the custody of the court.

Reconstructions

Reconstructions and amalgamations may be approved by a majority in number representing 75% in value of the members or creditors, depending on the circumstances, as are present at a meeting called for such purpose and thereafter sanctioned by the courts. While a dissenting member has the right to express to the court his or her view that the transaction for which approval is being sought would not provide the members with a fair value for their shares, the courts are unlikely to disapprove the transaction on that ground alone in the absence of evidence of fraud or bad faith on behalf of management, and if the transaction were approved and consummated the dissenting member would have no rights comparable to the appraisal rights (that is, the right to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares) ordinarily available, for example, to dissenting members of a United States corporation.

Form 20-F | 2023 347

 

The Cayman Islands Economic Substance Law

The Cayman Islands enacted the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (As Revised), or the “Cayman Economic Substance Act” together with related Guidance Notes and Regulations. We are required to comply with the economic substance requirements and file annual reports in the Cayman Islands as to whether or not they are carrying out such relevant activities and if they are, they must satisfy an economic substance test.

Takeovers

Where an offer is made by a company for the shares of another company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may, at any time within two months after the expiration of that four-month period, by notice require the dissenting members to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. A dissenting member may apply to the Cayman Islands courts within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting member to show that the court should exercise its discretion, which it will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion as between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority members.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies.

For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies in the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company; and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be approved by the directors of each constituent company and filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration: (1) as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company; (2) that the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the constituent companies; (3) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding and no order or resolution to wind up the company in any jurisdiction; (4) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the constituent company, its affairs or property; (5) that no scheme, order, compromise or similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction with creditors; (6) that a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company; (7) that the non-surviving constituent company has retired from any fiduciary office held or will do so; (8) that the constituent company has complied with any requirements under the regulatory laws, where relevant; and (9) that an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette.

Form 20-F | 2023 348

 

Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, may be determined by the Cayman Islands’ court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement in question is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting or meetings convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

● the company is not proposing to act illegally or ultra vires and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

● the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

● the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

● the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% in value of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection may be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If the arrangement and reconstruction are thus approved, any dissenting shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which might otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations and allow such dissenting shareholders to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar. However, a class action suit could nonetheless be brought in a U.S. court pursuant to an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws and regulations.

Form 20-F | 2023 349

 

In principle, we would normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule, while a derivative action may be initiated by a minority shareholder on behalf of our company in a Cayman Islands court, such shareholder will not be able to continue those proceedings without the permission of a Grand Court judge, who will only allow the action to continue if the shareholder can demonstrate that we have a good case against the defendant, and that it is proper for the shareholder to continue the action rather than our board of directors. Examples of circumstances in which derivative actions would be permitted to continue are where:

● a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

● the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of its authority, could be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

● those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Corporate Governance

Cayman Islands law restricts transactions between a company and its directors unless there are provisions in the articles of association which provide a mechanism to alleviate possible conflicts of interest. Additionally, Cayman Islands law imposes on directors’ duties of care and skill and fiduciary duties to the companies which they serve. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, a director must disclose the nature and extent of his interest in any contract or arrangement, and, subject to certain exceptions, a director may not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution of the board in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or she or any of his or her close associates have a material interest. Following such disclosure, and subject to the foregoing sentence and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the listing rules of the NYSE, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, the interested director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested. The interested director shall be counted in the quorum at such meeting and the resolution may be passed by a majority of the directors present at the meeting.

Subject to the foregoing and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors may exercise all the powers of Nu to vote compensation to themselves or any member of their body in the absence of an independent quorum.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of certain NYSE corporate governance rules, subject to certain requirements. We currently rely, and will continue to rely, on the foreign private issuer exemption with respect to the following rules:

● Section 303A.04, which requires that a company have a nominations committee composed solely of “independent directors” as defined by NYSE. As allowed by the laws of the Cayman Islands, we do not have a nominations committee nor do we have any current intention to establish one.

● Section 303A.05, which requires that compensation for our executive officers and selection of our director nominees be determined by a majority of independent directors. As allowed by the laws of the Cayman Islands, we do not have a nomination and corporate governance committee nor do we have any current intention to establish one.

● Section 312.03, which requires an issuer to obtain shareholder approval prior to an issuance of securities (in certain circumstances) in connection with certain events, including: (i) the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company; (ii) equity-based compensation of officers, directors, employees or consultants; (iii) a change of control; and (iv) private placements. Cayman Islands law does not require shareholder approval prior to an issuance of securities to the extent the securities are authorized.

Form 20-F | 2023 350

 

Borrowing Powers

Our directors may exercise all the powers of Nu to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture shares, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of Nu or any third party. Such powers may be varied by a special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote of those shareholders attending and voting at a quorate meeting).

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

The Companies Act does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent that it may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred or sustained by such directors or officers, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal or other proceedings concerning us or our affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company. Accordingly, directors owe fiduciary duties to their companies to act bona fide in what they consider to be the best interests of the company, to exercise their powers for the purposes for which they are conferred and not to place themselves in a position where there is a conflict between their personal interests and their duty to the company. Accordingly, a director owes a company a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interests or his or her duty to a third party.

Form 20-F | 2023 351

 

However, this obligation may be varied by the company’s articles of association, which may permit a director to vote on a matter in which he has a personal interest provided that he has disclosed the nature of his interest to the board of directors. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that a director must disclose the nature and extent of his or her interest in any contract or arrangement, and, subject to certain exceptions, a director may not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution of the board in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or she or any of his or her close associates have a material interest. Following such disclosure, and subject to the foregoing sentence and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the listing rules of the NYSE, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, such director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and may be counted in the quorum at the meeting.

A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes to the company duties to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his functions and to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence, which has both objective and subjective elements. Recent Cayman Islands case law confirmed that directors must exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person having the general knowledge, skill and experience reasonably to be expected of a person acting as a director. Additionally, a director must exercise the knowledge, skill and experience which he or she actually possesses.

A general notice may be given to the board of directors to the effect that (1) the director is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice be made with that company or firm; or (2) he or she is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice to the board of directors be made with a specified person who is connected with him or her, which will be deemed sufficient declaration of interest. This notice shall specify the nature of the interest in question. Following the disclosure being made pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the listing rules of the NYSE, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant meeting, a director may vote in respect of any transaction or arrangement in which he or she is interested and may be counted in the quorum at the meeting.

In comparison, under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interests possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Form 20-F | 2023 352

 

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide that, for so long as our founding shareholder controls a majority of the voting power of our shares, a general meeting of shareholders may be convened on the requisition of the holders of a majority of the voting power of our shares and, upon such requisition, the board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. However, if our founding shareholder controls less than a majority of the voting power of our shares, no shareholder shall have the power to requisition a meeting of shareholders. Our Memorandum and Articles of Association provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Form 20-F | 2023 353

 

Removal of Directors

The office of a director shall be vacated automatically if, among other things, he or she (1) becomes prohibited by law from being a director; (2) becomes bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors; (3) dies or is in the opinion of all his co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as director; (4) resigns his office by notice to us; or (5) has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the board of directors held during that period, and the remaining directors resolve that his/her office be vacated.

Transaction with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that; unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by this statute, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that this person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that the board of directors owe duties to ensure that these transactions are entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and, as noted above, a transaction may be subject to challenge if it has the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. If the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors it may be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company resolves by ordinary resolution that it be wound up because it is unable to pay its debts as they fall due. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Form 20-F | 2023 354

 

Under the Companies Act, we may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote of those shareholders attending and voting at a quorate meeting). Our Memorandum and Articles of Association also give our board of directors authority to petition the Cayman Islands Court to wind up Nu.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, if the share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the shares of that class or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Also, except with respect to share capital (as described above), alterations to our Memorandum and Articles of Association may only be made by special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote of those shareholders attending and voting at a quorate meeting).

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. Under Cayman Islands law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association generally (and save for certain amendments to share capital described in this section) may only be amended by special resolution of shareholders (requiring a two-thirds majority vote of those shareholders attending and voting at a quorate meeting).

ITEM 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

ITEM 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

ITEM 16J. Insider Trading policies

Not applicable.

Form 20-F | 2023 355

 

ITEM 16K. Cybersecurity

Cybersecurity Risk Management

Cybersecurity risk management is an integral part of our overall enterprise risk management program, counting on dedicated professionals from the first line of defense (Information Security department) and second line of defense (Risk Management department). We have a comprehensive and dedicated cybersecurity team which is responsible for maintaining and continually improving security together and in partnership with the appropriate departments, also counting on third-party security experts for risk assessment and system enhancements. Our cybersecurity team is responsible for assessing our cybersecurity risk management program, and also count with the support from the second and third lines of defense to ensure the program effectiveness, hence we currently do not engage third parties for such assessment. In addition, our cybersecurity team provides training to all employees annually. Our cybersecurity risk management program is designed to align with industry best practices and provide a framework for managing cybersecurity risks associated with the use of our products and services, internal applications and services provided by third-party service providers. This framework includes steps for identifying and assessing the severity of a cybersecurity threat, identifying the source of a cybersecurity threat including whether the cybersecurity threat is associated with a relevant third-party service provider, implementing cybersecurity countermeasures and mitigation strategies, and informing the management, our Audit and Risk Committee and our Board of Directors of material cybersecurity threats and incidents, following the materiality internally defined for these matters.

Our Board of Directors has overall oversight responsibility for our risk management, and oversees the Audit and Risk Committee, to which it delegates authority on cybersecurity risk management oversight. The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing and following that the management has established proper processes to identify and evaluate cybersecurity risks to which we are exposed, guaranteeing that the management implements processes and programs to manage cybersecurity risks and mitigate cybersecurity incidents. The Audit and Risk Committee also reports frequently to the Board of Directors the matters assessed by it. The management is responsible for identifying potential cybersecurity risks exposures and material cybersecurity risks on an ongoing basis, proposing and guaranteeing the establishment of processes to ensure that such potential cybersecurity risk exposures are monitored, putting in place appropriate mitigation measures and maintaining cybersecurity programs. Our cybersecurity programs are under the direction of our Chief Technology Officer, or CTO, who receives reports from the Vice President of Cybersecurity, and monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents, maintaining the senior management properly informed. Our Vice President of Cybersecurity and dedicated personnel are certified and experienced information systems security professionals and information security managers. The senior management, including the Vice President of Cybersecurity and our cybersecurity teams, provides at least annually to the Audit and Risk Committee updates on our cybersecurity programs, including material cybersecurity risks and mitigation strategies.

In 2023, we did not identify any cybersecurity threats that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. However, despite our efforts, we cannot eliminate all risks from cybersecurity threats, or provide assurances that we have not experienced an undetected cybersecurity incident. For more information about these risks, please see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Form 20-F | 2023 356

 

PART III

Item 17. Financial statements

We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.

Item 18. Financial statements

Financial Statements are filed as part of this annual report. See pages F-1 to F-114 to this annual report.

Item 19. Exhibits

The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:

Exhibit No.	Exhibit
1.1**	Memorandum and Articles of Association of Nu (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
2.1*	Description of Securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
2.3**	Registration Rights Agreement by and among the registrant and certain holders of its shares (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
2.4**	Shareholder’s Agreement by and among the registrant, David Vélez Osorno and Rua California Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).

Form 20-F | 2023 357

 

4.1**	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the registrant and each of its directors and executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
4.2**	Nu Holdings Ltd. 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan and related form agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
4.3**	Nu Holdings Ltd. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended) and related form agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
4.4**	Nu Holdings Ltd. 2016 Share Option Plan (as amended) and related form agreements (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
4.5**	License Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2014, between Mastercard International Incorporated and EO2 Soluções de Pagamento S.A., including the Acceptance Letter, dated as of January 29, 2014; the Summary of Licenses Granted, dated as of January 29, 2014; and the Supplement to the Mastercard License Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).

Form 20-F | 2023 358

 

4.6**	License Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020, between Mastercard International Incorporated and Nu Pagamentos S.A., including the First Amendment to the License Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020; the Summary of Licenses Granted, dated as of April 24, 2020; and the Supplement to the Mastercard License Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
4.7**	License Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2019, between Mastercard International Incorporated and Nu Bn Mexico S.A. de C.V., including the Acceptance Letter, dated as of January 3, 2019; the Summary of Licenses Granted, dated as of January 3, 2019; and the Supplement to the Mastercard License Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Amendment No. 2 to our registration statement on Form F-1 (File no. 333-260649), filed with the SEC on December 3, 2021).
8.1*	List of subsidiaries.
12.1*	Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Executive Officer.
12.2*	Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 of the Chief Financial Officer.
13.1*	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Executive Officer.
13.2*	Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Financial Officer.
23.1*	Consent of KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda.

Form 20-F | 2023 359

 

97.1*	Compensation Clawback Policy.
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

* Filed herewith.

** Previously filed.

Form 20-F | 2023 360

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following is a glossary of certain industry and other defined terms used in this annual report:

“activity rate” is defined as monthly active customers divided by the total number of customers as of a specific date.

“ANBIMA” means the Brazilian Association of Financial and Capital Markets Entities (Associação Brasileira das Entidades dos Mercados Financeiro e de Capitais).

“Boleto” (banking payment slips) means a printable document issued by merchants and used to make payments in Brazil.

“Brazil” means the Federative Republic of Brazil.

“Brazilian government” means the federal government of Brazil.

“B3” means B3 S.A. – Brasil, Bolsa, Balcão, the Brazilian Stock Exchange.

“CAC” means customer acquisition costs and consists of the following expenses: printing and shipping of a card, credit data costs (primarily consisting of credit bureau costs) and paid marketing.

“CAGR” means the compound annual growth rate, measured as the annualized average rate of growth between given dates, assuming growth takes place at an exponentially compounded rate.

“CDI Rate” means the Brazilian interbank deposit (certificado de deposito interbancário) rate, which is an average of interbank overnight deposit interest rates in Brazil.

“Central Bank of Brazil” means the Brazilian Central Bank (Banco Central do Brasil).

“Colombian pesos” or “COL$” means Colombian pesos, the official currency of the Republic of Colombia.

“Condusef” means the Mexican regulator (Comisión Nacional para la Protección y Defensa de los Usuarios de Servicios Financieros).

“CMN” means the Brazilian National Monetary Council (Conselho Monetário Nacional).

“CNBV” means the Mexican National Banking and Securities Commission (Comisión Nacional Bancaria de Valores).

“consumer finance” is the combination of Credicard Card and Lending Businesses

“contribution margin” means the sum of revenue from our credit card, personal lending and NuAccount products, less variable expenses (consisting of interest and other financial expenses, transactional expenses and credit loss allowance expenses) directly associated with this revenue.

Form 20-F | 2023 361

 

“COPOM” means the Brazilian Monetary Policy Committee (Comitê de Política Monetária do Banco Central).

“cost of risk” is defined as the sum of change in loan loss provisions, credit losses and gross recoveries divided by total receivables.

“credit loss allowance expenses / credit portfolio” is defined as credit loss allowance expenses, divided by the sum of receivables from credit card operations (current, installments and revolving) and loans to customers, in each case gross of ECL allowance, as of the period end date.

“customer” is defined as an individual or SME that has opened an account with us and does not include any such individuals or SMEs that have been charged off or blocked or voluntarily closed their account. “CVM” means the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários).

“prepaid card” means a payment card that allows the cardholder to immediately access funds electronically from the cardholder’s account when making a purchase.

“ECL” or “ECL Allowance” means the expected credit losses on our credit operations, including loans and credit cards.

“ESG” means Environmental, Social and Governance.

“EUR” or “€” means the Euro, the official currency of the European Union.

“first payment default” means when the first scheduled payment by a customer remains unpaid as of the 10th day after it becomes due.

“founding shareholder” refers to our founding shareholder and chief executive officer, David Vélez Osorno.

“FX Neutral” measures refer to certain measures prepared and presented in this annual report to eliminate the effect of foreign exchange, or “FX,” volatility between the comparison periods, allowing management and investors to evaluate our financial performance despite variations in foreign currency exchange rates, which may not be indicative of our core operating results and business outlook. For additional information, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Special Note Regarding Non-IFRS Financial Measures—FX Neutral Measures.”

“IASB” means the International Accounting Standards Board.

“IFRS” means the International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the IASB.

“interest-earning portfolio” consists of receivables from credit card operations on which we are accruing interest and loans to customers, in each case gross of ECL allowance, as of the period end date.

“Lifetime value” or “LTV” is the estimated lifetime value of our customers. This is based on the present value of estimated contribution margin generated by a customer during the lifetime of a customer’s relationship with our business. We calculate LTV based on the following key assumptions: (1) 12% per annum as the discount rate applied to the projected stream of contribution margin generated by a customer; (2) estimated lifetime capped at 10 years; and (3) growth and churn estimates based on historical analysis across our cohorts and estimated inflation rates.

Form 20-F | 2023 362

 

“LTV/CAC” means the ratio of lifetime value to customer acquisition costs and is calculated as the lifetime value divided by our customer acquisition costs. We use this metric to assess return on marketing spend and other costs to onboard new customers.

“Mexican pesos” or “MEX$” means Mexican pesos, the official currency of the United Mexican States.

“monthly active customers” is defined as all customers that have generated revenue in the last 30 calendar days, for a given measurement period.

“monthly average cost to serve per active customer” is defined as the monthly average of the sum of transactional expenses and customer support and operations expenses (sum of these expenses in the period divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured, and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period).

“monthly average revenue per active customer” or “Monthly ARPAC” is defined as the average monthly revenue (total revenue divided by the number of months in the period) divided by the average number of individual active customers during the period (average number of individual active customers is defined as the average of the number of monthly active customers at the beginning of the period measured, and the number of monthly active customers at the end of the period).

“Net promoter score,” or “NPS,” measures the willingness of customers to recommend our products and services. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Calculation of Net Promoter Score.”

“NuAccount” means the Nu bank account we offer to our individual and SME customers; “Personal NuAccount” means the Nu personal bank account we offer to our individual customers; and “SME NuAccount” means the Nu business bank account we offer to our SME customers.

“organic customer growth” is calculated as new customers acquired without incurring direct paid marketing expenses. An organic customer is one who comes to our website or app without clicking on an advertisement link. This includes both customers who directly come to our website or app, or who were referred to us by an existing customer. An inorganic customer is one who comes to our website or app through a paid channel or campaign (e.g., by clicking on an online advertisement).

“Pix” means the instant payment system launched by the Central Bank of Brazil in 2020 that allows real-time payments and transfers.

Form 20-F | 2023 363

 

“primary bank” or “primary banking relationship” refers to our relationship with those of our customers who had at least 50% of their post-tax monthly income move in or out of their NuAccount in any given month. We calculate the percent of customers with a primary banking relationship as active customers with a primary banking relationship as a percentage of total active customers that have been with us for more than 12 months.

“Purchase volume,” or “PV,” is defined as the total value of transactions that are authorized through our credit and prepaid cards only; it does not include other payment methods that we offer such as Pix, WhatsApp payments or traditional wire transfers.

“real,” “reais” or “R$” means the Brazilian real, the official currency of Brazil.

“SELIC” means the Brazilian Special Clearance and Custody System (Sistema Especial de Liquidação e Custódia).

“SELIC rate” means the Brazilian interest rate established by the SELIC.

“Shareholder’s Agreement” means the shareholder’s agreement entered into and among David Vélez Osorno, Rua California Ltd., and Nu.

“SIC” means the Colombian Superintendence of Industry and Commerce, a public authority and technical agency attached to the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Tourism of Colombia.

“SMEs” means small and medium enterprises.

“STF” means the Federal Supreme Court of Brazil (Supremo Tribunal Federal)

“squads” is the term used to refer to Nu teams that work within the same scope of operations, e.g., Controllership Squad, FP&A Squad.

“SUSEP” means the Brazilian Superintendence of Private Insurance (Superintendência de Seguros Privados).

“U.S. dollar,” “U.S. dollars” or “US$” means U.S. dollars, the official currency of the United States.

"TIIE" means Mexican Interbanking Equilibrium Interest Rate.

Form 20-F | 2023 364

 

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Nu Holdings Ltd.
April 19, 2024
By:	/s/ David Vélez Osorno
Name:	David Vélez Osorno
Title:	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

By:	/s/ Guilherme Marques do Lago
Name:	Guilherme Marques do Lago
Title:	Chief Financial Officer

Form 20-F | 2023 365

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Consolidated Financial Statements—Nu Holding Ltd.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 1124)	F-3
Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2023 and 2022	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-10
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-13
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021	F-15

Form 20-F | 2023 366

 

Contents

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity	F-13
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-15

F-2 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Nu Holdings Ltd.

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Nu Holdings Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income or loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission”.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

F-3 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Allowance for expected credit losses on amounts receivable from credit cards and loans to customers

As discussed in Notes 4(a), 5(a), 13 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) related to amounts receivable from credit cards and loans to customers totaling US$2,608,403 thousand as of December 31, 2023. The Company recognizes a lifetime ECL for the contracts that have experienced a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) subsequent to recognition or are credit impaired (stage 2 and stage 3, respectively), and a twelve-month ECL for all other contracts (stage 1). To calculate ECL the Company segregates the portfolios of amounts receivable from credit cards and loans to customers into homogeneous risk groups based on shared credit risk characteristics, determined by internal scoring models, and estimates the probability of default (PD), the loss given default (LGD) and the exposure at default (EAD) for each group. The Company’s calculation of ECL also reflects possible future macroeconomic scenarios for which it projects the following variables: gross domestic product (GDP); the inflation rate; the unemployment rate; and the basic interest rate.

We identified the measurement of the allowance for expected credit losses related to receivables from credit cards and loans to customers as a critical audit matter. Complex auditor judgment was required to evaluate the ECL estimate as it involves significant measurement uncertainties as a result of the complexity of the models and the significant judgments made by the Company, specifically: (i) the overall ECL methodology, including the methods and models used to estimate the PDs, EADs and LGDs; (ii) the selection of the macroeconomic variables incorporated into the calculation; and (iii) the Company’s definition of a SICR (stage 2).

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s ECL process. This included controls related to the: (i) design of the models and methodology for estimating the ECL, including the selection of the macroeconomic variables; (ii) definition of SICR contracts; (iii) performance monitoring of the models; and (iv) periodic validation of the models. We involved credit risk professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:

(i) evaluating the overall ECL methodology for compliance with IFRS as issued by the IASB;(ii) assessing the conceptual soundness of the models and modeling techniques, including those used to derive the PDs, EADs and LGDs and to select the macroeconomic variables that are incorporated into the calculation, by inspecting model documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use;

F-4 

(iii) checking the accuracy of the Company’s estimates of PD, EAD and LGD using the Company's historical data and forward-looking information;

(iv) evaluating the relevance of the variables considered in the future macroeconomic scenarios through regression analysis of the historical correlation of these variables and credit risk; and

(v) evaluating the Company's definition of a SICR by assessing relevant Company-specific metrics and comparing it to the applicable industry and regulatory practices.

Assessment of the value in use of the Investment cash generating unit

As discussed in Note 4(k) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s Investment cash generating unit has a carrying amount of US$ 528,198 thousand, which includes goodwill related to the acquisition of Easynvest of US$ 381,233 thousand, as of December 31, 2023. The Company allocates goodwill to cash generating units (CGUs) and performs an impairment test over these CGUs at least annually or when there are events or circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount of a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Initially, the Company calculates the recoverable amount of a CGU based on its value in use, determined by discounting the future cash flows expected to be generated by the continued use of the CGU’s assets and its final disposal.

We identified the assessment of the value in use of the Investment CGU as a critical audit matter. The calculation of the value in use of the Investment CGU using a discounted cash flow model requires the Company to make subjective assumptions, including the discount rate and the future growth of the CGU. Future growth assumptions include both forecast cash flows, based on historical results and the Company’s budget, and a projected growth rate into perpetuity based on inflation expectations. A high degree of subjective auditor judgment was required to evaluate the discount rate and the future growth assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model.

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter:

We evaluated the design and tested the operational effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s assessment of the value in use of the Investment CGU, including controls related to the review of the budget process and the selection, review and approval of the discount rate and the future growth assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model.

We involved corporate finance professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating:

(i) the Company’s forecasted cash flow growth rates by challenging management’s projections, including the potential impacts of internal and / or external economic factors, and comparing certain assumptions with internal and publicly available market data.

(ii) the discount rate used by comparing certain of its components with publicly available market data; and

(iii) the Company’s ability to accurately forecast by comparing the Company’s historical cash flow forecasts to actual subsequent cash flows.

/s/ KPMG Auditores Independentes Ltda.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

São Paulo - Brazil

April 19, 2024

F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, except earnings (loss) per share)

	Note	2023	2022	2021
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	6	6,439,712	3,555,213	1,046,746
Fee and commission income	6	1,589,264	1,237,018	651,277
Total revenue		8,028,976	4,792,231	1,698,023
Interest and other financial expenses	6	(2,036,925)	(1,547,903)	(367,344)
Transactional expenses	6	(215,930)	(176,427)	(117,119)
Credit loss allowance expenses	7	(2,285,218)	(1,404,911)	(480,643)
Total cost of financial and transactional services provided		(4,538,073)	(3,129,241)	(965,106)
Gross profit		3,490,903	1,662,990	732,917
Operating expenses
Customer support and operations	8	(488,082)	(335,363)	(190,509)
General and administrative expenses (G&A)	8	(1,042,290)	(1,333,267)	(628,901)
Contingent share award (CSA) termination	10b	-	(355,573)	-
G&A - Others		(1,042,290)	(977,694)	(628,901)
Marketing expenses	8	(171,022)	(152,997)	(79,574)
Other expenses (income)	8	(250,431)	(150,264)	(4,097)
Total operating expenses		(1,951,825)	(1,971,891)	(903,081)
Profit (loss) before income taxes		1,539,078	(308,901)	(170,164)
Income taxes
Current taxes	29	(1,184,230)	(473,345)	(219,824)
Deferred taxes	29	675,682	417,612	224,654
Total income taxes		(508,548)	(55,733)	4,830
Profit (loss) for the year		1,030,530	(364,634)	(165,334)
Profit (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company		1,030,530	(364,578)	(164,993)
Profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests		-	(56)	(341)
Earnings (loss) per share – Basic	9	0.2175	(0.0780)	(0.1030)
Earnings (loss) per share – Diluted	9	0.2121	(0.0780)	(0.1030)
Weighted average number of outstanding shares – Basic (in thousands of shares)	9	4,738,841	4,676,977	1,602,126
Weighted average number of outstanding shares – Diluted (in thousands of shares)	9	4,857,579	4,676,977	1,602,126

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income or Loss

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

	Note	2023	2022	2021
Profit (loss) for the year		1,030,530	(364,634)	(165,334)
Other comprehensive income or loss:
Effective portion of changes in fair value		29,305	(29,795)	2,705
Changes in fair value reclassified to profit or loss		(13,018)	18,007	(242)
Deferred income taxes		3,616	2,815	(1,025)
Cash flow hedge	19	19,903	(8,973)	1,438
Changes in fair value		32,246	(22,053)	3,046
Deferred income taxes		(1,950)	(1,986)	(1,305)
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income		30,296	(24,039)	1,741
Currency translation on foreign entities		243,853	2,580	(13,855)
Total other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently		294,052	(30,432)	(10,676)
Changes in fair value - own credit adjustment	20	29	2,008	(1,051)
Total other comprehensive income or loss that will not be reclassified to profit or loss subsequently		29	2,008	(1,051)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		294,081	(28,424)	(11,727)
Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax		1,324,611	(393,058)	(177,061)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company		1,324,611	(393,002)	(176,720)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests		-	(56)	(341)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

	Note	2023	2022
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	11	5,923,440	4,172,316
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss		389,875	133,643
Securities	12	368,574	91,853
Derivative financial instruments	19	20,981	41,485
Collateral for credit card operations	22	320	305
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income		8,805,745	9,947,138
Securities	12	8,805,745	9,947,138
Financial assets at amortized cost		24,988,919	13,684,484
Credit card receivables	13	12,414,133	8,233,072
Loans to customers	14	3,202,334	1,673,440
Compulsory and other deposits at central banks	15	7,447,483	2,778,019
Other receivables	16	1,689,030	521,670
Other financial assets		131,519	478,283
Securities	12	104,420	-
Customer crypto safeguarding asset	34	153,254	18,313
Other assets	17	936,209	541,903
Deferred tax assets	29	1,537,835	811,050
Right-of-use assets		30,459	18,982
Property, plant and equipment		39,294	27,482
Intangible assets	18	295,881	182,164
Goodwill	18	397,538	397,397
Total assets		43,498,449	29,934,872

F-8 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

	Note	2023	2022
Liabilities
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss		242,615	218,174
Derivative financial instruments	19	28,173	9,425
Instruments eligible as capital	20	3,988	11,507
Repurchase agreements		210,454	197,242
Financial liabilities at amortized cost		34,582,759	23,448,892
Deposits	21	23,691,130	15,808,541
Payables to network	22	9,755,285	7,054,783
Borrowings and financing	23	1,136,344	585,568
Salaries, allowances and social security contributions		166,876	90,587
Tax liabilities		1,300,845	511,017
Lease liabilities		36,942	20,353
Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings	24	8,082	17,947
Deferred income	25	68,360	41,688
Deferred tax liabilities	29	-	41,118
Customer crypto safeguarding liability	34	153,254	18,313
Other liabilities	26	532,331	636,000
Total liabilities		37,092,064	25,044,089
Equity
Share capital	30	84	83
Share premium reserve	30	4,972,922	4,963,774
Accumulated gains	30	1,276,949	64,577
Other comprehensive income (loss)	30	156,430	(137,651)
Total equity		6,406,385	4,890,783
Total liabilities and equity		43,498,449	29,934,872

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

		Attributable to shareholders of the parent company
					Other comprehensive income (loss)
	Note	Share capital	Share premium reserve	Accumulated gains	Translation reserve	Cash flow hedge reserve	Financial Assets at FVTOCI	Own credit revaluation reserve	Total equity
Balances as of December 31, 2022		83	4,963,774	64,577	(108,356)	(7,486)	(22,298)	489	4,890,783
Profit for the year		-	-	1,030,530	-	-	-	-	1,030,530
Share-based compensation, net of shares withheld for employee taxes	10a	-	-	160,309	-	-	-	-	160,309
Shares issued to service providers	30a	-	-	21,533	-	-	-	-	21,533
Shares issued	30b	1	-	-	-	-	-	-	1
Stock options exercised	30b	-	9,148	-	-	-	-	-	9,148
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	30f
Cash flow hedge		-	-	-	-	19,903	-	-	19,903
Fair value changes - financial assets at FVTOCI		-	-	-	-	-	30,296	-	30,296
Currency translation on foreign entities		-	-	-	243,853	-	-	-	243,853
Own credit adjustment		-	-	-	-	-	-	29	29
Balances as of December 31, 2023		84	4,972,922	1,276,949	135,497	12,417	7,998	518	6,406,385

F-10 

		Attributable to shareholders of the parent company
					Other comprehensive income (loss)
	Note	Share capital	Share premium reserve	Accumulated gains (losses)	Translation reserve	Cash flow hedge reserve	Financial Assets at FVTOCI	Own credit revaluation reserve	Total	Total non- controlling interests	Total equity
Balances as of December 31, 2021		83	4,678,585	(128,409)	(110,936)	1,487	1,741	(1,519)	4,441,032	1,509	4,442,541
Loss for the year		-	-	(364,578)	-	-	-	-	(364,578)	(56)	(364,634)
Share-based compensation, net of shares withheld for employee taxes	10b	-	-	201,991	-	-	-	-	201,991	-	201,991
Share-based compensation - contingent share award (CSA) termination	10b	-	-	355,573	-	-	-	-	355,573	-	355,573
Stock options exercised	30b	-	4,505	-	-	-	-	-	4,505	-	4,505
Shares issued on business acquisition		-	36,671	-	-	-	-	-	36,671	-	36,671
Shares issued on IPO over-allotment	30c	-	247,998	-	-	-	-	-	247,998	-	247,998
Transactions costs from IPO over-allotment		-	(3,985)	-	-	-	-	-	(3,985)	-	(3,985)
Loss of control of subsidiary		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	(1,453)	(1,453)
Other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax	30f
Cash flow hedge		-	-	-	-	(8,973)	-	-	(8,973)	-	(8,973)
Fair value changes - financial assets at FVTOCI		-	-	-	-	-	(24,039)	-	(24,039)	-	(24,039)
Currency translation on foreign entities		-	-	-	2,580	-	-	-	2,580	-	2,580
Own credit adjustment		-	-	-	-	-	-	2,008	2,008	-	2,008
Balances as of December 31, 2022		83	4,963,774	64,577	(108,356)	(7,486)	(22,298)	489	4,890,783	-	4,890,783

F-11 

		Attributable to shareholders of the parent company
					Other comprehensive income (loss)
	Note	Share capital	Share premium reserve	Accumulated gains (losses)	Translation reserve	Cash flow hedge reserve	Financial Assets at FVTOCI	Own credit revaluation reserve	Total	Total non- controlling interests	Total equity
Balances as of December 31, 2020		45	638,007	(102,441)	(97,081)	49	-	(468)	438,111	-	438,111
Loss for the year		-	-	(164,993)	-	-	-	-	(164,993)	(341)	(165,334)
Share-based payments, net of shares withheld for employee taxes		-	-	139,025	-	-	-	-	139,025	-	139,025
Stock options exercised	30b	-	12,252	-	-	-	-	-	12,252	-	12,252
Shares issued on business acquisition		-	277,575	-	-	-	-	-	277,575	-	277,575
Issuance of preferred shares (Series F-1)	30c	5	400,910	-	-	-	-	-	400,915	-	400,915
Issuance of preferred shares (Series G)	30c	3	399,997	-	-	-	-	-	400,000	-	400,000
Issuance of preferred shares (Series G-1)	30c	28	399,972	-	-	-	-	-	400,000	-	400,000
Issuance of shares under the customer program and IPO (note 1(a))	30c	2	2,602,024	-	-	-	-	-	2,602,026	-	2,602,026
Transactions costs from IPO (note 1(a))		-	(47,545)	-	-	-	-	-	(47,545)	-	(47,545)
Shares repurchased	30e	-	(4,607)	-	-	-	-	-	(4,607)	-	(4,607)
Increase in non-controlling interests		-	-	-	-	-	-	-	-	1,850	1,850
Other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax	30f
Cash flow hedge		-	-	-	-	1,438	-	-	1,438	-	1,438
Other comprehensive income (loss)		-	-	-	-	-	1,741	-	1,741	-	1,741
Currency translation on foreign entities		-	-	-	(13,855)	-	-	-	(13,855)	-	(13,855)
Own credit adjustment		-	-	-	-	-	-	(1,051)	(1,051)	0	(1,051)
Balances as of December 31, 2021		83	4,678,585	(128,409)	(110,936)	1,487	1,741	(1,519)	4,441,032	1,509	4,442,541

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-12 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars)

	Note	2023	2022	2021
Cash flows from operating activities
Reconciliation of profit (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:
Profit (loss) for the year		1,030,530	(364,634)	(165,334)
Adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization	8	62,895	35,581	17,339
Credit loss allowance expenses	7	2,487,648	1,440,922	503,679
Deferred income taxes	29	(675,682)	(417,612)	(224,654)
Customer Program		-	-	11,180
Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings		17,098	(1,174)	2,818
Unrealized losses on other investments		20	848	(39,280)
Unrealized losses on financial instruments		15,885	17,794	19,338
Interest accrued		103,572	32,479	11,077
Contingent share award (CSA) - termination	10b	-	355,573	-
Share-based compensation		212,551	253,203	157,324
Others		23,056	8,203	-
		3,277,573	1,361,183	293,487
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Securities		699,076	(1,102,864)	(4,666,792)
Compulsory deposits and others at central banks		(4,540,463)	(1,880,347)	(924,889)
Credit card receivables		(7,878,307)	(5,213,669)	(2,568,423)
Loans to customers		(3,577,534)	(1,889,278)	(1,522,217)
Other receivables		(1,136,488)	(481,824)	-
Other assets		(60,982)	(772,415)	(64,072)
Deposits		7,664,820	6,278,088	4,001,856
Payables to network		2,818,592	2,221,037	1,602,485
Deferred income		25,935	11,277	4,848
Other liabilities		1,279,987	979,277	417,225
Interest paid		(82,904)	(30,935)	(9,062)
Income tax paid		(612,447)	(297,090)	(52,314)
Interest received		3,389,331	1,573,133	563,550
Cash flows (used in) generated from operating activities		1,266,189	755,573	(2,924,318)
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment		(20,243)	(20,001)	(6,025)
Acquisition of intangible assets		(156,760)	(94,305)	(22,473)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired		-	(10,346)	(114,486)
Acquisition of securities - equity instruments		-	(2,500)	(11,211)
Cash flow (used in) generated from investing activities		(177,003)	(127,152)	(154,195)

F-13 

	Note	2023	2022	2021
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of preferred shares		-	-	800,000
Issuance of shares for over-allotment in IPO		-	247,998	2,590,846
Transactions costs for over-allotment in IPO		-	(3,985)	(47,545)
Payments of securitized borrowings		-	(10,633)	(66,403)
Proceeds from borrowings and financing	23	469,501	581,142	116,349
Payments of borrowings and financing	23	(46,501)	(159,983)	(60,523)
Lease payments		(6,933)	(5,005)	(4,387)
Exercise of stock options	30b	9,148	4,505	12,252
Shares repurchased	30e	-	-	(4,607)
Cash flows (used in) generated from financing activities		425,215	654,039	3,335,982
Change in cash and cash equivalents		1,514,401	1,282,460	257,469
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of the year	11	4,172,316	2,705,675	2,343,780
Foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		236,723	184,181	104,426
Cash and cash equivalents - end of the year	11	5,923,440	4,172,316	2,705,675
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		1,514,401	1,282,460	257,469
Non-cash transactions
Olivia's acquisition - share consideration	30	-	36,671	-
Shares issued to service providers	30a	21,533	-	-
Contingent share award (CSA) - termination	10b	-	355,573	-
Easynvest acquisition - share consideration	30	-	-	271,229
Conversion of senior preferred shares into equity	30c	-	-	400,915
Spin Pay acquisition - share consideration	30	-	-	6,346

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-14 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(In thousands of U.S. Dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1. Operations

Nu Holdings Ltd. ("Company" or "Nu Holdings") was incorporated as an exempted Company under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands on February 26, 2016. The address of the Company's registered office is Willow House, 4^th floor, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman - Cayman Islands. Nu Holdings has no operating activities with clients.

The Company’s shares are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol “NU”. The Company holds investments in several operating entities and, as of December 31, 2023, its significant operating subsidiaries were:

● Nu Pagamentos S.A. - Instituição de Pagamento (“Nu Pagamentos”) is an indirect subsidiary domiciled in Brazil. Nu Pagamentos is engaged in the issuance and administration of credit cards and payment transfers through a prepaid account, and participation in other companies as partner or shareholder. Nu Pagamentos has as its primary products: (i) a Mastercard international credit card (issued in Brazil which allows payments for purchases to be made in monthly installments), fully managed through a smartphone app, and (ii) "Conta do Nubank", a 100% digital smartphone app, maintenance-free prepaid account, which also includes features of a traditional bank account, such as electronic and peer-to-peer transfers ("PIX"), bill payments, withdrawals through the 24 Hours ATM network, instant payments, prepaid credit for mobile top ups and prepaid cards similar in functionality to debit cards.

● Nu Financeira S.A. – SCFI (“Nu Financeira”) is an indirect subsidiary also domiciled in Brazil, with personal loans and retail deposits as its main products. Nu Financeira offers customers in Brazil the possibility to obtain loans that can be customized in relation to amounts, terms and conditions, number of installments, and transparent disclosure of any charges involved in the transaction, fully managed through the above-mentioned smartphone app. Loan issuance, repayment, and prepayments are available 24/7 through "Conta do Nubank", directly in the app. In addition, Nu Financeira issues the Bank Deposit Receipt (RDB), with daily liquidity and with a defined future maturity date and offered to the Company's customers through the "Conta do Nubank". Nu Financeira also grants credit to Nu Pagamentos credit card holders, due to overdue invoices, bill installments and revolving credit.

● Nu Invest Corretora de Valores S.A. ("Nu Invest") is an indirect subsidiary acquired in June 2021, domiciled in Brazil, and is a digital investment broker dealer.

● Nu Distribuidora de Titulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. ("Nu DTVM") is an indirect subsidiary that executes securities brokerage activities in Brazil.

● Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P. ("Nu Financiera") is an indirect subsidiary domiciled in Mexico. Nu Financiera is engaged in the issuance and administration of credit cards, payment transfers through a prepaid account and offers customers in México the possibility to obtain loans, in addition to offering "Cuenta Nu", a 100% digital account. It commenced operations in the Mexican market in November 2022 and officially launched in December 2022.

F-15 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Nu Colombia S.A. (“Nu Colombia”) is an indirect subsidiary domiciled in Colombia, with operations related to credit cards, which was launched in September 2020. On August 10, 2022, the Financial Superintendence of Colombia ("SFC") approved the Group's request to incorporate a financing company in Colombia, Nu Colombia Compañía de Financiamiento S.A ("Nu Colombia Financiamiento") ("Incorporation License").

The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to in these consolidated financial statements as the “Group” or "Nu”.

The business plan of Nu provides for the continued growth of its Brazilian, Mexican, and Colombian operations, not only related to existing businesses, such as credit cards, personal loans, investments, and insurance, but also complemented by the launch of new products. Accordingly, these consolidated financial statements were prepared based on the assumption of the Group continuing as a going concern.

The Company’s Board authorized the issuance of these consolidated financial statements on April 19, 2024.

a) Level III BDRs Program discontinuation

On June 28, 2023 the Securities and Exchange Commission of Brazil ("CVM") Collegiate approved the plan for the discontinuance of the Company's Level III BDRs Program and the cancellation of the Company's registration with the CVM as a foreign public issuer of category "A" securities. The Definition Period for Level III BDRs holders to make their choices among the possible alternatives within the scope of the discontinuity plan was closed on August 11, 2023, and the sale of the Class A Common Shares underlying the BDRs that were held by the holders of the BDRs that, within the scope of the Level III BDRs Program Discontinuance plan, were directed to the Sale Procedures, ended on August 21, 2023.

On September 22, 2023 the Company submitted a request to CVM to cancel the registration of the Level III BDRs Program and, consequently, to cancel Company's registry as a foreign issuer before CVM. On October 31, 2023 the cancellation was approved by CVM.

b) Nucoin

In February of 2023, Nu commenced the distribution of Nucoin, the native blockchain token issued by the Company, designed to support a loyalty network known as the "Nucoin Network'' between Nu and its customers. The long-term objective for Nu is to onboard other sponsoring companies, referred to as "Sponsors", who commit to adopting Nucoin as their loyalty program. These Sponsors will be entitled to a certain number of Nucoins to distribute to their own customer base and will be required to provide incentives and benefits to Nucoin holders, thereby fostering network adoption and enhancing the utility of Nucoin within its communities.

As of December 31, 2023, in addition to the provision for customer crypto safeguard asset and liability from SAB 121, as shown in note 34, the Group had a liability of US$9,271 due its commitment to the liquidity pool pertaining to Nucoins.

c) Contingent share award - Termination

On November 29, 2022, Mr. David Vélez, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, informed the Company of his unilateral decision to terminate the 2021 Contingent Share Award ("CSA"). As a result of the termination, the Company recorded expenses on that date of US$355,573 due to the acceleration of the vesting. After such one-time recognition, the Company no longer accounted for any expense associated with the 2021 Contingent Share Award. The termination did not impact cash flows and no shares were issued under this CSA. Additional information is disclosed on Note 10b.

F-16 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

d) License to operate as a financial institution in Colombia

Nu Colombia Compañía de Financiamiento S.A ("Nu Colombia Financiamiento") was granted a license to operate as a financial institution in Colombia by the Financial Superintendence of Colombia ("SFC") which came into effect in January, 2024. Nubank plans to introduce "Cuenta Nu" and other products in Colombia.

e) Initial Public Offering ("IPO")

On December 9, 2021, Nu Holdings completed its IPO, offering 289,150,555 of newly issued class A ordinary shares, including in the form of Brazilian Depositary Receipts or "BDRs", each representing one-sixth of a class A ordinary share ("Brazilian offering"). The initial offering consisted of (1) an international offering listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “NU” and (2) a Brazilian offering on São Paulo Stock Exchange ("B3 - Brasil, Bolsa, Balcão") under the symbol "NUBR33". The initial offering price per class A common share was US$9.00, which was equivalent to R$8.36 per BDR after taking into consideration the class A ordinary share to BDR ratio.

Within the context of the Brazilian offering, Nu implemented an incentive and reward program, referred to commercially as “NuSócios” or “Customer Program”, through which the subsidiary Nu Pagamentos provided sufficient funds to cover the subscription and payment of one BDR in the Brazilian offering to each customer that participated in the Customer Program. A total of 7,557,679 BDRs were allocated to this program, equivalent to 1,259,613 ordinary class A shares. The total amount for this program was US$11,180 (R$60,331), based on the R$ 8.36 price per BDR. Nu recognized the costs associated with the Customer Program arising from funding the subscription and payment of the BDRs for the customers who participate in the Customer Program as a reduction in revenue in the fourth quarter of 2021.

As a result, Nu Holdings had gross proceeds from the IPO of US$2,602,026. Additionally, the Company incurred US$61,717 in offering expenses, of which US$47,545 were recognized in equity as transaction costs.

In January 2022, Nubank issued 27,555,298 ordinary class A shares and raised proceeds of US$247,998 as a result of the exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option.

2. Statement of compliance

The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

a) Functional currency and foreign currency translation

i) Nu Holding's functional and presentation currency

Nu Holdings does not have any direct customers and its main direct activities are (i) investing in the operating entities in Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, as well as in other countries, (ii) financing, either equity or debt; and (iii) the payment of certain general and administrative expenses. As a result, these are considered its primary and secondary activities and all of them are substantially based on US Dollars (“US$”), which was selected as the functional and presentation currency of Nu Holdings.

F-17 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

ii) Subsidiary's functional currency

For each subsidiary of the Group, the Company determines the currency that best reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and circumstances relevant to that entity (“functional currency”). Items included in the financial statements of each subsidiary are measured using that functional currency. The functional currency of the Brazilian operating entities is the Brazilian Real, the Mexican entities is the Mexican Peso, and the Colombian entity is the Colombian Pesos.

iii) Translation of transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions and balances are translated in two consecutive stages:

● Foreign currency transactions are translated to the subsidiaries’ functional currency at the exchange rates at the date of the transactions; and the exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency balances to the functional currency are recognized under “Other expenses (income)” in the consolidated statements of profit or loss. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Revenues and expenses are translated using a monthly average exchange rate. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

● The financial statements of the subsidiaries held in functional currencies that are not US$ (foreign subsidiaries) are translated into US$, and the exchange differences arising from the translation to US$ of the financial statements denominated in functional currencies other than the US$ is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income or loss ("OCI") as an item that may be reclassified to profit or loss within “currency translation on foreign entities”.

The main criteria applied to the translation of financial statements of foreign subsidiaries to US$ are as follows:

● assets and liabilities are converted into US$ at the exchange rate at the reporting date;

● equity is translated into US$ at historical cost;

● revenues and expenses are translated using a monthly average exchange rate. When applying this criterion, the Group considers whether there have been significant changes in the exchange rates in the reporting period which, in view of their materiality with respect to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, would make it necessary to use the exchange rates at the transaction date rather than the aforementioned average exchange rates; and

● statements of cash flow items are translated into US$ using the monthly average exchange rate unless significant variances occur, when the rate of the transaction date is used instead.

F-18 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) New or revised accounting pronouncements adopted in 2023

The following new or revised standards have been issued by IASB, were effective for the period covered by these consolidated financial statements, and had no significant impact.

● Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2);

● Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and

● Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).

c) Other new standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective

● Non-current Liabilities with Covenants (Amendments to IAS 1).

Management does not expect the adoption of the amendments described above to have a significant impact, other than additional disclosures, on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include the accounting balances of Nu Holdings and all those subsidiaries over which the Company exercises control, directly or indirectly. Control is achieved where the Company has (i) power over the investee; (ii) is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and (iii) can use its power to affect its profits.

The Company re-assesses whether it maintains control of an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three above mentioned elements of control.

The consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over it and ceases when the Company loses control over it. Assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the reporting period are included in the consolidated statements of profit or loss from the date the Company gains control until the date the Company ceases to control the subsidiary.

The financial information of the subsidiaries was prepared in the same period as the Company and consistent accounting policies were applied. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Company. Accordingly, all balances, transactions and any unrealized income and expenses arising between consolidated entities are eliminated in the consolidation, except for foreign-currency gain and losses on translation of intercompany loans. Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income or loss are attributed to the shareholders of the parent and to the non-controlling interests, when applicable.

The subsidiaries below are the most relevant entities included in these consolidated financial statements:

F-19 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Entity	Control	Principal activities	Functional currency	Country	2023	2022	2021
Nu Pagamentos S.A. - Instituição de Pagamentos (“Nu Pagamentos”)	Indirect	Credit card and prepaid account operations	BRL	Brazil	100%	100%	100%
Nu Financeira S.A. – SCFI (“Nu Financeira”)	Indirect	Loan operations	BRL	Brazil	100%	100%	100%
Nu Distribuidora de Titulos e Valores Mobiliarios Ltda. ("Nu DTVM")	Indirect	Securities distribution	BRL	Brazil	100%	100%	100%
Nu Invest Corretora de Valores S.A ("Nu Invest")	Indirect	Investment platform	BRL	Brazil	100%	100%	100%
Nu Pay for Business Instituição de Pagamentos Ltda. ("Nu Pay")	Indirect	Payment hub	BRL	Brazil	100%	100%	100%
Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P. ("Nu Financiera")	Indirect	Multiple purpose financial company	MXN	Mexico	100%	100%	100%
Nu Colombia S.A. (“Nu Colombia”)	Indirect	Credit card operations	COP	Colombia	100%	100%	100%

In addition, the Company consolidated the following investment fund for December 31, 2023 and 2022, in which the Group’s companies hold a substantial interest or the entirety of the interests and are therefore exposed, or have rights, to variable returns and have the ability to affect those returns through power over the entity:

Name of the entity	Country
Fundo de Investimento Ostrum Soberano Renda Fixa Referenciado DI (“Fundo Ostrum”)	Brazil

Nu Pagamentos, Nu Financeira, Nu DTVM, Nu Invest and Nu Pay, Brazilian subsidiaries, are regulated by Central Bank of Brazil (“BACEN”); Nu México Financiera, S.A. de C.V., S.F.P. ("Nu Financiera"), a Mexican subsidiary, is regulated by both the Mexican Central Bank ("BANXICO") and Mexican National Banking and Stock Commission (“CNBV”); Nu Colombia and Nu Colombia Financiamento, Colombian subsidiaries, are regulated by Industry and Commerce Superintendency and by Financial Superintendence of Colombia ("SFC"); and as such, there are some regulatory requirements that restrict the ability of the Group to access and transfer assets freely to or from these entities within the Group and to settle liabilities of the Group.

4. Material accounting policies

The accounting policies described below have been applied consistently through the years presented in these consolidated financial statements.

a)    Financial instruments

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets and liabilities are initially recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual terms of the instrument. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets and liabilities at initial recognition and measures a financial asset or financial liability at its fair value plus or minus, in the case of a financial asset or financial liability not at fair value through profit or loss ("FVTPL"), transaction costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability.

F-20 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Transaction costs of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in profit or loss. Immediately after initial recognition, an expected credit loss ("ECL") allowance is recognized for financial assets measured at amortized cost and investments in debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income ("FVTOCI"), if any.

Classification and subsequent measurement

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as FVTPL where there is a requirement to do so or where they are otherwise designated at FVTPL on initial recognition. Financial assets and financial liabilities which are required to be held at FVTPL include:

● Financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading;

● Debt instruments that do not have solely payments of principal and interest ("SPPI") characteristics. Otherwise, such instruments must be measured at amortized cost or FVTOCI; and

● Equity instruments that have not been designated as held at FVTOCI.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are classified as held for trading if they are derivatives or if they are acquired or incurred mainly for the purpose of selling or being repurchased in the near-term, or form part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit-taking.

In certain circumstances, other financial assets and financial liabilities are designated at FVTPL where this results in the more relevant information. This may arise because it significantly reduces a measurement inconsistency that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains or losses on them on a different basis, where the assets and liabilities are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis or, in the case of financial liabilities, where it contains one or more embedded derivatives which are not closely related to the host contract.

The classification and measurement requirements for financial asset debt and equity instruments and financial liabilities are set out below.

Financial assets - debt instruments

Debt instruments are those instruments that meet the definition of financial liability from the issuer's perspective, such as loans and government and corporate bonds.

The classification criteria and subsequent measurement for financial assets depends on the business model for their management and the characteristics of their contractual flows. The business models refer to the way in which the Group manages its financial assets to generate cash flows. In this definition, the following factors are taken into consideration, among others:

● How key management assess and report on the performance of the business model and the financial assets held in the business model;

● The risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets held in the business model) and, specifically, the way in which these risks are managed; and

F-21 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● The frequency and volume of sales in previous years, as well as expectations of future sales.

Depending on these factors, the asset can be measured at amortized cost, at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income, or at fair value with changes through profit or loss.

Business model: The business model reflects how the Group manages the assets to generate cash flows and, specifically, whether the Group’s objective is solely to (i) collect the contractual cash flows from the assets or (ii) is to collect both the contractual cash flows and cash flows arising from the sale of the assets. If neither of these is applicable, such as where the financial assets are held for trading purposes, then the financial assets are classified as part of an "other” business model and measured at FVTPL. To assess business models, the Group considers risks that affect the performance of the business model; how the managers of the business are compensated; and how the performance of the business model is assessed and reported to Management.

When a financial asset is subject to business models (i) and (ii), the application of the SPPI test is required, as explained below.

Solely Payments of Principal and Interest – SPPI test: Where the business model is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash flows and sell, the Group assesses whether the assets’ cash flows represent SPPI. In making this assessment, the Group considers whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic lending arrangement (i.e., interest includes only consideration for the time value of money, credit risk, other basic lending risks, and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic lending arrangement). Where the contractual terms introduce exposure to risk or volatility that is inconsistent with a basic lending arrangement, the related asset is classified and measured at FVTPL. Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are SPPI.

Based on these factors, the Group classifies its instruments into one of the following measurement categories.

Amortized cost:

Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent SPPI, and that are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at amortized cost. The carrying amount of these assets is adjusted by any ECL recognized and measured. Interest income from these financial assets is included in the statement of profit or loss using the effective interest rate method. When estimates of future cash flows are revised, the carrying amount of the respective financial assets or financial liabilities is adjusted to reflect the new estimate discounted using the original effective interest rate. Any changes are recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

FVTOCI:

Financial assets that are both held for collection of contractual cash flows, where those cash flows represent SPPI, and for sale, depending on the Group's best interests, which are not designated at FVTPL, are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income ("FVTOCI"). The carrying amount of these assets is adjusted by any ECL recognized and measured. Interest income from these financial assets is included in the statement of comprehensive income or loss using the effective interest rate method.

F-22 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

FVTPL:

Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVTOCI are measured at FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt instrument that is subsequently measured at FVTPL, including any debt instruments designated at fair value, is recognized in profit or loss, and presented in the statement of profit or loss in the period in which it arises.

The Group reclassifies financial assets when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. The reclassification takes place from the start of the first period following the change.

Classification of financial assets for presentation purposes

Financial assets are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated statements of financial position:

● Cash and cash equivalents;

● Securities;

● Collateral for credit card operations;

● Derivative financial instruments;

● Compulsory and other deposits at central banks;

● Credit card receivables and loans to customers;

● Other financial assets;

● Other receivables.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale or they relate to hedging derivatives or changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk, which are reported separately.

Financial liabilities are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:

● Financial liabilities held for trading (at FVTPL): this category includes financial liabilities incurred for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

● Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL: financial liabilities are included in this category when they provide more relevant information, either because this eliminates or significantly reduces recognition or measurement inconsistencies (accounting mismatches) that would otherwise arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains or losses on them on different bases, or because a group of financial liabilities or financial assets and liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided on that basis to the Group’s key management personnel. Liabilities may only be included in this category on the date when they are incurred or originated. This classification is applied to derivatives, financial liabilities held for trading, and other financial liabilities designated as such at initial recognition. The Group has designated the instruments eligible as capital as fair value through profit or loss at its initial recognition. Gains or losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are presented partially in other comprehensive income (the amount of change in the fair value of the financial liability that is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability) and partially in profit or loss (the remaining amount of change in the fair value of the liability).

F-23 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Financial liabilities at amortized cost: financial liabilities, irrespective of their instrumentation and maturity, not included in any of the above-mentioned categories which arise from the ordinary borrowing activities carried on by financial institutions.

Classification of financial liabilities for presentation purposes

Financial liabilities are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated statements of financial position:

● Derivative financial instruments;

● Instruments eligible as capital;

● Repurchase agreements;

● Deposits;

● Payables to network;

● Borrowings and financing, and securitized borrowings.

Credit loss allowance of financial assets

The Group calculates an expected credit loss ("ECL") for its financial assets. This way, ECLs should account for forecast elements such as undrawn limits and macroeconomic conditions that might affect the Group’s receivables.

The Group calculates different provisions for the financial instruments classified into:

● Stage 1 - no significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”);

● Stage 2 - significant increase in credit risk subsequent to recognition; and

● Stage 3 - credit impaired.

Based on these concepts, Nu’s approach was to calculate ECL through the probability of default ("PD"), exposure at default ("EAD") and loss given default ("LGD") methodology.

F-24 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Definitions of stages

Stage 1 definition – no significant increase in credit risk

All receivables not classified in stages 2 and 3.

Stage 2 definition – significant increase in credit risk subsequent to recognition

The Group utilizes two guidelines for determining stage 2:

(i) absolute criteria: the financial asset is more than 30 (thirty) days but less than 90 (ninety) days in arrears; or

(ii) relative criteria: in addition to the absolute criteria, the Group analyzes monthly the evolution of the risk of each financial instrument, comparing the current behavior score attributed to a given client with the one given in the moment of recognition of the financial asset. The behavior score considers credit behavior variables, such as delinquency in other products and market data about the client.

A cure criteria is adopted for stage 2, considering if the financial asset is no longer meeting the significant increase in credit risk criteria as stated above.

Stage 3 definition – credit impaired

Stage 3 definition follows the definition of default:

(i) The financial asset is more than 90 (ninety) days in arrears; or

(ii) There are indicatives that the financial asset will not be fully paid without a collateral or financial guarantee being triggered.

Indication that an obligation will not be fully paid includes forbearance of financial instruments that implies advantages being granted to the counterparty following deterioration in the credit quality of the counterparty. 

The group also assumes a cure criteria for stage 3, taking into account triggers that assess the payment capacity of the counterparty such as the percentage of the total debt paid or time threshold meeting the debt current obligations

Lifetime definition

The maximum period over which expected credit losses shall be measured is the maximum contractual period over which the entity is exposed to credit risk. For loan commitments, this is the maximum contractual period over which an entity has a present contractual obligation to extend credit. Thus, for the lending product, the lifetime is straightforward, being equal to the number of months for the remaining loan installments to be defaulted on.

However, the credit card includes both a loan and an undrawn commitment component and does not have a fixed term or repayment structure. Thus, the period over which to measure expected credit losses are based on historical information and experience about the length of time for related default to occur on similar financial instruments following a significant increase in credit risk.

F-25 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

In turn, a study was conducted for the stage 2 credit cards portfolio tracking over a time period to measure how long it takes for the cumulative default rate to stabilize, understanding this as the moment the entity is not expected to be exposed to credit risk.

Forward-looking – macroeconomic scenarios

The Group calculates the ECL considering the current and future macroeconomic environment. The macroeconomic forecasts are based on market expectations for the main countries the group operates in and include the variables GDP (Growth Domestic Product), inflation, unemployment and basic interest rate. These forecasts are constantly monitored by the Group.

The Group builds models with upside and downside scenarios, which are based on the relationships observed historically with changes in credit risk. The scenarios weighting depends on the Group’s expectations regarding the likelihood of each scenario to occur. The weighting is reviewed whenever there is a substantial change in the economic environment that causes the macroeconomics outlooks’ expectation to be revised.

The probability of occurrence and their severity are factored into the estimation of the ECL final number. This methodology allows a timelier response to changes in local or global macroeconomic trends.

Measuring ECL

The final ECL was calculated using the following parameters: 

● Probability of default (PD): it is the likelihood that a receivable will reach default in a time window. For stage 1 customers, PDs are calculated for the next 12-month period, while for stage 2, the calculation is done through the lifetime of the instrument. For stage 3, PD is considered to be 100% since the credit has already defaulted. 

● Exposure at default (EAD): the discounted balance that, in the event of a default, a customer is expected to have. For revolving facilities, it is a function of the customer’s current limit (total credit exposure) and the expected limit utilization percentage at the moment of default. The expected limit utilization is driven by different customer behavior. In contrast the EAD of a personal loan product is the expected balance value at default after considering the installments payments behavior.

● Loss given default (LGD): the percentage expected not to be recovered from a defaulted balance. This ratio represents the present value of the expected losses, after all recoveries are accounted for, divided by the defaulted balances.

● Discount rate: it is the average effective interest rate calculated using historical data.

The parameters mentioned above are segmented in homogeneous risk groups, determined by internal scoring models, relying on, among others, customer behavioral information, internal and external, including delinquency and credit utilization.

F-26 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Governance around ECL

The Group’s Credit Risk Team has developed the current ECL method. Monthly results are monitored and discussed in appropriate forums involving credit businesses and finance teams.

The Group assesses the performance of ECL estimations through the following methods:

● Back testing: running the model at prior reference dates allows the Group to evaluate how the model’s predictions have paired with actual data.

● Coverage duration: while back testing, the Group analyzes how many months it is covered for losses while provisioning the ECL.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the consolidated statement of financial position

Loss allowances for ECL are presented in the consolidated statement of financial position as a deduction from the gross carrying amount of the assets. Any excess of the loss allowance over the gross amount is presented as a provision in “Other liabilities”.

Write-off

The Group directly reduces the gross carrying amount of a financial asset when it has no reasonable expectation of recovering it in its entirety or a portion thereof. For unsecured loans, a write-off is taken when all internal avenues of collecting the debt have been exhausted, and the debt is handed over to external collection agencies or the Group has no reasonable expectation of recovering further amounts. All balances are written-off, and are subject to enforcement activity. Contact is made with customers with the aim of achieving a realistic and sustainable repayment arrangement.

Recoveries

Recoveries of credit losses are registered as an income, offset against credit losses, and classified in the consolidated statements of profit or loss as “Credit loss allowance expenses”.

Modifications of financial assets

The factors used by the Company to determine whether there is a substantial modification of a contract are: evaluation if there is a renegotiation that is not part of the original contractual terms, change to contractual cash flows and significant extensions of the term of the transaction due to the debtor's financial constraint and significant changes to the interest rate, among others.

The major modifications in the Company’s financial assets correspond to changes in contractual cash flows when credit card receivables, current or revolving, are modified to receivables in installments or changes in the installments profile in loans to customers. These modifications occur as a result of commercial restructuring activity or due to the credit risk of the borrower, an assessment must be performed to determine whether the terms of the new agreement are substantially different from the terms of the existing agreement. This assessment considers both the change in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as the change in overall instrument risk profile.

F-27 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Where terms are substantially different, the existing receivable will be derecognized and a new one will be recognized at fair value, with any difference in valuation recognized immediately within the statement of profit or loss, subject to observability criteria. Where terms are not substantially different, the receivables carrying value will be adjusted to reflect the present value of modified cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate, with any resulting gain or loss recognized immediately within the statement of profit or loss.

For ECL purposes, any modification that implies a forbearance will be recognized as stage 3. A forbearance implies advantages being granted to the counterparty as a result of deterioration in the credit quality of the counterparty. For this definition, the following are considered advantages (i) any material discounts applied to the current obligation and (ii) changes in prices that do not represent the customer credit risk profile.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are contracts or agreements whose value is derived from one or more underlying indexes or asset values inherent in the contract or agreement, which require little or no initial net investment and are settled at a future date. Transactions are undertaken in interest rate, cross-currency, and other index related swaps and forwards.

Derivatives are held for risk management purposes and are classified as held for trading unless they are designated as being in a hedge accounting relationship. Derivatives are recognized initially at cost (on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into) and are subsequently re-measured at its fair value. Fair values of exchange-traded derivatives are obtained from quoted market prices. Fair values of over-the-counter derivatives are estimated using valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow and option pricing models.

A derivative contract is presented as an asset or as a liability according to its fair value at the reporting date, except where netting is permitted. The method of recognizing fair value gains and losses depends on whether derivatives are held for trading or are designated as hedging instruments and, if the latter, the nature of the risks being hedged. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives held for trading are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and included within “Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments”.

Hedge accounting

The Group applies hedge accounting to represent the economic effects of its risk management strategies. At the time a financial instrument is designated as a hedge (i.e., at the inception of the hedge), the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes the identification of each hedging instrument and the respective hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value attributable to the hedged risk is to be assessed. Accordingly, the Group formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging derivatives have been and will be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value attributable to the hedged risk during the period that the hedge is designated.

A hedge is usually regarded as highly effective if, at inception and throughout its life, the Group can expect, and actual results indicate, that changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items are effectively offset by changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedging instrument. If, at any point, it is concluded that it is no longer highly effective in achieving its documented objective, hedge accounting is discontinued.

F-28 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and when transactions meet the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness, the derivatives may be designated as either: (i) hedges of the change in fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedges); (ii) hedges of the variability in highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability, or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedges); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation (net investment hedges). The Group applies cash flow hedge accounting in the subsidiary Nu Pagamentos that is exposed to foreign currency risk (dollar and euro) on forecast transactions, as described below.

(i) Cash flow hedge accounting - The effective portion of changes in the fair value of qualifying cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss in the cash flow hedge reserve. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the statement of profit or loss. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the statement of profit or loss in the periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized in the statement of profit or loss when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the statement of profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the statement of profit or loss. The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on forecast transactions, mainly expenses related to the cost of services, administrative expenses and intercompany expenses.

(ii) Portfolio Hedge - The Group holds portfolios of customers’ lending and refinancing of credit cards receivables at fixed interest rates, which creates market risk due to changes of the Brazilian interbank deposits’ (CDI) benchmark rate. Thus, to protect the fixed rate risk from CDI variation, the Group entered into future DI contracts to offset the market risk, and applied hedge accounting aiming to eliminate differences between the accounting measurement of its derivatives and hedged items which are adjusted to reflect changes in CDI.

The Group’s overall hedging strategy is to reduce fair value changes of a portion of the fixed rate portfolio. As such, in order to reflect the dynamic nature of the hedged portfolio, the strategy is to rebalance the future DI contracts and evaluate the allocated amount by the credit portfolio. Additionally, ineffectiveness could arise from the disparity between expected and actual prepayments (prepayment risk).

In accordance with its hedging strategy, the Group calculates the DV01 (delta value of a basis point) of the exposure and futures to identify the optimal hedging ratio, and monitors in a timely manner the hedge relationship, providing any rebalancing if needed. The need for the purchase or sale of new future DI contracts will be assessed, to counterbalance the hedged item’s market value adjustment, aiming to assure hedge effectiveness between 80% and 125%, as determined in the hedge documentation.

The effectiveness test for the hedge is done in a prospective and retrospective way. In the prospective test, the Group compares the impact of a 1 basis point parallel shift on the interest rate curve (DV01) on the hedged item and on the hedge instrument market value. For the retrospective test, the market-to-market value change since the inception of the hedged item is compared to the hedge instrument. In both cases, the hedge is considered effective if the correlation is between 80% and 125%.

F-29 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

For designated and qualifying fair value hedges, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss in "Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments - financial assets at fair value". In addition, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged item in the consolidated statement of financial position.

(iii) Hedge of corporate and social security taxes over share-based compensation - The Group's hedge strategy is to cover the future cash disbursement related to highly probable future transactions and accrued liabilities for corporate and social security taxes at Restricted Stock Units (RSU) vesting or Stock Options (SOP) exercise from the variation of the Company's share price volatility. The derivative financial instruments used to cover the exposure are total return swaps ("TRS") in which one leg is indexed to the Company's stock price and the other leg is indexed to Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus spread. The stock fixed at the TRS is a weighted average price. The hedge was entered by Nu Holdings and therefore there is no income tax effect.

The Group applies the cash flow hedge for the hedge structure hence the market risk is replaced by an interest rate risk. The effectiveness assessment is performed monthly by (i) assessing the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument; (ii) monitoring the credit risk impact in the hedge effectiveness; and (iii) maintaining or updating the hedging ratio. Given the possibility of forfeiture impacting the future cash forecast of the employee benefit plan, the Group under hedges the exposure to reduce the risk of ineffectiveness. The derivative fair value is measured substantially based on the stock price which is also used in the measurement of the provision or payable for corporate and social security taxes, therefore there is no expectation for a mismatch to exist between the hedged item and hedging instrument at maturity other than the SOFR.

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities

Financial asset and liability balances, including derivatives, are offset (i.e., reported in the statements of financial position at their net amount) only if the Group entities have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The Group has not offset financial assets or liabilities.

b)    Fair value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value accounting guidance provides a three-level fair value hierarchy for classifying financial instruments. This hierarchy is based on the markets in which the assets or liabilities trade and whether the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. The fair value measurement of a financial asset or liability is assigned a level based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

● Level 1: Valuation is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

● Level 2: Valuation is based on observable market-based inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

F-30 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Level 3: Valuation is generated from techniques that use significant assumptions, not observable in the market. Valuation techniques include pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques.

The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted prices in active markets or observable market parameters. When quoted prices and observable data in active markets are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value.

Valuation techniques include net present value and discounted cash flow models, comparison with similar instruments for which observable market prices exist, Black-Scholes pricing model and other valuation models. Assumptions and inputs used in valuation techniques include risk-free and benchmark interest rates, credit spreads and other inputs used in estimating discount rates. The availability of observable market prices and model inputs reduces the need for management judgment and estimation and also reduces the uncertainty associated with determining fair values.

Changes in market conditions, such as reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities, may reduce the availability and reliability of quoted prices or observable data used to determine fair value.

Significant judgment may be required to determine whether certain financial instruments measured at fair value are classified as Level 2 or Level 3. In making this determination, the Group considers all available information that market participants use to measure the fair value of the financial instrument, including observable market data, and Group’s understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3. The process for determining fair value using unobservable inputs is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions.

The Group has in place controls to ensure that the fair value measurements are appropriate and reliable, including review and approval of new transaction types, price verification, and review of valuation judgments, methods, models, process controls, and results.

The financial instruments measured at fair value at the reporting date by the level in the fair value hierarchy are disclosed in note 28.

c)    Accounting for acquisitions

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, which is measured at acquisition date at fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value, if any, or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred and included in administrative expenses.

F-31 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group determines that it has acquired a business when the acquired set of activities and assets include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The acquired process is considered substantive if it is critical to the ability to continue producing outputs, and the inputs acquired include an organized workforce with the necessary skills, knowledge, or experience to perform that process or it significantly contributes to the ability to continue producing outputs and is considered unique or scarce or cannot be replaced without significant cost, effort, or delay in the ability to continue producing outputs.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances, and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration classified as equity is not re-measured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

d)    Revenue recognition

Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments

Interest income on loans, credit card operations (revolving and interest-bearing installment transactions) and short-term investments are calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs over the expected lives of the assets. For the revolving balances, the interest is calculated from the due date of the credit card bill that was not fully paid. Gains (losses) on financial instruments comprises the changes in fair value recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission income are shown net of federal revenue taxes. The underlying principle applied in revenue recognition is to recognize revenue as the Group transfers goods or services to customers at an amount that the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.

i) Interchange fees

Interchange fees represent revenues to authorize and provide settlement on credit and debit card transactions processed through the Mastercard networks and are determined as a percentage of the total payment processed. Interchange fees, net of Rewards revenues, are recognized and measured upon recognition of the transaction with the interchange networks, when performance obligation is considered satisfied. The interchange rates agreed with Mastercard are fixed and are dependent on the segment of each merchant. Amount due from Mastercard related to the interchange income is withheld from the amount to be paid to Mastercard.

ii) Rewards revenues

Reward revenue comprises revenues related to the Nu’s Rewards subscription fee and the related interchange fee, initially apportioned in accordance with the relative stand-alone selling prices of the performance obligation assumed, as described below in item “Deferred income”. It is recorded in the income statement when the performance obligation is satisfied, which is when the reward points are redeemed by the customers.

F-32 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

iii) Recharge fees

Recharge fees are recognized at the date the customers acquire the right to the telecom services and comprises the selling price of telecom prepaid cards to customers, net of its acquisition costs.

e)               Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include (i) bank deposits in local institutions and abroad and highly liquid short-term investments with original maturities up to 90 days, convertible into a known amount of cash, subject to insignificant risk of change in value and used for cash management of short-term commitments and not for investment and financing purposes; and (ii) balances with central banks which are part of the Group’s liquidity management activities.

f)     Credit card receivables

Credit card receivables are reported at their amortized cost, net of the credit card ECL allowance.

Chargebacks refer to the amounts disputed by clients generally due to fraud transactions on the Mastercard network process. Losses are recorded based on the estimated amount expected to be reduced from the Group’s client’s receivables when the event impacting the client occurred on activities that the Group is responsible for on the referred network.

g)    Loans to customers

Loans to customers are related to Nu’s unsecured and secured lending products. Loans are reported at their amortized cost, which is the outstanding principal balance, adjusted for any unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs, unamortized premiums and discounts, and charge-offs. Loans are reported net of the estimated uncollectible amount (loan ECL allowance).

h)       Compulsory and other deposits at central banks

Compulsory deposits and reserves are the amount required by the Central Bank of Brazil (BACEN) based on the amount of Bank certificate of deposit (CDB) and Bank Receipt of Deposits (RDB) held by Nu or to support instant payments operations (PIX).

i)      Leasing

The Group as a lessee

For any new contracts entered on or after January 1, 2019, the Group considers whether a contract is, or contains a lease. A lease is defined as “a contract, or part of a contract, which conveys the right to use an asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in exchange for consideration”. To apply this definition, the Group assesses whether the contract meets three criteria, which are whether:

F-33 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● the contract contains an identified asset, which is either explicitly identified in the contract or implicitly specified by being identified at the time the asset is made available to the Group;

● the Group has the right to obtain all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset throughout the period of use substantially, considering its rights within the defined scope of the contract; and

● the Group has the right to direct the use of the identified asset throughout the period of use. The Group assesses whether it has the right to direct ‘how and for what purpose’ the asset is used throughout the period of use.

The Group recognizes lease liabilities as those which correspond to the total future payment at present value of the future lease payments with a discounted rate and a right-of-use assets, measured initially at cost value.

Subsequently, the asset is reduced by the accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses or re-measurement, when applicable. The liability is reduced by the payments made and by the interest on the payment flows.

The accumulated depreciation and impairment losses are classified as "General and administrative expenses" in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.

Measurement and recognition of leases as a lessee

At the lease commencement date, the Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. The right-of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any initial direct costs incurred by the Group, an estimate of any costs to dismantle and remove the asset at the end of the lease, and any lease payments made in advance of the lease commencement date (net of any incentives received).

The Group depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The Group also assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when such indicators exist.

At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily available or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability are made up of fixed payments (including in substance fixed), variable payments based on an index or rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and payments arising from options reasonably certain to be exercised.

Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be reduced for payments made and increased for interest. It is re-measured to reflect any reassessment or modification, or if there are changes on in-substance fixed payments.

When the lease liability is re-measured, the corresponding adjustment is reflected in the right-of-use asset, or profit and loss if the right-of-use asset is already reduced to zero.

F-34 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group has elected to account for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets using the practical expedients. Instead of recognizing a right-of-use asset and lease liability, the payments in relation to these are recognized as an expense in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

j)      Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Property, plant, and equipment are measured at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset and are depreciated from the date they are available for use. Depreciation is calculated to amortize the cost of items of property, plant, and equipment less their estimated residual values using the linear method based on the useful economic life of the items and is reviewed annually and adjusted prospectively if appropriate.

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, including software and other assets, are recognized if they arise from contractual or other legal rights or if they are capable of being separated or divided from the Group and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and are annually evaluated for impairment, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the existence of an impairment.

Directly attributable expenditures related to internally generated intangible assets, mainly related to the development of new features and/or products, are capitalized from the date on which the entity is able to demonstrate, among others, its technical feasibility, intention to complete, ability to use and can reasonably demonstrate probable future economic benefits.

Expenditures for improvements in third-party real estate are amortized over the term of the property lease.

The useful life of property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets items are as follows:

Furniture and other office equipment	10 years
Computer equipment	5 years
Software and internally developed assets	5 years

Intangible assets arising from business combinations have specific useful lives, determined during purchase price allocation procedures.

k)    Goodwill

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for any non-controlling interests and any previous interest held over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognized at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognized in profit or loss.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if adverse circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. These indicators could include a sustained, significant decline in the Company’s stock price, a decline in expected future cash flows, significant disposition activity, a significant adverse change in the economic or business environment, and the testing for recoverability of a significant asset group, among others.

F-35 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

l)      Impairment of non-financial assets

Annually, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances dictate, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with a defined useful life are assessed for indicators of impairment. If indications are present, these assets are subject to an impairment review.

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets are written down by the amount of any impairment and the loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. A previously recognized impairment loss relating to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets may be reversed in part or in full when a change in circumstances leads to a change in the estimates used to determine the property, plant, and equipment and intangible assets recoverable amount. The carrying amount of the property, plant and equipment and intangible assets will only be increased up to the amount that would have been had the original impairment not been recognized.

m)  Other assets

Other assets include the amount of assets not recorded in other items, including prepaid expenses and deferred expenses. Deferred expenses are mostly related to certain issuance costs incurred on the credit and debit card operations, such as embossing and shipping costs, among others. Card issuance costs are amortized over the card's expected life, adjusted for any cancellations.

n)    Deposits

Corresponds to amounts deposited by customers mainly in:

(i) “Conta do Nubank”;

(ii) Bank Receipt of Deposits ("RDB") and Linked Bank Receipt of Deposits (“RDB-V”);

(iii) Time deposits;

(iv) Bank certificate of deposit (CDB); and

(v) Other deposits.

For those deposits, the interest expense is recognized using the effective interest rate method.

o)    Payables to network

Payables to networks correspond to financial liabilities recognized at amortized cost to be paid through clearing houses to the credit card brand Mastercard and to other clearing houses that are also part of the credit card network.

F-36 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

p)    Borrowings and financing

Correspond to borrowings obtained with third parties that are initially recognized at cost and subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest rate.

q)    Deferred income

Primarily comprises revenues related to the rewards program which is initially apportioned, from the interchange and reward fees charged to customers, in accordance with the relative stand-alone selling prices of the performance obligation assumed. The revenues apportioned are recorded as deferred income until it is recorded in the income statement when the performance obligation is satisfied. Deferred income also contains amounts related to the rewards fees which are paid annually or monthly by customers until they are earned by the Group and are included on the rewards revenue apportion calculation.

The Group evaluates the deferred income amount and the assumptions based on developments in redemption patterns, changes to the terms and conditions of the rewards program and other factors.

r)     Provisions and contingent assets and liabilities

Provisions are accounted to cover present obligations at the reporting date arising from past events which could give rise to a loss for the Group, which is considered probable to occur and certain as to its nature but uncertain as to its amount and/or timing.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the Group. Contingent liabilities also include possible obligations of the Company and its subsidiaries for which it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them and, therefore, the Group does not recognize a liability. Instead, the Group discloses in the financial statements the contingent liability, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position or in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, but rather are disclosed in the notes, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

These consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions with respect to which it is considered that it is probable to occur and to be settled. Provisions are quantified on the basis of the best information available on the consequences of the event giving rise to them and are reviewed and adjusted at each reporting period and are fully or partially reversed when such obligations cease to exist or are reduced.

s)    Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain court and administrative proceedings arising from the ordinary course of their operations. Those proceedings are classified according to their likelihood of loss as:

F-37 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Probable: liabilities are recognized on the consolidated statements of financial position as “provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings”;

● Possible: disclosed in the financial statements, but for which no provision is recognized; and

● Remote: require neither provision nor disclosure on the financial statements.

The amount of judicial deposits is adjusted in accordance with current legislation and recognized in the other assets.

t)     Other liabilities

Other liabilities include the balances of any other liabilities not included in other categories.

u)    Share premium reserve

Share premium is the difference between the fair value of the consideration receivable for the issue of shares and the nominal value of the shares. The share premium account can only be used for limited purposes.

v)    Share-based payments

The Group maintains a long-term incentive plan, structured through grants of Stock Options (“SOPs”), Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and awards linked to market conditions ("Awards"). The objective is to provide to the Group's employees the opportunity to become shareholders of the Company, creating greater alignment of the interests of key employees with those of shareholders and allowing the Group to attract and retain key employees. These share-based payments are classified as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

Share-based payments expenses are recorded based on the fair value at the grant date. Following the Initial Public Offering ("IPO") that took place in December 2021, the fair value is determined based on the publicly traded share price, and before that date, it was estimated using different valuation models. Significant judgment is required when determining the inputs into the fair value model. The fair values of SOPs, RSUs and Awards granted are recognized as an expense over the period in which they vest for SOP and RSUs or expected to vest for Awards. The vesting requirements are basically related to the passage of time for SOPs and RSUs and market conditions and passage of time for Awards. The Group recognizes the expenses considering the individual vesting tranches of the SOPs and RSUs.

The Group revises its estimate of the number of SOPs and RSUs that will vest based on the historical experience at each reporting period. The Group recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the statement of profit or loss and the accumulated loss reserve in equity. The Awards' expected vesting period is not subsequently revised, and the expenses are recorded irrespective of whether that market condition is satisfied.

w)   Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are incurred as an expense as the corresponding service is provided. The liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid for the short-term if there is a present legal or constructive obligation to pay and if the amount can be estimated reliably.

F-38 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

x)    Income taxes, including deferred taxes

Income tax payable on profits, based on the applicable tax law in each jurisdiction, is recognized as an expense in the period in which profits arise. The tax expense represents the sum of the income tax currently payable and deferred income tax.

Nu Holdings is incorporated in the Cayman Islands which does not impose corporate income taxes or tax capital gains. In Brazil, the country in which the Group’s most significant subsidiaries operate, income tax is comprised of IRPJ (income tax for companies) and CSLL (social contribution on profits), with rates as shown below.

Tax	Rate (2023)	Rate (2022)
Income tax - IRPJ	15% plus a surcharge of 10% on taxable income exceeding R$240 thousand per year	15% plus a surcharge of 10% on taxable income exceeding R$240 thousand per year
Social contribution - CSLL	15%	15% until July/2022 and 16% between August and December/2022

Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the statement of profit or loss because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Current tax liability for the current or prior period is measured at the amount expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The Group considers whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. If the Group considers probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the Group determines the taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. When the Group concludes that it is not probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the effect of uncertainty is reflected in determining the related taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates using either of the following methods:

● the most likely amount - the single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes or;

● the expected value - the sum of the probability-weighted amounts in a range of possible outcomes.

Deferred income tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on income tax losses available to carry forward and on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. It is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all temporary taxable differences, and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the assets may be utilized as they reverse.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled, or the asset is realized based on rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the statement of profit or loss, except when it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

F-39 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group reviews the carrying amount of deferred tax assets at each balance sheet date and reduces it to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax relating to fair value re-measurements of financial instruments accounted for at FVTOCI and cash flow hedging instruments is charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income and is subsequently recognized in the statement of profit or loss when the deferred fair value gain or loss is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

Deferred and current tax assets and liabilities are only offset when they arise in the same tax reporting group and where there is both the legal right and the intention to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

y)    Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, which excludes treasury shares.

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with potentially dilutive ordinary shares, and the weighted average number of additional ordinary shares that would have been outstanding assuming the conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.

z)    Customer crypto safeguarding

The Group accounts for a safeguarding liability and a corresponding asset both at the fair value of the crypto assets held by customers on the Group's platform. Assets and liabilities have the same carrying amount and do not impact the statements of profit or loss, unless there are losses related to the safeguarding activity. The Group has not been recognizing any losses.

5. Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements requires judgments, estimates, and assumptions from management that affect the application of accounting policies, and reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and estimates and assumptions are reviewed on a periodic basis. Revisions to the estimates are recognized prospectively.

a) Credit losses on financial instruments for credit card receivables and loans to customers

The Group recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on credit cards, loans receivables that represents management’s best estimate of allowance as of each reporting date.

F-40 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Management performs an analysis of the credit card and loan amounts to determine if credit losses have occurred and to assess the adequacy of the allowance based on historical and current trends as well as other factors affecting credit losses.

Key areas of judgment

The critical judgments made by management in applying the expected credit losses ("ECL") allowance methodology are:

a) Definition of default;

b) Forward-looking information used for the projection of macroeconomic scenarios;

c) Probability weights of future scenarios;

d) Definition of significant increase in credit risk and lifetime; and

e) Look-back period, used for parameters estimation (probability of default - PD, exposure at default - EAD and loss given default - LGD).

Sensitivity analysis

On December 31, 2023, the probability weighted ECL allowance for credit card and lending totaled US$2,608,403 of which US$2,096,269 related to credit card operations and US$512,134 to loans. The ECL allowance is sensitive to the methodology, assumptions and estimations underlying its calculation. One key assumption is the probability weighting of the macroeconomic scenarios between upside, base and downside as the carrying amount of the credit loss allowance is determined based on the weighted average of these scenarios. The table below illustrates the ECL that would have arisen if management had applied the weighted average of these three macroeconomic scenarios and a 100% weighting to each macroeconomic scenario.

	Weighted average	Upside	Base case	Downside
Credit card and lending ECL	2,608,403	2,446,692	2,590,188	2,851,959

b) Share-based payments

The Group measures the costs of transactions with employees eligible to share-based remuneration based on the fair value of the ordinary share on the grant date. Following the IPO, the fair value is determined based on the publicly traded share price. Prior to the IPO, estimating the fair value of share-based payment transactions required determining the most appropriate valuation model to the ordinary share, options and other awards issued linked to the ordinary shares, which depended on the terms and conditions of each grant. The valuation of the ordinary shares considered one or a combination of a discounted cash flow model ("CFM") and a reverse option pricing model ("OPM") and was based substantially on the previous preferred share price transactions. The estimate of the share-based payment cost also requires determining other significant inputs to the models to value the SOPs, RSUs and Awards, including the expected term, volatility and dividend yield for the Black-Scholes model applied to the SOPs, achievement of the market conditions to the Awards, and discount rates.

F-41 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Key areas of judgment

Before the IPO date, the fair values of the SOPs, RSUs and Awards took into account, among other things, contract terms and observable market data, which included a number of factors and judgments from management, as disclosed in note 10. In exercising this judgment, a variety of tools were used including proxy observable data, historical data, and extrapolation techniques. Extrapolation techniques consider behavioral characteristics of equity markets that had been observed over time, and for which there was a strong case to support an expectation of a continuing trend in the future. Estimates were calibrated to observable market prices when they become available.

The Group believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants. Nevertheless, the use of different valuation methods or assumptions, including imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs, to determine the fair value of the SOPs, RSUs and Awards could result in different estimates of fair value.

The Group has made assumptions to determine the forfeiture rate which pertains to the estimated portion of share-based payment awards that will ultimately be forfeited or canceled due to employees leaving the company before the completion of the vesting period.

The determination of the forfeiture rate involves judgment based on various factors, including historical employee turnover rates, external economic and industry-specific factors. However, estimating the forfeiture rate is inherently uncertain and subject to risks and uncertainties beyond our control.

c) Goodwill impairment analysis

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill was allocated to the investment activities cash-generating unit ("CGU"). Impairment tests were performed on September 30, 2023 and no adjustment to the recoverable amount for the goodwill was recorded since the recoverable amounts of CGU were determined to be higher than its carrying amount.

The recoverable amounts for the CGU have been calculated based on their value in use, determined by discounting the future cash flows expected to be generated from the continuing use of the CGUs’ assets and their ultimate disposal.

Key areas of judgment

The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the relevant sector and have been based on historical data from both external and internal sources.

The discount rate used was the cost of equity for business in Brazil where the activities from the acquired entities are concentrated. Cash flow projections for the Investments activities CGU were included in the discounted cash flow model. A long-term growth rate was used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond these periods. The growth rate into perpetuity has been determined as the currently expected long term inflation rate for Brazil.

Revenue growth was projected considering the average growth levels experienced over the past five years and the estimated growth for the next five years. Budgeted profit before taxes, depreciation and amortization was based on expectations of future outcomes considering past experience, adjusted for the anticipated revenue growth. These key assumptions may change as economic and market conditions change.

F-42 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The estimated recoverable amount of all CGUs exceeded their carrying amount on September 30, 2023. The carrying amount and main assumptions used in determining the recoverable amounts are:

CGU	Carrying amount (US$ million)	Goodwill (US$ million)	Discount rate (%)	Growth rate (%)
Investments activities CGU	528.2	381.2	15.4	3.5

d) Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings

The Group and its subsidiaries are parties to lawsuits and administrative proceedings. Provisions are recognized for all cases representing reasonably estimated probable losses. The assessment of the likelihood of loss considers available evidence, the hierarchy of laws, former court decisions, and their legal significance, as well as legal counsel’s opinion.

The provision mainly represents management’s best estimate of the Group’s future liability in respect of civil and labor complaints. Significant judgment by management is required in determining appropriate assumptions, which include the level of complaints expected to be received, of those, the number that will be upheld, and redressed (reflecting legal and regulatory responsibilities, including the determination of liability and the effect of the time bar). The complexity of such matters often requires the input of specialist professional advice in making assessments to produce estimates.

The amount that is recognized as a provision can also be susceptible to the assumptions made in calculating it. This gives rise to a broad range of potential outcomes that require judgment in determining an appropriate provision level. The Group believes its valuation methods of contingent liabilities are appropriate and consistent through the periods. Management believes that, due to the current quantity of claims and the total amount involved, if different assumptions were used no material impact on the provision would occur.

e) Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of financial instruments, that can include derivatives that are not traded in active markets and convertible embedded derivatives, is calculated by the Group by using valuation techniques based on assumptions that consider market information and conditions.

The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted prices in active markets or observable market parameters. When quoted prices and observable data in active markets are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value.

F-43 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Changes in market conditions, such as reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities, may reduce the availability and reliability of quoted prices or observable data used to determine fair value. Management’s significant judgment may be required to determine whether certain financial instruments measured at fair value are classified as Level 2 or Level 3. For this determination, the Group considers all available information that market participants use to measure the fair value of the financial instrument, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and the understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used.

Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3. The process for determining fair value using unobservable inputs is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions.

More information about the significant unobservable inputs and other information are disclosed in note 28.

f) Blockchain token accounting

Currently, there is no specific guidance provided by IFRS or any alternative accounting framework regarding the accounting treatment of the internally generated blockchain token issued by the Company ("Nucoin Network") associated with a liquidity pool and loyalty network. Consequently, Management has had to exercise significant judgment in determining the appropriate accounting treatment.

Exercise of judgment was relevant in applying the accounting framework to token issuance to customers and their sales and acquisitions from the liquidity pool, taking into account the Company's limited commitment to support the liquidity pool and to evaluate present and/or constructive obligations. Additionally, judgment was crucial in determining when to recognize a performance obligation due to the delivery and stacking of tokens to customers and assessing the valuation of the obligation.

6. Income and related expenses

a) Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments

	2023	2022	2021
Interest income – credit card	2,521,892	1,014,875	357,831
Interest income – lending	1,650,321	932,196	292,701
Interest income – other assets at amortized cost	851,237	388,736	66,202
Interest income – other receivables	398,536	161,004	17,236
Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments at fair value	1,017,726	1,058,402	312,776
Financial assets at fair value	973,029	1,087,619	309,196
Other	44,697	(29,217)	3,580
Total interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments	6,439,712	3,555,213	1,046,746

The interest income presented above from credit card, lending, other assets at amortized cost and other receivables represents interest revenue calculated using the effective interest method. Financial assets at fair value comprises interest and the fair value changes on financial assets at fair value.

F-44 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) Fee and commission income

	2023	2022	2021
Interchange fees	1,187,857	917,373	471,505
Late fees	180,688	104,499	48,378
Recharge fees	48,711	77,469	26,857
Rewards revenue	24,313	22,438	49,951
Other fee and commission income	147,695	115,239	65,766
Customer Program ("NuSócios")	-	-	(11,180)
Total fee and commission income	1,589,264	1,237,018	651,277

Fee and commission income are presented by fee types that reflect the nature of the services offered by the Group. Recharge fees comprise the selling price of telecom prepaid credits to customers, net of acquisition costs.

c) Interest and other financial expenses

	2023	2022	2021
Interest expense on deposits	1,723,839	1,407,898	317,420
Other interest and similar expenses	313,086	140,005	49,924
Interest and other financial expenses	2,036,925	1,547,903	367,344

d) Transactional expenses

	2023	2022	2022
Bank slip costs	23,953	33,963	36,149
Rewards expenses	58,304	42,422	36,885
Credit and debit card network costs	52,199	54,987	22,705
Other transactional expenses	81,474	45,055	21,380
Total transactional expenses	215,930	176,427	117,119

Transactional expenses comprise all the costs that are directly attributable to the payment network cycle. Payment network cycle costs include amounts related to data processing, payment scheme license fees, losses from chargeback relating to the credit and debit card transactions, costs relating to the rewards program to fulfill the use of the points by customers, and other costs related to the connection to the payment.

Credit and debit card network costs are related to the payment programs license, which is a variable fee paid to Mastercard and other card programs to enable communications between network participants, access to specific reports, expenses related to projects involving the development of new functions, operational fixed fees, fees related to chargeback restatements and royalties.

F-45 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

7. Credit loss allowance expenses

	2023	2022	2021
Net increase of loss allowance (note 13)	1,849,706	939,079	311,601
Recovery	(158,747)	(31,491)	(22,494)
Credit card receivables	1,690,959	907,588	289,107
Net increase of loss allowance (note 14)	634,356	501,843	192,078
Recovery	(43,683)	(4,520)	(542)
Loans to customers	590,673	497,323	191,536
Net increase of loss allowance (note 16)	1,417	-	-
Recovery	-	-	-
Other receivables	1,417	-	-
Other financial assets allowance expenses (note 12)	2,169	-	-
Securities	2,169	-	-
Total	2,285,218	1,404,911	480,643

8. Operating expenses

	2023
	Customer support and operations	General and administrative expenses	Marketing expenses	Other expenses (income)	Total
Infrastructure and data processing costs	186,651	174,557	-	-	361,208
Credit analysis and collection costs	89,293	41,316	-	-	130,609
Customer services	80,866	7,491	-	-	88,357
Salaries and associated benefits	72,478	300,559	20,994	-	394,031
Credit and debit card issuance costs	27,137	55,396	-	-	82,533
Share-based compensation (note 10a)	2,770	251,769	1,075	-	255,614
Specialized services expenses	-	61,404	-	-	61,404
Other personnel costs	15,675	46,251	2,298	-	64,224
Depreciation and amortization	13,072	49,823	-	-	62,895
Marketing expenses	-	-	146,655	-	146,655
Others (i)	140	53,724	-	250,431	304,295
Total	488,082	1,042,290	171,022	250,431	1,951,825

	2022
	Customer support and operations	General and administrative expenses	Marketing expenses	Other expenses (income)	Total
Infrastructure and data processing costs	132,163	144,341	-	-	276,504
Credit analysis and collection costs	54,239	39,773	-	-	94,012
Customer services	74,438	9,559	-	-	83,997
Salaries and associated benefits	48,661	275,117	15,430	-	339,208
Credit and debit card issuance costs	13,174	43,689	-	-	56,863
Share-based compensation (note 10a)	-	286,450	-	-	286,450
Specialized services expenses	-	39,842	-	-	39,842
Other personnel costs	8,553	41,494	1,425	-	51,472
Depreciation and amortization	3,965	31,616	-	-	35,581
Marketing expenses	-	-	136,142	-	136,142
Others (i)	170	65,813	-	150,264	216,247
Subtotal	335,363	977,694	152,997	150,264	1,616,318
Share-based compensation - contingent share award termination (10b) (ii)	-	355,573	-	-	355,573
Total	335,363	1,333,267	152,997	150,264	1,971,891

F-46 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2021
	Customer support and operations	General and administrative expenses	Marketing expenses	Other income (expenses)	Total
Infrastructure and data processing costs	70,928	63,833	-	-	134,761
Credit analysis and collection costs	34,026	25,843	-	-	59,869
Customer services	48,122	6,923	-	-	55,045
Salaries and associated benefits	19,898	185,715	7,522	-	213,135
Credit and debit card issuance costs	13,711	25,445	-	-	39,156
Share-based compensation (note 10a)	-	225,445	-	-	225,445
Specialized services expenses	-	29,200	-	-	29,200
Other personnel costs	2,253	18,452	277	-	20,982
Depreciation and amortization	1,217	16,122	-	-	17,339
Marketing expenses	-	-	71,775	-	71,775
Others (i)	354	31,923	-	4,097	36,374
Total	190,509	628,901	79,574	4,097	903,081

(i) "Others" mainly includes federal taxes on financial income, taxes related to international transactions and foreign exchange rate variation.

(ii) The termination of the 2021 Contingent Share Award resulted in a one-time, non-cash recognition of expenses in the total amount of US$355,573 in the fourth quarter of 2022.

Infrastructure and data processing costs include technology, non-capitalized software costs, and other related costs, primarily related to the cloud infrastructure used by the Group and other software used in the service of the customers. These costs associated exclusively with customer’s transactions are presented as “Customer support and operations” and the remaining costs as “General and Administrative expenses”. The software costs related to developing new modules are recognized as intangible assets.

Credit analysis and collection costs include fees paid to the credit bureaus and costs related to collection agencies. The credit analysis costs associated with the initial credit analysis of an applicant is presented as “General and administrative expenses” and the remaining is presented as “Customer support and operations”.

Customer services primarily include costs with customer services provided by service providers. These costs exclusively related to acquisition of new clients are presented as “General and administrative expenses” and all others are presented as “Customer support and operations”.

F-47 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Salaries and associated benefit expenses for customer services employees not associated with the acquisition of new clients is presented as “Customer support and operations” and salaries and associated benefit expenses for marketing employees is presented as “Marketing expenses”. All activities from other employees and the activities related to acquisition of new clients performed by customer service employees is presented as “General and administrative expenses”.

Credit and debit card issuance costs include printing, packing, shipping costs and other costs. Costs related to the first issued card to a customer are initially recorded as a “Deferred expenses” asset included in “Other assets” and then amortized. The amortization related to the first card of the customer is presented as “General and administrative expenses” and the remaining costs, including the ones related to subsequent cards, are presented as “Customer support and operations”.

9. Earnings (loss) per share

	2023	2022	2021
Earnings (loss) attributable to shareholders of the parent company	1,030,530	(364,578)	(164,993)
Weighted average outstanding shares - ordinary shares - basic (thousands)	4,738,841	4,676,941	1,602,126
Adjustment for the basic earnings per shares:
Deferred M&A shares that will be issued solely based on the passage of time	-	36	-
Weighted average outstanding shares - ordinary shares - basic (thousands)	4,738,841	4,676,977	1,602,126
Adjustment for the diluted earnings per share:
Share based payment	112,823	-	-
Business acquisition	5,915	-	-
Total weighted average of ordinary outstanding shares for diluted EPS (in thousands of shares)	4,857,579	4,676,977	1,602,126
Earnings (loss) per share – basic (US$)	0.2175	(0.0780)	(0.1030)
Earnings (loss) per share – diluted (US$)	0.2121	(0.0780)	(0.1030)
Antidilutive instruments not considered in the weighted number of shares (in thousands of shares)	4,143	184,362	334,436

The Company has instruments that will become common shares upon exercise, acquisition, conversion (SOPs and RSUs described in note 10), or satisfaction of specific business combination conditions. The effects of the potential antidilutive instruments were calculated using the treasury stock method and are included in the total weighted average of ordinary outstanding shares for diluted EPS if the effects are considered dilutive. The antidilutive instruments not considered in the weighted number of shares, for the periods presenting negative results, correspond to the total number of shares that could be converted into ordinary shares.

10. Share-based payments

a) Share-settled awards

The Group’s employee incentives include share settled awards in the form of stock, offering them the opportunity to purchase ordinary shares by exercising options (Stock Options – “SOPs”), receiving ordinary shares (Restricted Stock Units – “RSUs”) upon vesting, and receiving shares upon the achievement of market conditions and passage of time ("Awards").

F-48 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The cost of the employee services received with respect to the SOPs and RSUs granted is recognized in the statement of profit or loss over the period that the employee provides services and according to the vesting conditions. The Group has also issued Awards in 2020 and 2021 that grant shares upon the achievement of market conditions related to the valuation of the Company, and also the passage of time for the Awards issued in 2021. RSUs incentive was implemented in 2020 and is the main incentive since then.

At the end of 2016, the subsidiary Nu Pagamentos transferred its SOP plan to its indirect parent company, Nu Holdings, which became the issuer of the SOPs to all its subsidiaries under the program. The strike price of the options was determined in R$ until the transfer of the plan to Nu Holdings and thereafter in US$, accompanying the functional currency of the issuer. The plan was initially approved by the Board of Directors of Nu Pagamentos in July 2013. On January 30, 2020, Nu Holdings approved its Omnibus Incentive Plan which included the issuance of RSUs. 

SOPs and RSUs are issued as part of the performance cycle and as a signing bonus. Over time, SOPs and RSUs have been issued with different vesting periods. Once vested, the options can be exercised up to 10 years after the grant date.

The overall cost of the grants is calculated using the number of SOPs and RSUs expected to vest and their fair values at the date of the grant. The number of SOPs and RSUs expected to vest considers the likelihood that service conditions included in the terms of the awards will be met and it is based on historical and future prospective forfeiture. Failure to meet the vesting condition is treated as a forfeiture, resulting in a true-up for the costs and no further recognition of the expense.

The fair value of SOPs granted is determined based on a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model considers the exercise price of the option, the share price at the grant date, the expected term, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share, and other relevant factors. The expected term of the SOPs is calculated based on the mid-point between the weighted-average time to vesting and the contractual maturity because the Group does not have significant historical post-vesting activity. The expected terms for SOPs with vesting periods of 4 and 5 years are 6.25 and 6.50 years, respectively.

The terms and conditions of the RSUs plans require the Group to withhold shares from the settlement to its employees to settle the employee’s tax obligation. Accordingly, the Group settles the transaction on a net basis by withholding the number of shares with a fair value equal to the monetary value of the employee’s tax obligation and issues the remaining shares to the employee on the vesting date. The employee’s tax obligation associated with the RSUs is calculated substantially based on the expected employee's personal tax rate and the fair value of the shares on the vesting date. In addition, for the countries where the Group is required to pay taxes and social security taxes over vested RSUs, the Group recognizes expenses related to corporate and social security taxes on the applicable awards, calculated mainly by applying the taxes rates to the fair value of the ordinary shares at the reporting dates, and presents them as "Share-based compensation" between "Customer support and operations", "General and administrative expenses" and "Marketing expenses" in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

F-49 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The fair value of the Awards was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The Monte Carlo model considers the expected time until the market condition is satisfied, the share price at the grant date, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share, and other relevant factors. The vesting period reflects the estimate of the length to when the Company reaches the valuation determined by the market condition and will not be subsequently revised. The expenses will be recorded during the vesting period irrespective of whether that market condition is satisfied.

The expected life of the SOPs was calculated as described above and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility was calculated, up to 2018, based on hypothetical peer-leveraged volatility based on available data reflecting small-cap Brazilian companies through the iShares MSCI Brazil Small-Cap ETF ("EWZS”) due to available peers having short trading histories, and after 2019, on a leverage-adjusted peer-based volatility. The volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the stock options or to the Award over the expected time until the market condition is satisfied is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

Before the IPO date, the share price used as an input to the Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models and for the RSUs was calculated using one or a combination of a discounted cash flow model ("CFM") and an option pricing model ("OPM") based substantially on the previous preferred share price transactions. The dividend was determined to be zero because the Company does not expect to pay it in the foreseeable future, and the holders of SOPs, RSUs and Awards do not have rights to dividends. The Company applied a discount for the lack of marketability, calculated based on a Finnerty Model, to the results of the models to reflect the lack of publicly or active market for selling the shares. After the IPO date, the fair value of RSUs granted is determined based on the publicly traded price.

There were no changes to the terms and conditions of the SOPs and RSUs after the grant date.

The changes in the number of SOPs and RSUs are as follows. WAEP is the weighted average exercise price and WAGDFV is the weighted average fair value at the grant date.

SOPs	2023	WAEP (US$)	2022	WAEP (US$)	2021	WAEP (US$)
Outstanding on January 1	101,276,327	0.72	143,889,439	0.55	42,515,821	1.58
Granted during the year	-	-	-	-	1,141,362	23.75
Exercised during the year	(39,100,504)	0.21	(37,095,966)	0.12	(18,822,551)	0.38
Forfeited during the year	(2,233,761)		(5,517,146)		(853,059)
Balances before 6-for-1 forward share split	59,942,062	1.04	101,276,327	0.72	23,981,573	3.01
Issuance of options due to 6-for-1 forward split	-		-		119,907,866
Outstanding on December 31	59,942,062	1.04	101,276,327	0.72	143,889,439	0.55
Exercisable on December 31	53,561,964	0.94	81,813,095	0.55	101,416,310	0.33

RSUs	2023	WAGDFV (US$)	2022	WAGDFV (US$)	2021	WAGDFV (US$)
Outstanding on January 1	72,401,895	5.46	80,924,937	4.82	5,294,454	10.47
Granted during the year	35,823,472	4.97	32,294,522	5.47	13,103,243	36.65
Vested during the year	(29,212,440)	4.45	(27,322,614)	3.64	(3,092,289)	15.06
Forfeited during the year	(12,500,866)		(13,494,950)		(1,817,919)
Balances before 6-for-1 forward share split	66,512,061	5.66	72,401,895	5.46	13,487,489	28.91
Issuance of RSUs due to 6-for-1 forward split	-		-		67,437,448
Outstanding on December 31	66,512,061	5.66	72,401,895	5.46	80,924,937	4.82

F-50 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The following tables present the total amount of share-based compensation expense, and the provision for taxes as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

	2023	2022 (i)	2021
SOP and RSU expenses and related corporate and social security taxes expenses	256,103	126,167	151,115
RSUs and SOPs grant - business combination	13,400	43,116	45,597
Awards expenses and related taxes	19,814	113,172	28,733
Fair value adjustment - hedge of corporate and social security taxes (note 19)	(33,703)	3,995	-
Total share-based compensation expenses (note 8)	255,614	286,450	225,445
Equity share-based compensation, net of shares withheld for employee taxes	160,309	201,991	139,025

(i) Prior to the contingent share award termination (see note 10b).

	2023	2022	2021
Liability provision for taxes presented as salaries, allowances and social security contributions	66,075	32,554	61,772

In 2022 and 2023, there were no SOPs granted. The following table presents additional information relating to the SOP characteristics and the valuation model:

	2023	2022	2021
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year (US$)	-	-	2.58
Weighted average share fair value of options granted during the year (US$)	-	-	3.97
Exercise price of options granted during the year (US$)	-	-	3.98
Expected volatility in valuation of options granted during the year (%)	-	-	72.5 and 75.0
Risk–free interest rate p.y. in valuation of options granted during the year (%)	-	-	0.50
Weighted average share price at the date of exercise of options during the year (US$)	6.37	7.72	6.38
Weighted Average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at year-end	4.78	4.80	5.70
Range of exercise prices of options outstanding at year end (US$)
Zero to US$ 0.10	28.65%	45.07%	51.96%
US$ 0.11 to US$ 0.50	32.63%	28.20%	28.58%
US$ 0.51 to US$ 15.00	38.72%	26.73%	19.46%
Greater than US$ 15.01	-	-	-
Total cash to be received upon exercise of SOPs outstanding at year end
Vested	50,403	44,849	33,437
Unvested	12,125	28,169	46,146

F-51 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The following table presents additional information related to the RSUs and Awards characteristics and the valuation model:

	2023	2022
Most relevant vesting periods for the grants outstanding
3 years	55.81%	53.52%
5 years	34.69%	39.95%
Weighted-Average awards vesting period	3.8 years	Up to 3.2 years

b) Contingent Share Award (CSA) termination

On November 29, 2022, Mr. David Vélez, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, terminated the 2021 Contingent Share Award. As a result of the termination, the Company recorded expenses of US$355,573 due to the acceleration of the vesting. After such one-time recognition, the Company has not been recognizing accounts for any expense associated with the 2021 Contingent Share Award. Such termination did not impact The Company's cash flows and did not create any dilution for the Company's shareholders.

The 2021 Contingent Share Award was granted on November 22, 2021 and its main terms were: (i) issuance of a number of class A ordinary shares equal to 1% of the total number of ordinary shares in issue (on an as-converted, fully diluted basis) of the Company when the class A share price is equal to or greater than US$18.69 per share but less than US$35.30 per share; and (ii) issuance of a number of class A ordinary shares equal to 1% of the total number of ordinary shares in issue (on an as-converted, fully diluted basis) of the Company when the class A share price is equal to or greater than US$35.30 per share.

	2023	2022
Contingent share award termination	-	355,573

11. Cash and cash equivalents

	2023	2022
Voluntary deposits at central banks	3,308,040	2,451,150
Bank balances	1,759,018	1,506,727
Short-term investments	854,846	153,743
Reverse repurchase agreement in foreign currency	61	59,519
Other cash and cash equivalents	1,475	1,177
Total	5,923,440	4,172,316

F-52 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Cash and cash equivalents are held to meet short-term cash needs and include deposits with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three-months or less and with an immaterial risk of change in value.

The reverse repurchase agreements and short-term investments are mainly in Brazilian Reais, and the average rate of remuneration as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, was 100% and 99% of the Brazilian CDI rate, respectively, which is set daily and represents the average rate at which Brazilian banks were willing to borrow/lend to each other for one day.

Voluntary deposits at central banks are deposits made by the Brazilian subsidiaries at the Central Bank of Brazil, the average rate of remuneration as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 was 100% of the Brazilian CDI rate, with daily maturity.

12. Securities

a) Financial instruments at fair value through profit and loss ("FVTPL")

	2023					2022
			Maturities
Financial instruments at FVTPL	Amortized Cost	Fair Value	No maturity	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Fair Value
Government bonds
Brazil	309,331	309,353	-	-	309,353	163
Total government bonds	309,331	309,353	-	-	309,353	163
Corporate bonds and other instruments
Bill of credit (LC)	1	1	-	1	-	138
Certificate of bank deposits (CDB)	5,760	5,770	-	5,401	369	3,712
Real estate and agribusiness letter of credit	186	186	-	84	102	1,197
Corporate bonds and debentures	23,937	23,667	-	-	23,667	46,680
Equity instrument (i)	12,426	13,199	13,199	-	-	22,082
Investment funds	16,164	16,164	16,164	-	-	-
Time deposit	-	-	-	-	-	905
Real estate and agribusiness certificate of receivables	234	234	-	-	234	16,976
Total corporate bonds and other instruments	58,708	59,221	29,363	5,486	24,372	91,690
Total financial instruments at FVTPL	368,039	368,574	29,363	5,486	333,725	91,853

	2023		2022
	Amounts in		Amounts in
Financial instruments at FVTPL	Original Currency	US$	Original Currency	US$
Currency:
Brazilian Reais	1,681,223	346,130	334,783	63,401
U.S. Dollars	9,241	9,241	6,370	6,370
Others (i)	1,098,602	13,203	1,826,954	22,082
Total		368,574		91,853

(i) Refers to an investment in Jupiter, a neobank for consumers in India, and an investment in Din Global ("dBank"), a Pakistani fintech company. As of December 31, 2023, the total fair value of these investments corresponded to US$13,199 (US$22,082 on December 31, 2022), classified as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, as described in note 28.

F-53 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) Financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income ("FVTOCI")

	2023					2022
			Maturities
Financial instruments at FVTOCI	Amortized Cost	Fair Value	No maturity	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Fair Value
Government bonds (i)
Brazil	7,156,614	7,166,551	-	509,084	6,657,467	8,222,115
United States of America	125,975	126,914	-	-	126,914	171,184
Mexico	1,510	1,407	-	-	1,407	1,382
Total government bonds	7,284,099	7,294,872	-	509,084	6,785,788	8,394,681
Corporate bonds and other instruments
Corporate bonds and debentures	1,243,377	1,243,841	-	95,206	1,148,635	788,948
Investment funds	54,803	54,803	5,419	-	49,384	302,779
Time deposit	193,928	194,390	-	194,390	-	445,531
Real estate and agribusiness certificate of receivables	17,624	17,839	-	-	17,839	15,199
Total corporate bonds and other instruments	1,509,732	1,510,873	5,419	289,596	1,215,858	1,552,457
Total financial instruments at FVTOCI	8,793,831	8,805,745	5,419	798,680	8,001,646	9,947,138

	2023		2022
	Amounts in		Amounts in
Financial instruments at FVTOCI	Original Currency	US$	Original Currency	US$
Currency:
Brazilian Reais	37,333,260	7,686,169	45,527,868	8,622,049
U.S. Dollars	1,118,169	1,118,169	1,323,707	1,323,707
Others	23,880	1,407	26,949	1,382
Total		8,805,745		9,947,138

(i) Includes US$23,050 (US$2,252,464 on December 31, 2022) held by the subsidiaries for regulatory purposes, as required by the Central Bank of Brazil. It also includes Brazilian government securities margins pledged by the Group for transactions on the Brazilian stock exchange in the amount of US$130,150 (US$160,485 on December 31, 2022). Government bonds are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy, as described in note 28.

F-54 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group has corporate bonds and debentures classified as FVTOCI for which ECL measured for December 31, 2023 was US$2,169, as shown in note 7 and the exposure was classified as Stage 1. There was no transfer between stages during the year ended on December 31, 2023.

c) Financial instruments at amortized cost

	2023				2022
		Maturities
Financial instruments at amortized cost	Amortized Cost	No maturity	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Amortized Cost
Sovereign bonds and other instruments
Sovereign bonds (i)	52,650	-	52,650	-	-
Time deposit	51,770	-	51,770	-	-
Total sovereign bonds and other instruments	104,420	-	104,420	-	-
Total financial instruments at amortized cost	104,420	-	104,420	-	-

	2023		2022
	Amounts in		Amounts in
Financial instruments at amortized cost	Original Currency	US$	Original Currency	US$
Currency:
Brazilian Reais	255,732	52,650	-	-
Others	878,640	51,770	-	-
Total		104,420		-

(i) Refers to an investment in sovereign bonds with the intention to collect contractual cash flows.

F-55 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

13. Credit card receivables

Composition of receivables

	2023	2022
Receivables - current (i)	6,296,788	4,236,235
Receivables - installments (i)	7,212,775	4,259,979
Receivables - revolving (ii)	978,741	770,011
Total receivables	14,488,304	9,266,225
Fair value adjustment - portfolio hedge (note 19)	32	(51)
Total	14,488,336	9,266,174
Credit card ECL allowance
Presented as deduction of receivables	(2,074,203)	(1,033,102)
Presented as "Other liabilities" (note 26)	(22,066)	(17,566)
Total credit card ECL allowance	(2,096,269)	(1,050,668)
Receivables, net	12,392,067	8,215,506
Total receivables presented as assets	12,414,133	8,233,072

(i) "Receivables - current" is related to purchases, withdrawals, payment slips ("boleto") and PIX (BACEN instant payments) financing made by customers due on the next credit card billing date. "Receivables - installments” is related to purchases in installments. Credit card receivables can be paid by Nu's clients in up to 12, 24 and 36 monthly installments in Brazil, Mexico and Colombia, respectively. The cardholder’s credit limit is initially reduced by the total amount and the installments become due and payable on the cardholder's subsequent monthly credit card statement. Brazil makes the corresponding payments to the credit card network (see note 22) following a similar schedule. As receipts and payments are aligned, the Group does not incur significant financing costs with this product, however it is exposed to the credit risk of the cardholder as it is obliged to make the payments to the credit card network even if the cardholder does not pay. “Receivables - installments” also includes the amounts of credit card bills not fully paid by the customers and that have been converted into payments in installments with a fixed interest rate ("fatura parcelada"), in addition to bill financing, which comprise bills paid in installments through the credit card, banking payment slips ("boleto") and PIX financing in more than one installment.

(ii) "Receivables - revolving" is related to the amounts due from customers that have not paid in full their credit card bill. Customers may request to convert these receivables into loans to be paid in installments. In accordance with Brazilian regulation, revolving balances that are outstanding for more than 2 months are mandatorily converted into fatura parcelada - a type of installment loan which is settled through the customer’s monthly credit card bills.

F-56 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

a) Breakdown by maturity

	2023		2022
	Amount	%	Amount	%
Receivables not overdue due in:
<= 30 days	6,263,292	43.2%	4,036,414	43.5%
30 < 60 days	2,485,690	17.2%	1,604,056	17.3%
> 60 days	4,327,880	29.9%	2,823,966	30.5%
Total receivables not overdue	13,076,862	90.3%	8,464,436	91.3%
Receivables overdue by:
<= 30 days	349,263	2.4%	237,531	2.6%
30 < 60 days	170,962	1.2%	91,604	1.0%
60 < 90 days	141,310	0.9%	74,917	0.8%
> 90 days	749,907	5.2%	397,737	4.3%
Total receivables overdue	1,411,442	9.7%	801,789	8.7%
Total	14,488,304	100.0%	9,266,225	100.0%

Receivables overdue consist mainly of late balances, and receivables not overdue consist mainly of current receivables and future bill installments ("parcelado").

b) Credit loss allowance - by stages

As of December 31, 2023, the credit card ECL allowance totaled US$2,096,269 (US$1,050,668 as of December 31, 2022). The provision is estimated using modeling techniques, consistently applied, and is sensitive to the methods, assumptions, and risk parameters underlying its calculation.

The amount that the credit loss allowance represents in comparison to the Group’s gross receivables (the coverage ratio) is also monitored in order to anticipate trends that could indicate credit risk increases. This metric is considered a key risk indicator and it is monitored across multiple committees, supporting the decision-making process and is discussed in the credit forums.

All receivables are classified in stages, as disclosed in note 4.

The majority of the Group's credit card portfolio was classified as stage 1, followed by stages 2 and 3, respectively as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The proportion of stage 3 exposures increased to 7.6% on December 31, 2023 from 6.5% on December 31, 2022. The expected stage 3 movement is primarily due to credit expansions which are maturing in the portfolio, as well as increases in delinquency observed in the previous quarters. Moreover, such expansions are the reason for the stage 1 coverage ratio movement.

F-57 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio (%)
Stage 1	11,891,823	82.1%	693,151	33.1%	5.8%
Stage 2	1,490,067	10.3%	477,714	22.8%	32.1%
Absolute Trigger (Days Late)	364,853	24.5%	277,035	58.0%	75.9%
Relative Trigger (PD deterioration)	1,125,214	75.5%	200,679	42.0%	17.8%
Stage 3	1,106,414	7.6%	925,404	44.1%	83.6%
Total	14,488,304	100.0%	2,096,269	100.0%	14.5%

	2022
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio (%)
Stage 1	7,750,270	83.6%	322,970	30.7%	4.2%
Stage 2	917,178	9.9%	254,181	24.2%	27.7%
Absolute Trigger (Days Late)	215,209	23.5%	140,167	55.1%	65.1%
Relative Trigger (PD deterioration)	701,969	76.5%	114,014	44.9%	16.2%
Stage 3	598,777	6.5%	473,517	45.1%	79.1%
Total	9,266,225	100.0%	1,050,668	100.0%	11.3%

c) Credit loss allowance - by credit quality vs. stages

	2023
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio (%)
Strong (PD < 5%)	7,103,018	49.0%	142,047	6.8%	2.0%
Stage 1	7,081,674	99.7%	141,720	99.8%	2.0%
Stage 2	21,344	0.3%	327	0.2%	1.5%
Satisfactory (5% <= PD <= 20%)	3,860,845	26.7%	294,591	14.0%	7.6%
Stage 1	3,699,167	95.8%	282,976	96.1%	7.6%
Stage 2	161,678	4.2%	11,615	3.9%	7.2%
Higher Risk (PD > 20%)	3,524,441	24.3%	1,659,631	79.2%	47.1%
Stage 1	1,110,982	31.5%	268,455	16.2%	24.2%
Stage 2	1,307,045	37.1%	465,772	28.0%	35.6%
Stage 3	1,106,414	31.4%	925,404	55.8%	83.6%
Total	14,488,304	100.0%	2,096,269	100.0%	14.5%

F-58 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2022
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio (%)
Strong (PD < 5%)	6,097,909	65.8%	113,780	10.8%	1.9%
Stage 1	6,081,551	99.7%	113,525	99.8%	1.9%
Stage 2	16,358	0.3%	255	0.2%	1.6%
Satisfactory (5% <= PD <= 20%)	1,477,414	15.9%	118,825	11.2%	8.0%
Stage 1	1,227,610	83.1%	100,190	84.3%	8.2%
Stage 2	249,804	16.9%	18,635	15.7%	7.5%
Higher Risk (PD > 20%)	1,690,902	18.3%	818,063	78.0%	48.4%
Stage 1	441,109	26.1%	109,255	13.4%	24.8%
Stage 2	651,016	38.5%	235,291	28.7%	36.1%
Stage 3	598,777	35.4%	473,517	57.9%	79.1%
Total	9,266,225	100.0%	1,050,668	100.0%	11.3%

The credit quality classification is grouped in three categories based on its probability of default (PD) at the reporting date, as shown in the table below:

	Stage 1 and 2		Stage3
Default grade	Probability of default	Credit quality description	Probability of default	Credit quality description
1	<1%	Strong
2	1.0% to 5.0%	Strong
3	5.0% to 20.0%	Satisfactory
4	20.0% to 35.0%	Higher Risk
5	>35%	Higher Risk	100%	Higher Risk

F-59 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

When compared to December 31, 2022, a change in the credit quality distribution is observed, with relative exposure moving to higher PD stages. This movement is explained below in item d) Credit loss allowance - changes. Nonetheless, there is still a significant concentration of receivables at stage 1 based on credit quality. Furthermore, receivables with satisfactory risk are distributed between stages 1 and 2, but primarily stage 1.

Concerning the defaulted assets at stage 3, they are classified as higher risk. A large proportion of stage 2 exposures are also classified as higher risk. Stage 1 receivables classified as higher risk are those customers with low credit risk scores.

d) Credit loss allowance - changes

The following tables show the reconciliations from the opening to the closing balance of the credit loss allowance by stages of the financial instruments.

	2023
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of year	322,970	254,181	473,517	1,050,668
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(33,880)	33,880	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	56,981	(56,981)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(63,264)	(170,141)	233,405	-
Transfers from Stage 3	15,489	4,693	(20,182)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(935,283)	(935,283)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	349,215	381,447	1,119,044	1,849,706
New originations (a)	157,928	15,748	8,999	182,675
Changes in exposure of preexisting accounts (b)	275,749	13,706	2,280	291,735
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to risk changes	(170,839)	310,683	1,087,561	1,227,405
Changes to models used in calculation (c)	86,377	41,310	20,204	147,891
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	45,640	30,635	54,903	131,178
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	693,151	477,714	925,404	2,096,269

F-60 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2022
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of year	127,358	126,392	136,929	390,679
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(19,469)	19,469	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	38,029	(38,029)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(22,691)	(64,523)	87,214	-
Transfers from Stage 3	6,148	1,659	(7,807)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(290,974)	(290,974)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	190,073	203,018	545,988	939,079
New originations (a)	144,394	22,320	11,167	177,881
Changes in exposure of preexisting accounts (b)	115,746	4,813	2,400	122,959
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to risk changes	(97,269)	210,317	519,615	632,663
Changes to models used in calculation (c)	27,202	(34,432)	12,806	5,576
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	3,522	6,195	2,167	11,884
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	322,970	254,181	473,517	1,050,668

	2021
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of year	79,296	60,391	77,855	217,542
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(10,514)	10,514	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	17,840	(17,840)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(7,023)	(13,176)	20,199	-
Transfers from Stage 3	151	70	(221)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(118,518)	(118,518)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	54,096	92,658	164,847	311,601
New originations (a)	94,367	9,547	3,979	107,893
Changes in exposure of preexisting accounts (b)	120,420	2,585	363	123,368
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to risk changes	(161,906)	79,282	160,186	77,562
Changes to models used in calculation (c)	1,215	1,244	319	2,778
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(6,488)	(6,225)	(7,233)	(19,946)
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	127,358	126,392	136,929	390,679

(a) Considers all accounts originated from the beginning to the end of the period. ECL effects presented in the table were calculated as if risk parameters at the beginning of the period were applied.

(b) Reflects the movements in exposure of accounts that already existed in the beginning of the period, as increase in credit limits. ECL effects were calculated as if risk parameters of the exposures at the beginning of the period were applied.

(c) Changes to models that occurred during the period include calibration of ECL parameters reflecting changes in the Company’s underwriting policies and collections strategies, and inclusion of more recent risk and recoveries data.

F-61 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The following tables present changes in the gross carrying amount of the credit card portfolio to demonstrate the effects of the changes in the loss allowance for the same portfolio as presented above. “Net change of gross carrying amount” includes acquisitions, payments, and interest accruals.

	2023
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	7,750,270	917,178	598,777	9,266,225
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(581,044)	581,044	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	307,046	(307,046)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(554,432)	(383,006)	937,438	-
Transfers from Stage 3	20,523	6,235	(26,758)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(935,283)	(935,283)
Net change of gross carrying amount	4,109,980	576,369	462,050	5,148,399
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	839,480	99,293	70,190	1,008,963
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	11,891,823	1,490,067	1,106,414	14,488,304

	2022
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	4,525,689	440,105	196,359	5,162,153
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(377,421)	377,421	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	178,742	(178,742)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(218,192)	(168,974)	387,166	-
Transfers from Stage 3	8,576	2,325	(10,901)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(290,974)	(290,974)
Net change of gross carrying amount	3,450,551	427,186	313,606	4,191,343
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	182,325	17,857	3,521	203,703
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	7,750,270	917,178	598,777	9,266,225

F-62 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2021
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	2,799,999	202,673	116,200	3,118,872
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(168,654)	168,654	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	73,448	(73,448)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(72,328)	(41,112)	113,440	-
Transfers from Stage 3	156	68	(224)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(120,071)	(120,071)
Net change of gross carrying amount	2,145,118	205,148	97,356	2,447,622
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(252,050)	(21,878)	(10,342)	(284,270)
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	4,525,689	440,105	196,359	5,162,153

14. Loans to customers

	2023	2022
Lending to individuals	3,713,770	1,976,499
Loan ECL allowance	(512,134)	(300,223)
Total receivables	3,201,636	1,676,276
Fair value adjustment - portfolio hedge (note 19)	698	(2,836)
Total	3,202,334	1,673,440

a) Breakdown by maturity

The following table shows loans to customers by maturity on December 31, 2023, and 2022, considering each installment individually.

	2023		2022
	Amount	%	Amount	%
Installments not overdue due in:
<= 30 days	551,677	14.9%	273,837	13.9%
30 < 60 days	520,450	14.0%	271,682	13.7%
> 60 days	2,495,650	67.1%	1,350,302	68.3%
Total not overdue installments	3,567,777	96.0%	1,895,821	95.9%
Installments overdue by:
<= 30 days	53,986	1.5%	30,509	1.5%
30 < 60 days	32,469	0.9%	18,191	1.0%
60 < 90 days	23,135	0.6%	13,315	0.7%
> 90 days	36,403	1.0%	18,663	0.9%
Total overdue installments	145,993	4.0%	80,678	4.1%
Total	3,713,770	100.0%	1,976,499	100.0%

F-63 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) Credit loss allowance - by stages

As of December 31, 2023, the loans to customers ECL allowance totaled US$512,134 (US$300,223 as of December 31, 2022). The provision is estimated using modeling techniques, consistently applied, which is sensitive to the methods, assumptions, and risk parameters underlying its calculation.

The amount that the credit loss allowance represents in comparison to the Group’s gross receivables (the coverage ratio) is also monitored in order to anticipate trends that could indicate credit risk increases. This metric is considered a key risk indicator and it is monitored across multiple committees, supporting the decision-making process and is discussed in the credit forums.

All receivables are classified through stages, as disclosed in note 4

The majority of the Group's loans to customers’ portfolio was classified as stage 1, followed by stages 2 and 3, respectively as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The proportion of stage 1 exposures changed to 76.2% on December 31, 2023 compared to 77.0% on December 31, 2022, while the overall coverage ratio showed a decrease to 13.8%, from 15.2% in December 31, 2022.

	2023
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio
Stage 1	2,831,131	76.2%	145,341	28.4%	5.1%
Stage 2	648,296	17.5%	223,982	43.7%	34.5%
Absolute Trigger (Days Late)	138,919	21.4%	113,649	50.7%	81.8%
Relative Trigger (PD deterioration)	509,377	78.6%	110,333	49.3%	21.7%
Stage 3	234,343	6.3%	142,811	27.9%	60.9%
Total	3,713,770	100.0%	512,134	100.0%	13.8%

	2022
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio
Stage 1	1,521,040	77.0%	76,454	25.5%	5.0%
Stage 2	351,166	17.8%	148,233	49.3%	42.2%
Absolute Trigger (Days Late)	87,841	25.0%	75,612	51.0%	86.1%
Relative Trigger (PD deterioration)	263,325	75.0%	72,621	49.0%	27.6%
Stage 3 (i)	104,293	5.2%	75,536	25.2%	72.4%
Total	1,976,499	100.0%	300,223	100.0%	15.2%

F-64 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

c) Credit loss allowance - by credit quality vs stages

	2023
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio
Strong (PD < 5%)	1,437,136	38.7%	14,129	2.8%	1.0%
Stage 1	1,396,591	97.2%	13,441	95.1%	1.0%
Stage 2	40,545	2.8%	688	4.9%	1.7%
Satisfactory (5% <= PD <= 20%)	1,228,949	33.1%	69,361	13.5%	5.6%
Stage 1	1,081,293	88.0%	59,291	85.5%	5.5%
Stage 2	147,656	12.0%	10,070	14.5%	6.8%
Higher Risk (PD > 20%)	1,047,685	28.2%	428,644	83.7%	40.9%
Stage 1	353,247	33.7%	72,609	17.0%	20.6%
Stage 2	460,095	43.9%	213,224	49.7%	46.3%
Stage 3	234,343	22.4%	142,811	33.3%	60.9%
Total	3,713,770	100.0%	512,134	100.0%	13.8%

	2022
	Gross Exposures	%	Credit Loss Allowance	%	Coverage Ratio
Strong (PD < 5%)	832,448	42.1%	9,344	3.1%	1.1%
Stage 1	819,605	98.5%	9,093	97.3%	1.1%
Stage 2	12,843	1.5%	251	2.7%	2.0%
Satisfactory (5% <= PD <= 20%)	642,099	32.5%	40,852	13.6%	6.4%
Stage 1	583,925	90.9%	36,228	88.7%	6.2%
Stage 2	58,174	9.1%	4,624	11.3%	7.9%
Higher Risk (PD > 20%)	501,952	25.4%	250,027	83.3%	49.8%
Stage 1	117,510	23.4%	31,133	10.4%	26.5%
Stage 2	280,149	55.8%	143,358	47.8%	51.2%
Stage 3	104,293	20.8%	75,536	25.2%	72.4%
Total	1,976,499	100.0%	300,223	100.0%	15.2%

F-65 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Most of the credit quality of this portfolio is classified as strong, followed by satisfactory and higher risk loans. Receivables with satisfactory and strong risk have a high distribution of stage 1. As of December 31, 2023, the total gross carrying amount of the portfolio increased by 87.9%, or US$1,737,271, in comparison to December 31, 2022.

Credit quality classification is grouped in three categories based on the probability of default (PD) at the reporting date, as shown in the table below:

	Stage 1 and 2		Stage3
Default grade	Probability of default	Credit quality description	Probability of default	Credit quality description
1	<1%	Strong
2	1.0% to 5.0%	Strong
3	5.0% to 20.0%	Satisfactory
4	20.0% to 35.0%	Higher Risk
5	>35%	Higher Risk	100%	Higher Risk

d) Credit loss allowance - changes

The following tables show reconciliations from the opening to the closing balance of the credit loss allowance by the stages of the financial instruments.

	2023
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of year	76,454	148,233	75,536	300,223
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(7,551)	7,551	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	16,983	(16,983)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(20,574)	(111,067)	131,641	-
Transfers from Stage 3	4,117	4,943	(9,060)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(451,387)	(451,387)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	68,198	177,680	388,478	634,356
New originations (a)	385,391	82,037	18,674	486,102
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to exposure and risk changes	(314,926)	100,038	371,982	157,094
Changes to models used in calculation (b)	(2,267)	(4,395)	(2,178)	(8,840)
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	7,714	13,625	7,603	28,942
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	145,341	223,982	142,811	512,134

F-66 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2022
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of the year	68,926	72,935	55,675	197,536
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(6,642)	6,642	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	5,946	(5,946)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(18,294)	(60,238)	78,532	-
Transfers from Stage 3	647	619	(1,266)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(408,605)	(408,605)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	21,986	131,510	348,347	501,843
New originations (a)	217,837	45,537	9,176	272,550
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to exposure and risk changes	(212,730)	82,776	337,509	207,555
Changes to models used in calculation (b)	16,879	3,197	1,662	21,738
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	3,885	2,711	2,853	9,449
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	76,454	148,233	75,536	300,223

	2021
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Credit loss allowance at beginning of year	10,532	7,136	8,542	26,210
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(780)	780	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	685	(685)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(1,212)	(904)	2,116	-
Transfers from Stage 3	16	142	(158)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(13,223)	(13,223)
Net increase of loss allowance (note 7)	62,363	69,152	60,563	192,078
New originations (a)	159,299	28,281	6,237	193,817
Net drawdowns, repayments, net remeasurement and movements due to exposure and risk changes	(93,269)	35,759	54,297	(3,213)
Changes to models used in calculation (b)	(3,667)	5,112	29	1,474
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(2,678)	(2,686)	(2,165)	(7,529)
Credit loss allowance at end of the year	68,926	72,935	55,675	197,536

(a) Considers all accounts originated from the beginning to the end of the period. ECL effects presented in the table were calculated as if risk parameters at the beginning of the period were applied.

(b) Changes to models occurred during the period include calibration of ECL parameters reflecting changes in the Company’s underwriting and collections strategies and inclusion of more recent risk and recoveries data.

F-67 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The following tables present changes in the gross carrying amount of the lending portfolio to demonstrate the effects of the changes in the loss allowance for the same portfolio as discussed above. “Net change of gross carrying amount” includes acquisitions, payments, and interest accruals.

	2023
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	1,521,040	351,166	104,293	1,976,499
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(81,641)	81,641	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	70,293	(70,293)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(159,879)	(186,661)	346,540	-
Transfers from Stage 3	4,548	5,676	(10,224)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(451,387)	(451,387)
Net increase of gross carrying amount	1,311,806	428,807	232,682	1,973,295
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	164,964	37,960	12,439	215,363
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	2,831,131	648,296	234,343	3,713,770

	2022
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	1,129,522	200,040	62,788	1,392,350
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(63,015)	63,015	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	31,475	(31,475)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(149,355)	(112,901)	262,256	-
Transfers from Stage 3	735	701	(1,436)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(408,605)	(408,605)
Net increase of gross carrying amount	515,802	223,713	186,632	926,147
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	55,876	8,073	2,658	66,607
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	1,521,040	351,166	104,293	1,976,499

F-68 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2021
	Stage 1	Stage 2	Stage 3	Total
Gross carrying amount at beginning of year	168,744	22,634	9,526	200,904
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2	(8,535)	8,535	-	-
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1	3,279	(3,279)	-	-
Transfers to Stage 3	(11,069)	(3,324)	14,393	-
Transfers from Stage 3	18	160	(178)	-
Write-offs	-	-	(14,676)	(14,676)
Net increase of gross carrying amount	1,020,838	182,800	56,160	1,259,798
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(43,753)	(7,486)	(2,437)	(53,676)
Gross carrying amount at end of the year	1,129,522	200,040	62,788	1,392,350

15. Compulsory and other deposits at central banks

	2023	2022
Compulsory deposits (i)	3,342,894	2,026,516
Reserve at central bank - Instant payments (ii)	2,953,515	751,503
Reserve at central bank - Electronic money (iii)	1,151,074	-
Total	7,447,483	2,778,019

(i) Compulsory deposits are required by BACEN based on the amount of RDB held by Nu Financeira. These resources are remunerated at Brazilian SELIC rate (special settlement and custody system of the BACEN).

(ii) Reserve at central bank - Instant payments relates to cash maintained in the Instant Payments Account, which is required by BACEN to support instant payment operations (PIX), and it is based on the average of PIX transactions per day based on the last month along with including additional funds as a safety margin. These resources are remunerated at Brazilian SELIC rate (special settlement and custody system of the BACEN).

(iii) Reserve at central bank - Electronic money refers to funds kept in a BACEN reserve, which serves as a safeguard to protect customer deposits invested in Nu Pagamentos. These resources are remunerated at Brazilian SELIC rate (special settlement and custody system of the BACEN).

F-69 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

16. Other receivables

	2023	2022
Other receivables	1,691,665	522,734
Other receivables - ECL Allowance	(2,635)	(1,064)
Total	1,689,030	521,670

Other receivables are related to the acquisition of credit card receivables from acquirers at fair value. The ECL expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 was US$1,417, as shown in note 7. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the total amount of the Group's exposure was classified as Stage 1 Strong (PD<5%) and there was no transfer between stages for the years ended on December 31, 2023 and 2022.

All receivables are classified through stages. The explanation of each stage is set out in the Company’s accounting policies (see note 4).

17. Other assets

	2023	2022
Deferred expenses (i)	230,676	157,439
Taxes recoverable	428,742	245,967
Advances to suppliers and employees (ii)	96,395	22,662
Prepaid expenses	81,687	61,744
Judicial deposits (note 24)	3,506	18,864
Other assets	95,203	35,227
Total	936,209	541,903

(i) Refers to credit card issuance costs, including printing, packing, and shipping costs, among others. The expenses are amortized based on the card’s estimated useful life, adjusted for any cancellations.

(ii) As of December 31, 2023, it includes cash deposited with new partners that operate automated teller machines (ATMs). There were no transactions with these partners during 2022.

18. Intangibles assets and goodwill

a) Composition of intangible assets and goodwill

(i) Intangible assets

	2023			2022
	Cost	Accumulated amortization	Net value	Cost	Accumulated amortization	Net value
Intangibles related to acquisitions	107,181	(45,547)	61,634	107,179	(29,132)	78,047
Other Intangibles	279,051	(44,804)	234,247	123,282	(19,165)	104,117
Total	386,232	(90,351)	295,881	230,461	(48,297)	182,164

F-70 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

(ii) Goodwill

	2023	2022
	Goodwill
Easynvest's acquisition	381,266	381,125
Cognitect's acquisition	831	831
Spin Pay's acquisition	5,060	5,060
Olivia's acquisition	10,381	10,381
Total	397,538	397,397

b) Changes on intangible assets and goodwill

	2023
	Goodwill	Intangible assets
		Intangibles related to acquisitions	Other Intangibles	Total Intangibles
Balance at beginning of the year	397,397	78,047	104,117	182,164
Additions	-	-	165,160	165,160
Disposals	-	-	(24,832)	(24,832)
Amortization	-	(14,784)	(23,829)	(38,613)
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	141	(1,629)	13,631	12,002
Balance at end of the year	397,538	61,634	234,247	295,881

F-71 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2022
	Goodwill	Intangible assets
		Intangibles related to acquisitions	Other Intangibles	Total Intangibles
Balance at beginning of the year	401,872	53,406	18,931	72,337
Additions	7,654	40,995	92,236	133,231
Disposals	-	-	(5,694)	(5,694)
Amortization	-	(15,919)	(9,211)	(25,130)
Others	(11,637)	-	-	-
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(492)	(435)	7,855	7,420
Balance at end of the year	397,397	78,047	104,117	182,164

	2021
	Goodwill	Intangible assets
		Intangibles related to acquisitions	Other Intangibles	Total Intangibles
Balance at beginning of the year	831	7,862	4,510	12,372
Additions	401,041	56,993	71,393	128,386
Disposals	-	-	(49,141)	(49,141)
Amortization	-	(12,541)	(8,493)	(21,034)
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	-	1,092	662	1,754
Balance at end of the year	401,872	53,406	18,931	72,337

19. Derivative financial instruments

The Group executes transactions with derivative financial instruments, which are intended to meet its own needs to reduce its exposure to market, currency and interest-rate risks. The derivatives are classified at fair value through profit or loss, except those in cash flow hedge accounting strategies, for which the effective portion of gains or losses on derivatives is recognized directly in other comprehensive income (loss). The management of these risks is conducted through determining limits, and the establishment of operating strategies. The derivative contracts are considered level 1, 2 or 3 in the fair value hierarchy and are used to hedge exposures, but hedge accounting is adopted only for forecasted transactions related to the cloud infrastructure, intercompany transactions and certain software licenses used by Nu (hedge of foreign currency risk), to hedge interest of the fixed rate credit portfolio (hedge of interest rate risk of portfolio) and to hedge the future cash disbursement related to highly probable future transactions and accrued liabilities for corporate and social security taxes at RSU vesting or SOP exercise, as shown below.

F-72 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023
		Fair values
	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities
Derivatives classified as fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate contracts – Futures	758,536	6	4
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	421,306	1,963	-
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	213,568	-	22,294
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	114,478	-	5,875
Warrants	10	20	-
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as cash flow hedge
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	188,748	1,050	-
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	88,193	17,882	-
Designated as portfolio hedge
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	241,995	60	-
Total	2,026,834	20,981	28,173

	2022
		Fair values
	Notional amount	Assets	Liabilities
Derivatives classified as fair value through profit or loss
Interest rate contracts - Futures	792,559	27	105
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	111,634	917	51
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	10,056	50	-
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	113,682	11,228	24
Warrants	100,000	27,908	-
Derivatives held for hedging
Designated as cash flow hedge
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	129,459	1,209	182
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	89,726	145	9,017
Designated as portfolio hedge
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	1,551,521	1	46
Total	2,898,637	41,485	9,425

Futures contracts are traded on the B3, having B3 as the counterparty. The total value of margins pledged by the Group in transactions on the stock exchange is presented in note 12.

Swaps of interest risk contracts are settled at the maturity date and are traded over the counter with financial institutions as counterparties.

Nu Holdings entered into non-deliverable forward contracts to hedge loans and intercompany loans with Nu Colombia in U.S. dollars with settlements in June 2024.

Swap TRS contracts are settled only at maturity and are traded over the counter with financial institutions as counterparties.

F-73 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Breakdown by maturity

The table below shows the breakdown by maturity of the notional amounts:

	2023
	Up to 3 months	3 to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Assets
Interest rate contracts – Futures	-	728,473	13,698	742,171
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	610,054	-	-	610,054
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	-	-	10,968	10,968
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	-	20,000	-	20,000
Warrants	-	-	10	10
Total assets	610,054	748,473	24,676	1,383,203
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts – Futures	-	234	16,131	16,365
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	-	202,600	-	202,600
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	9,388	78,805	-	88,193
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	-	94,478	-	94,478
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	123,446	108,808	9,741	241,995
Total liabilities	132,834	484,925	25,872	643,631
Total	742,888	1,233,398	50,548	2,026,834

	2022
	Up to 3 months	3 to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Assets
Interest rate contracts – Futures	332,497	73,286	348	406,131
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	241,093	-	-	241,093
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	-	-	10,056	10,056
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	113,682	-	-	113,682
Warrants	-		100,000	100,000
Total assets	687,272	73,286	110,404	870,962
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts – Futures	27,776	256,240	102,412	386,428
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	-	89,726	-	89,726
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	590,015	858,278	103,228	1,551,521
Total liabilities	617,791	1,204,244	205,640	2,027,675
Total	1,305,063	1,277,530	316,044	2,898,637

F-74 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The table below shows the breakdown by maturity of the fair value amounts:

	2023
	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Assets
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	17,882	-	17,882
Interest rate contracts – Futures	6	-	6
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	3,013	-	3,013
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	60	-	60
Warrants	20	-	20
Total assets	20,981	-	20,981
Liabilities
Interest rate contracts – Futures	4	-	4
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	22,294	-	22,294
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	5,875	-	5,875
Total liabilities	28,173	-	28,173

	2022
	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Assets
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	145	-	145
Interest rate contracts – Swaps	-	50	50
Interest rate contracts – Futures	27	-	27
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	2,126	-	2,126
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	11,228	-	11,228
Warrants	-	27,908	27,908
Interest rate contracts – Future - portfolio hedge	1	-	1
Total assets	13,527	27,958	41,485
Liabilities
Equity - Total Return Swap (TRS)	9,017	-	9,017
Interest rate contracts – Futures	17	88	105
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts – Futures	233	-	233
Foreign currency exchange rate contracts - Non-deliverable forwards (NDF)	24	-	24
DI - Future - notes 13 and 14	46	-	46
Total liabilities	9,337	88	9,425

a) Hedge of foreign currency risk

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on forecast transaction expenses, related to the cloud infrastructure, certain software licenses and intercompany expenses. The Group managed its exposures to the variability in cash flows of foreign currency forecasted transactions to movements in foreign exchange rates by entering into foreign currency exchange rate contracts (exchange futures). These instruments are entered into to match the cash flow profile of the estimated forecast transactions, and are exchange-traded and fair value movements are settled on a daily basis.

The Group applies hedge accounting to the forecasted transactions related to its main cloud infrastructure contract and other expenses in foreign currency including intercompany expenses. The effectiveness is assessed monthly by analyzing the critical terms. The critical terms of the hedging instrument and the amount of the forecasted hedged transactions are significantly the same. Derivatives are generally rolled over monthly. They are expected to occur in the same fiscal month as the maturity date of the hedged item. Therefore, the hedge is expected to be effective. Subsequent assessments of effectiveness are performed by verifying and documenting whether the critical terms of the hedging instrument and forecasted hedged transaction have changed during the period in review and whether it remains probable. If there are no such changes in critical terms, the Group will continue to conclude that the hedging relationship is effective. Sources of ineffectiveness are differences in the amount and timing of forecast and actual payment of expenses.

F-75 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023	2022	2021
Balance at beginning of the year	(2,610)	1,487	49
Fair value change recognized in OCI during the period	(29,945)	(20,924)	2,705
Total amount reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve to the statement of profit or loss during the period	20,685	14,012	(242)
to "Customer support and operation"	15,338	6,769	(91)
to "General and administrative expenses"	6,176	7,778	(136)
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(829)	(535)	(15)
Deferred income taxes	3,616	2,815	(1,025)
Balance at end of the year	(8,254)	(2,610)	1,487

The expected future transactions that are the hedged item are:

	2023			2022
	Up to 3 months	3 to 12 months	Total	Total
Expected foreign currency transactions	67,564	119,892	187,456	129,459
Total	67,564	119,892	187,456	129,459

b) Hedge of portfolio's interest rate risk

The Group holds portfolios of customer loan and refinancing of credit cards receivables at fixed interest rates, in its banking book which are exposed to interest rate risk. To hedge this risk, the Group entered into DI futures contracts, and applied hedge accounting aiming to eliminate differences between the accounting measurement of its derivatives and hedged items.

The Group’s overall hedging strategy is to reduce fair value changes of the part of the fixed rate portfolio as if they were floating rate instruments linked to the attributable benchmark rates. As such, in order to reflect the dynamic nature of the hedged portfolio, the strategy is to rebalance the DI future contracts and evaluate the allocated amount by the credit portfolio. Additionally, ineffectiveness could arise from the disparity between expected and actual prepayments (prepayment risk).

In accordance with its hedging strategy, the Group calculates the DV01 (delta value of a basis point) of the exposure and futures to identify the optimal hedging ratio, and monitors in a timely manner the hedge relationship, providing any rebalancing if needed. The need for the purchase or sale of new DI future contracts will be assessed, to counterbalance the hedged item’s fair value adjustment, aiming to assure hedge effectiveness between 80% and 125%, as determined on hedge documentation.

The effectiveness test for the hedge is done on a prospective and retrospective basis. In the prospective test, the Group compares the impact of a 1 basis point parallel shift on the interest rate curve (DV01) on the hedged item and on the hedge instrument fair value. For the retrospective test, the fair value change since the inception of the hedged item is compared to the hedge instrument. In both cases, the hedge is considered effective if the correlation is between 80% and 125%. As of December 31, 2023 the effectiveness ratio for the hedges of the credit card and loan portfolios were 100% and 99%, respectively.

F-76 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

For designated and qualifying fair value hedges, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedging derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss in "Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments - financial assets at fair value". In addition, the cumulative change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recorded as part of the carrying value of the hedged item in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Changes in fair value

	2023
	Hedge object	Fair value adjustment to the hedge object		Derivative hedge instrument
		Asset	Liability	Fair value variation
Interest rate risk
Interest rate contracts - Future - portfolio hedge - credit card	5,368	32	-	(16)
Interest rate contracts - Future - portfolio hedge - loan	164,733	698	-	(601)
Total	170,101	730	-	(617)

	2022
	Hedge object	Fair value adjustment to the hedge object		Derivative hedge instrument
		Asset	Liability	Fair value variation
Interest rate risk
Interest rate contracts - Future - portfolio hedge - credit card	72,337	(51)	-	22
Interest rate contracts - Future - portfolio hedge - loan	1,189,716	(2,836)	-	2,062
Total	1,262,053	(2,887)	-	2,084

c) Hedge of corporate and social security taxes over share-based compensation

The Group's hedge strategy is to cover the future cash disbursement related to highly probable future transactions and accrued liabilities for corporate and social security taxes at RSU vesting and SOP exercise from the variation of the Company's share price volatility. The derivative financial instruments used to cover the exposure are total return swaps ("TRS") in which one leg is indexed to the Company's stock price and the other leg is indexed to Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus spread. The stock fixed at the TRS is a weighted average price. The hedge was entered into by Nu Holdings and therefore there is no income tax effect.

The Group applies the cash flow hedge for the hedge structure thus the market risk is replaced by an interest rate risk. The effectiveness assessment is performed monthly by (i) assessing the economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument; (ii) monitoring the credit risk impact in the hedge effectiveness; and (iii) maintaining and updating the hedging ratio. Given the possibility of forfeiture impacting the future cash forecast of the employee benefit plan, the Group manages exposures to keep the hedging level within an acceptable coverage. The derivative fair value is measured substantially based on the stock price which is also used in the measurement of the provision or payment for corporate and social security taxes. There is no expectation for a mismatch between the hedged item and hedging instrument at maturity other than the SOFR.

F-77 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023	2022
Balance at beginning of the year	(4,876)	-
Fair value change recognized in OCI during the year	59,250	(8,871)
Total amount reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve to the statement of profit or loss during the year (note 10)	(33,703)	3,995
to "Customer support and operation"	(1,372)	-
to "General and administrative expenses"	(31,183)	3,995
to "Marketing expenses"	(1,148)	-
Balance at end of the year	20,671	(4,876)

Expected cash disbursement

	2023				2022
	Up to 1 year	1 to 3 years	Above 3 years	Total	Total
Considering the reporting date fair value of the hedged item:
Expected cash disbursement for corporate and social contributions	42,707	67,889	-	110,596	59,058
Total	42,707	67,889	-	110,596	59,058

20. Instruments eligible as capital

	2023	2022
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Instruments eligible as capital	3,988	11,507
Total	3,988	11,507

There were no defaults or breaches of instruments eligible as capital or on any financial liability during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

In June 2019, Nu Financeira issued a subordinated financial note in the amount equivalent to US$18,824 at the issuance date, which was approved as Tier 2 capital by the Central Bank of Brazil in September 2019, for the purposes of calculation of regulatory capital. The note bears a fixed interest rate of 12.8%, matures in 2029, and is callable in 2024.

The Group designated the instruments eligible as capital at fair value through profit (loss) at its initial recognition. The losses of fair value changes arising from its own credit risk in the amount of US$29 were recorded in other comprehensive income (gains of US$2,008 and losses of US$1,051 in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021). All other fair value changes and interests in the amount of US$2,762 (US$7,310 and US$3,580 in the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021) were recognized as profit (loss).

F-78 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023	2022	2022
Balance at beginning of the year	11,507	12,056	15,492
Interest accrued, net of gain from repurchase	(2,815)	(882)	2,137
Fair value changes	53	8,192	(5,717)
Own credit transferred to OCI	29	(2,008)	1,051
Repurchase	(6,126)	-	-
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	1,340	(5,851)	(907)
Balance at end of the year	3,988	11,507	12,056

21. Financial liabilities at amortized cost – deposits

	2023	2022
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB)	21,054,443	14,273,959
Deposits in electronic money	2,388,601	1,534,582
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	248,086	-
Total	23,691,130	15,808,541

Currently, deposits in electronic money in Brazil include "Conta do Nubank" and also "Conta NuInvest" balances, the latter corresponding to on-demand deposits of the Groups’ investment brokerage clients. In Mexico, it includes "Cuenta Nu", as it is locally denominated.

"Conta do Nubank" is a prepaid account in which the amounts deposited by customers are classified as electronic money and must be allocated to government securities (see note 12b) or in a specific account maintained at the Central Bank of Brazil (see note 15), in accordance with Brazilian regulatory requirements. "Conta NuInvest" balances also have to be allocated to government securities or maintained in free reserves at the Central Bank of Brazil. Therefore, these types of deposits cannot be used for any other type of investment or as a financing source for credit operations. Conversely, "Cuenta Nu" balances are not required to be invested in specific assets. Therefore, they can be used as a financing source for the credit card operations in Mexico.

The RDBs are an investment option inside "Conta do Nubank". Deposits in RDB have guarantees from the Brazilian Deposit Guarantee Fund (“FGC”). Unlike the deposits in electronic money, Nu is required to follow the compulsory deposits requirements for RDB deposits (see note 15), however it is not required to invest the remaining resources in government securities or in specific account maintained at the Central Bank of Brazil - these amounts can be used as a financing source for lending and credit card operations.

There are also RDBs with a defined future maturity date, which had a maturity of up to 27 months and a weighted average interest rate of 106% as of December 31, 2023 (104% on December 31, 2022) of the Brazilian CDI rate.

F-79 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The return from both "Conta do Nubank" and RDB deposits is 100% of the Brazilian CDI rate as of the initial date, if the balances are kept for more than 30 days.

For "Cuenta Nu" in Mexico, as of December 31, 2023, when the balances are deposited in "Cajitas" the return is 15% per year. "Cajitas" has both daily yield accrual and daily liquidity.

Breakdown by maturity

	2023
	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB)	20,900,095	154,348	21,054,443
Deposits in electronic money	2,388,601	-	2,388,601
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	213,707	34,379	248,086
Total	23,502,403	188,727	23,691,130

	2022
	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB)	14,160,805	113,154	14,273,959
Deposits in electronic money	1,534,582	-	1,534,582
Total	15,695,387	113,154	15,808,541

22. Financial liabilities at amortized cost – payables to network

	2023	2022
Payables to credit card network (i)	9,755,285	7,054,783
Total	9,755,285	7,054,783

(i) Corresponds to the amount payable to the acquirers related to credit and debit card transactions. Brazilian credit card payables are settled according to the transaction installments, substantially in up to 27 days for transactions with no installments, 1 business day for international transactions; and sales in installments ("parcelado") have monthly settlements, mostly, over a period of up to 12 months. For Mexican and Colombian credit card transactions, the amounts are settled in 1 business day. The segregation of the settlement is shown in the table below:

F-80 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Payables to credit card network	2023	2022
Up to 30 days	5,347,665	3,829,398
30 to 90 days	2,361,563	1,741,186
More than 90 days	2,046,057	1,484,199
Total	9,755,285	7,054,783

Collateral for credit card operations

As of December 31, 2023, the Group had US$320 (US$305 on December 31, 2022) of security deposits granted in favor of Mastercard. These security deposits are measured at fair value through profit (loss) and are held as collateral for the amounts payable to the network and can be replaced by other security deposits with similar characteristics. The average remuneration rate of those security deposits was 0.40% per month in the year ended December 31, 2023 (0.31% per month in the year ended December 31, 2022).

23. Financial liabilities at amortized cost – borrowings and financing

	2023	2022
Borrowings and financing	1,136,344	585,568
Total	1,136,344	585,568

a) Borrowings and financings

Borrowings and financings maturities are as follows:

	2023
	Up to 3 months	3 to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Borrowings and financings
Term loan credit facility (i)	3,832	94,943	-	98,775
Syndicated loan (ii)	14,820	-	806,681	821,501
Financial letter (iii)	-	-	216,068	216,068
Total borrowings and financings	18,652	94,943	1,022,749	1,136,344

F-81 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2022
	Up to 3 months	3 to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total
Borrowings and financings
Term loan credit facility (i)	3,100	32,632	82,462	118,194
Syndicated loan (ii)	103	2,494	464,777	467,374
Total borrowings and financings	3,203	35,126	547,239	585,568

(i) Corresponds to two term loan credit facilities obtained by Nu Servicios, and reassigned to Nu Financiera, both Mexican subsidiaries in Mexican pesos.

(ii) Corresponds to two syndicated credit facilities. The first, in which Nu’s subsidiaries in Mexico and Colombia are the borrowers and the Company is acting as guarantor, the total amount of the credit facility is US$650,000, of which US$625,000 is allocated to Nu Mexico and US$25,000 to Nu Colombia. Out of this facility, Nu Mexico has withdrawn a partial amount of US$435,000 and Nu Colombia, the entire US$25,000. The second, in which Nu Colombia has been granted a 3-year facility from IFC (International Finance Corporation), the total amount corresponds to US$265,100 from IFC, also guaranteed by the Company, and was fully withdrawn.

(iii) Until December 2023, the Group issued financial letters in Brazilian reais in the amount equivalent to US$198,691 on the issuance dates.

The terms and conditions of the loans outstanding as of December 31, 2023, are as follows:

	2023
Borrowings and financing	Country	Currency	Interest rate	Maturity	Principal amount in US$
Term loan credit facility	Mexico	MXN	TIIE (2) 182 + 1.0% up to 1.45%	November 2024	80,000
Syndicated loan	Mexico	MXN	TIIE (2) 91 + 1.00%	April 2025	435,000
Syndicated loan	Colombia	COP	IBR (1) + 1.6% up to 1.9%	April 2025	87,500
Syndicated loan	Colombia	USD	SOFR (4) + 4.1%	January 2026	202,600
Financial letter	Brazil	BRL	CDI (3) + 1.2% up to 1.8%	From June 2025 up to November 2025	198,691

(1) IBR: Colombian Bank Reference Indicator (Indicador Bancario de Referencia).

(2) TIIE: Mexican Bank Reference Indicator (Tasas de Interés Interbancarias).

(3) CDI: Brazilian Bank Reference Indicator (Certificado de Depósito Interbancário).

(4) SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate.

F-82 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Changes to borrowings and financings are as follows:

	2023
	Term loan credit facility	Syndicated loan	Financial Letter	Total
Balance at beginning of the year	118,194	467,374	-	585,568
New borrowings	-	270,810	198,691	469,501
Payments – principal	(35,702)	(10,799)	-	(46,501)
Payments – interest	(13,341)	(68,273)	-	(81,614)
Interest accrued	13,615	75,527	11,408	100,550
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	16,009	86,862	5,969	108,840
Balance at end of the year	98,775	821,501	216,068	1,136,344

	2022
	Bills of exchange	Term loan credit facility	Bank borrowings	Syndicated loan	Total
Balance at beginning of the year	10,400	136,843	-	-	147,243
Addition due to business combination	-	-	4,729	-	4,729
New borrowings	-	121,142	-	460,000	581,142
Payments – principal	(9,447)	(146,078)	(4,458)	-	(159,983)
Payments – interest	(1,889)	(8,301)	(568)	(19,998)	(30,756)
Interest accrued	42	8,340	158	22,534	31,074
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	894	6,248	139	4,838	12,119
Balance at end of the year	-	118,194	-	467,374	585,568

	2021
	Financial letter	Bills of exchange	Term loan credit facility	Total
Balance at beginning of the year	60,126	17,684	19,644	97,454
New borrowings	-	-	116,349	116,349
Payments – principal	(54,151)	(6,372)	-	(60,523)
Payments – interest	(4,548)	(600)	(1,908)	(7,056)
Interest accrued	776	683	4,766	6,225
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	(2,203)	(995)	(2,008)	(5,206)
Balance at end of the year	-	10,400	136,843	147,243

F-83 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Covenants

The credit facilities and syndicated loans above-mentioned have associated restrictive clauses (covenants) which establish the maintenance of minimum financial indicators resulting from capital, funding and liquidity (cash) position, as well as profitability metrics and leverage ratios including, but not limited to, net debt to gross profit, in addition to non-financial indicators according to each contract. The non-compliance with financial covenants is considered as an event of default and may lead to debt acceleration. There are also cross-default clauses triggered in the event Nu Holdings and/or some subsidiaries fail to pay any material indebtedness. The covenants are monitored on a regular basis.

Guarantees

The Company is guarantor to the above-mentioned syndicated loans from Colombia and Mexico. Nu Pagamentos is also a guarantor to one term loan credit facility from Mexico.

b) Securitized borrowings

Securitized borrowings corresponded to senior quotas issued by FIDC Nu. Senior notes of 1^st series were fully settled in 2020, 2^nd series were fully settled in 2021 and 3rd series were fully settled in February 2022. Changes to securitized borrowings are as follows:

	2023	2022	2021
Balance at beginning of the year	-	10,011	79,742
Interest accrued	-	84	1,904
Payments – principal	-	(10,633)	(66,403)
Payments – interest	-	(134)	(1,976)
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	-	672	(3,256)
Balance at end of the year	-	-	10,011

24. Provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings

	2023	2022
Tax risks	-	15,747
Civil risks	7,532	2,096
Labor risks	550	104
Total	8,082	17,947

The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to lawsuits and administrative proceedings arising from time to time in the ordinary course of operations, involving tax, civil and labor matters. Such matters are being discussed at the administrative and judicial levels, which, when applicable, are supported by judicial deposits. The provisions for probable losses arising from these matters are estimated and periodically adjusted by management, supported by external legal advisors’ opinion. There is significant uncertainty relating to the timing of any cash outflow, if any, for civil and labor risk.

a) Provision

The provision in the amount of US$15,747 as of December 31, 2022 referred to a potential legal obligation related to the increase in the contribution of certain Brazilian taxes (PIS and COFINS). The Group had a judicial deposit related to this claim, and in June 2019, Nu withdrew the lawsuit. The release of the judicial deposits in favor of the Brazilian Tax Authorities occurred in May 2023, representing final settlement of the matter with the consequent use of the provisioned amount.

F-84 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Civil lawsuits are mainly related to credit card operations. Based on management’s assessment and inputs from Nu’s external legal advisors, the Group has provisioned US$7,532 (US$2,096 on December 31, 2022) considered sufficient to cover estimated losses from civil suits deemed probable.

b) Changes

Changes to provision for lawsuits and administrative proceedings are as follows:

	2023			2022			2021
	Tax	Civil	Labor	Tax	Civil	Labor	Tax	Civil	Labor
Balance at beginning of the year	15,747	2,096	104	17,081	980	21	15,995	470	4
Additions	-	13,961	627	-	1,942	100	2,240	2,204	18
Payments/Reversals	(16,646)	(8,853)	(202)	(2,341)	(857)	(18)	-	(1,644)	-
Effect of changes in exchange rates (OCI)	899	328	21	1,007	31	1	(1,154)	(50)	(1)
Balance at end of the year	-	7,532	550	15,747	2,096	104	17,081	980	21

c) Contingencies

The Group is a party to civil and labor lawsuits, involving risks classified by management and the legal advisors as possible losses, totaling approximately US$14,212 and US$12,333, respectively (US$7,128 and US$1,814 on December 31, 2022).

d) Judicial deposits

As of December 31, 2023, the total amount of judicial deposits shown as “Other assets” (note 17) is US$3,506 (US$18,864 on December 31, 2022) and is substantially attributed to the judicial deposit carried on behalf of the shareholders of Nu Invest, prior to the acquisition, due to a tax proceeding related to withholding taxes inappropriately deducted from amounts paid to employees.

25. Deferred income

	2023	2022
Deferred revenue from rewards program	62,578	34,546
Deferred annual fee from reward program	2,762	3,283
Other deferred income	3,020	3,859
Total	68,360	41,688

Deferred revenue from rewards programs is related to the Group's reward program for its credit card customers, called "Nubank+" and "Ultravioleta". The programs consist of accumulating points according to the use of the credit card in the ratio of R$1.00 (one Brazilian real, equivalent to US$0.21 as of December 31, 2023 and US$0.19 as of December 31, 2022) equal to 1 point in cashback. The points do not expire, and there is no limit on the number of Rewards an eligible card member can earn. Deferred annual fees from the reward program comprise amounts related to the rewards fees which are paid by customers until they are earned.

F-85 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The redemption of the points occurs when the customers use them in various purchase categories, such as air tickets, hotels, transportation services, and music.

Nu uses financial models to estimate the redemption rates of rewards earned to date by current card members, and, therefore, the estimated financial value of the points, based on historical redemption trends, current enrollee redemption behavior, among others. The estimated financial value is recorded in the profit or loss when the performance obligation is satisfied, which is when the reward points are redeemed.

26. Other liabilities

	2023	2022
Sundry creditors	158,169	122,767
Customer prepayments - credit card transactions	219,426	80,798
Credit card ECL allowance (note 13)	22,066	17,566
Insurances	14,798	5,182
Intermediation of securities	12,835	28,340
Clients transfers - PIX (i)	-	305,508
Other liabilities	105,037	75,839
Total	532,331	636,000

(i) Clients transfers - PIX corresponds to unsettled PIX transactions on non-business days.

27. Related parties

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may have issued credit cards or loans to Nu’s executive directors, board members, key employees and close family members. Those transactions, as well as the deposits and other products, such as investments, occur on similar terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

As described in note 3, "Basis of consolidation", all companies from the Group are consolidated in these consolidated financial statements. Therefore, related party balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intercompany transactions, are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

In 2023, the exchange differences arising from intercompany loans between entities of the group with different functional currencies are shown as “Interest income and gains (losses) on financial instruments” in the statement of profit (loss).

F-86 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

a) Transactions with other related parties

	2023	2022
	Assets (Liabilities)
Others	-	316

	2023	2022	2021
	Revenues (expenses)
Others	-	(1,112)	(1,685)

As of December 31, 2023, the Company did not have any transactions with other related parties. On June 30, 2021, the Group entered into a service and naming rights agreement with Rodamoinho Produtora de Eventos Ltda., owned by a former member of the Company’s Board of Directors ("Board"), who has not been a member of the Board since September 2022, when the Company ceased recognizing Rodamoinho as a related party.

b) Management compensation

There are no significant post-employment benefits, such as pensions and other retirement benefits. The remuneration of the directors and other key management personnel of the Company is set out in aggregate below.

	2023	2022	2021
Consolidated statements of profit or loss
Fixed and variable compensation	60,117	122,892	34,252

Management compensation includes the compensation of remunerated members of the Board of Directors and of Executive Officers which decreased mainly due to the 2021 Contingent Share Award termination in November 2022, as disclosed in note 10b.

28. Fair value measurement

The main valuation techniques employed in internal models to measure the fair value of the financial instruments as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 are set out below. The principal inputs into these models are derived from observable market data. The Group did not make any material changes to its valuation techniques and internal models in those periods.

a) Fair value of financial instruments carried at amortized cost

The following tables show the fair value of the financial instruments carried at amortized cost as of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. The Group has not disclosed the fair values of financial instruments such as compulsory and other deposits at central banks, other financial assets at amortized cost, deposits in electronic money, RDB, time deposit, and borrowings and financing, because their carrying amounts are a reasonable approximation of fair value.

F-87 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023			2022
	Carrying amount	Fair value - Level 2	Fair value - Level 3	Carrying amount	Fair value - Level 2	Fair value - Level 3
Assets
Credit card receivables (i)	12,414,101	-	12,821,731	8,233,123	-	8,204,077
Loans to customers (i)	3,201,636	-	3,212,542	1,676,276	-	1,920,518
Compulsory and other deposits at central banks	7,447,483			2,778,019
Other receivables	1,689,030	-	1,691,884	521,670	-	522,359
Other financial assets	131,519			478,283
Securities	104,420	104,668	-	-	-	-
Total	24,988,189	104,668	17,726,157	13,687,371	-	10,646,954
Liabilities
Deposits in electronic money	2,388,601			1,534,582
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB)	21,054,443			14,273,959
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	248,086	249,009	-	-
Payables to network	9,755,285	9,605,576	-	7,054,783	6,399,704	-
Borrowings and financing	1,136,344	1,136,978	-	585,568
Total	34,582,759	10,991,563	-	23,448,892	6,399,704	-

(i) It excludes the fair value adjustment from the hedge accounting.

The book value from credit card receivables and loans to customers includes the amounts that are the hedge items of the portfolio hedge, described in note 19. The credit risk components for both receivables are not part of the hedge strategy.

Borrowings and financing includes the fair value calculated by the discounted cash flow method, and also cases in which the fair value is the same amount as the book value (cases with prepayment clauses at the amortized cost). The fair value of floating rate demand deposits are assumed to be equal to carrying amounts.

The valuation approach to specific categories of financial instruments is described below.

i) Fair value models and inputs

Credit card: The fair values of credit card receivables and payables to the network are calculated using the discounted cash flow method. Fair values are determined by discounting the contractual cash flows by the interest rate curve and credit spread. For payables, cash flows are also discounted by the Group's own credit spread.

Loans to customers: Fair value is estimated based on groups of clients with similar risk profiles, using valuation models. The fair value of a loan is determined by discounting the contractual cash flows by the interest rate curve and a credit spread. -

Other receivables: Fair value is calculated by discounting future cash flows by the interest rate curve and a credit spread.

F-88 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value

The following table shows a summary of the fair values, as of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, of the financial assets and liabilities indicated below, classified on the basis of the various measurement methods used by the Group to determine their fair value:

	2023
	Fair value - Level 1	Fair value - Level 2	Fair value - Level 3	Total
Assets
Government bonds
Brazil	7,475,904	-	-	7,475,904
United States	126,914	-	-	126,914
Mexico	1,407	-	-	1,407
Corporate bonds and other instruments
Certificate of bank deposits (CDB)	-	5,770	-	5,770
Investment funds	-	70,967	-	70,967
Time deposit	-	194,390	-	194,390
Bill of credit (LC)	-	1	-	1
Real estate and agribusiness certificate of receivables	234	17,839	-	18,073
Real estate and agribusiness letter of credit	-	186	-	186
Corporate bonds and debentures	1,124,154	143,354		1,267,508
Equity instrument	-	-	13,199	13,199
Derivative financial instruments	3,079	17,882	20	20,981
Collateral for credit card operations	-	320	-	320
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	4	28,169	-	28,173
Instruments eligible as capital	-	3,988	-	3,988
Repurchase agreements	-	210,454	-	210,454

	2022
	Fair value - Level 1	Fair value - Level 2	Fair value - Level 3	Total
Assets
Government bonds
Brazil	8,222,278	-	-	8,222,278
United States	171,184	-	-	171,184
Mexico	1,382	-	-	1,382
Corporate bonds and other instruments
Certificate of bank deposits (CDB)	-	3,712	-	3,712
Investment funds	-	302,779	-	302,779
Time deposit	-	446,436	-	446,436
Bill of credit (LC)	-	138	-	138
Real estate and agribusiness certificate of receivables (CRIs/CRAs)	2	32,173	-	32,175
Real estate and agribusiness letter of credit (LCIs/LCAs)	-	1,197	-	1,197
Corporate bonds and debentures	676,953	158,675	-	835,628
Equity instrument	-	-	22,082	22,082
Derivative financial instruments	2,154	11,423	27,908	41,485
Collateral for credit card operations	-	305	-	305
Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	384	9,041	-	9,425
Instruments eligible as capital	-	11,507	-	11,507
Repurchase agreements	-	197,242	-	197,242

F-89 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

i) Fair value models and inputs

Securities: The securities with high liquidity and quoted prices in the active market are classified as level 1. Therefore, all the government bonds and some corporate bonds are included in level 1 as they are traded in active markets. Brazilian securities values are the published prices by the "Associação Brasileira das Entidades dos Mercados Financeiro e de Capitais" ("Anbima"). For US and Mexico bonds, fair values are the published prices by Bloomberg. Other corporate bonds and investment fund shares, the valuation of which is based on observable data, such as interest rates and interest rate curves are classified as level 2.

Derivatives: Derivatives traded on stock exchanges are classified as level 1 of the hierarchy. Derivatives traded on the Brazilian stock exchange are fairly valued using B3 quotations. Interest rate OTC Swaps are valued by discounting future expected cash flows to present values using interest rate curves and are classified as level 2.

Equity instrument: For the fair value of the equity instrument, the Group used contractual conditions as inputs that are not directly observable, and therefore it is classified as level 3.

Instruments eligible as capital: If the instrument has an active market, prices quoted in this market are used. Otherwise, valuation techniques are used, such as discounted cash flows, where cash flows are discounted by a risk-free rate and a credit spread. Instruments eligible as capital were designated at fair value through profit (loss) in the initial recognition (fair value option).

Repurchase agreements: The fair value is calculated by discounted cash flow.

c) Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy

For the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, there were no transfers of financial instruments between levels 1 and 2 or between levels 2 and 3.

The table below shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

F-90 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023
	Equity instrument	Derivative financial instruments	Total
Financial assets at beginning of year	22,082	27,908	49,990
Recognized through profit or loss	(8,883)	(27,888)	(36,771)
Financial assets at end of year	13,199	20	13,219

	2022
	Equity instrument	Derivative financial instruments	Total
Financial assets at beginning of year	30,735	19,756	50,491
Recognized through profit or loss	(8,653)	8,152	(501)
Financial assets at end of year	22,082	27,908	49,990

	2021
	Equity instrument	Derivative financial instruments	Total
Financial assets at beginning of year	-	-	-
New issuances	11,211	19,756	30,967
Recognized through profit or loss	19,524	-	19,524
Financial assets at end of year	30,735	19,756	50,491

29. Income tax

Current and deferred taxes are determined for all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements using the provisions of the current tax laws. The current income tax expense or benefit represents the estimated taxes to be paid or refunded, respectively, for the current period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. They are measured using the tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the temporary tax differences are expected to reverse.

a) Income tax reconciliation

The tax on the Group's pre-tax profit differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated entities. Thus, the following is a reconciliation of income tax expense to profit (loss) for the period, calculated by applying the combined Brazilian income tax rate of 40% for the years ended December 31, 2023, 41% from August 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022 and 45% for the year ended December 31, 2021.

F-91 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

	2023	2022	2021
Profit (loss) before income tax	1,539,078	(308,901)	(170,164)
Tax rate (i)	40%	41%	45%
Income tax	(615,631)	126,649	76,574
Permanent additions/exclusions
Share-based payments	(16,880)	(11,757)	(41,418)
Operational losses and others	(11,342)	(9,112)	(6,385)
Changes in income tax rate	-	(2,531)	(11,127)
Contingent share award (CSA) - termination (iii)	-	(145,785)	-
Effect of different tax rates - subsidiaries and parent company	80,128	(31,765)	(4,541)
Interest on capital	32,731	-
Other amounts (ii)	22,446	18,568	(10,603)
Income tax	(508,548)	(55,733)	2,500
Current tax expense	(1,184,230)	(473,345)	(219,824)
Deferred tax benefit	675,682	417,612	224,654
Income tax in the statement of profit or loss	(508,548)	(55,733)	4,830
Deferred tax recognized in OCI	1,666	829	(2,330)
Effective tax rate	33.0%	18.0%	2.8%

(i) The tax rate used was the one applicable to the financial Brazilian subsidiaries, which represent the most significant portion of the operations of the Group. The tax rate used is not materially different from the average effective tax rate considering all jurisdictions where the Group has operations. The effect of other tax rates is shown in the table above as “effect of different tax rates – subsidiaries and parent company”.

(ii) Mostly related to the amount of deductions and incentives.

(iii) The amount is related to the termination of the Contingent Share Award (CSA) as described in note 10b.

b) Deferred income taxes

The following tables present significant components of the Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, and the changes for the both periods. The accounting records of deferred tax assets on income tax losses and/or social contribution loss carryforwards, as well as those arising from timing differences, are based on technical feasibility studies which consider the expected generation of future taxable income, considering the history of profitability for each subsidiary individually. The use of the deferred tax asset related to tax loss and negative basis of social contribution is limited to 30% of taxable profit per year for the Brazilian entities and there is no time limit to use it.

		Reflected in the statement of profit or loss
	2022	Constitution	Realization	Foreign exchange	Reflected in OCI	2023
Provisions for credit losses	583,791	1,067,729	(385,564)	64,777	-	1,330,733
Provision PIS/COFINS - Financial Revenue	6,299	-	(6,787)	(1,620)	-	(2,108)
Other temporary differences (i)	123,103	103,257	(45,132)	10,842	-	192,070
Total deferred tax assets on temporary differences	713,193	1,170,986	(437,483)	73,999	-	1,520,695
						-
Tax loss and negative basis of social contribution	97,857	61,047	(72,662)	6,676	-	92,918
Deferred tax assets	811,050	1,232,033	(510,145)	80,675	-	1,613,613
Futures settlement market	(13,739)	(3,082)	5,772	(460)	-	(11,509)
Fair value changes - financial instruments	(3,291)	(3,537)	(194)	(360)	(1,950)	(9,332)
Others	(24,088)	(59,381)	25,635	2,897	-	(54,937)
Deferred tax liabilities	(41,118)	(66,000)	31,213	2,077	(1,950)	(75,778)
Deferred tax, offset	769,932	1,166,033	(478,932)	82,752	(1,950)	1,537,835
Fair value changes - cash flow hedge	(1,758)	107,410	(118,829)	7,802	3,616	(5,375)
Deferred tax recognized during the year		1,273,443	(597,761)		1,666

(i) Other temporary differences are composed mainly by other provisions and supplier provisions.

F-92 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

			Reflected in the statement of profit or loss
	2021	Other	Constitution	Realization	Foreign exchange	Reflected in OCI	2022
Provisions for credit losses	204,459	-	600,227	(221,817)	922	-	583,791
Provision PIS/COFINS - Financial Revenue	5,965	-	-	-	334	-	6,299
Other temporary differences (i)	72,343	12,175	68,971	(34,313)	3,927	-	123,103
Total deferred tax assets on temporary differences	282,767	12,175	669,198	(256,130)	5,183	-	713,193
Tax loss and negative basis of social contribution	77,985	-	19,930	(5,707)	5,649	-	97,857
Deferred tax assets	360,752	12,175	689,128	(261,837)	10,832	-	811,050
Futures settlement market	(18,850)	-	(7,821)	13,730	(798)	-	(13,739)
Fair value changes - financial instruments	(2,144)	-	(3,744)	4,634	(51)	(1,986)	(3,291)
Others	(8,340)	-	46,446	(60,338)	(1,856)	-	(24,088)
Deferred tax liabilities	(29,334)	-	34,881	(41,974)	(2,705)	(1,986)	(41,118)
Fair value changes - cash flow hedge	1,057	-	17,608	(20,194)	(229)	2,815	(1,758)
Deferred tax recognized during the year			741,617	(324,005)		829

			Reflected in the statement of profit or loss
	2020	Other	Constitution	Realization	Foreign exchange	Reflected in OCI	2021
Provisions for credit losses	68,155	41	197,920	(52,730)	(8,927)	-	204,459
Provision PIS/COFINS - Financial Revenue	6,398	-	-	-	(433)	-	5,965
Other temporary differences	41,982	585	52,157	(18,394)	(3,987)	-	72,343
Total deferred tax assets on temporary differences	116,535	626	250,077	(71,124)	(13,347)	-	282,767
Tax loss and negative basis of social contribution	8,596	4,201	67,939	-	(2,751)	-	77,985
Deferred tax assets	125,131	4,827	318,016	(71,124)	(16,098)	-	360,752
Futures settlement market	-	-	(19,137)	-	287	-	(18,850)
Fair value changes - financial instruments	(8,741)	-	(170)	5,544	(82)	1,305	(2,144)
Others	-	-	(14,524)	4,744	1,440	-	(8,340)
Deferred tax liabilities	(8,741)	-	(33,831)	10,288	1,645	1,305	(29,334)
Fair value changes - cash flow hedge	32	-	1,305	-	(280)	1,025	1,057
Deferred tax recognized during the year			285,490	(60,836)		2,330

(i) Other temporary differences are composed mainly by other provisions and supplier provisions.

F-93 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

30. Equity

The table below presents the changes in shares issued and fully paid and shares authorized, by class, as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Shares authorized and fully issued	Note	Ordinary shares	Preferred shares	Senior preferred shares	Management shares	Class A Ordinary shares	Class B Ordinary shares	Total	Total after 6-for-1 forward share split
Total as of December 31, 2020		222,657,093	422,057,050	16,795,799	2,500	-	-	661,512,442	3,969,074,652
SOPs exercised and RUSs vested		6,314,494	-	-	-	15,600,346	-	21,914,840	131,489,040
Shares withheld for employees' taxes		(320,866)	-	-	-	(384,278)	-	(705,144)	(4,230,864)
Shares repurchased		(203,643)	-	-	-	-	-	(203,643)	(1,221,858)
Issuance of preferred shares (Series G)		-	11,758,704	-	-	-	-	11,758,704	70,552,224
Conversion of senior preferred shares (Series F-1)		-	16,795,799	(16,795,799)	-	-	-	-	-
Issuance of preferred shares due to Easynvest business combination		-	8,019,426	-	-	-	-	8,019,426	48,116,556
Issuance of preferred shares(Series G-1)		-	10,002,809	-	-	-	-	10,002,809	60,016,854
Conversion of ordinary shares in class A shares		(228,447,078)	-	-	-	228,447,078	-	-	-
Conversion of class A shares in class B shares		-	-	-	-	(184,110,692)	184,110,692	-	-
Awards issued		-	-	-	-	-	7,596,827	7,596,827	45,580,962
Issuance of Class A shares - Cognitect acquisition		-	-	-	-	107,489	-	107,489	644,934
Issuance of Class A shares - Spin Pay acquisition		-	-	-	-	138,415	-	138,415	830,490
Subtotal balances before the 6-for-1 forward share split		-	468,633,788	-	2,500	59,798,358	191,707,519	720,142,165	4,320,852,990
Issuance of shares due to the 6-for-1 forward share split		-	2,343,168,940	-	12,500	298,991,790	958,537,595	3,600,710,825	-
Subtotal balances after the 6-for-1 forward share split		-	2,811,802,728	-	15,000	358,790,148	1,150,245,114	4,320,852,990	4,320,852,990
Preferred shares converted into class A shares		-	(2,811,802,728)	-	-	2,811,802,728	-	-	-
Cancelation of management shares		-	-	-	(15,000)	-	-	(15,000)	(15,000)
Issuance of shares under the customer program		-	-	-	-	1,259,613	-	1,259,613	1,259,613
Issuance of shares under the IPO		-	-	-	-	287,890,942	-	287,890,942	287,890,942
Movements due to the IPO		-	(2,811,802,728)	-	(15,000)	3,100,953,283	-	289,135,555	289,135,555

F-94 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Shares authorized and fully issued	Note	Ordinary shares	Preferred shares	Senior preferred shares	Management shares	Class A Ordinary shares	Class B Ordinary shares	Total	Total after 6-for-1 forward share split
Total as of December 31, 2021		-	-	-	-	3,459,743,431	1,150,245,114	4,609,988,545	4,609,988,545
Conversion of shares class B to A		-	-	-	-	58,312,073	(58,312,073)	-	-
SOPs exercised and RSUs vested	10	-	-	-	-	64,418,580	-	64,418,580	64,418,580
Shares withheld for employees' taxes	10	-	-	-	-	(8,536,770)	-	(8,536,770)	(8,536,770)
Issuance of class A shares - Cognitect and Juntos acquisitions		-	-	-	-	1,362,201	-	1,362,201	1,362,201
Issuance of shares due to IPO over-allotment		-	-	-	-	27,555,298	-	27,555,298	27,555,298
Total as of December 31, 2022		-	-	-	-	3,602,854,813	1,091,933,041	4,694,787,854	4,694,787,854
Conversion of class B shares in class A shares		-	-	-	-	8,620,899	(8,620,899)	-	-
SOPs exercised and RSUs vested	10	-	-	-	-	68,312,944	-	68,312,944	68,312,944
Shares withheld for employees' taxes	10	-	-	-	-	(8,848,203)	-	(8,848,203)	(8,848,203)
Shares repurchased		-	-	-	-	(290,676)	-	(290,676)	(290,676)
Share issued to service providers		-	-	-	-	4,355,374	-	4,355,374	4,355,374
Issuance of class A shares - Olivia acquisition		-	-	-	-	6,097,262	-	6,097,262	6,097,262
Issuance of class A shares - Spin Pay acquisition		-	-	-	-	877,665	-	877,665	877,665
Issuance of class A shares - Cognitect acquisition		-	-	-	-	644,934	-	644,934	644,934
Total as of December 31, 2023		-	-	-	-	3,682,625,012	1,083,312,142	4,765,937,154	4,765,937,154

F-95 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Shares authorized and unissued	Class A Ordinary shares	Class B Ordinary shares	Total	Total after 6-for-1 forward share split
Business combination - contingent share consideration	-	-	2,920,149	10,683,513
Reserved for the share-based payments	-	-	329,196,802	397,521,998
Shares authorized which may be issued class A or class B	-	-	43,505,387,105	43,500,447,845
Shares authorized and unissued as of December 31, 2023	-	-	43,837,504,056	43,908,653,356
Shares authorized issued	3,682,625,012	1,083,312,142	4,765,937,154	4,694,787,854
Total as of December 31, 2023	-	-	48,603,441,210	48,603,441,210

At the Meeting of Shareholders held on August 30, 2021, the 6-for-1 forward share split of the Company’s shares was approved.

F-96 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

a) Share events

In January 2022, Nu Holdings issued an additional 27,555,298 ordinary class A shares due to the over-allotment option ("Green Shoe") exercised by the underwriters.

In May 2023, the Company concluded private issuances of a total 4,355,374 Class A shares as consideration paid to acquire services.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had ordinary shares authorized and unissued relating to commitments from acquisitions of entities, the issuance due to the share-based payment plans (note 10) and authorized for future issuance without determined nature and which could be class A or B ordinary shares.

b) Share capital and share premium reserve

All share classes of the Company had a nominal par value of US$0.0000067 on December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the total amount of share capital was US$84 (US$83 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021).

Share premium reserve relates to amounts contributed by shareholders over the par value at the issuance of shares.

The total of exercised Stock Options (SOP) was US$9,148 for the year ended on December 31, 2023 (US$4,505 US$12,252 as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively).

c) Issuance of shares

The following table presents the amount in US$ of shares issued, increase in capital and premium reserve in transactions other than business combinations, the exercise of the SOPs and vesting of RSUs in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:

	Capital and share premium reserve
Event	2023	2022	2021
Shares issued on IPO over-allotment	-	247,998	247,998
Issuance of preferred shares (Series F-1)	-	-	400,915
Issuance of preferred shares (Series G)	-	-	400,000
Issuance of preferred shares (Series G-1)	-	-	400,000
Customer program and IPO (note 1b)	-	-	2,602,026

In January 2021, Nu Holdings completed the preferred shares issuance – Series G – in the amount of US$400,000. As a result of the transaction, 11,758,704 Series G preferred shares (70,552,224 after the 6-for-1 forward share split) were issued and 7,466,778 ordinary shares (44,800,668 after the 6-for-1 forward share split) were made available for issuance for the Company’s share-based compensation program.

In May 2021, the senior preferred shares related to Series F-1 were fully converted into equity, with the total issuance of 16,795,799 shares (100,774,794 after the 6-for-1 forward share split) at the request of the holders. The conversion consisted of a reclassification of the amount recognized as a derivative and as liability into share capital and share premium reserve in the total amount of US$400,915.

F-97 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

In June 2021, Nu Holdings completed the preferred shares issuance Series G-1 – in the amount of US$400,000. As a result of the transaction, 10,002,809 Series G-1 preferred shares (60,016,854 after the 6-for-1 forward share split) were issued.

In January 2022, Nu Holdings issued 27,555,298 ordinary Class A shares and raised proceeds of US$247,998 as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option ("Green Shoe"), related to the IPO in December 2021.

The Company did not have any convertible instruments during the year of 2023 and 2022.

d) Accumulated gains (losses)

The accumulated gains (losses) include the accumulated profit (losses) of the Group and the share-based payment reserve amount, as shown in the table below.

As described in note 10, the Group's share-based payments include incentives in the form of SOPs, RSUs and Awards. Further, the Company can use the reserve to absorb accumulated losses.

	2023	2022	2021
Accumulated gains (losses)	329,468	(701,062)	(336,484)
Share-based payments reserve	947,481	765,639	208,075
Total attributable to shareholders of the parent company	1,276,949	64,577	(128,409)
Accumulated profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests	-	-	(341)
Total accumulated losses	-	-	(128,750)

e) Shares repurchased and withheld

Shares may be repurchased from certain former employees when they leave the Group, as a result of contractual terms of deferred payments on business combinations, or withheld because of RSUs plans to settle the employee’s tax obligation. These shares repurchased or withheld are canceled and cannot be reissued or subscribed. During the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the following shares were repurchased:

	2023	2022	2021
Number of shares repurchased	290,676	-	1,221,858
Total value of shares repurchased	-	-	4,607
Number of shares withheld - RSU	8,848,203	8,536,770	4,230,864
Total value of shares withheld - RSU	52,242	51,212	18,299

f) Accumulated other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income includes the amounts, net of the related tax effect, of the adjustments to assets and liabilities recognized in equity through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

F-98 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Other comprehensive income that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss is related to cash flow hedges that qualify as effective hedges and currency translation that represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s investment in foreign operations. These amounts will remain under this heading until they are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit (loss) in the periods in which the hedged items affect it, for example, in the case of the cash flow hedge.

The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities designated at fair value. Amounts in the own credit reserve are not reclassified to profit (loss) in future periods.

The accumulated balances are as follows:

	2023	2022	2021
Cash flow hedge effects, net of deferred taxes	12,417	(7,486)	1,487
Currency translation on foreign entities	135,497	(108,356)	(110,936)
Changes in fair value - financial instruments at FVTOCI, net of deferred taxes	7,998	(22,298)	1,741
Own credit adjustment effects	518	489	(1,519)
Total	156,430	(137,651)	(109,227)

31. Management of financial risks, financial instruments, and other risks

a) Overview

The Group monitors all the risks that could have a material impact on its strategic objectives, including those that must comply with applicable regulatory requirements. To efficiently manage and mitigate these risks, the risk management structure conducts risk identification and assessment to prioritize the risks that are key to pursue potential opportunities and/or that may prevent value from being created or that may compromise existing value, with the possibility of having impacts on financial results, capital, liquidity, customer relationship and reputation.

Risks that are actively monitored include Credit, Liquidity, Market, Foreign exchange (FX), Operational, IT and Cyber, Regulatory, Compliance and AML (Anti-money laundering) and Reputational Risk, Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) and risk from Cryptocurrency business.

b) Risk management structure

Nu considers Risk Management an important pillar of the Group's strategic management. The risk management structure broadly permeates the entire Company, with the objective of ensuring that risks are properly identified, measured, mitigated, monitored and reported, in order to support the development of its activities. Risk Management is related to the principles, culture, structures and processes to improve the decision-making process and the achievement of strategic objectives. It is a continuous and evolving process that runs through Nu's entire strategy, to support Management in minimizing its losses, as well as maximizing its profits and supporting the Company's values.

The Group's risk management structure considers the size and complexity of its business, which allows tracking, monitoring and control of the risks to which it is exposed. The risk management process is aligned with management guidelines, which, through committees and other internal meetings, define strategic objectives, including risk appetite. Conversely, the capital control and capital management units provide support through risk and capital monitoring and analysis processes.

F-99 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group considers a risk appetite statement (“RAS”) to be an essential instrument to support risk management and decision making. The Board reviews and approves the RAS, as guidelines and limits for the business plan and capital deployment. Nu has defined a RAS (aligned to local regulatory requirements) that prioritizes the main risks and, for each of these, qualitative statements and quantitative metrics expressed in relation to earnings, capital, risk measures, liquidity and other relevant measures were implemented, as appropriate.

Nu operates on the three-line model, which helps to identify structures and processes that best support the achievement of objectives and facilitate a robust governance and risk management structure.

● First line: business functions and support functions/areas or activities that generate exposure to risk, whose managers are responsible for managing them in accordance with policies, limits and other conditions defined and approved by the Executive Board. The first line must have the means to identify, measure, treat and report risks.

● Second line: consisting of the areas of Risk Management, Internal Controls and Compliance, it is responsible for ensuring an effective control of risks and that they are managed in accordance with the defined appetite level. Responsible for proposing risk management policies, developing risk models and methodologies, and first-line supervision.

● Third line: composed of the Internal Audit, it is responsible for periodically and independently evaluating whether policies, methods and procedures are adequate, in addition to verifying their effective implementation.

Another important element of the risk management framework is the structure of Technical Forums and Committees. These governance bodies were designed and implemented to monitor and make decisions on aspects associated with the Group's management and control. Nu has implemented this structure both at a Global and a country-level perspective, as described below.

Global risk-related Governance body:

● Audit and Risk Committee: established as a Board of Director level committee in order to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities to the Company’s shareholders with respect to: evaluating the performance and progress of the work of the Internal Audit, the independent audit, as well as the respective reports related to the internal control systems, following the recommendations made by the internal and independent auditors to management, reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements, overseeing the performance of overall Nu's risk management framework and control functions, and monitoring the level of risk exposure according to the RAS (consolidated view by country). It consists of at least three independent members and meets at least quarterly.

F-100 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Country-level risk-related Governance bodies:

Each of the countries where the Group has operations established a structure of governance based on the relevant regulatory requirements and composed of the following elements. Depending on the nature of the subject to be managed, some Committees and meetings can be grouped to cover more than one country.

● Risk Committee: its objective is to assist the country's executive officers in the performance of the entity’s risk management and control functions, monitoring the level of risk exposure according to risk appetite. It also aims to adopt strategies, policies and measures aimed at disseminating a culture of internal controls and risk mitigation.

● Credit Committee: its objective is to review and supervise credit strategies, as well as review their impacts on the subsidiary's results, and to review the credit strategies in light of the macroeconomic environment and risk information, on the credit market and on competitors.

● Audit Committee: its main duties are to evaluate the performance and progress of the work of the Internal Audit function, the independent auditors, and the respective reports related to the internal control systems, to follow the recommendations made by internal and independent auditors to management, and to review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements.

● Technical Forums: regular meetings to discuss and propose recommendations to the country-level Risk Committee. Depending on the materiality in each of the countries, each topic listed below can have its own Technical Forum, with the participation of executives from associated areas: accounting and tax, operational risk and internal controls, asset and liability management ("ALM") / capital, information technology and cyber risks ("IT"), data protection, Compliance and anti-money laundering ("AML"), fraud prevention, stress tests, product review, wholesale, sustainability risk and credit provisions. Each Technical Forum has its own charter, establishing the scope of work, voting members and other working model attributes.

c) Risks actively monitored

The risks that are actively monitored by the Group include Credit Risk, Liquidity, Market Risk, Foreign exchange (FX), Operational, IT and Cyber, Regulatory, Compliance and AML (Anti-money laundering) and Reputational Risk, Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB)and risk from Cryptocurrency business. The management of these risks is carried out according to the three-line model, considering policies and procedures in place, as well as the limits established in the RAS. Also, there is a Stress Testing program in place.

Each of the risks described below has its own methodologies, systems and processes for its identification, measurement, evaluation, monitoring, reporting, control and mitigation.

In the case of financial risks, such as credit, liquidity, IRRBB and market risk, the measurement is carried out based on quantitative models and, in certain cases, prospective scenarios in relation to the main variables involved, respecting the applicable regulatory requirements and best market practices. Non-financial risks, such as operational risk and technological/cyber risks, are measured using impact criteria (inherent risk), considering potential financial losses, reputational damage, customer perception and legal/regulatory obligations, as well as evaluated in relation to the effectiveness of the respective structure of internal controls.

F-101 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Based on the results of the measurement and risk assessment activities, the adherence of the residual exposure to Nu's risk appetite is verified. Necessary actions to mitigate risks are presented and discussed in the governance structure (Technical Forums and Risk Committees), which are also the channels responsible for approving and monitoring the implementation of action plans.

● Credit risk

Credit risk is defined as the possibility of losses associated with failure of customers or counterparties to pay their contractual obligations; the depreciation or reduction of the expected gains from financial instruments due to the deterioration of the credit quality of customers or counterparties; the costs of recovering the deteriorated exposure; and any advantage given to customers or counterparties due to deterioration in their credit quality.

The credit risk control and management structure is independent of the business units, being responsible for the processes and tools to measure, monitor, control and report the credit risk of products and other financial operations, continuously verifying their adherence to the policies and structure of approved limits. There is also an assessment of the possible impacts arising from changes in the economic environment, in order to ensure that the loan portfolio is resilient to economic crises.

Credit risk management is carried out by the Credit Risk team with a centralized role independent of the business units, being responsible for:

● Establishing governance, policies and procedures aimed at maintaining exposure to credit risks in accordance with the levels set in the RAS;

● Monitoring and notifying management of the risk levels (appetite compliance) of the credit portfolio, including recommendations for improvement, when applicable;

● Identifying and assessing inherent risks and respective mitigators in the launch of new products and significant changes in existing processes; and

●       Estimating the expected losses according to consistent and verifiable criteria.

The Group’s outstanding balance of financial assets and other exposures to credit risk is shown in the table below:

	2023	2022
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	5,923,440	4,172,316
Securities	368,574	91,853
Derivative financial instruments	20,981	41,485
Collateral for credit card operations	320	305
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	389,875	133,643
Securities	8,805,745	9,947,138
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income	8,805,745	9,947,138
Securities	104,420	-
Credit card receivables	12,414,133	8,233,072
Loans to customers	3,202,334	1,673,440
Compulsory and other deposits at central banks	7,447,483	2,778,019
Other receivables	1,689,030	521,670
Other financial assets	131,519	478,283
Financial assets at amortized cost	24,988,919	13,684,484
Other exposures
Unused limits (i)	16,998,572	12,971,982
Credit Commitments	16,998,572	12,971,982

(i) Unused limits are not recorded in the statement of financial position but are considered in the measurement of the ECL because it represents credit risk exposure.

F-102 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is defined as:

●       the ability of an entity to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they come due, without incurring unacceptable losses; and

●       the possibility of not being able to easily exit a financial position due to its size compared to the traded volume in the market.

The liquidity risk management structure uses future cash flow data, applying what Nu believes to be a severe stress scenario to these cash flows, in order to measure that the volume of high-quality liquid assets that the Group has is sufficient to guarantee its resilience even in very adverse situations. The liquidity indicators are monitored daily. For the funding risk management, the gaps between assets and liabilities in term buckets are monitored to assure that the profile of assets is consistent with the liabilities.

The Group has a Contingency Funding Plan for the Brazilian entities that describes possible management actions that should be taken in the event of a deterioration of the liquidity indicators.

Primary sources of funding - by maturity

	2023				2022
Funding Sources	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total	%	Up to 12 months	Over 12 months	Total	%
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB) (i)	20,900,095	154,348	21,054,443	94%	14,160,805	113,154	14,273,959	96%
Borrowings and financing	113,595	1,022,749	1,136,344	5%	38,329	547,239	585,568	4%
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	213,707	34,379	248,086	1%	-	-	-	0%
Instruments eligible as capital	-	3,988	3,988	0%	-	11,507	11,507	0%
Total	21,227,397	1,215,464	22,442,861	100%	14,199,134	671,900	14,871,034	100%

(i) Considering the earliest date in which the client can withdraw the deposit, although it is not expected that all deposits will be withdrawn at the same time.

F-103 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below summarize the Group’s financial liabilities and their contractual maturities:

	2023
	Carrying amount	Total (iii)	Up to 1 month	1 to 3 months	3-12 months	Over 12 months
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments	28,173	28,174	54	-	28,120	-
Instruments eligible as capital	3,988	4,276			4,276
Repurchase agreements	210,454	210,546	210,546	-	-	-
Deposits in electronic money (i)	2,388,601	2,388,601	2,388,601		-	-
Bank receipt of deposits (RDB) (ii)	21,054,443	21,119,655	20,109,727	241,498	595,240	173,190
Bank certificate of deposit (CDB)	248,086	265,180	15,937	70,408	138,419	40,416
Payables to credit card network	9,755,285	9,769,051	5,361,431	2,361,563	2,044,883	1,174
Borrowings and financing	1,136,344	1,290,225	14,149	21,464	170,006	1,084,606
Total Financial Liabilities	34,825,374	35,075,708	28,100,445	2,694,933	2,980,944	1,299,386

(i) In accordance with regulatory requirements and in guarantee of these deposits, the Group holds the total amount of US$23,050 in eligible securities composed of Brazilian government bonds as described in note 12b, under a dedicated account within the Central Bank of Brazil as of December 31, 2023 (US$2,252,464 as of December 31, 2022).

(ii) Considering the earliest date in which the client can withdraw the deposit, although it is not expected that all deposits will be withdrawn at the same time.

(iii) The gross nominal outflow was projected considering the exchange rate of Brazilian Reais, and Mexican and Colombian Pesos to US$ as of December 31, 2023.

The unused limit of credit cards is the pre-approved limit that has not yet been used by the client and represents the current maximum potential credit exposure. Therefore, it does not represent the real need for liquidity arising from commitments. When customers begin utilizing their unused limits, the duration of the credit card receivables are expected to be shorter than the duration of the payables to network.

Maturities of financial assets

The table below summarize the Group’s financial assets contractual undiscounted cash flows and their contractual maturities:

	2023
	Total	Up to 1 month	1 to 3 months	3-12 months	Over 12 months
Financial assets
Credit card receivables (i)	13,118,532	5,487,838	4,481,950	2,939,438	209,306
Securities	9,537,366	130,738	132,503	753,192	8,520,933
Compulsory and other deposits at central banks	7,447,483	7,447,483	-	-	-
Cash and cash equivalents	5,923,440	5,923,440	-	-	-
Loans to customers (i)	4,614,637	526,535	930,798	2,144,616	1,012,688
Other receivables	1,730,588	554,951	633,694	541,943	-
Other assets	256	256	-	-	-
Total Financial Assets	42,372,302	20,071,241	6,178,945	6,379,189	9,742,927

(i) Credit card receivables and loans to customers do not include overdue values that are still being considered in the book value

F-104 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Market risk and interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)

Market risk is defined as the risk of losses arising from movements in market risk factors, such as interest rate risk, equities, foreign exchange (FX) rates and commodities prices. IRRBB refers to the current or prospective risk to an entity's capital and earnings arising from adverse movements in interest rates that affect the banking book positions.

There is a market risk & IRRBB control and management structure, independent from the business units, which is responsible for the processes and tools to measure, monitor, control and report the market risk and IRRBB, continuously verifying the adherence with the approved policies and limits structure.

Management of market risk and IRRBB is based on metrics that are reported to the Asset & Liability Management and Capital ("ALM") Technical Forum and to the country-level Risk Committee. Management is authorized to use financial instruments as outlined in the Group's internal policies to hedge market risk & IRRBB exposures.

Management of market risk and interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) is based on the following metrics:

● Interest Rate Sensitivity (DV01): impact on the market value of cash flows, when submitted to a one basis point increase in the current annual interest rates or index rate;

● Value at Risk (VaR): maximum market value loss for a holding period with a confidence level; and

● FX exposures: considering all financial positions that bring FX risk and operational expenses in other currencies.

In Brazil, the Brazilian Central Bank (BCB) requires an assessment of the sufficiency of capital for the interest rate risk of the banking book (IRRBB) based on Delta EVE and Delta NII metrics. The Group calculates these metrics in Brazil according to the regulator standard for managing this capital requirement. Delta EVE is the change in the Group's economic value of equity in the scenarios prescribed by the BCB. Delta NII is the change in the Group's net interest income in the same standard prescribed scenarios.

The table below presents the VaR uses a confidence level of 99% and a holding period of 10 days, by a filtered historical simulation approach, with a 5-year historical window. For Brazil, it is calculated only for the Trading Book in line with the portfolio management strategy.

VaR	2023	2022
Nu Financeira (i) / Nu Pagamentos (Brazil)	249	190
Nu Holdings (ii)	14,419	10,321

(i) Includes Nu Financeira and its subsidiaries Nu Invest and Nu DTVM.

(ii) Considers only financial assets held directly by Nu Holdings as other subsidiaries do not have significant market risk exposures.

F-105 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The following analysis is the Group's sensitivity of the mark to market fair value to an increase of 1 basis point (“bp”) (DV01) in the Brazilian risk-free curve, Brazilian IPCA coupon curve, US risk-free curve and Mexican risk-free curve, assuming a parallel shift and a constant financial position:

DV01	2023	2022
Brazilian risk-free curve (1)	(158)	(41)
Brazilian IPCA coupon	(5)	(5)
US risk-free curve	(136)	(121)
Mexican risk-free curve	2	1

(1)   Includes FIP, Nu Pagamentos, Nu Financeira, Nu Invest and Nu DTVM.

The interest rate risk in Colombia and in Brazilian subsidiaries other than those mentioned above is not significant as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. To maintain DV01 sensitivities within defined limits, interest rate futures, traded in B3, and swaps derivatives are used to hedge interest rate risk.

● Foreign exchange (FX) risk

The financial information may exhibit volatility due to the Group’s operations in foreign currencies, such as the Brazilian Real and Mexican and Colombian Pesos. At the Nu Holdings level, there is no net investment hedge for investments in other countries.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, none of the entities of the Group had significant financial instruments in a currency other than their respective functional currencies.

The functional currency of the entities in Brazil is the Brazilian Real. Certain costs in US Dollars and Euros, or intercompany loans in US Dollars, are hedged with futures contracts, traded on the B3 exchange, based on projections of these costs, or when there are new exposures. Hedge transactions are adjusted when internal cost projections change and when the FX derivatives expire. As a result, the consolidated financial statements have no significant exposures to exchange rates after the hedge transactions take effect.

● Operational risk

Operational risk is defined as the possibility of losses resulting from external events or from failure, deficiency or inadequacy of internal processes, people or systems. In this context, the legal risk associated with inadequacy or deficiency in contracts signed by Nu, sanctions due to non-compliance with legal provisions and compensations for damages to third parties arising from the activities developed by the Company must also be considered.

The structure of control and management of operational risk and internal controls is independent of the business and support units, being responsible for the identification and assessment of operational risks, as well as for evaluating the design and effectiveness of the internal controls, covering risks such as system and services disruption, external fraud and failures in activities involved in payment scheme arrangements. This structure is also responsible for the preparation and periodic testing of the business continuity plan and for coordinating the risk assessment in new product launches and significant changes to existing processes.

F-106 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

Within the governance of the risk management process, mechanisms are presented to identify, measure, evaluate, monitor, and report operational risk events to each business and support area (first line), in addition to disseminating the control culture to other employees. The main results of risk assessments are presented in the Technical Forum on Operational Risk and Internal Controls and in the Risk Committee, when applicable. Applicable improvement recommendations result in action plans with planned deadlines and responsibilities.

●       Information Technology/Cyber ("IT") risk

IT/Cyber risk is defined as the undesirable effects arising from a range of possible threats to the information technology infrastructure, including cybersecurity (occurrence of information security incidents), incident management (ineffective incident/problem management process, impact about service levels, costs and customer dissatisfaction), identity and access management (unauthorized access to sensitive information), data management (lack of compliance with data privacy laws or gaps in data management governance or data leakage issues), among others.

As the Group operates in a challenging environment in terms of cyber threats, it continuously invests in controls and technologies to defend against these threats. IT risks, including cyber risk, are a priority area for Nu, thus there is a dedicated IT Risk structure, which is part of the second line. This team is independent from IT-related areas, including Engineering, IT Operations, and Information Security.

The IT/Cyber Risks area is responsible for identifying, evaluating, measuring, monitoring, controlling, and reporting Information Technology risks in relation to the risk appetite levels approved by the Executive Board. The Group continually assesses Nu's exposure to threat risk and their potential impacts on the business and customers. The Group continues to improve its IT and cybersecurity capabilities and controls, also considering that people are an essential component of the security strategy, ensuring that the employees and third-party consultants are aware of prevention measures and also know how to report incidents.

The results of the IT risk and controls assessments are regularly discussed at the IT Risk Technical Forum and presented to the Risk Committee when applicable. The applicable improvement recommendations result in action plans with planned deadlines and responsibilities.

● Regulatory risk

In a complex and highly regulated environment, legislative and regulatory initiatives may result in significant changes to Nu's regulatory framework and consequently its business activities.

To address such risks Nu maintains teams in Brazil, Colombia and Mexico dedicated to monitoring these changes and engaging to explain their potential impacts to the Group and the broader financial industry.

Legislative and regulatory initiatives that can present a material impact to the Group are brought to the attention of the Risk Committee and the management team allowing the Group, when necessary, to adjust its strategy and decide on the best course of action to deal with such changes.

F-107 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Compliance risk

As the Group operates in a highly regulated environment, a robust Compliance program was established within the second line of defense. The Compliance team has resources dedicated to the Ethics Program, Regulatory Compliance as well as to Anti Money Laundering Program and Combating the Financing of Terrorism.

The Ethics Program sets the minimum conduct standards for the organization, including Code of Conduct, Compliance Policies, Training, and Awareness Campaigns, as well as an independent Whistleblower Channel. Some examples include the anti-bribery and corruption risks, conflict of interest, related parties, insider trading as well as any violations from Nu's Code of Conduct.

The Regulatory Compliance team is focused on overseeing the regulatory adherence of the organization. Main activities involve regulatory tracking and managing the regulatory adherence, assessment of new products and features, advisory, Compliance testing as well as centralizing the relationship with regulators regarding requests of information and exams. By not being in compliance with laws and regulations, the Group may be exposed to sanctions, loss of license as well as potential criminal implications on management.

Nu's Anti Money Laundering (AML) Program represents the global framework and guidelines for AML and Combating Terrorism Financing (CTF) and is the basis for the AML team's strategic planning. It involves the risk of the company being exposed to sanctions for not implementing controls to avoid AML or terrorism financing.

The Program is structured in three levels - strategic, tactical and operational - and it's composed of 7 pillars (strategic level): Enterprise Risk Assessment; Policies and Procedures; Communication and Training; Know Your Customer (KYC); Due Diligence (KYE, KYS, KYP and KYB); MSAC - Monitoring, Selection, Analysis and Communication (SAR); and Effectiveness Assessment Program.

● Reputational risk

The Group believes that the materialization of other risks can negatively impact its reputation, as they are intrinsically connected. Unfavorable events in different risk areas such as business continuity, cyber security, ethics and integrity, social media negative activity, among others, can damage Nu's reputation.

Therefore, the Group has teams and processes in place dedicated to overseeing external communication and for crisis management, which are key elements in identifying and mitigating reputational events, as well as to gain long-term insight to better prevent or respond to future events.

●       Risks from cryptocurrency business

In addition to the risks set out above, the Group's activities and services related to cryptocurrency (NuCrypto) generate specific risks which are directly related to cryptocurrency technology. NuCrypto may utilize the services of third-party licensed trust companies in the operation and management of the cryptocurrency business activity. The Group keeps a copy of the records maintained by the third-party as well as its own internal tracking of customers' assets for reconciliation purposes. NuCrypto may have a liability to indemnify customers under consumer protection laws (like any other supplier of goods and services in Brazil) but the agent is obligated to secure the assets and protect them from loss and theft. Currently, the majority of assets under custody are managed internally, and liquidity providers operate within a trust structure and carry insurance for potential losses which the Group would seek to make claims upon if required, with any benefit obtained being transferred to impacted customers. See note 34 for further explanations.

F-108 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

●       Stress testing program

The stress testing program considers shocks/impacts to Nu's main products, such as credit cards, personal loans and funding instruments, in addition to their respective sub-products. Scenarios are considered in which stress is applied in isolation, at different levels of intensity and probability, and also scenarios in which managerial actions are considered to increase the Group's resilience and preserve its capital and liquidity indicators.

The proposed scenarios are presented to the Stress Testing Technical Forum. The scenarios to be addressed, duration and severity and plausibility of each shock are discussed, as well as the ways in which they will be modeled and the level of detail required. After modeling and executing the tests, the results are submitted to the appropriate committees and technical forums, an integral part of Nu's risk management structure. The proposed actions aimed at ensuring the Group's resilience are discussed and approved. The Stress Testing Program is updated annually and defines which tests the team must undertake in the next 12 months.

32. Capital management

The purpose of capital management is to maintain the capital adequacy for Nu's operation through control and monitoring of the capital position, to evaluate the capital necessity according to the risk taken and strategic aim of the organization, and to establish a capital planning process following future requirements of regulatory capital, based on the Group's growth projections, risk exposure, market movements, and other relevant information. Also, the capital management structure is responsible for identifying sources of capital, writing and submitting the capital plan and the capital contingency plan for approval by the Executive Directors.

In July 2023, a new regulatory framework from the Central Bank of Brazil was implemented determining the classification of conglomerates containing at least one payment servicer institution. This new framework replaced the previous capital requirements for the financial conglomerate led by Nu Financeira. Therefore, the capital requirements for the conglomerates are not comparable due to differences in scope. The amounts for December 2023 reflecting Prudential Conglomerate requirements, are presented below in item (a).

a) Regulatory Capital Composition

i) Nu Prudential Conglomerate in Brazil

Brazil's Central bank defines a prudential conglomerate as a group of companies in which one regulated entity controls other regulated companies or investment funds. The conglomerate is classified as Type 3 when the regulated company that leads the conglomerate is a Payment Institution, in the case of Nu Pagamentos.

The regulatory capital of the prudential conglomerate, defined by Brazil's Central Bank, consists of three key components:

F-109 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

● Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital: Consisting of paid-in capital, reserves, and retained earnings, after accounting for deductions and prudential adjustments.

● Additional Tier 1 (AT1) Capital: This includes debt instruments that have no specific maturity and can absorb losses, meeting the eligibility criteria set out by the Central Bank. The sum of CET1 and AT1 forms the overall Tier 1 Capital.

● Tier II Capital: This involves subordinated debt instruments with set maturity dates that meet eligibility requirements.

The phase-in, covering the minimum capital requirements and prudential adjustments, as per current regulation are illustrated in the following table.

	From July	Full year
Transitional Rule	2023	2024	2025
Prudential Adjustments	30.0%	60.0%	100.0%
Tier 1 Capital	5.5%	6.0%	6.0%
Minimum Requirement	6.75%	7.5%	8.0%
Conservation Capital Buffer (CCB)	0.0%	1.25%	2.5%
Total Requirement	6.75%	8.75%	10.50%

The following table demonstrates the calculated capital ratios for the CET1, Tier 1, and the Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR). And also outlines their minimum requirements for the prudential conglomerate under Brazil's current regulations:

Prudential conglomerate	2023
Regulatory Capital	2,629,271
Tier I	2,396,007
Common equity capital	2,197,185
Additional	198,822
Tier II	233,263
Risk weighted assets (RWA)	19,261,517
Credit risk (RWA CPAD)	13,774,206
Market risk (RWA MPAD)	145,124
Operational risk (RWA OPAD)	4,036,285
Payment services risk (RWA SP)	1,305,902
Minimum capital required	1,300,152
Excess margin	1,329,119
CET1 ratio	11.4%
Tier 1 ratio	12.4%
CAR	13.7%

F-110 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

On December 29, 2023, the Brazilian Central Bank granted Nu Pagamentos approval for the implementation of the Alternative Standardized Approach ("ASA") to calculate its operational risk capital requirements. The RWA OPAD from December 2023 onwards are calculated in accordance with this methodology.

ii) Nu Mexico Financiera

Nu Mexico Financiera’s capital management aims to determine the capital necessary to support its growth and to permanently maintain its Regulatory Capital in accordance with the requirements defined by the CNBV (National Banking and Securities Commission).

As of December 31, 2023, its regulatory capital was equivalent to US$ 395,180 (US$470,092 as of December 31, 2022), resulting in a Capital ratio of 28.4% (49% as of December 31, 2022), with 10.5% being the minimum required for Category 4 Sociedades Financieras Populares ("SOFIPO").

iii) Nu Colombia

Nu Colombia Financiamiento was granted a license to operate as a financial institution in Colombia by Financial Superintendency (SFC) in January, 2024. Once Nu Colombia Financiamiento becomes operational, it will be required to comply with the capital ratios: basic solvency, additional basic solvency and total solvency.

33. Segment information

In reviewing the operational performance of the Group and allocating resources, the Chief Operating Decision Maker of the Group (“CODM”), who is the Group’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), reviews the consolidated statement of profit (loss) and comprehensive income (loss).

The CODM considers the whole Group as a single operating and reportable segment, monitoring operations, making decisions on fund allocation, and evaluating performance. The CODM reviews relevant financial data on a combined basis for all subsidiaries.

The Group’s income, results, and assets for this one reportable segment can be determined by reference to the consolidated statement of profit (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss), as well as the consolidated statements of financial position.

a) Information about products and services

The information about products and services are disclosed in note 6.

F-111 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

b) Information about geographical area

The table below shows the revenue and non-current assets per geographical area:

	Revenue (a)			Non-current assets (b)
	2023	2022	2021	2023	2022
Brazil	5,728,748	3,121,129	1,285,849	656,291	551,668
Mexico	354,884	201,197	29,546	47,893	17,610
Colombia	75,405	20,369	805	14,796	5,124
Cayman Islands	-	-	-	38,004	43,994
Germany	-	-	-	72	88
Argentina	-	-	-	-	46
United States	977	2,398	2,845	6,116	7,495
Uruguay	-	-	-	-	-
Total	6,160,014	3,345,093	1,319,045	763,172	626,025

(a) Includes interest income (credit card, lending and other receivables), interchange fees, recharge fees, rewards revenue, late fees and other fees and commission income.

(b) Non-current assets are right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and goodwill.

The Group had no single customer that represented 10% or more of the Group's revenues in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

F-112 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

34. Customer crypto safeguarding

In March 2022, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") released Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") 121, which addresses the rights and obligations of the parties to a crypto asset safeguarding arrangement. SAB 121 explains that an issuer that has obligations to safeguard digital assets held for their platform users should recognize those digital assets as an asset and a liability to return them to the customers, both of which are measured at fair value.

In June 2022, the Group launched a platform, through its subsidiary Nu Crypto Ltda. ("Nu Crypto"), which allows clients to trade crypto assets, in partnership with specialized brokers. The custody activity is performed by the brokers, which holds the cryptographic key information, and the Company's contractual arrangements state that its customers retain legal ownership of the crypto; have the right to sell or transfer the crypto assets; and also benefit from the rewards and bear the risks associated with the ownership, including as a result of any crypto price fluctuations. The Company maintains an internal recordkeeping of the crypto assets held for the customers.

The Group concluded that its activities may create crypto-asset safeguarding obligations (as defined in SAB 121) to its customers as a result of certain technological, legal and regulatory risks and, therefore, we have recorded a safeguarding liability and a corresponding asset at the fair value of the crypto assets held by customers on the Group’s platform.

F-113 

Nu Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Financial Statements

as of December 31, 2023

The Group recorded a crypto safeguarding obligation liability and a corresponding safeguarding asset based on the fair value of the crypto assets held for its customers at December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Group was not aware of any actual or possible safeguarding loss events as of December 31, 2023, and accordingly, the customer crypto safeguarding liability and the associated customer crypto safeguarding assets were recorded at the same value.

The following table summarizes the customer's crypto safeguarding assets:

	2023	2022
Total approximate number of crypto held for customers	3,656,856	268,907
Fair value of the crypto-assets held by customers on the Group's platform
Nucoin	67,699	-
Bitcoin	39,814	10,227
Solana	13,579	-
Ethereum	12,170	7,823
Matic	9,769	181
Others	10,223	82,00
Total	153,254	18,313

F-114